TN-S/P Performance Curves - barmex

• Precision Linear Actuators 

• Linear Slide Tables / Systems 

• Rodless Linear Actuators 

• Industrial Linear Actuators

Mechanical and Electro-Mechanical 

Product Solutions by Danaher Motion 

Danaher Motion engineers, manufactures and markets a select 

combination of the world’s top brands of mechanical and 

electro-mechanical products. Our principle brands and products 

include: 

• THOMSON industrial, precision and rodless actuators, linear 

slide tables and systems, ball and lead screws, linear bearings 

and guides, precision balls, molded products, shafting and 

integrated solutions 

• THOMSON BSA lead screws and precision miniature 

ball screws 

• MICRON gearheads 

• DELTRAN PT electromagnetic friction and wrap spring 

clutches and brakes 

• SUPERIOR ELECTRIC stepper and servo motors and controls 

• SECO AC and DC variable speed drives 

Designed to help increase productivity and improve performance, 

our products are incorporated into new equipment designs as 

well as machines already in service. From semiconductor 

assembly, packaging, robotics and industrial automation to 

medical, fitness and mobile off-highway equipment, our 

mechanical and electro-mechanical products bring flexibility, 

precision, efficiency, and reliability to a wide variety of industries. 

Beyond our world-class product designs, one of our greatest 

strengths is our commitment to the Danaher Business System 

(DBS), which is comprised of a unique set of robust, repeatable 

processes that help us constantly improve the operational 

efficiency of our factories. Based upon the time-tested methods 

of Kaizen, the DBS is a team-based mindset that continuously 

and aggressively eliminates waste in every facet of our business 

operations. Furthermore, the DBS focuses the entire organization 

on breakthrough objectives that culminate in maintainable, 

results-oriented business processes, which, in turn, create 

advantages for our customers in the areas of quality, delivery 

and performance. 

At Danaher Motion, we bring together best-in-class products, 

unsurpassed customization expertise, and innovative solutions to 

significantly improve and revolutionize the way things move. We 

are the experts in motion control. In short, Danaher Motion offers 

more choices, more application expertise and more integrated 

solutions than anyone else in the market. 

Website: www.DanaherLinear.com

* 

ACTUATORS 

©2003 Danaher Motion. Printed in the U.S.A. The specifications in this publication are believed to be accurate and reliable. 

However, it is the responsibility of the product user to determine the suitability of Thomson products for a specific application. 

While defective products will be replaced without charge if promptly returned, no liability is assumed beyond such replacement. 

* Trademark of Danaher Motion. DANAHER MOTION is registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and in other countries. 

1

Table of Contents 

Precision Linear Actuators 

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2 

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-3 

Application Analysis Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-6 

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9 

Design Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10 

Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11 

TN Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13 

TC2 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-43 

TC3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-71 

TC4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-99 

TC5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-117 

Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-139 

Linear Actuator Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-153 

Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-165 

Linear Slide Tables/Systems 

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-2 

Application Analysis Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-6 

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7 

How To Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8 

Custom Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11 

Ball Screw and Lead Screw Driven Linear Slide Tables . . . . . . . . . . .B-13 

Microstage* MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14 

SuperSlide* 2RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-16 

AccuSlide* 2HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18 

SuperSlide* 2DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-20 

SuperSlide* 2EB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-22 

Belt Driven Linear Slide Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-25 

SuperSlide* 2RE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-26 

AccuSlide* 2HE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-28 

Linear Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-31 

End Support 1BA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-32 

End Support 1NA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-34 

Continuous Support 1CA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-36 

Continuous Support 1PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-38 

FluoroNyliner 1VA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-40 

Side Mounted 1DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-42 

Dual Shaft Rail* 2DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-44 

Twin Shaft Web* 2CA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-46 

Ball Screw Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-48 

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-51 

Motor Reference/Control Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-66 

Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-67 

2 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 

Website: www.linearactuators.com 

Rodless Actuators 

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2 

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-4 

Application Analysis Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-6 

Rapidtrak Rodless Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8 

Turbo Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-35 

Movopart CB, Movo Z, ZB, Movo Z, Z2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-41 

LoadMaster 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-54 

Motor Reference/Control Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-59 

Industrial Linear Actuators 

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-2 

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-3 

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-4 

Application Analysis Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-6 

Electrak E050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-8 

Electrak Q050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-10 

Electrak E150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-12 

Electrak 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-14 

Electrak 1 Long Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16 

Electrak 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-18 

Electrak 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-20 

Electrak 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-22 

Electrak 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-24 

Electrak 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-26 

Performance Pak Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-29 

Repair Parts/Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-40 

T90 Special Purpose Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-41 

T130 Special Purpose Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-42 

Movoact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-43 

Rotary Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-45 

Actuator Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-47 

Design Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-56 

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-58 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


T Series 

Microstage* 

Rapidtrak* 

Electrak 10 

PRECISION LINEAR ACTUATORS ($1000 - $5000) 

Simpler, cleaner, more precise, more controllable, cost-effective alternative to 

hydraulic and pneumatic positioning technology. Market applications include 

general industrial, semiconductor, packaging, scientific, printing and converting. 

Complete systems including actuator, motors, and controls are available. 

LINEAR SLIDE TABLES / SYSTEMS ($600 - $6000) 

Pre-assembled, ready to install stages providing low friction, smooth, accurate 

motion for a wide range of moment or normal loading configurations. Market 

applications include factory automation, medical, packaging, machine tool, 

semiconductor, printing, automotive assembly, aerospace and food processing. 

Slide tables are available as customizable linear guides to multiaxis, turnkey 

systems complete with motors, drives, controls and electromechanical accessories. 

RODLESS ACTUATORS ($800 - $12,500) 

Long travel, high speed, and high moment loading differentiates our rodless 

actuators from other mechanical transmissions. Market applications include X-Y 

tables, packaging, factory automation, scientific, and printing and converting. 

Complete systems including actuator ,motors, and controls can be provided. 

INDUSTRIAL LINEAR ACTUATORS ($110 - $900) 

Simpler, cleaner, more cost-effective alternative to hydraulic and pneumatic 

positioning technology. Market applications include agriculture, lawn & turf, marine, 

patient handling, ergonomic workstations, recreational vehicles, commercial floor 

machines, driveway and farm swing gates. Available in DC for battery operation, or 

115 & 220 AC for internal AC applications. 

* 

Product Overview 

The actuators included in this catalog represent the standard sizes and basic performance characteristics. Some of the options available include longer stroke lengths, higher loads, different mounting 

styles, CE or Marine duty ratings, anti-rotation of the extension tube, no cover tube, manual override and different voltage motors. If you don’t find the actuator to meet your needs in the catalog, call an 

applications engineer at 1-800-554-8466. 





Key Features 

• Applications-range from extend/retract to 

high precision 

• Available with servo/stepper motor & 

drive packages for precise positioning or 

brush DC motor & drive packages for 

extend/retract course positioning 

• Max thrust to 5620 lb 

• Strokes to 60” 

• Speeds up to 51”/sec 

• IP 65 rating 

• Repeatability to 0.0005” 

• Clevis, trunnion, foot, and flange mounting 

Key Features 

• Applications-typically on factory machinery 

where accurate, smooth linear positioning is 

required 

• Available with servo/stepper motor & drive 

packages 



• Loads from 5 - 2000 lb 


Key Features 

• Applications-where long travel and high speed 

are required 

• Available with servo/stepper motor & drive 

packages for precise positioning or brush DC 

motor & drive packages for course positioning 



• Loads from 6000 lb 


Key Features 

• Applications-extend/retract actuation 

(electro-mechanical replacement of hydraulic 

or pneumatic cylinder applications) 

• Available with AC or DC motor & drive 

packages for course positioning using 

available limit switch or clutch options 




• Weatherproof (DC) - oily, damp, dirty (AC) 

• Clevis to clevis and trunnion mounting 

3 

LINEAR ACTUATORS TABLES/ SYSTEMS LINEAR ACTUATORS LINEAR ACTUATORS

Notes 

4 




Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 

_____________________________________________________________________________ 


*

* 






A-1

Overview 

A Precision Linear Actuator is preferred when: 

• Positioning an externally guided and supported load 

• Moving a load that pivots 

• There is a high concentration of airborne contaminants 

(rodless actuators are inherently less well protected) 

• Replacing a hydraulic or pneumatic cylinder with an 

electro-mechanical solution 

Danaher Motion offers two high performance Precision Linear 

Actuator Series: 

TN - The TN proven design has found its way into thousands of 

applications throughout the world. Regardless of the 

environment or requirement, we have likely solved your 

application with a standard or modified TN actuator. 

The TN combines durability and ease-of use to the largest 

selection of factory engineered options available today. 

TC - The TC series is our highest performance line of precision 

linear actuators. Designed for the most demanding applications, 

the TC series is ideal when the maximum available performance 

and longest cycle life are required. Precision rolled ball screws 

provide smooth motion, accurate positioning, and quiet 

operation. 

A-2 

Features & Benefits: 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC Series 

• Highest Performance 

• Precision rolled ball screws for smoothness and accuracy 

• Robust: designed for the highest loads and longest life possible 

• Environmentally sealed (IP54/optional IP65) 

• Metric dimensions ISO6431 

• Acme screw versions available 

TN Series 

• Smallest package 

• Most flexible: largest selection of factory-engineered options in the industry 

• English NFPA dimensions 

• Improved durability 

• Acme screw versions available 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Quick Reference Guide 

* 





Product Selection 

Nom Lead Screw Dia. 0.625" 0.625" 16mm 16mm 20mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 

Type of Screw Acme Ball Acme Ball Acme Ball Ball Ball 

Dimension Std. English Metric Metric Metric Metric 

NFPA Std. ISO6431 Std. ISO6431 Std. ISO6431 Std. ISO6431 Std. 

Motor Options 24VDC 24VDC 

Stepper Stepper Stepper Stepper Stepper 

Servo Servo Servo Servo Servo 

Max. Thrust (w/ Servo) 2670 N 3600 N 7200 N 12000 N 25000 N 

(note dimension std) (600 lbs) (810 lbs) (1620 lbs) (2700 lbs) (5620 lbs) 

Std. Stroke Lengths 2,4,6,8,10,12,16.5 in. 50,100,150,200,250 50,100,150,200,250 50,100,150,200,250 50,100,150,200,250 

300,450,600,750mm 300,450,600,750,1000mm 300,450,600,750 300,450,600,750 

1000,1250,1500mm 1000,1250,1500mm 

Max. Velocity (w/ Servo) .30 m/s .76 m/s .20 m/s 1.28 m/s .20 m/s 1.28 m/s 1.33 m/s 1.33 m/s 

(12 in/s) (30 in/s) (8 in/s) (50.5 in/s) (8 in/s) (50.5 in/s) (52.5 in/s) (52.5 in/s) 

Repeatability +/- .013 mm +/- .013 mm +/- .013 mm +/- .013 mm +/- .013 mm 

(+/- .0005 in) (+/- .0005 in) (+/- .0005 in) (+/- .0005 in) (+/- .0005 in) 

Backlash .400 mm .380mm .400 mm .250 mm .400 mm .250 mm .250 mm .300 mm 

(.016 in) (.015 in) (.016 in) (.010 in) (.016 in) (.010 in) (.010 in) (.012 in) 

Max. Rated Duty Cycle 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 

(load, speed dependent) 

Limit Switches optional optional optional optional optional 

Std. Operating 32 to 140F -30 to +70C -30 to +70C -30 to +70C -30 to +70C 

Temperature Range (0 to 60C) (-22 to 158F) (-22 to 158F) (-22 to 158F) (-22 to 158F) 

Moisture/ Contaminants Humid, but Not IP54 Std. IP54 Std. IP54 Std. IP54 Std. 

Direct Contact IP65 Opt. IP65 Opt. IP65 Opt. IP65 Opt. 

Std. Control DC D2403 D2403 

Opt. Control DC D2502B D2502B 

TN TC2 TC3 

TC4 

TC5 

Std. Control Stepper SmartStep SmartStep SmartStep SmartStep SmartStep 

Std. Control Servo, single axis B8961 B8961 B8961 B8961 B896 

Std. Control Servo, dual axis B8962 B8962 B8962 B8962 B8962 

Catalog Page No. A-13 A-43 A-71 A-99 A-116 

A-3


Precision Linear Actuator Selection Checklist 

A-4 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The following details the recommended step-by-step process of selecting an electric cylinder model which best matches your application requirements. 

1) Complete Application Analysis Worksheet 

(see page A-6) 

Effort and accuracy invested here can be 

directly proportional to the success of your 

applications. We encourage you to invest 

heavily in this critical and early phase of 

your applications development. 

2) Maximum Thrust Required 

Determine thrust requirement for your application, then adjust with safety factor for selected motor technology. (See Engineering Section) 

Formula: Max Thrust = F applied + F gravity + F accel + F friction 

Sample Calculation: 

50 + 30 + 1 + 5 = 86 lbs thrust (required by application) 

Product Selection Worksheet 

For selection assistance, fax to your local Danaher Motion Distributor 

Prepared By Prepared For 

Name 

Name 

Company 

Company 

Phone 

Phone 

Fax 

Fax 

E-Mail 

E-Mail 

Address 

Address 

User’s primary business 

Type of machine product to be used on 

Current user? Yes No 

Project Time Frame 

Volume Requirements 

Proposal Next 12 months: 

Build prototype Year 2: 

In production Year 3: 

1 

Action Required 

Demo 

Price quotation 

Recommend product Call me to discuss 

Please include drawings, comments or 

additional information on separate pages. 

Adjust the required thrust to ensure appropriate safety margin. Multiply by the appropriate safety factor, from the table shown: 

Thrust Safety Factor 

Motor Type Safety Factor 

Brushed DC Servo Motor 1.20 (20%) 

Step Motors 1.30 (30%) 

Brushless Servo Motors 1.20 (20%) 


86 x 1.20 = 103.2 lbs thrust (required for selection of brushless servo) 

3) Duty Cycle 

Determine the operating Duty Cycle, over a maximum ten-minute time interval. The thrust available from a given actuator is higher when 

thrust duration is less than continuous. (See Engineering Section) 

Formula: Duty Cycle = ON time ÷ TOTAL time 


REPEATED MOTION: 30 seconds ON, 15 seconds DWELL, then repeat. 

DUTY CYCLE = 30 seconds ON ÷ 45 seconds TOTAL CYCLE TIME = 66% Duty Cycle 

4) Peak Speed Requirement (see Engineering Section) 

Calculate the peak speed required to complete the desired motion profile. 

Formula: Trapezoidal Move Profile (peak speed = 1.5 times average speed) 


Desired Motion: Move 10 inches in 2.0 seconds. 

Peak Speed Requirement: 10 inches ÷ 2.0 seconds x 1.5 = 7.5 inches per second 

5) Select Cylinder Family and Motor/Drive Technology 

Review the introductory section of the specific cylinder family (TN, TC2, TC3, TC4, TC5.). You will find that each family of 

actuators is subdivided by motor technology (e.g. TC2-D (DC Motor), TC2-S (Step Motor), TC2-B (Servo)). Refer to the chart at the bottom 

of pages A-14. 

(rails, etc) 

Motion Profile 

Motor Type Preferred 

Graph your most demanding cycle, include accel/decel, velocity and dwell times. 

Servo Stepper 

You may also want to indicate load variations and I/O changes during the cycle. 

Label axes with proper scale and units. 

Other 

Speed ( ) 

Axes of Motion 

Single Multiple # 

Synchronized 

Interface 

Host PLC Computer 

Analog I/O RS232 

Digital I/ O Control 

Other 

Operator 

( ) 

Time 

Keypad/ LCD Display 

or 

Pushbuttons 

Distance 

Potentiometer /Joystick 

Thumbwheels 

Supply Voltage 

110 AC 220 AC 

Other 

Control Method 

Feedback Required 

Programmable External Control Signal 

Encoder Linear Potentiometer 

Manual Jog 

Digital (Step & Direction) 

Analog Velocity 

Other 

Analog Torque 

Analog Position 

Limit Switches 

Input Functions 

Description of Application 

Output Functions 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Precision Linear Actuator Selection Checklist 

6) Select Speed-Thrust Curve 

Search through the performance curves to select an actuator which can 

provide both the speed and thrust calculated above. 

You might want to narrow your search using one of the following criteria: 

Control Features • Price Range • Motor Technology 

* 






7) Stroke Length 

Select the stroke length required for your application. Add extra travel at each end for placement of end-of-travel position sensors. 

The following formula can be used as a guideline for determining the appropriate added distance. 

a) Operating Stroke Distance 

Start with the required operating stroke distance. If you need to move 18 inches back and forth in a repeated cycle, then this distance 

is 18 inches. 

b) Increase Stroke Length for End-of-travel Position Sensors 

Include a short ‘over-travel distance’ to prevent hard-stopping when an end-of-travel sensor is triggered. 

Use this formula to calculate how much additional stroke is required in your application: 

1. Stopping Distance: X = m v2 ÷ (2F) 

Where: X = deceleration distance (inches) 

m = mass of payload (lbf/386) 

v = velocity before deceleration (inches per second) 

F = force available to decelerate, from performance curve (lbf) 

2. Add twice the X value to your required motion distance. 

High Speed Example: You require 18” actual travel. Payload = 100 lb. Max Speed = 30 in/sec. The actuator model you have selected 

shows 80 lb peak thrust capacity. The equation above predicts stopping distance (X) is 1.46 inches. This safety area is needed at each 

end-of-travel, ~3 inches (two times 1.46 inches) is added to 18”, so you need to order an actuator with a stroke of 21” or greater. 

NOTE: When utilizing a pivot mounting option (MP2 or MT4) in conjunction with a pivot rod end (FS2 or FC2) it is recommended that 

the cylinder be extended to only 90-95% of its fully extended length. This increases the system’s rigidity and extends the life of the guide 

bearings and rod seal. 

8) Critical Speed, Column Loading Limits 

Verify that the speed and thrust performance are not limited by the stroke length of your actuator. Compare the Critical Speed and 

Column Loading limits shown on the chart at the bottom of the page where you found your performance curve. Many shorter stroke 

actuators are not limited, which makes the entire performance curve available. See the Engineering Section for more information. 

9) Proceed to How To Order Section 

The motor, transmission ratio, and stroke have now been selected. Next, continue with the selection of mounting and other required 

options as directed in the Ordering section for your selected motor type (see chart below). 

Precision Linear Actuator Type Catalog Page No. 

TN A-13 

TC2 A-43 

TC3 A-71 

TC4 A-99 

TC5 A-117 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

381 15 

305 12 

229 9 

152 6 

76 3 

0 

0 

X 

70 

311 

100% 60% 30% 

140 

623 

Thrust 

210 

934 

280 

1245 

350 lbs 

1557 N 

A-5

Application Analysis Worksheet 

Prepared By Prepared For 

Name 

Company 

Phone 

Fax 

E-Mail 

Address 

User’s primary business 

Type of machine product to be used on 

Current user? Yes No 

Project Time Frame 

A-6 

Name 

Company 

Phone 





Fax 

Address 

Proposal Next 12 months: 

Build prototype Year 2: 

In production Year 3: 

Action Required 

Demo 

Recommend product 

Price quotation 

Call me to discuss 

Please include drawings, comments or 

additional information on separate pages. 

Volume Requirements 

1 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


For selection assistance, fax fax to your to your local local Danaher Danaher Motion Motion Distributor Distributor or Danaher Motion at 1-800-445-0329 

E-Mail 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Precision Linear Actuators Selection Data 

* 






(rails, etc) 

A-7


Motion Control Data 

Graph your most demanding cycle, include accel/decel, velocity and dwell times. 

You may also want to indicate load variations and I/O changes during the cycle. 

Label axes with proper scale and units. 

Speed ( ) 

Control Method 

Programmable 

Manual Jog 


Description of Application 

A-8 

External Control Signal 

Digital (Step & Direction) 

Analog Torque 

( ) 

Time 

or 

Distance 

Analog Velocity 

Analog Position 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Axes of Motion 

Single Multiple # 

Synchronized 

Interface 

Host 

Servo 

Other 

Operator 

PLC Computer 

Analog I/O RS232 

Digital I/ O Control 

Other 

Keypad/ LCD Display 

Pushbuttons 

Potentiometer /Joystick 

Thumbwheels 

Supply Voltage 

110 AC 

Other 

Feedback Required 

Encoder Linear Potentiometer 

Other 

Input Functions 

Output Functions 

Stepper 

220 AC 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



To learn more about applying Precision Linear Actuators, refer to the Engineering section 

beginning on page A-165. There you will find more detail on topics like: Move Profile 

Calculations, Loading Limitations, Defining Precision, Environmental Consideration and much 

more including a glossary of common terms. 

Valve Control 

Backstop Adjust 

* 

Two-Axis Unloading 

Edge Guide Control 

Applications 





Welding Head Control 

A B8961 Smart Drive (controller and servo drive in one), with application 

specific software features, is combined with an TC Precision Linear Actuator 

in welding applications. The Thomson solution provides total control over the 

amount and duration of applied force. 

A-9

Design Considerations 

A-10 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Actuators are direct descendants of hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders. Possessing many of the same unique design characteristics that made hydraulic 

and pneumatic cylinders popular, actuators benefit from a cleaner and simpler power transmission. Decades of electric cylinder research and 

development has provided machine designers with a flexible, simple and unique approach to solving rigid or pivoting linear motion applications. 

Fig. 1 

Non-Intrusive: 

Thrust rod can clear out of the way. 

Mounting Ideas: Have you seen it done this way? 

As in most aspects of design, a little creativity goes a long way when attaching a cylinder to a 

machine. Two general types of mounting styles are available, rigid and pivoting. Rigid mounting 

options (Figure 3 & 4) include side-tapped holes, front and rear flanges, side lugs and side angle 

brackets. These typically restrict motion to straight-line travel paths. Pivoting mounts (figure 5 

through 8) such as the clevis or trunnion allow the cylinder to move as a link in a dynamic 

assembly. There are many applications for this “arc-motion” – conveyor diverter gates, pivoting 

rollers, lid lifters for chemical chambers, “scissors clamps” and so on. 

Rigid Mounting 

Fig. 3a 

Fig. 3b Fig. 4 

Fig. 9 

Electrically Powered, Maintenance Free 

Fig. 2 

A primary advantage of all three 

technologies is the capability to extend into a work area during an 

operation and then retract to clear the area for subsequent operations 

(Figures 1 and 2). Rodless actuators, precision tables or linear motors do 

not share this ability. Another benefit of the rod-type design is that the motor and main body 

of the electric cylinder can be isolated from the work area. This is very useful when dealing 

with such hostile environments as vacuum, high temperature, or wash down applications. 

Pivoting Mounting 

Straight-Line Thrust Transmission 

Use all available Power 

Fig. 5 Fig. 6 

Fig. 7 Fig. 8 

When high thrust is required, rod type cylinders have the advantage over rodless 

actuators and tables since all the thrust-transmitting components are in-line. 

This provides the simplest and most efficient means of transmitting thrust to the 

load (Figure 10). In rodless cylinders the load is offset from the leadscrew or 

piston (Figure 9). Many designs are limited to less 

than 50% of the available thrust due to the 

Fig. 10 

mechanical limitations of the components between 

the load and the screw or piston. 

Today nearly all machines incorporate panel switches, sensors, lights, displays, PLCs or even complete PCs. Electric power is nearly always available on the machine. 

Compressed air or hydraulic pumps are not always available or desirable. Actuators are available with DC, stepper or brushless servo motors, so why not simplify the 

machine by using the same control for all the axes of motion? A multi-axis programmable motor control can give you command of both rotary and linear motion. 

Lastly, the maintenance-free design provides another strong reason to consider actuators in your next application. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Operation of an actuator is pretty basic. An electric motor – through either a timing 

belt, a gear drive or via in-line direct coupling – rotates a ball screw or acme screw, 

which translates the torque into force through the thrust tube. 

While the concept is straight forward, as illustrated by the cylinder cutaways on 

these pages, significant expertise and development has been invested in the 

specification and design of each component. 

Standard motor mounting 

configurations include 

parallel (as shown), and inline. 

Several NFPA style mounting 

configurations available, 

thus the actuator can be 

configured to adapt to a 

wide variety of mounting 

requirements. English 

and Metric. 

Aluminum extruded 

square body offers 

exceptional stiffness 

and strength. 

* 

Lubricated polyacetal acme drive 

nut provides low-friction, smooth 

operation and high resistance to 

shock loads. 

Alloy steel, heat treated ball nut 

on ball screw models. 

Improved, more durable 

metal guide bearing prevents 

thrust tube rotation, provides 

screw support and holds 

sensing magnets which trip 

actuator mounted switches. 

Cross Section 





Long life bearing guides 

thrust tube. 

Improved, more durable 

metal guide bearing prevents 

thrust tube rotation, provides 

screw support and holds 

sensing magnets which trip 

actuator mounted switches. 

Internally-guided output tube 

cannot rotate: eliminates all 

torque onto the load. 

Mechanical non-jamming 

end-of-stroke cushion 

provides over-stroke 

protection. In conjunction 

with Thomson Controls, 

actuator power is 

automatically shut off. 

A-11

Worksheet 

NOTES: 

A-12 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

* 






A-13


Life 

Acme Screw Life: Usable life for an acme screw is defined as the length of 

travel completed before backlash (of leadscrew/nut) exceeds 0.020 inches 

[0.5 mm]. A travel life of 1 million inches under the maximum rated load can 

be used as a general approximation, however, since wear is directly 

dependent on application conditions (load, duty cycle, move profiles and 

environment) it is difficult to quantify an accurate travel life. 

A-14 

Overview 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TN Series actuators are available with three motor types to meet a 

variety of application requirements. 

• The TN-D family features a cost effective 24 VDC motor. When 

combined with D2400 control, the complete system provides 

simple extend–retract motion, positioning to pre-determined 

stopping locations, or positioning to an analog voltage command; 

all at the lowest installed cost. 

• The TN-S/P family is a step motor based linear actuator. These 

systems are selected for applications that require high load and 

duty cycle, in-position holding, open loop operation, repeatable 

positioning to 0.0005 inches [0.013 mm] and maintenance-free 

operation. 

• The TN-B Series actuators offer very high acceleration and duty 

cycle for the most demanding automated motion applications. The 

B8961 Servo Drive is designed to optimize the performance of the 

brushless servo motor. 

All TN Series actuators are available with several time-proven 

options to enhance operation in the industrial environment. 

Options include holding brakes, linear potentiometers or encoders 

for position feedback, dual rod-end bearings to increase side load 

and more. See the end of this section for more information. 

TN-D Series TN-S/P Series TN-B Series 

Motor Type 24 VDC Permanent Magnet 1.8˚ Hybrid Stepper Rare Earth Magnet Brushless Servo 

Performance Curves Page A-16 Page A-20 Page A-26 

Load Capacity lbs [N] 600 [2,670] 600 [2,670] 600 [2,670] 

No Load Speed in/s [mm/s] 24 [610] 25 [635] 30 [760] 

Repeatability in [mm] ±0.005 [.127] ± 0.0005 [.0127] ± 0.001 [.025] 

Compatible Controls Offered D2403, D2502B 

B8961, B8962 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


General Specifications 

System Backlash 

Thrust Tube 

0.015 inches [0.38 mm] 

Side Load Moment Consult factory. 

Rotation Does not rotate. 

Standard Travel Lengths 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, and 16.5 (18–DB); custom stroke lengths available 

* 






Construction Materials 

Bearing Housings Type 380 die cast aluminum, epoxy coated 

Cylinder Housing 6063 T-6 aluminum, hard-coated anodized and Teflon impregnated 

Thrust Tube 300 Series stainless steel, 1/8 hard, ground 

Wiper Seal 

Lead Screw 

Polyurethaneß 

Pitch Choices 2, 5 Ball; 5, 8 Acme 

Support Bearings Ball bearings 

Acme Screw; drive nut 0.625 inch diameter, carbon steel screw; lubricated polyacetal plastic (TN-D, TN-P) or bronze (TN-S, TN-B) nut 

Ball Screw; drive nut 0.625 inch diameter, carbon steel screw; alloy steel, heat-treated ball nut 

Weight (approximate, 2 inch stroke unit without options. Add 0.25 lbs [0.11 kg] per additional inch of stroke) 

TN-D Series 

TN-S/P Series 

7 lbs [3.2 kg] 

TN-P22 6 lbs [2.7 kg] 

TN-S32 9 lbs [4.1 kg] 

TN-B Series 6 lbs [2.7 kg] 

Environmental Operation (See the Options and Accessories section, page A-139.) 

Temperature Range 32° to 140°F, [0° to 60°C] 

-H high temperature option allows 32° to 160°F [0° to 70°C] 

-F sub-freezing temperature option allows –20° to 105°F [-29° to 40°C] 

Moisture Humid, but not direct moisture contact 

-W water resistant option allows some direct moisture contact 

Contaminants Non-corrosive, non-abrasive 

-PB protective boot option prevents moisture and dry contaminants 

from entering the cylinder through the wiper ring on the rod 

A-15

TN-D Performance Curves 

High-Speed Ball screw Models 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

610 24 

508 20 

406 16 

305 12 

203 

102 

Performance using D2400 Series Controls. 

Duty Cycle is percentage of actuator “on time” or movement over 

10 minute interval. 

Repeatability achievable with D2400 control. Reduce cylinder speed 

prior to final positioning. 

A-16 

8 

4 

mm/s in/s 

508 20 

406 

305 

203 

102 

60% 30% 

0 

0 10 20 30 40 50 lbs 

45 89 133 

Thrust 

178 222 N 

16 

12 

8 

4 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

356 14 

305 12 

254 10 

203 

152 

102 

51 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

60% 30% 

TN-D-10-2B 

TN-D-10L-2B 

20 

89 

40 

178 

60 

267 

Thrust 

80 

356 

100 

445 

120 lbs 

534 N 

60% 30% 



20 

89 

40 

178 

60 

267 

Thrust 

80 

356 

100 

445 

120 lbs 

534 N 

2 thru 18-DB 


2B 

30.0 

n/a 

Critical Speed (in/sec) 

Stroke (in) 

Column Load Limit (lb) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TN-D-10-2B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 2 rev/inch Ball screw 

TN-D-10L-2B: Inline Coupling, 2 rev/inch Ball screw 

Min. Backdrive Load 10 lbs 45 N 

Max. No-Load Accel. 180 in/s2 4572 mm/s2 

Repeatability ±0.010 in ±0.254 mm 

TN-D-15-2B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 2 rev/inch Ball screw 








Consider leadscrew critical speed and column load limits when specifying longer lengths. 




*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Ball screw Models 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

305 12 

254 10 

203 8 

152 6 

102 4 

51 2 

0 

0 

100% 60% 30% 

20 

89 

40 60 

178 267 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

203 8 

178 7 

152 6 

127 5 

102 

76 

4 

100% 

3 

60% 30% 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 20 40 60 80 100 

89 178 267 356 

Thrust 

445 

mm/s in/s 

152 6 

127 

102 

76 

51 

25 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

100% 60% 

30% 

25 

111 

50 

222 

75 100 125 

334 445 

Thrust 

556 

mm/s in/s 

102 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 

51 

2.5 

2.0 

100% 60% 

30% 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 50 100 150 200 

222 445 667 

Thrust 

890 

0 

0 

300 400 

1335 1779 

Thrust 

* 

80 

356 

120 

534 

150 

667 

140 

623 

175 

778 

250 

1112 

mm/s in/s 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

100% 60% 

30% 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

100 

445 

200 

890 

500 

2224 

600 

2669 

100 lbs 

445 N 

160 lbs 

712 N 

200 lbs 

890 N 

300 lbs 

1334 N 

700 

3114 


2 thru 18-DB 


lbs 

N 

5B 

15.0 

n/a 


Stroke (in) 



TN-D-10L-5B TN-D-10-5B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 

TN-D-10L-5B: Inline Coupling, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 













TN-D-15-5B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 








TN-D-31-5B: 3.1:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 




TN-D-120-5B: 12:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 








A-17

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 


Acme Screw Models 

mm/s in/s 

305 12 

254 

203 

152 

102 

51 

A-18 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

178 7 

152 

127 

102 

76 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

178 7 

152 

127 

102 

76 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

60% 30% 

10 

45 

20 

89 

30 

133 

40 

178 

Thrust 

50 

222 

60 

267 

70 

311 

80 lbs 

356 N 

60% 30% 

20 

89 

40 

178 

60 

267 

Thrust 

80 

356 

100 

445 

120 lbs 

534 N 

60% 30% 

20 

89 

40 

178 

60 

267 

Thrust 

80 

356 

100 

445 

120 lbs 

534 N 

mm/s in/s 

102 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 

38 

2.0 

1.5 

60% 30% 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 20 

89 

40 

178 

60 

267 

80 

356 

Thrust 

100 

445 

120 

534 

140 

623 

160 lbs 

712 N 

mm/s in/s 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

TN-D-10-5A and TN-D-10L-5A 

TN-D-15-5A 




60% 30% 

150 

667 

300 

1335 

450 

2002 

600 

2669 

750 lbs 

3336 N 

Thrust 







Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TN-D-10-5A: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 

TN-D-10L-5A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 




TN-D-15-5A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 








TN-D-31-5A: 3.1:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 




TN-D-120-5A: 12:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 





5A 

15.0 

2 thru 12 




n/a 

13.8 Critical Speed (in/sec) 

18-DB 

n/a 

Stroke (in) 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

254 10.0 

203 

152 

102 

51 

8.0 

6.0 

4.0 

2.0 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

127 5 

102 

76 

51 

25 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

127 5 

102 

76 

51 

25 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

Speed 

0 

mm/s in/s 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

TN-D-10-8A and TN-D-10L-8A 

60% 30% 

10 

45 

20 

89 

30 

133 

Thrust 

40 

178 

50 lbs 

222 N 

60% 30% 

20 40 60 80 100 120 lbs 

89 178 267 

Thrust 

356 445 534 N 

60% 30% 

50 100 150 200 250 lbs 

222 445 667 890 1112 N 

Thrust 

50 

222 




60% 30% 

100 150 

445 667 

Thrust 


60% 30% 

* 

200 

890 

250 lbs 

1112 N 

0 

0 75 

334 

150 

667 

225 

1001 

300 375 

1335 1669 

450 525 

2002 2336 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

Thrust 











TN-D-10L-8A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 




TN-D-15-8A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 








TN-D-31-8A: 3.1:1 Helical Gear, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 




TN-D-120-8A: 12:1 Helical Gear, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 





8A 

9.4 

2 thru 18-DB 

n/a 


Stroke (in) 



A-19

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

TN-S/P Performance Curves 

Ball Screw Models 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

762 30 

635 25 

508 20 

381 15 

254 10 

127 5 

A-20 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 

89 178 267 

Thrust 

356 445 534 





lbs 

N 

mm/s in/s 

457 18 

0 

0 180 

801 

Thrust 

lbs 

406 16 

356 14 

305 12 

254 

203 

10 

8 

V (120) 

T (240) 

152 

102 

6 

4 

100% 

51 2 

20 

89 

40 

178 

60 

267 

80 

356 

100 

445 

120 

534 

140 

623 

160 

712 N 

mm/s in/s 

356 14 

305 12 

254 10 

203 8 

152 6 

102 4 

51 2 

mm/s in/s 

635 25 

508 

381 

254 

127 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 lbs 

1112 N 

Thrust 

20 

15 

10 

5 

mm/s in/s 

762 30 

635 25 

508 20 

381 15 

254 10 

127 5 

TN-P22(T/V)-10-2B 

TN-P22(T/V)-10L-2B 



TN-S32(T/V)-10-2B 

TN-S32(T/V)-10L-2B 

60% 

100% 

0 

0 20 40 60 80 100 

89 178 267 356 

Thrust 

445 

V 

T 

120 

534 


100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

140 

623 

24" 

160 lbs 

712 N 

0 

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 

89 178 267 

Thrust 

356 445 534 

Performance using SmartStep TM Controls. 



lbs 

N 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TN-P22(T/V)-10-2B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 2 rev/inch Ball screw 

TN-P22(V/T)-10L-2B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 2 rev/inch Ball screw 



TN-P22(T/V)-15-2B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 2 rev/inch Ball screw 






TN-S32(T/V)-10-2B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 2 rev/inch Ball screw 

TN-S32(T/V)-10L-2B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 2 rev/inch Ball screw 



TN-S32(T/V)-15-2B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 




2B 

30.0 

2 thru 18-DB 

n/a 


Stroke (in) 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

254 10 

203 

152 

102 

51 

8 

6 

4 

2 

mm/s in/s 

178 7 

152 6 

127 5 

102 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

mm/s in/s 

127 5 

102 

76 

51 

25 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 

Thrust 

300 

1334 lbs 

50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 

1112 N 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 450 

2002 

Thrust 

lbs 

50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 250 300 350 400 

890 1112 1334 1557 1779 N 

4 

3 

2 

1 

mm/s in/s 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 


TN-P22(T/V)-10L-5B 



100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 

Thrust 

600 

2669 lbs 

100 

445 

200 

890 

300 

1334 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 N 


100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 

890 

300 

1335 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

600 

2669 

700 lbs 

3114 N 

Thrust 


mm/s in/s 

23 0.9 

20 

18 

0.8 

0.7 

V (120) 

T (240) 

15 0.6 

13 0.5 

10 

8 

0.4 

0.3 

100% 

5 0.2 

3 0.1 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 

890 

300 

1335 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

600 

2669 

700 lbs 

3114 N 

Thrust 




* 




TN-P22(T/V)-10L-5B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 



TN-P22(T/V)-15-5B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 






TN-P22(T/V)-31-5B: 3.1:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 



TN-P22(T/V)-120-5B: 12:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 




5B 

15.0 

2 thru 18-DB 

n/a 


Stroke (in) 





A-21



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

254 10.0 

203 

152 

102 

51 

A-22 

8.0 

6.0 

4.0 

2.0 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

178 7.0 

152 

127 

102 

76 

51 

25 

6.0 

5.0 

4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

1.0 

50 

222 


TN-S32(T/V)-10L-5B 

100 

445 

0 

0 100 200 

445 890 

60% 

100% 

V 

T 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 

1112 300 

1334 350 

1557 400 

Thrust 

lbs 

1779 N 


60% 

100% 

300 

1334 

Thrust 

T 

V 

400 

1779 


500 

2224 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

mm/s in/s 

114 4.5 

102 4.0 

89 

76 

3.5 

3.0 

60% 

V 

64 2.5 

51 

38 

2.0 

1.5 

100% 

T 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 

890 

300 

1335 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

600 

2669 

700 lbs 

3114 N 

Thrust 








Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TN-S32(T/V)-10-5B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 

TN-S32(V/T)-10L-5B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 



TN-S32(T/V)-15-5B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 



TN-S32(T/V)-25-5B: 2.5:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 




5B 

15.0 

2 thru 18-DB 

n/a 


Stroke (in) 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

254 10 

203 

152 

102 

51 

8 

6 

4 

2 

60% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 140 

623 

Thrust 

lbs 

20 

89 

40 

178 

60 

267 

80 

356 

100 

445 

120 

534 N 

mm/s in/s 

178 7 

152 6 

127 5 

102 4 

V (120) 

76 3 

T (240) 

51 

25 

2 

1 

60% 

0 

0 50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 lbs 

1112 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

127 5 

102 

76 

51 

25 

4 

3 

2 

1 

TN-P22(T/V)-10-5A 

TN-P22(T/V)-10L-5A 



60% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

Thrust 

300 

1334 lbs 

0 

50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 

1112 N 


0 350 

1557 

Thrust 

lbs 

mm/s in/s 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 

38 

25 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

60% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

13 0.5 

0 

50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 

1112 

300 

1334 N 


mm/s in/s 

23 0.9 

20 0.8 

18 0.7 

15 

13 

0.6 

0.5 

V (120) 

T (240) 

10 

8 

0.4 

0.3 

60% 

5 0.2 

3 0.1 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 

890 

300 

1335 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

600 

2669 

700 lbs 

3114 N 

Thrust 




* 



TN-P22(T/V)-10-5A: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 

TN-P22(T/V)-10L-5A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 



TN-P22(T/V)-15-5A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 






N2-P22(T/V)-31-5A: 3.1:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 



N2-P22(T/V)-120-5A: 12:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 




5A 

15.0 

2 thru 12 

n/a 


18-DB 

n/a 

Stroke (in) 





A-23



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

254 10.0 

203 8.0 

152 6.0 

102 4.0 

51 2.0 

A-24 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

178 7.0 

152 

127 

102 

76 

51 

25 

6.0 

5.0 

4.0 

3.0 

2.0 

1.0 

0 

0 

20 

89 

TN-S32(T/V)-10-5A 

TN-S32(T/V)-10L-5A 

50 

222 

40 

178 

60% 

60% 

60 

267 

100 

445 

80 

356 100 

445 120 

534 140 

623 160 

712 180 lbs 

801 N 

Thrust 


150 

667 

Thrust 

200 

890 


V 

T 

V 

T 

250 

1112 

300 lbs 

1334 N 

mm/s in/s 

102 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 

51 

2.5 

2.0 

V 

38 

25 

1.5 

1.0 

60% 

T 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

0 

50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 300 350 400 lbs 

1112 1334 1557 1779 N 

Thrust 




— 100% Duty Cycle —50% Duty Cycle 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TN-S32(T/V)-10-5A: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 

TN-S32(T/V)-10L-5A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 



TN-S32(T/V)-15-5A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 



TN-S32(T/V)-25-5A: 2.5:1 Helical Gear, 5 rev/inch Acme Screw 




5A 

15.0 

2 thru 12 

n/a 


18-DB 

n/a 

Stroke (in) 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

178 7 

152 6 

127 5 

102 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 


TN-P22(T/V)-10L-8A 

60% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 lbs 

1112 N 

Thrust 


mm/s in/s 

114 4.5 

102 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 

51 

2.5 

2.0 

38 

25 

1.5 

1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 350 

1557 

Thrust 

lbs 

V (120) 

T (240) 

60% 

50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 

1112 

300 

1334 N 


0 400 

1779 

Thrust 

lbs 

mm/s in/s 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

V (120) 

38 

25 

1.5 

1.0 

60% 

T (240) 

13 0.5 

0 

50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 

1112 

300 

1334 

350 

1557 N 

mm/s in/s 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

mm/s in/s 

15.2 0.6 

12.7 0.5 

10.2 0.4 

7.6 0.3 

5.1 0.2 

2.5 0.1 

0 

0 

60% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 

Thrust 

600 

2669 lbs 

100 

445 

200 

890 

300 

1334 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 N 

100 

445 



200 

890 

60% 

300 

1334 

Thrust 

400 

1779 




* 

V (120) 

T (240) 

500 

2224 

600 lbs 

2669 N 




TN-P22(T/V)-10L-8A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 



TN-P22(T/V)-15-8A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 






TN-P22(T/V)-31-8A: 3.1:1 Helical Gear, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 



TN-P22(T/V)-120-8A: 12:1 Helical Gear, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 




8A 

9.4 

2 thru 18-DB 

n/a 


Stroke (in) 





A-25

TN-B Performance Curves 


Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

762 30 

635 

508 

381 

254 

127 

A-26 

25 

20 

15 

10 

5 

mm/s in/s 

508 20 

406 

305 

203 

102 

100% 

0 

0 50 100 

222 445 

16 

12 

8 

4 

100% 

0 

0 50 100 150 

222 445 667 

mm/s in/s 

406 16 

356 14 

305 12 

254 10 

203 8 

152 

102 

6 

4 

100% 

51 2 

0 

0 100 

445 

TN-B23-10-2B and 

TN-B23-10L-2B 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

150 

667 

Thrust 

200 

445 

250 

1112 

Thrust 

200 

890 

TN-B23-15-2B 

200 

890 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

300 

1335 

Thrust 

300 

1334 


230 VAC 

115 VAC 

400 

1779 

250 

1112 

350 

1557 

300 lbs 

1335 N 

400 450 lbs 

1779 2002 N 

500 

2224 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

Performance using B8961 Series Controls. 




2 thru 18-DB 


2B 

— 100% Duty Cycle —Intermittent (

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

356 14 

305 12 

254 10 

203 

152 

102 

51 

8 

6 

4 

2 

100% 

TN-B23-10-5B and 

TN-B23-10L-5B 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

0 

0 100 200 300 400 

445 890 1334 

Thrust 

1779 

mm/s in/s 

203 8 

178 7 

152 6 

127 5 

102 

76 

4 

3 

100% 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 100 200 300 

445 890 1334 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

178 7 

152 

127 

102 

76 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

mm/s in/s 

127 5 

102 

76 

51 

25 

100% 

0 

0 100 200 300 

445 890 1334 

Thrust 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

100% 

0 100 200 

445 890 


300 

1334 

Thrust 

400 

1779 


400 

1779 

400 

1779 

* 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 


mm/s in/s 

102 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 

38 

2.0 

1.5 

100% 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 100 200 300 

445 890 1334 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 


400 

1780 

500 

2224 

500 

2224 

500 

2224 

500 

2224 

500 

2224 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

600 lbs 

2670 N 

Performance using B8961 Series Controls. 





TN-B23-10-5B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 

TN-B23-10L-5B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 


Max. No-Load Accel 303 in/s2 7.7 m/s2 


TN-B23-15-5B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 




TN-B23-20-5B: 2:1 Timing Belt, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 




TN-B23-25-5B: 2.5:1 Helical Gears, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 




TN-B23-31-5B: 3.1:1 Helical Gears, 5 rev/inch Ball screw 





5B 




Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

356 14 

305 

254 

203 

152 

102 

51 

Performance using B8961 Series Controls (not B8501). 



A-28 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

mm/s in/s 

229 9 

178 

127 

76 

25 

50% 

0 

0 50 100 

222 445 

7 

5 

3 

1 

0 

mm/s in/s 

178 7.0 

152 6.0 

127 5.0 

102 4.0 

76 3.0 

51 2.0 

25 

1.0 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

203 8 

178 

152 

127 

102 

76 

51 

25 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

50% 

50% 

TN-B23-10-5A and 

TN-B23-10L-5A 

100 

445 

100 

445 

50% 

100 

445 

150 200 

667 890 

Thrust 

200 300 

890 1335 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

115 VAC 

250 

1112 

TN-B23-15-5A 

200 

890 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

300 

1335 

Thrust 

230 VAC 


200 

890 

Thrust 

400 

1779 

300 

1335 

115 VAC 

300 

1335 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

400 

1779 

350 

1557 






lbs 

N 

500 lbs 

2224 N 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

500 lbs 

2224 N 

— 50% Duty Cycle — Intermittent (

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

203 8 

178 

152 

127 

102 

76 

51 

25 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

mm/s in/s 

356 14 

305 

254 

203 

152 

102 

51 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

mm/s in/s 

229 9 

178 

127 

76 

25 

50% 

50% 

100 

445 

0 

0 50 100 

222 445 

7 

5 

3 

1 

0 

mm/s in/s 

178 7.0 

152 6.0 

127 5.0 

102 4.0 

76 3.0 

51 2.0 

25 

1.0 

0 

0 

50% 

50% 

200 

890 

Thrust 

300 

1335 

115 VAC 

* 

400 

1779 

500 lbs 

2224 N 



TN-B23-10-8A and 

TN-B23-10L-8A TN-B23-10-8A: 1:1 Timing Belt, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 

TN-B23-10L-8A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 8 rev/inch Acme Screw 

230 VAC 




100 

445 

100 

445 


150 200 

667 890 

Thrust 

200 300 

890 1335 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

115 VAC 

250 

1112 


200 

890 

300 

1335 

Thrust 

230 VAC 


115 VAC 

230 VAC 

400 

1779 

300 

1335 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

350 

1557 

lbs 

N 

500 lbs 

2224 N 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

Performance using B8961 Series Controls (not B8501). 




TN Dimensions 

MF1 Front Flange 

Parallel 

1/2 - 14 NPS 

Wire Entry 

3.20 [81.3] 

A Strokes 2.00 (50.8) 8.00 (203.2) 24.00 (609.6) B Retract stroke + 5.37 (136.4) 

4.00 (101.6) 12.00(304.8) C Mounting stroke + 2.56 (65.0) 

6.00 (152.4) 18.00(457.2) 

MF2 Rear Flange 

Parallel 

A-30 

2.60 [66.0] 

Max 

0.50 [12.7] 

0.35 [8.9] 

1.00 [25.4] 

1/2 - 14 NPS 

Wire Entry 

3.20 [81.3] 

2.60 [66.0] 

MAX 

0.41 [10.5] 

1.38 [34.9] 

1.00 [25.4] 

0.41 [10.5] 

1.38 [34.9] 

0.50 [12.7] 

0.38 [9.5] 

1.81 [46.0] 

1.81 [46.0] 

B 

TOP 

RIGHT 

C 

C 

B 

TOP 

RIGHT 

0.75 [19.1] 

0.75 [19.1] 

0.38 [9.5] 

0.31 [7.9] 




A 

0.69 [17.5] 

2.00 [50.8] 

E 

A 

2.00 [50.8] 

E 

R 

F 

R 

F 

1.06 [27.0] 

T 

D 

T 

3.38 [85.7] 

1.06 [27.0] 

2.00 [50.8] 

D 

3.38 [85.7] 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


L 

L 

• For AutoCAD ® DXF 

drawings, go to our website, 

or call the factory for a 

diskette 

• For motor dimensions, 

go to pages A-37 to A-40 

• For rod-end dimensions, 

go to page A-36 

English Metric 

Option Option 

MF2 MF2M 

(inches) (mm) 

D 2.75 72* 

E 0.34 9* 

F 1.43 36* 

* Meets ISO 40mm 

bore standard 



6.00 (152.4) 18.00(457.2) 


English 

Option 

MF1 MF1M 

(inches) (mm) 

E 5.00 126* 

F 0.53 12* 

G 2.75 63* 

* Meets ISO 40mm 

bore standard 

Metric 

Option 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


MF3 Both Front and Rear Flanges 

Parallel 

3.20 [81.3] 

1/2 - 14 NPS 

Wire Entry 

2.60 [66.0] 

Max 

1.00 [25.4] 

0.41 [10.5] 

0.50 [12.7] 

1.38 [34.9] 

0.38 [9.5] 

MP2 Clevis Mount / MP3 Clevis Mount with Base 

Parallel 

* 

B 

TOP 

RIGHT 

1.81 [46.0] 0.75 [19.1] 

C 

0.38 [9.5] 

0.31 [7.9] 





6.00 (152.4) 18.00(457.2) 

0.47 [11.9] 

0.77 [19.5] 

0.47 [11.9] 

R0.58 [14.7] 

1/2 - 14 NPS 

Wire Entry 

3.20 [81.3] 

2.60 [66.0] 

Max 

0.50 [12.7] DIA 

0.50 [12.7] 

2.97 [75.4] 

0.50 [12.7] 

1.59 [40.5] 

B 

TOP 

0.41 [10.5] 

1.38 [35.1] 

RIGHT 

1.81 [46.0] 0.75 [19.1] 

0.69 [17.5] 

2.00 [50.8] 

E 

A 

F 

R 

A 

R 

1.00 [25.4] 




T 

1.06 [27.0] 

D 

3.38 [85.7] 

1.06 [27.0] 

T 

2.00 [50.8] 

L 

1.42 [36.1] 

1.42 [36.1] 

2.00 [50.8] 

Square 

2.00 [50.8] 

Pivot Base 

(MP3 only) 

L 

1.07 [27.3] 




diskette 





0.31 [7.9] 

MF3 

(inches) 

D 2.75 

E 0.34 

F 1.43 

Meets ISO 40mm 

bore standard 

¿.27 [6.9] - 4 Places 

Pivot Radius 

1.07 [27.3] 


4.00 (101.6) 12.00(304.8) 

6.00 (152.4) 18.00(457.2) 

* 

English 

Option Metric 

Option 

MF3M 

(mm) 

72* 

9* 

36* 

A-31 

LINEAR ACTUATORS


MS1 Side End Angles 

Parallel 

0.13 [3.2] 

2.00 [50.8] 

1/2 - 14 NPS 

Wire Entry 

3.20 [81.3] 



6.00 (152.4) 18.00(457.2) 

MS2 Side Lugs 

Parallel 

A-32 

1.25 

[31.8] 

1.00 [25.4] 

1.38 [34.9] 

2.60 [66.0] 

Max 

1.38 [34.9] 

0.50 [12.7] 

0.34 [8.6] 

Nom 

0.41 [10.5] 

B 

TOP 

RIGHT 

0.69 [17.5] 

0.18 [4.7] 

1.81 [46.0] 0.75 [19.1] 

0.38 [9.5] C 

0.43 [10.9] 

0.44 [11.1] DIA 




1.18 [30.1] 

A 

0.38 [9.5] 

R 

1.00 [25.4] 

1.06 

[27.0] 

T 

2.00 [50.8] 

2.00 [50.8] 

L 




diskette 







6.00 (152.4) 18.00(457.2) 

* 

Trademark of Danaher Motion. DANAHER MOTION is registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and in other countries. 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


MS6 Side Tapped Holes 

Parallel 


Inline 








diskette 







6.00 (152.4) 18.00(457.2) 



6.00 (152.4) 18.00(457.2) D Overall stroke + 6.43 (163.2) 

* 

* 


A-33 

LINEAR ACTUATORS



Inline 





Inline 

A-34 







diskette 








* 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


MT4 Trunnion Mounting 

Inline 

MS2 Side Foot 

Inline 








diskette 











* 

* 


A-35 

LINEAR ACTUATORS

TN Rod End Dimensions 

A-36 

Dimensions in [mm] 

FT1 Female Threads 

MT1 Male Threads 





0.44 

[11.18] 

FC2 Clevis with Pin 

FS2 Spherical Joint 

FE2 Female Eye 

1.13 

[28.7] 

MT1 Rod End Jam Nut/Washer 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


0.55 

[13.97] 

1.96 

1.00 

[25.4] 

Hex 

0.75 

[19.05] 

0.44 

[11.18] 7/16-20 UNF2A 

[49.78] 

2.35 [59.69] 

(2.55 [64.77] Max Extension) 

FT1 Rod End Jam Nut/Washer 

1.42 

[36.1] 

2.17 [55.12] 


FT1 Rod End Jam Nut/Washer 

Ø1.06 

[26.92] 

5/8-18 UNF2B x 0.38 [9.65] DP 

1.50 

[38.1] 

2.00 [50.8] 


A 

B 

Ø1.06 

[26.92] 

1.00 

[25.4] 

Hex 

Ø 0.373 [0.947] 

0.368 [9.347] Pin 

0.75 

[19.05] 

0.38 

[9.65] 

+ 0.0025 

Ø0.625 

- 0.0005 

Bore 

+ 0.0635] 

[15.88 

- 0.0127] 

1.50 

[38.1] 

0.50 

[12.7] 

+ 0.002 

Ø0.50 

- 0.000 Bore 

+ 0.051] 

[12.7 

- 0.000] 

Bronze 

Bushing 

1.06 

[26.92] 

English 

Option 

FT1 

(inches) 

5/8-18 UNF 

0.94 

0.75 

[19.05] 

1.23 

[31.24] 

Metric 

Option 

M12 x 1.25 

24 

0.75 

[19.05] 

FT1M 

(mm) 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 

TN Motor Specifications 

TN-D Series Permanent magnet 2-pole, 24 volt DC motor 

Winding Data D Motor 

Inductance 1.8 mH 

Resistance 1.0 Ω 

Torque Constant 8.8 oz-in/Amp 

Voltage Constant 

Torque 

6.5 V/krpm 

Continuous 39.6 oz-in (4.5 Amps) 

Peak 88 oz-in (10 Amps) 

Rotor Inertia 0.018 oz-in-sec2 

Connections 2 leads, 6 inch [150 mm] length 

-Q Quick Disconnect option: 3 contact receptacle in anodized or painted aluminum shell, includes 12 ft [3.7 m] cable 

with molded plug. 

Temperature 180°F [82°C] maximum allowable motor case temperature 

Actual motor case temperature is ambient, duty cycle, speed and load dependent. Refer to speed vs. thrust curves for 

system duty ratings. 

D Motor Dimensions 

Parallel 

Inline 

.2500 

.2494 

0.73 [18.5] 

+ 

- 0.02 [0.51] 

4.70 [119.4] 

4.26 [108.2] NOM 

RIGHT 





2.75 [69.9] 

RIGHT 

2.00 [50.8] 

2.89 [73.4] REF 

T 

R L 

2.00 [50.8] 

1.00 [25.4] 

R 

5.00 [127.0] REF 

T 

2.00 [50.8] 

2.25 [57.2] 

2.00 [50.8] 

2.25 [57.2] 

L 

A-37


A-38 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TN-P22 Series 1.8° Permanent magnet hybrid step motor 

P22 Motor 

Inductance 63.2 mH in Series (P22T), 15.8 mH in Parallel (P22V) 

Motor Current 0.7 Amps in Series (P22T), 1.5 Amps in Parallel (P22V) 

Hipot Breakdown 500 VAC/1800 VDC (phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground) 

Connections P22N: 8 leads, each 12" long 

P22T/P22V: quick disconnect receptacle on actuator timing belt housing; 

includes 12 ft [3.7 m] cable with molded plug 

User Cabling Less than 100 feet (20 AWG), 100–200 ft (18 AWG) 

Temperature 212°F (100°C) maximum allowable case temperature 

Actual motor case temperature is dependent on ambient temperature, duty cycle, speed and load. Refer to 

speed vs. thrust performance curves for system duty ratings. 

P22 Motor Dimensions 

Parallel 

Inline 

0.2500 [6.350] DIA 

0.2495 [6.337] DIA 

2.22 [56.4] SQ 

Shaft Cover* 

0.75 [19.1] 

3.09 [78.5] 0.75 [19.1] 

3.09 [78.5] 

0.31 [7.9] 

0.23 [5.8] DIA Ref 

0.2500 [6.350] DIA 

0.2495 [6.337] DIA 

2.22 [56.4] SQ 

Shaft Cover* 

2X 4–40 UNC-2B X 0.10 DP 

EQ SP as shown 

on a 1.812 DBC 

2.00 [50.8] 

R 

2.87 [72.9] Ref 

T 

2.00 [50.8] 

4.83 [122.7] Ref 

* Rear shaft cover provided on motors without encoders 

R 

L 

T 

2.25 [57.2] 

Sq 

L 

2.00 [50.8] Sq 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 


TN-S Series 1.8° Permanent Magnet Hybrid Step Motor 

Inductance NS32T 10 mH; NS32V 2.5 mH 

Hipot breakdown 750 VAC 

Static Torque 300 oz-in [2.1 N-m] max 

TN-S32N: 8 leads, 8 inch length (except inline models with 12 ft [3.7 m] cable) 

Connections TN-S32T, TN-S32V: 5 contact quick disconnect receptacle in anodized aluminum shell, includes 12 ft [3.7 m] cable with 

molded plug 


Actual motor case temperature is ambient, duty cycle and speed dependent. Refer to speed vs. thrust performance 

curves for system duty ratings. 

S32 Motor Dimensions 

4-40UNF-2B Thru (2) 

1.812 

[46.02] 

Ø3.40 

[86.36] 

Max 

1/2-14NPS 

Ø0.2500/0.2494 

[6.35/6.33] 

0.73 + 

- 0.03 

[18.54 + 

- 0.76] 

5.01 

[127.25] 

1.22/1.16 

[30.99/29.46] 

1.00 [25.4] 

Full Depth 





0.06 

[1.52] 

Ø2.877/2.873 

[73.08 / 72.97] 

Ø0.23/0.21 

[5.84/5.33] 

Thru (4) on a 

Ø3.875 [98.425] B.C. 

Ø0.317/0.307 

[8.052/7.798] 

Ø0.3750/0.3745 

[9.53/9.51] 

2.74 [69.59] 

0.19 

Sq Ref 

[4.83] 3.27 [83.06] 

Sq Max 

A-39


A-40 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TN-B Series 

Winding Data 

Rare Earth Magnet Brushless Servo Motor with 2,000 Line Encoder and Commutation Sensors 

Inductance 16 mH 

Resistance 10.6 Ohms 

Torque Constant (KT) 

Torque 

3.6 in-lbs/Amp 

Continuous 6 in-lbs [0.68 N-m] 

Peak 30 in-lbs [3.4 N-m] 

Rotor Inertia 0.00012 in-lb-sec2 [0.135 kg-cm2] 

Connections MS-type connectors for motor winding and encoder, and 12 ft [3.7 m] cables with mating connectors 

Temperature 212°F [100°C] max allowed case temperature 

Environmental Rugged IP65 dust and waterproof construction 

B23 Motor Dimensions 

Parallel 

Inline 

0.2500 [6.350] DIA 

0.2495 [6.337] DIA 

2.22 [56.4] SQ 

Shaft Cover* 

0.75 [19.1] 

3.09 [78.5] 0.75 [19.1] 

3.09 [78.5] 

0.31 [7.9] 

0.23 [5.8] DIA Ref 

0.2500 [6.350] DIA 

0.2495 [6.337] DIA 

2.22 [56.4] SQ 

Shaft Cover* 

2X 4–40 UNC-2B X 0.10 DP 

EQ SP as shown 


2.00 [50.8] 

R 

2.87 [72.9] Ref 

T 

2.00 [50.8] 

4.83 [122.7] Ref 


R 

L 

T 

2.25 [57.2] 

Sq 

L 

2.00 [50.8] Sq 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Steps To Ordering A Complete TN System 

You are ready to specify an TN actuator model 

number after you have: 

a. completed and verified all necessary 

information on a Thomson Application Analysis 

Worksheet on A-6 to A-8. 

b. completed the steps in the TN Product 

Selection Guidelines 

c. selected a control that is compatible with 

the motor. 

Your local Thomson Distributor and our 

Applications Engineering Department are 

available to help with your selection process. 

* 

1. Base Model Number 

Select the TN model which provides sufficient 

thrust and speed for the application, with a 

comfortable margin of safety. Refer to the TN 

Speed vs. Thrust curves in this section. Be sure 

to consider duty cycle, side loading, back 

driving, and the other design considerations 

from the Thomson Application Data Form. 

TN actuators with gear or timing belt drive 

reductions have the motor mounted parallel to 

the lead screw. With in-line units, the motor is 

always coupled directly to the screw shaft, with 

no reduction. 

Parallel Models 

Inline Models 

How To Order 





2. Stroke Length 

Seven standard travel lengths are available from 

2 to 16.5 inches. Longer lengths and custom 

in-between lengths are also available. Consult 

your Thomson distributor or the factory for 

details. 

To maximize actuator life, the thrust tube should 

not impact either physical end-of-stroke during 

normal operation. Extra travel length is needed 

to decelerate the load to a stop when an endof-travel 

limit switch is encountered. This extra 

travel distance depends on load and speed. 

Dual Rod End Bearing (-DB) is 

• required above 12 inch stroke 

• optional with 12 inches and below 

The -DB option reduces actual travel by 1.5 

inches (e.g., TN-18-DB has 16.5 in travel). 

3. Actuator Mounting 

Specify any one of these actuator mounting 

options. Dimensional drawings start on 

page A-30. 

Actuator base mount options -MP2, -MP3, 

-MF2, and -MF3 cannot be ordered with in-line 

models. 

1 2 3 4 5 

Stroke Cylinder 

Base Model Length Mounting Rod End Options 

Drive Screw 

Actuator Motor Ratio Pitch, Type (inches) 

TN 


Ball Screw Acme Screw 

TN-B23-10-2B- TN-P22x-10-2B- TN-B23-10-5A- TN-P22x-10-5A- 



TN-B23-31-5A- TN-P22x-31-5A- 

TN-B23-10-5B- TN-S32x-10-2B- TN-P22x-120-5A- 

TN-B23-15-5B- TN-S32x-15-2B- TN-B23-10-8A- 

TN-B23-20-5B- TN-B23-15-8A- 

TN-B23-25-5B- TN-P22x-10-5B- TN-B23-20-8A- TN-S32x-10-5A- 

TN-B23-31-5B- TN-P22x-15-5B- TN-B23-31-8A- TN-S32x-15-5A- 

TN-P22x-20-5B- TN-S32x-25-5A- 

TN-D-10-2B- TN-P22x-31-5B- TN-D-10-5A- 

TN-D-15-2B- TN-P22x-120-5B- TN-D-15-5A- TN-P22x-10-8A- 

TN-D-20-2B- TN-D-20-5A- TN-P22x-15-8A- 

TN-D-10-5B- TN-S32x-10-5B- TN-D-31-5A- TN-P22x-20-8A- 

TN-D-15-5B- TN-S32x-15-5B- TN-D-120-5A- TN-P22x-31-8A- 

TN-D-20-5B- TN-S32x-25-5B- TN-P22x-120-8A- 

TN-D-31-5B- TN-D-10-8A- 

TN-D-120-5B- TN-D-15-8A- 

The "x" in the motor code is replaced with N, T, or V, where: 

N = 8 leads, can be field wired in series or parallel. 

T = series winding with factory-wired quick disconnect 

V = parallel winding with factory-wired quick disconnect 

TN-D-20-8A- 



Inline Models 

TN-B23-10L-2B TN-D-10L-2B TN-P22x-10L-2B TN-B23-10L-5A 

TN-B23-10L-5B TN-D-10L-5B TN-P22x-10L-5B TN-B23-10L-5A 

TN-B23-10L-5A TN-D-10L-5A TN-P22x-10L-5A TN-B23-10L-5A 

TN-B23-10L-8A TN-D-10L-8A TN-P22x-10L-8A TN-B23-10L-5A 

TN-S32x-10L-5A TN-S32x-10L-2B TN-S32x-10L-5B 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

18 

1) 16.5 inches 

actual stroke 

with required- 

DB dual rod 

end bearing 

installed 

1) 16.5 inches in actual travel 

No Charge 

-MF1* -MS1 -FE2 -DB 

-MF2* -MS6* -FT1* 

-MF3* -MT4 -MT1* 

-MP2* -MS2 

Additional Charge 

-MP3 -FC2 -BS 

-EMK 

-F 

-H 

-L 

-PB 

-W 

* Available in metric; add M after designation. 

Example: MF1 becomes MF1M 

A-41

How To Order 

3. Actuator Mounting (continued) 

MF1 Front Flange (Metric MF1M) 

MF2 Rear Flange (Metric MF2M) 

MF3 Both Flanges (Metric MF3M) 

MP3 Rear Clevis (MP2 omits pivot base) 


MS2 Side Lugs 

MS6 Side Tapped Holes (Metric MS6M) 

MT4 Trunnion (Inline Models Only) 

A-42 

Pivot Mount Caution: 

When utilizing a pivot mounting option (MP2 or 

MT4) in conjunction with a pivot rod end (FS2 

or FC2), it is recommended that the actuator be 

extended only to 90–95% of its full stroke. This 

increases the system’s rigidity and extends the 

life of the guide bearings and rod seal. 

4. Rod Ends 

Thomson offers 5 rod end options for TN Series 

actuators. 

-FT1 Female Thread 

-MT1 Male Thread 

-FS2 Spherical Joint 

-FC2 Clevis 

-FE2 Female Eye 

5. Options 

See the Options and Accessories section for 

complete specifications. 

-BS Holding Brake 

20 in-lb holding brake mounted on the rear lead 

screw shaft extension. Not available on inline 

models or with actuator base mount options 

(-MF2, -MF3, -MS1, -MP2, -MP3). 

-DB Dual Rod End Bearing 

Increases side load rating. Reduces actual stroke 

length by 1.5 inches. 

-EMK Encoder 

1000 line incremental encoder mounted on the 

rear shaft of the motor. 

-F Sub-Freezing Environment 

For operation to -20°F. Increases system backlash 

to 0.025 inches max. 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


-H High Temperature 

Increases maximum actuator operating 

temperature to 180°F. Note: -F and -H are 

not compatible. 

-L Linear Potentiometer Output 

Linear potentiometer mounted inside the TN-B 

actuator. 

-PB Protective Boot 

Protects the thrust tube from solid contaminants 

and prevents liquids from entering the actuator 

through the rod end bearing. Includes the 

-W option. (Not available with –MS1.) 

-W Water Resistant Option 

Provides protection from light moisture contact 

with actuator. 

6. Accessories 

Magnetic Position Sensors 

Position sensors are available for triggering stop, 

speed/direction change, or end-of-travel. 

To maximize actuator life, Thomson recommends 

the use of end-of-travel limit switches with all 

actuators. 

Either Reed or Hall Effect (NPN transistor) 

switches are compatible with Thomson controls. 

3m 4m 

Reed Leads Quick 

Normally open PSR-1 PSR-1Q 

Normally closed PSR-2 PSR-2Q 

Hall Effect 

Normally open, NPN PSN-1 PSN-1Q 

Normally closed, NPN PSN-2 PSN-2Q 

See page A-149 for more limit switch options, 

including quick-disconnect versions. 

*

* 

TC2 Series 





A-43

TC2 Series 

A-44 

Overview 





The TC2 series is a low cost linear motion package for light to 

moderate thrust loads ranging up to 3600 N [810 lb] and travel up 

to 750 mm [29.5 in]. Precision rolled ballscrews are standard, 

yielding quiet operation, low backlash and high accuracy. 

(See the following pages for detailed specifications). 

TC2 Linear actuators are available with 24Vdc, stepper or brushless 

servo for compatibility with every motion control environment. 

Both ballscrew and acme screw models provide a variety of speed 

and thrust capabilities. Ballscrew models are used in applications 

that require higher speed and duty cycles. Acme screw models 

generally perform best in low duty cycle applications, and where 

load holding is required without a brake or in the case of electrical 

power loss. The life expectancy of a ballscrew is generally better 

than an acme screw. Standard ballscrews are 5 mm and 16 mm 

lead, and acme screws are available in 4 mm lead. 

TC2 timing belt or gear reductions between the motor and 

lead screw allow selection of the best match between motor power 

and your linear speed and thrust range. 

Metric Series Advantages 

• meets the needs of customers who manufacture for the 

international marketplace 

• both English and Metric versions of threaded mounting options 

are standard 

Options 

Options include rotary encoders or linear potentiometers for 

position feedback, load-holding brakes, protective boots, and 

quick-disconnect cables. 

TC2-D Series TC2-S/P Series TC2-B Series 

Motor Type 24 volt DC Servo 1.8° Hybrid Stepper Brushless Servo 

Max Thrust Load Capacity 3230 N [740 lbs] 3600 N [810 lbs] 3600 N [810 lbs] 

Max No Load Speed 840 mm/sec [33 in/sec] 800 mm/sec [31.5 in/sec] 1280 mm/sec [50.5 in/sec] 

Repeatability 0.13mm [±0.005in] 0.013mm [±0.0005in] 0.013mm [±0.0005in] 

Compatible Controls Offered D2403, D2502B 

B8961, B8962 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 

TC2 Series 

Travel Lengths 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 450, 600, 750 mm. 

Custom strokes available in increments of 1 mm. 


Bearing & Drive Housing 6063-T6 aluminum, anodized 

Actuator Body 6063-T6 aluminum, hard anodized with PTFE impregnation 

Mounting Plates 6061-T6 aluminum and cast aluminum plate, anodized 

Thrust Tube 300 Series Stainless Steel, 1/8 hard, ground 

Speed Reducer Options 

Belt/Pulley AT-5, polyurethane with steel tensile cords 

Gears Alloy steel, case hardened 

Transport Screw Options 

Ballscrew/Ballnut Lead: 16 mm [0.630 in], or 5 mm [0.197 in] 

Heat treated carbon steel alloy 

Acme Screw/Nut Lead: 4 mm [0.157 in] 

Carbon steel alloy acme screw; bronze acme drive nut 

Thrust Bearings Angular contact, high thrust ball bearings 

Weight (Approximate, without options) 

TC2-D kg = 4.28 + 0.006 x [mm stroke]; lb = 9.4 + 0.33 x [inches stroke] 

TC2-P22 kg = 4.04 + 0.006 x [mm stroke]; lb = 8.9 + 0.33 x [inches stroke] 

TC2-S32 kg = 5.94 + 0.006 x [mm stroke]; lb = 13.1 + 0.33 x [inches stroke] 

TC2-B23 kg = 4.63 + 0.006 x [mm stroke]; lb = 10.2 + 0.33 x [inches stroke] 

Motor 

Specifications/Dimensions See pages A-66 to A-68. 

Environmental Operation 

Temperature -30° to 70°C [-22° to 158°F] 

When operating below 2°C [35°F], vent tubing fitting must be installed. Consult the factory for more information. 

Moisture/Contaminants IP 54 rated: Polyurethane thrust tube wiper seal. Mating surfaces gasket sealed. Protected against dust and splashing 

water (non-corrosive, non-abrasive). Limited ingress permitted. 

Vent Tube Fitting: A vent tube fitting is included, which can be installed to permit the actuator to breathe from a 

non-contaminated area, or receive a positive pressure continuous purge (14-20kPa [2-3 psi]). 

PB Protective Boot (IP65) Option: An optional thrust tube boot prevents moisture and dry contaminants from bypassing 

the thrust tube wiper seal, providing IP65 protection when used with included vent tube fitting. The boot also prevents 

contaminant buildup on the thrust tube. 

Clean Room & Vacuum Applications: Thomson has designed special actuators for clean room and vacuum applications. 

Please consult the factory if your application requires special environmental compatibility. 

Maintenance The TC2 Series actuator design eliminates the need for most routine maintenance. Re-lubrication is required 

in high cycle applications. Acme screw models include a lube port and adapter for a standard grease gun. 

See the TC Series Operator’s Manual for replacement parts. 





A-45

TC2 General Specifications 

Ballscrew 

Ballscrew life is rated in inches of travel at a given load. The values in the chart to 

the right indicate the travel life where 90% of all units in a sample will continue to 

work, while 10% have failed. This is similar to the B10 rating of a ball bearing 

mechanism. Be sure to consider acceleration loads as well as thrust, gravity and 

friction loads. 

Acme Screw 

Usable life for an acme screw is defined as the length of travel completed before 

backlash (of lead screw/nut) exceeds 0.020" [0.5 mm]. 

A travel life of 25km [1 million inches] under the maximum rated load can be used 

as a general approximation. However, since life is directly dependent on application 

conditions (load, duty cycle, move profiles, and environment), it is difficult to 

predict a statistical travel life. 

Thrust Tube Capacity 

Thrust Tube Torque Capacity 

Thrust tube does not rotate during operation. Maximum allowable torque during 

operation and installation is 5.0 N-m [45 lb-in] 

Thrust Tube Side Load Capacity 

Side Load 

A-46 

lb kg 

44 20 

33 15 

22 10 

11 

5 

0 

0 

TC2 Side Load Capacity vs. Extension 

50 

100 mm 

150 mm 

100 

3.9 

200 mm 

300 mm 450 mm 

200 300 400 500 600 750 mm 

7.9 11.8 15.7 19.7 

Thrust Tube Extension 

23.6 39.5 in 

TC2 Series Actuator Inertia 

Equations - Rotary Inertia (Reflected to Motor) = A + B* (Stroke, in) + C* (Load, lb) 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

0 

1 





600 mm 

750 mm 

TC2 Ballscrew Life 

Model Ratio Screw A (lb-in-s 2 ) B (lb-in-s 2 /in) C (lb-in-s 2 /lb) 

TC2-...-10-16B 1:1 16 x 16 3.184 E-04 1.072 E-05 2.604 E-05 

TC2-...-15-16B 1.5:1 1.541 E-04 4.958 E-06 1.204 E-05 

TC2-...-20-16B 2:1 1.005 E-04 2.680 E-06 6.510 E-06 

TC2-...-50-16B 5:1 5.368 E-05 4.252 E-07 1.033 E-06 

TC2-...-100-16B 10:1 4.595 E-05 1.071 E-07 2.601 E-07 

TC2-...-10-05B 1:1 16 x 5 2.895 E-04 8.296 E-06 2.543 E-06 

TC2-...-15-05B 1.5:1 1.408 E-04 3.836 E-06 1.176 E-06 

TC2-...-20-05B 2:1 9.332 E-05 2.074 E-06 6.357 E-07 

TC2-...-50-05B 5:1 5.254 E-05 3.290 E-07 1.008 E-07 

TC2-...-100-05B 10:1 4.566 E-05 8.287 E-08 2.540 E-08 

TC2-...-10-04A 1:1 16 x 4 ACME 2.894 E-04 8.202 E-06 1.627 E-06 

TC2-...-15-04A 1.5:1 1.407 E-04 3.792 E-06 7.525 E-07 

TC2-...-20-04A 2:1 9.328 E-05 2.050 E-06 4.069 E-07 

TC2-...-50-04A 5:1 5.253 E-05 3.252 E-07 6.454 E-08 

TC2-...-100-04A 10:1 4.566 E-05 8.1928 E-08 1.6257 E-08 

Load (lbs) 

EC2-05B TC3-05B 

Ballscrew 

EC2-16B TC3-16B 

Ballscrew 

10 100 

Life (x 10^6 inches) 

Side Load Moment 

(in-lbs) 

Top or Side of 

Cylinder Housing 

Extend Distance 

(inches) 

Side Load (lbs) 

Sideplay 

Motor Inertia (lb-in-s 2 ) 

D 1.125 E-03 

P22 3.813 E-04 

S32 1.063 E-03 

B23 1.188 E-04 

1000 

Metric Conversions: 

1 mm = 0.03937 in 

1 kg = 2.205 lb 

1 lb-in-s 2 = 1129 kg-cm 2 = 1.152 kg-cm-s 2 

*

16mm Lead Ballscrew Models 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

890 35 

760 30 

635 25 

510 20 

380 15 

225 10 

125 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

635 25 

510 20 

380 15 

255 10 

125 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

635 25 

510 20 

380 15 

255 10 

125 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

Speed 

150 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

100 4 

Speed 

76 

51 

25 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

100% 60% 

30% 

5 

22 

10 15 

44 67 

Thrust 

100% 60% 

30% 

10 

44 

20 30 

89 139 

Thrust 

20 30 

89 139 

Thrust 

* 

20 25 lbs 

89 110 N 

40 50 lbs 

180 220N 

100% 60% 

30% 

10 

44 

100% 60% 30% 

50 

220 

100 150 

440 670 

Thrust 

100% 60% 

30% 

50 

220 

100 150 

440 670 

Thrust 

40 50 lbs 

180 220 N 

200 250 lbs 

890 1110N 

200 250 lbs 

890 1110N 

• Consider lead screw critical speed and column load limits when specifying longer lengths. 

16mm lead ballscrew 

1280 1280 1280 993 

50 thru 100 


n/a 

150 

n/a 

TC2-D Performance Curves 

— 100% Duty Cycle — 60% Duty Cycle — 30% Duty Cycle 

TC2-D-10-16B 

TC2-D-10L-16B TC2-D-10-16B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ballscrew 

TC2-D-10L-16B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 16 mm/rev Ballscrew 

Max. No-Load Accel. 176 in/sTC2 [4.46 m/s2] 

Repeatability ±0.25 mm [±0.010 in] 

TC2-D-15-16B 

TC2-D-20-16B 

TC2-D-50-16B 

TC2-D-100-16B 

• Performance using D2400 Series Controls. 

• Duty Cycle is percentage of actuator “on time” or movement over 


• Repeatability achievable with D2400 control. Reduce actuator 

speed prior to final positioning. 

Backlash 0.25 mm [0.010 in] 

Lead Accuracy ±0.05 mm/300 mm [±0.002 in/ft] 

TC2-D-15-16B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ballscrew 

Max. No-Load Accel. 3.49 m/s2 [137 in/s2] 









TC2-D-50-16B: 5:1 Gears, 16 mm/rev Ballscrew 










200 

n/a 

300 

n/a 

550 

450 

n/a 

331 

600 

n/a 

230 Critical Speed (mm/sec) 

750 

n/a 

Stroke (mm) 

Column Load Limit (N) 




A-47



Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

305 12 

255 10 

205 

150 

100 

51 

150 

125 

100 

76 

8 

6 

4 

2 

A-48 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

Speed 

150 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

Speed 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

30 1.2 

Speed 

23 0.9 

15 0.6 

8 0.3 

0 

0 

10 

44 

20 

89 

20 

89 

50 

220 

100 

440 

— 100% Duty Cycle — 60% Duty Cycle — 30% Duty Cycle 

TC2-D-10-05B 

TC2-D-10L-05B TC2-D-10-05B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 

TC2-D-10L-05B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 


100% 60% 

30% 

20 

89 

30 40 50 

135 180 

Thrust 

220 

100% 60% 

30% 

40 

180 

60 80 100 

265 355 

Thrust 

440 

60 

265 

120 

530 

100% 60% 

30% 

40 

180 

60 80 100 

265 355 

Thrust 

440 

120 

530 

100% 60% 

30% 

100 

440 

150 200 250 300 

670 890 1110 1330 

Thrust 

100% 60% 

30% 

200 

890 

TC2-D-15-05B 

TC2-D-20-05B 

TC2-D-50-05B 

TC2-D-100-05B 

300 400 500 600 

1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

70 80 lbs 

310 355 N 

140 160 lbs 

620 710 N 

140 160 lbs 

620 710 N 

350 400 lbs 

1560 1780N 

700 800 lbs 

3114 3559 N 








414 414 414 

50 thru 100 













TC2-D-20-05B: 2:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 















n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

310 

300 

n/a 

172 

450 

n/a 

103 

600 

n/a 


750 

n/a 

Stroke (mm) 


*

4mm Lead Acme Screw Models 

mm/s in/s 

255 10 

Speed 

Speed 

205 

150 

100 

51 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

150 6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

150 6 

Speed 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

46 1.8 

Speed 

38 1.5 

30 1.2 

23 0.9 

15 0.6 

13 0.3 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

25 1.0 

Speed 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

5 

22 

10 

44 

10 

44 

20 

89 

50 

220 

10 

44 

20 

89 

20 

89 

40 

180 

50% 

15 20 

67 89 

Thrust 

30 40 

135 180 

Thrust 

50% 

30 40 

135 180 

Thrust 

50% 

30% 

60 80 100 

265 355 

Thrust 

440 

150 200 

670 890 

Thrust 

25 

110 

50 

220 

50 

220 

120 

530 

* 

30 

135 

60 

265 

30% 

60 

265 

30% 

140 

620 

35 lbs 

155N 

70 lbs 

310N 

70 lbs 

310N 

160lbs 

710N 

4mm lead acme screw 

233 233 233 

50 thru 100 





n/a 

150 

n/a 


— 50% Duty Cycle — 30% Duty Cycle 

TC2-D-10-04A 

TC2-D-10L-04A TC2-D-10-04A: 1:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 

TC2-D-10L-04A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 



50% 

30% 



TC2-D-15-04A 

100 

440 

TC2-D-20-04A 

TC2-D-50-04A 

TC2-D-100-04A 

50% 

250 

1110 

30% 

300 

1330 

350 lbs 

1560N 






TC2-D-15-04A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-D-20-04A: 2:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-D-50-04A: 5:1 Gears, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-D-10-04A: 10:1 Gears, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 






200 

n/a 

219 

300 

n/a 

119 

450 

n/a 

72 

600 

n/a 


750 

2500 

Stroke (mm) 


A-49

TC2-S/P Performance Curves 


Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

305 12 

255 10 

205 

150 

100 

51 

150 

125 

100 

76 

• Performance using SmartStep Series Controls. 



A-50 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

Speed 

150 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

Speed 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

30 1.2 

Speed 

23 0.9 

15 0.6 

8 0.3 

0 

0 

10 

44 

20 

89 

20 

89 

50 

220 

100 

440 

TC2-S32(T/V)-10-16B 

TC2-S32(T/V)-10L-16B 

100% 60% 

30% 

20 

89 

30 40 50 

135 180 

Thrust 

220 

100% 60% 

30% 

40 

180 

60 80 100 

265 355 

Thrust 

440 

60 

265 

TC2-S32(T/V)-15-16B 

120 

530 

TC2-S32(T/V)-20-16B 

100% 60% 

30% 

40 

180 

60 80 100 

265 355 

Thrust 

440 

120 

530 

TC2-S32(T/V)-50-16B 

100% 60% 

30% 

100 

440 

150 200 250 300 

670 890 1110 1330 

Thrust 

TC2-S32(T/V)-100-16B 

100% 60% 

30% 

200 

890 

300 400 500 600 

1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

70 80 lbs 

310 355 N 

140 160 lbs 

620 710 N 

140 160 lbs 

620 710 N 

350 400 lbs 

1560 1780N 

700 800 lbs 

3114 3559 N 


TC2-S32(T/V)-10-16B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball Screw 

TC2-S32(T/V)-10L-16B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 16 mm/rev Ball Screw 

Max. No-Load Accel. 31.7 m/s 2 [1247 in/s 2 ] 




TC2-S32(T/V)-15-16B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball Screw 





TC2-S32(T/V)-20-16B: 2.0:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball Screw 

















1280 1280 1280 866 530 318 216 127 Critical Speed (mm/sec) 

50 thru 100 





n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

300 

n/a 

450 

n/a 

600 750 1000 Stroke (mm) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


n/a 4900 2780 Column Load Limit (N) 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

889 35 

762 30 

635 25 

508 20 

381 15 

254 10 

127 5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

635 25 

508 

381 

254 

127 

20 

15 

10 

5 

10 

44 

100% 

20 

89 

100% 

30 

133 

V (120) 

T (240) 

40 50 

178 222 

Thrust 

V (120) 

T (240) 

60 

267 




* 

70 

311 

80 

356 

90 lbs 

400 N 

0 

0 20 

89 

40 

178 

60 

267 

80 

356 

100 

445 

120 

534 

140 lbs 

623 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

406 16 

356 14 

305 12 

254 

203 

152 

10 

8 

6 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

102 4 

51 2 

0 

0 20 

89 

40 

178 

60 

267 

80 

356 

100 

445 

120 

534 

140 

623 

160 

712 

180 lbs 

801 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

178 7 

152 6 

127 5 

102 

76 

4 

3 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 250 300 350 400 450 lbs 

890 1112 1334 1557 1779 2002 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

TC2-P22(T/V)-10-16B 

TC2-P22(T/V)-10L-16B 

TC2-P22(T/V)-15-16B 

TC2-P22(T/V)-20-16B 

TC2-P22(T/V)-50-16B 

TC2-P22(T/V)-100-16B 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 lbs 

890 1334 1779 2224 2669 3114 3559 4003 N 

Thrust 





50 thru 100 

n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

300 

n/a 

450 

n/a 

600 750 1000 Stroke (mm) 







TC2-P22(T/V)-10-16B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball Screw 

TC2-P22(T/V)-10L-16B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 16 mm/rev Ball Screw 

Max. No-Load Accel. 28.4 m/s2 [1119 in/s2 ] 




TC2-P22(T/V)-15-16B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball Screw 





TC2-P22(T/V)-20-16B: 2.0:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball Screw 















A-51



Speed 

mm/s in/s 

255 10 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

205 

150 

100 

51 

51 

A-52 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

255 10 

205 

150 

100 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

125 5 

100 

76 

51 

25 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

51 2.0 

41 1.6 

30 1.2 

20 0.8 

10 0.4 

0 

0 

TC2-S32(T/V)-10-05B 

TC2-S32(T/V)-10L-05B 

100% 

100 

440 

100 

440 

100% 

100 

440 

50% 

T (120) 

T (120) 

200 

890 

200 

890 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

300 400 

1330 1780 

Thrust 

50% 

300 400 

1330 1780 

Thrust 

T(120) 

500 

2224 

TC2-S32(T/V)-15-05B 

100 

440 

500 

2224 

V (120) 

T (240) 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

TC2-S32(T/V)-20-05B 

25km/1M’’ Life 

50% V(120) 

T(240) 

200 300 400 500 600 700 

890 1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

3114 

TC2-S32(T/V)-50-05B 

100% 


T(120) 

50% 

V(120) 

T(240) 

200 300 400 500 600 700 

890 1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

3114 

800 lbs 

3559 N 

800 lbs 

3559 N 







414 414 414 

50 thru 100 





TC2-S32(T/V)-10-05B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 

TC2-S32(T/V)-10L-05B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 





TC2-S32(T/V)-15-05B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 





TC2-S32(T/V)-20-05B: 2:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 





TC2-S32(T/V)-50-05B: 5:1 Gears, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 





n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

310 

300 

n/a 

172 

450 

n/a 

103 

600 

n/a 


750 

n/a 

Stroke (mm) 


*


Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

254 10 

203 

152 

102 

51 

8 

6 

4 

2 

mm/s in/s 

178 7 

152 6 

127 5 

102 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

mm/s in/s 

127 5 

102 

76 

51 

25 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

Thrust 

200 

890 

250 

1112 

300 lbs 

1334 N 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 250 300 350 400 450 lbs 

890 1112 1334 1557 1779 2002 N 

Thrust 

4 

3 

2 

1 

mm/s in/s 

51 2.0 

41 1.6 

30 1.2 

20 0.8 

10 0.4 

mm/s in/s 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 

890 

300 

1334 

Thrust 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 lbs 

890 1334 1779 2224 2669 3114 3559 4003 N 

Thrust 

* 

25km/1M" Life 

5 0.2 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 lbs 

890 1334 1779 2224 2669 3114 3559 4003 N 

Thrust 


414 414 414 

50 thru 100 


n/a 


TC2-P22(T/V)-10-05B 

TC2-P22(T/V)-10L-05B TC2-P22(T/V)-10-05B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 

TC2-P22(T/V)-10L-05B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 

Max. No-Load Accel. 9.62 m/s2 — 100% Duty Cycle — 50% Duty Cycle 

[379 in/s2] 

TC2-P22(T/V)-15-05B 

TC2-P22(T/V)-20-05B 

TC2-P22(T/V)-50-05B 

TC2-P22(T/V)-100-05B 

100% 

25km/1M" Life 

V (120) 

T (240) 







TC2-P22(T/V)-15-05B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 

Max. No-Load Accel. 9.01 m/s 2 [355 in/s2] 




TC2-P22(T/V)-20-05B: 2:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 





TC2-P22(T/V)-50-05B: 5:1 Gears, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 





TC2-P22(T/V)-100-05B: 10:1 Gears, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 






150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

310 

300 

n/a 




172 

450 

n/a 

103 

600 

n/a 


750 

n/a 

Stroke (mm) 


A-53



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

205 8 

180 

150 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

A-54 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

205 8 

180 7 

150 6 

125 5 

100 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

100 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

23 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

41 1.6 

36 1.4 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

20 0.8 

18 0.7 

15 0.6 

13 0.5 

10 0.4 

8 0.3 

5 0.2 

3 0.1 

0 

0 

TC2-S32(T/V)-10-04A 

TC2-S32(T/V)-10L-04A TC2-S32(T/V)-10-04A: 1:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 

TC2-S32(T/V)-10L-04A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 

50% 

V(120) 

T(240) 

Max. No-Load Accel. 8.24 m/s 

30% 

T(120) 

2 — 50% Duty Cycle — 30% Duty Cycle 

[324 in/s2] 


Backlash 

Lead Accuracy 

0.40 mm 

±0.10 mm/300 mm 

[0.016 in] 

[±0.004 in/ft] 

50 

220 

50 

220 

50 

220 

100 

440 

100 

440 

T(120) 

100 

440 

200 

890 

100 150 

440 670 

Thrust 

50% 

100 150 

440 670 

Thrust 

T(120) 

150 200 

670 890 

Thrust 

T(120) 

50% 

50% 

200 

890 

TC2-S32(T/V)-15-04A 

V(120) 

T(240) 

200 

890 

TC2-S32(T/V)-20-04A 

30% 

250 

1110 

30% 

V(120) 

T(240) 

300 

1330 

TC2-S32(T/V)-50-04A 

30% 

250 lbs 

1110N 

250 lbs 

1110N 

350 lbs 

1560N 

V(120) 

T(240) 

300 400 500 600 700 800 lbs 

1330 1780 2224 2669 3114 3559N 

Thrust 

TC2-S32(T/V)-100-04A 

200 

890 

T(120) 

50% 

V(120) 

T(240) 

300 400 500 600 700 800 lbs 

1330 1780 2224 2669 3114 3559N 

Thrust 






233 233 233 

50 thru 100 





TC2-S32(T/V)-15-04A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-S32(T/V)-20-04A: 2:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-S32(T/V)-50-04A: 5:1 Gears, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-S32(T/V)-100-04A: 10:1 Gears, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

219 

300 

n/a 

119 

450 

n/a 

72 

600 

n/a 


750 

2500 

Stroke (mm) 


*


Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

152 6 

127 5 

102 4 

V (120) 

T (240) 

76 3 

50% 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 lbs 

1112 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

102 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 

64 

3.0 

2.5 

V (120) 

T (240) 

51 2.0 

50% 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

0 

0 50 

222 

100 

445 

150 

667 

200 

890 

250 

1112 

300 

1334 

350 lbs 

1557 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

41 1.6 

36 1.4 

30 

25 

1.2 

1.0 

V (120) 

T (240) 

20 

15 

0.8 

0.6 

50% 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 

890 

300 

1334 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

600 

2669 

700 

3114 

800 lbs 

3559 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

20 0.8 

18 0.7 

15 0.6 

V (120) 

T (240) 

13 

10 

0.5 

0.4 

50% 

8 0.3 

5 0.2 

3 0.1 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 lbs 

890 1334 1779 2224 2669 3114 3559 4003 N 

Thrust 

* 


233 233 233 

50 thru 100 


n/a 


mm/s in/s 

20 0.8 

18 0.7 

TC2-P22(T/V)-10-04A 

TC2-P22(T/V)-10L-04A TC2-P22(T/V)-10-04A: 1:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 

TC2-P22(T/V)-10L-04A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 

15 

13 

10 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

50% 

V (120) 

T (240) 


8 0.3 

5 

3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 lbs 

890 1334 1779 2224 2669 3114 3559 4003 N 

Thrust 


Repeatability ±0.013 mm 

[303 in/s2] 

[±0.0005 in] 



TC2-P22(T/V)-15-04A 

TC2-P22(T/V)-20-04A 

TC2-P22(T/V)-50-04A 

TC2-P22(T/V)-100-04A 




TC2-P22(T/V)-15-04A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-P22(T/V)-20-04A: 2:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-P22(T/V)-50-04A: 5:1 Gears, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 






Max. No-Load Accel. 1.50 m/s 2 59 





150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

219 

300 

n/a 




119 

450 

n/a 

72 

600 

n/a 


750 

2500 

Stroke (mm) 


A-55

TC2-B Performance Curves 


Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

1780 70 

1520 60 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

510 20 

255 10 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

510 20 

100% 

255 10 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

510 20 

0 

0 

A-56 

100% 

50 

220 

100% 

255 10 

mm/s in/s 

205 8 

180 7 

150 6 

125 

100 

5 

100% 

4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

100 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

Speed 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

50 

220 

100 

440 

100 

440 

40 

180 

100 

440 

100 

440 

80 

335 

230 VAC 

120 

530 

Thrust 

115 VAC 

150 200 

670 890 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

150 200 

670 890 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

160 

710 

250 

1110 

250 

1110 

200 240 lbs 

890 1070 N 

300 

1330 

300 

1330 

200 300 400 500 600 700 

890 1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

3114 

100% 

TC2-B23-10-16B 

TC2-B23-10L-16B TC2-B23-10-16B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ballscrew 

TC2-B23-10L-16B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 16 mm/rev Ballscrew 

230 VAC 


115 VAC 

2 — 100% Duty Cycle — Intermittent (

5mm Lead Ballscrew Screw Models 

mm/s in/s 

510 20 

Speed 

Speed 

405 16 

305 12 

205 8 

100% 

100 4 

305 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

380 15 

9 

230 12 

0 

0 

100 

440 

150 6 

100% 

76 3 

mm/s in/s 

380 15 

Speed 

305 12 

230 

150 

76 

9 

6 

3 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

Speed 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

100 

440 

100 

440 

115 VAC 

200 300 400 500 600 700 

890 1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

3114 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

25km/1M'' Life 

200 300 400 500 600 700 

890 1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

3114 

100% 

100 

440 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 


200 300 400 500 600 700 

890 1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

3114 

* 

800 lbs 

3559 N 

800 lbs 

3559 N 

800 lbs 

3559 N 


414 414 414 

50 thru 100 


n/a 


TC2-B23-10-05B 

TC2-B23-10L-05B TC2-B23-10-05B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 

TC2-B23-10L-05B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 mm/rev Ballscrew 


230 VAC 


Speed 



mm/s in/s 

205 8 

180 

150 

7 

6 

50% 

Speed 

125 5 

100 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

Speed 

150 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

150 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

Speed 

41 1.6 

10 0.4 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

A-58 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

51 2.0 

0 

0 

50% 

30 1.2 

50% 

20 0.8 

mm/s in/s 

25 1.0 

Speed 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

50% 

100 

440 

50 

220 

100 

440 

100 

440 

100 

440 

TC2-B23-10-04A 

TC2-B23-10L-04A 

30% 

30% 

100 

440 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

150 

670 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

200 300 

890 1330 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

200 300 

890 1330 

Thrust 

30% 

200 

890 

TC2-B23-15-04A 

TC2-B23-20-04A 

TC2-B23-50-04A 

250 300 lbs 

1110 1330 N 

400 

1780 

400 

1780 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

500 lbs 

2224N 

500 lbs 

2224N 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 lbs 

890 1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

3114 3559 N 

50% 

TC2-B23-100-04A 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

30% 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 lbs 

890 1330 1780 2224 2669 

Thrust 

3114 3559 N 

• Performance using B8961 Series Controls. 







TC2-B23-10-04A: 1:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 

TC2-B23-10L-04A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-B23-15-04A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-B23-20-04A: 2:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-B23-50-04A: 5:1 Gears, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 





TC2-B23-100-04A: 10:1 Gears, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 







233 233 233 

50 thru 100 

n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

219 

300 

n/a 

119 

450 

n/a 

72 

600 

n/a 


750 

2500 

Stroke (mm) 


*


Parallel 

5.67 

[144.0] 

2.94 

[74.7] 

1.64 

[41.7] 

3.49 

[88.6] 


Parallel 

5.80 

[147.3] 2.94 

[74.7] 

3.87 

[98.3] 

0.38 

[9.5] 

1.64 

[41.7] 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

RIGHT 

Breather 1/8 NPT 

0.44 [11.1] HEX 

* 

"A" 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

BOTTOM 

"A" 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 





2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

0.98 

[25.0] 

0.38 

[9.5] 

1.36 

[34.5] 

2.24 [56.9] SQ 

1.25 

[31.8] 

Stroke 

Stroke 

FLANGE DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ISO 6431 FOR 50mm BORE SIZE 

Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

1.10 

[28.0] 

1.10 

[28.0] 

5.67 

[144.0] 

Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

5.80 

[147.3] 

3.14 

[79.8] 

T 

3.54 

[90.0] 

4.50 

[114.3] 

A 

B 

R 

R L 

TC2 Dimensions 

FLANGE DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 

ISO 6431 FOR 50mm BORE SIZE 

A 

B 

DIMENSION 

3.14 

[79.8] 

T 

3.54 

[90.0] 

4.50 

[114.3] 

1.77 

[45.0] 

2.50 

[63.5] 

CYLINDER LENGTH 

RETRACT LENGTH 

L 

DIMENSION 

1.77 2.50 

[45.0] [63.5] 



1.25 

[31.8] 

LENGTH 

8.60 [218.5] + STROKE 

9.96 [253.0] + STROKE 

LENGTH 

8.60 [218.5] + STROKE 

9.58 [243.4] + STROKE 

A-59


MF3 Both Front and Rear Flanges 

Parallel 

5.80 

[147.3] 

2.94 

[74.7] 

A-60 

3.87 

[98.3] 

0.38 

[9.5] 

1.64 

[41.7] 

RIGHT 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

BOTTOM 

"A" 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 


0.98 

[25.0] 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

0.38 

[9.5] 

1.25 

[31.8] 

Stroke 

1.10 

[28.0] 




Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

R 

FLANGE DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE 

WITH ISO 6431 FOR 50mm BORE SIZE 

A 

B 

3.14 

[79.8] 

T 

3.54 

[90.0] 

4.50 

[114.3] 

DIMENSION 

L 

1.77 

[45.0] 



MP2 Clevis Mount / MP3 Clevis Mount with Pivot Base and Pin 

Parallel 

2.73** 

[69.3] 

+ 0.024 

1.575 

- 0.000 

+ 0.62] 

[40.0 

- 0.00] 

1.94 

[49.3] 

0.60 

[15.2] 

Ø0.6280/0.6295 

[15.951/15.989] 

4.09 

[103.9] 

0.86 

[21.8] 

"B" 

"A" 

RIGHT 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

1.48 

[37.7] 

Stroke 

1.37 

[34.8] 

3.45/3.53* 

[87.6/89.7] 

Note: 

• Order MP3 to specify complete mounting kit, including actuator clevis, pin and pivot base 

• Order MP2 to omit the pivot base 

TOP 

1.38 

[35.0] 

1.62 

[41.1] 

PIVOT BASE (MP3 only) 

Ø0.26 [6.5] Thru 

on a Ø2.99 [76.0] B.C. 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 

R L 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

2.73 

[69.3] 

1.24 

SQ 0.38 

[31.5] 

[9.5] 

6.68 

[169.7] 

2.50 

[63.5] 

LENGTH 

8.98 [228.1] + STROKE 

9.96 [253.0] + STROKE 

CLEVIS DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 

ISO 6431 FOR 63mm BORE SIZE EXCEPT AS INDICATED 

* ACTUAL DISTANCE DETERMINED BY DRIVE RATIO 

DIMENSION NOT ISO 6431 FOR 63mm BORE SIZE 

** 

A 

B 

80° MAX 

Pivot Angle 

DIMENSION 




drawings, go to our 

website, or call the factory 

for a diskette 





LENGTH 

9.55 [242.7] + STROKE 

11.91 [302.6] + STROKE 

*

MS1 Side End Angles Mounting 

Parallel 

7.18 

[182.4] 

1.77 

[45.0] 

2x 

3.45/3.53* 

[87.6/89.7] 

0.50 

[12.7] 

0.55 

[14.0] 

MS2 Side Lugs Mounting 

Parallel 

5.67 

[144.0] 

2.36 

[60.0] 

2x 

2.94 

[74.7] 

3.49 

[88.6] 

Ø0.43 

[11.0] 

4x 

1.94 

[49.3] 

4.09 

[103.9] 

1.64 

[41.7] 

RIGHT 1.36 

[34.5] 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

0.87 

[22.1] 

"A" 

BOTTOM 

* 

"B" 

"A" 

TOP 

RIGHT 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 

"C" 

Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

0.43 

[11.0] 


2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

0.36 

[9.1] 

8x 

1.10 

[28.0] 

0.38 

[9.7] 

0.87 

[22.1] 

Stroke 

3.24 

[82.3] 

0.55 

[14.0] 

1.50 

[38.1] 

0.38 

[9.7] 

Stroke 

1.38 

[35.0] 

1.87 

[47.5] 

1.62 

[41.1] 

R 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 3.35 

[85.0] 

1.10 

[28.0] 


DIMENSION 



MOUNTING LENGTH 

8.22 [208.8] + STROKE 

9.58 [243.4] + STROKE 

5.70 [144.8] + STROKE 




0.38 

[9.5] 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 

2.74 

[69.6] 

R L 

A 

B 

C 

L 

3.14 

[79.8] 

T 

4.50 

[114.3] 


DIMENSION 

LENGTH 

A MOUNTING LENGTH 12.81 [325.4] + STROKE 

B RETRACT LENGTH 12.48 [317.1] + STROKE 

LENGTH 

A-61

MS6 Side Tapped Holes Mounting 

Parallel 

5.67 

[144.0] 

2.94 

[74.7] 

3.49 

[88.6] 

0.98 

[25.0] 


1.64 

[41.7] 

0.87 

[22.1] 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

"A" 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 

"C" 

0.87 

[22.1] 


Parallel 

A-62 

5.67 

[144.0] 

2.94 

[74.7] 

3.49 

[88.6] 

2.95 

[75.0] 

4.21 

[106.9] 

1.64 

[41.7] 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

1.36 

[34.5] 

"D" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

"A" 

Ø0.75 

[19.1] 

Ø0.6270/0.6287 

[15.925/15.968] 

"C" 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 

0.43 

[11.0] 

1.12 

[28.5] 

Stroke 

1.10 

[28.0] 

3.14 

[79.8] 

T 

R L 

DIMENSION 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

A CYLINDER LENGTH 

B RETRACT LENGTH 

C MOUNTING LENGTH 





1.36 

[34.5] 

1.12 

[28.5] 

Stroke 

1.10 

[28.0] 

R 

LENGTH 

8.22 [208.8] + STROKE 

9.58 [243.4] + STROKE 

5.70 [144.8] + STROKE 

3.14 

[79.8] 

T 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

1.12 

[28.5] 

DIM 

D 

OPTION CODE 

MS6E 

MS6M 

TRUNNION DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE 


A 

B 

C 

L 

DIMENSION 












LENGTH 

8.22 [208.8] + STROKE 

9.58 [243.4] + STROKE 

6.13 [155.8] + STROKE 

SIZE 

5/16-18 UNC-2B x 0.33 Dp 

M8 x 1.25-6H x 8.4mm Dp 

*


Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

3.97 

[100.7] 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

MS2 Side Lugs Mounting 

Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

3.97 

[100.7] 

0.87 

[22.1] 

"A" 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

* 

"A" 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 

"C" 

0.98 

[25.0] 

0.38 

[9.5] 


0.87 

[22.1] 

1.36 

34.5] 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

0.43 

[11.0] 

Stroke 

Stroke 

R 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

3.35 

[85.0] 

1.10 

[28.0] 

Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

1.10 

[28.0] 

T 

3.54 

[90.0] 

4.50 

[114.3] 

4.50 

[114.3] 



A 


1.77 

[45.0] 

L 

2.50 

[63.5] 

DIMENSION 


LENGTH 

9.08 [230.5] + STROKE 


T 

R L 

1.50 

[38.1] 

0.38 

[9.5] 

DIMENSION 




8.70 [220.9] + STROKE 

10.06 [255.5] + STROKE 

5.70 [144.8] + STROKE 




A 

B 

C 









LENGTH 

A-63



Inline 

MT4 Trunnion 

Inline 

A-64 

RIGHT 

2.95 

[75.0] 

BOTTOM 

4.21 

[106.9] 

A 

B 

C 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

3.97 

[100.7] 

DIMENSION 




Ø0.75 

[19.1] 

"A" 

Ø0.6270/0.6287 

[15.925/15.968] 

3.97 

[100.7] 

0.98 

[25.0] 

"B" 

0.87 

[22.1] 

LENGTH 

8.70 [220.9] + STROKE 

10.06 [255.5] + STROKE 

5.70 [144.8] + STROKE 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

"A" 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 

"C" 

DIMENSION 

D 

0.87 

[22.1] 

"D" 

OPTION CODE 


"C" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

1.37 

[34.8] 

1.36 

[34.5] 

1.12 

[28.5] 

Stroke 

MS6E 

MS6M 

1.36 

[34.5] 

1.10 

[28.0] 

0.43 

[11.0] 




1.12 

[28.5] 

Stroke 

1.10 

[28.0] 

SIZE 

5/16-18 UNC-2B x 0.33 Dp 

M8 x 1.25-6H x 8.4mm Dp 

R L 



DIMENSION 

LENGTH 

A 

B 

C 

T 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 




• For AutoCAD 

T 

R L 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

® DXF 








8.70 [220.9] + STROKE 

10.06 [255.5] + STROKE 

6.13 [155.8] + STROKE 

*

* 


TC2 Rod End Dimensions 




0.68 

[17.2] 

FS2 Spherical 


1.25 

[31.75] 

HEX 

MT1 M M16x2.0 

MT1 E 5/8-18 UNF 




0.47 

[12] 

1.00 

[25.4] FT1M M16x2.0 19 MM 

HEX FT1E 5/8-18 UNF 0.75 

1.26 

[32] 

Jam Nut/Washer 

1.00[25.4] HEX 

(MT1M Rod End) 


1.00 [25.4] HEX 


3.63 [92.2] 

(4.13 [10.5] MAX Extension) 

2.88 

[73.2] 

3.63 [92.2] 


2.88 

[73.2] 

1.26 

[32] 

1.26 

[32] 

Ø1.38 

[35] 

Ø1.10 

[28] 

Ø0.6325/0-.6294 Bore 

[16.065/15.988] 

Ø0.630/0.625 PIN 

[16.00/15.89] 

1.50 

[38] 

1.26 

[32] 

0.63 

[16] 

0.83 

[21] 

A-65

TC2 Motor Specifications 

TC2-D Series Permanent magnet 2-pole, 24 volt DC motor 

Winding Data D motor 





Torque 

6.5 V/krpm 

Continuous 39.6 oz-in (4.5 Amps) 

Peak 88 oz-in (10 Amps) 

Rotor Inertia 0.018 oz-in-sec2 Connections Inline Models – 2 leads, 6 inch [150 mm] length 

Parallel Models – Quick Disconnect: 3 contact receptacle in anodized or painted aluminum shell, includes 12 ft. [3.7 m] 

cable with molded plug. (Not available on inline models). 




D Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

A-66 

0.2500/0.2494 

[6.350/6.335] 

Shaft Cover* 

1.00 

[25.4] 

0.68 

[17.3] 

RIGHT 

4.77 

[121.2] 

4.26 

[108.2] 

* REAR SHAFT COVER PROVIDED 

ON MOTORS WITHOUT ENCODERS 





RIGHT 

0.27 

[6.7] 

2.75 

[69.9] 

R 

3.14 

[79.8] 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

R 

T 

T 

L 

2.25 

[57.2] 

SQ 

5.67 

[144.0] 

L 

*

* 



TC2-S/P Series 1.8° Permanent Magnet Hybrid Step Motor 

Winding Data P22T and P22V S32T and S32V 

Inductance Series (T),63mH; Parallel (V), 16mH Series (T), 6.2mH; Parallel (V), 1.5mH 

Resistance Series (T), 14.8 Ω; Parallel (V), 3.7 Ω Series (T), 1.03 Ω; Parallel (V), 0.26 Ω 

Current Settings Parallel (V) at 120 VAC, 1.5 Amps Series (T) at 120 VAC, 2.8 Amps 

Series (T) at 240 VAC, 0.7 Amps Parallel (V) at 120 VAC or 

Series (T) at 240 VAC, 5.6 Amps 

Static Torque 200 oz-in max 300 oz-in max 

Rotor Inertia 3.81 x 10-4 oz-in-sec2 0.017 oz-in-sec 2 

Connections TC2-P22N: 8 leads, 12 ft. sheathed cable for inline mount. 

Temperature 

TC2-S32T, TC2-S32V, TC2-P22T, and TC2-P22V: 5 contact quick disconnect receptacle in 

anodized or painted aluminum shell, includes 12 ft [3.7 m] cable with molded plug. 

212°F [100°C] maximum allowable motor case temperature. 



P22/S32 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

Ø 3.40 [86.4] 

Max 

(S32) 

0.39 [9.9] 

(P22) 

0.85 [21.6] 

Ø 0.2500 [6.350] 

Ø 0.2494 [6.335] 

Ø 0.2500 [6.350] 

Ø 0.2495 [6.337] 

2.22 [56.4] Sq 

0.73 [18.5] 

Shaft Cover* 

(S32) 

5.40 [137.2] 

(P22) 

0.75 [19.1] 

3.10 [78.7] 

Ø 0.2500 [6.350] 

Ø 0.2495 [6.337] 

(S32) 

5.02 [127.5] 

0.75 [19.1] 3.09 [78.5] 

(P22) 

0.31 [7.9] 

Ø 0.23 [5.8] 

Ref 

0.27 [6.7] 

0.14 [3.6] 

S32 spacer 

2.22 [56.4] Sq 

0.73 [18.5] 

Ø 0.2500 [6.350] 

Ø 0.2494 [6.335] 

Ø3.40 [86.4] 

Max 

2X 4-40 UNC-2B X 0.10 DP 

Eq spaced as shown 


Shaft Cover* 

2.25 [57.2] Sq 


3.14 [79.8] 




T 

P22 

2.25 [57.2] Sq 

T and V versions 

1/2 - 14 NPS 

2.25 [57.2] Sq 

3.78 [96.0] 

2.25 [57.2] Sq 

3.40 [86.4] 

Max 

T 

R L 

R L 

5.67 [144.0] 6.14 [155.8] 

6.76 [171.7] 

5.76 [146.3] 

T 

R L 

T and V versions 

1/2 - 14 NPS 

S32 

3.40 [86.4] 

Max 

T 

P22 S32 

4.40 [111.8] 

R L 

A-67


A-68 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC2-B Series Rare Earth Magnet Brushless Servo Motor with 2,000 Line Encoder and Commutation Sensors 

Winding Data B23 





Torque 

45.5 V/krpm 

Continuous 144 oz-in (2.5 Amps) 

Peak 414 oz-in (7.2 Amps) 

Rotor Inertia 0.0019 oz-in-sec2 Connections MS-type connectors for motor winding and encoder on motor. 

Includes 12 ft. [3.7 m] cable with mating connector. 

Temperature 212°F [100°C] maximum allowed case temperature. 

Environmental IP65 Rating 

B23 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

2.00 

[50.8] 

7.05 

[179.1] 

MAX 

PT02E16-23P 

Mating Connector 

PT06E-16-23S(SR) 

7.95 [201.9] MAX 

(With Brake) 

7.95 [201.9] MAX 

(With Brake) 

7.05 [179.1] 

MAX 

PT02E16-23P 


PT06E-16-23S(SR) 

0.27 

[6.7] 

2.00 

[50.8] 

R 

R 

2.25 

[57.2] 

SQ 

3.14 

[79.8] 

T 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

T 

2.25 

[57.2] 

SQ 

L 

L 

6.06 

[153.9] 

*

Steps To Ordering A Complete TC2 System 

You are ready to specify a TC2 actuator model 





b. completed the steps in the TC Product 

Selection Guidelines 

c. select a control that is compatible with the 

motor. 




* 


Choose the model with sufficient speed and 

thrust with a comfortable safety margin. 

Refer to the TC2-D Speed vs. Thrust curves in 

this section. 

TC2-D actuators with gear or timing belt drive 

reductions have the motor mounted parallel 

to the lead screw. Inline models have the motor 

coupled directly to the lead screw with no 

reduction. 



How To Order 


Nine standard lengths are available from 50 to 

750 mm. Custom lengths are also available. 

Consult your Thomson distributor or the factory 

for details. 


not impact the physical end-of-travel on either 

end. Extra travel length is necessary to decelerate 

the load to a stop when an end-of-travel 

limit switch is encountered. This extra travel 

distance depends on load and speed. For further 

information on this refer to the TC Selection 

Guidelines or the Engineering Section. 



options. Dimensional drawings start on page 

A-59. 

Actuator base mount options -MS1, 

-MP2, -MP3, -MF2, and -MF3 cannot be ordered 

with inline models. 

1 2 3 4 5 

Stroke Actuator 


Electric Drive Screw 

Actuator Motor Ratio Pitch, Type (mm) 

TC2 



TC2-S32x-10-16B- TC2-P22x-10-16B- TC2-S32x-10-4A- TC2-P22x-10-4A- 





TC2-S32x-10-05B- TC2-P22x-10-05B- TC2-D-10-04A- TC2-B23-10-04A- 





TC2-D-10-16B- TC2-D-10-05B- 

TC2-D-15-16B- TC2-D-15-05B- 

TC2-D-20-16B- TC2-D-20-05B- 

TC2-D-50-16B- TC2-D-50-05B- 

TC2-D-100-16B- TC2-D-100-05B- 

TC2-B23-10-16B- TC2-B23-10-05B- 

TC2-B23-15-16B- TC2-B23-15-05B- 

TC2-B23-20-16B- TC2-B23-20-05B- 

TC2-B23-50-16B- TC2-B23-50-05B- 

TC2-B23-100-16B- TC2-B23-100-05B- 

Inline Models (Direct Drive) 

TC2-B23-10L-16B- TC2-P22x-10L-16B- TC2-P22x-10L-04A- 

TC2-B23-10L-05B- TC2-S32x-10L-05B- TC2-D-10L-16B- 

TC2-B23-10L-04A- TC2-P22x-10L-05B- TC2-D-10L-05B- 

TC2-S32x-10L-16B- TC2-S32x-10L-04A- TC2-D-10L-04A- 

x = T (Series) or V (Parallel) 50 

x = T (Series) or V (Parallel) 

Inline Models 

100 

150 

200 

250 

300 

450 

600 

750 

Custom 

Lengths 

Available 

No Charge 

-MF1 -MP2 -FT1M 

-MF2 -MS6M -FT1E 

-MF3 -MS6E -MT1M 

-MS1 

-MS2 

-MT4 -MT1E 


-MP3 -FC2 -BS 

-FS2 -EMK 

-L 

-LR 

-PB 

-BM 






A-69

How To Order 






MS2 Side Lugs 

MP2 Rear Clevis 

MS6M and MS6E Side Tapped Holes 

MT4 Trunnion 

A-70 








4. Rod Ends 

Thomson offers 4 rod end options for TC2 Series 

actuators. 

-FT1M or -FT1E Female Thread 

-MT1M or -MT1E Male Thread 


-FC2 Clevis 

5. Other Options 



-BM Motor Holding Brake 

10 in-lb holding brake mounted on the B23 

motor 





(-MF2, -MF3, -MS1, -MP2, -MP3). 




-EMK Encoder 




For operation to -20°F. Increases system 

backlash to 0.025 inches max. 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 




temperature to 180°F. Note: -F and -H are not 

compatible. 


Linear potentiometer mounted inside the TC2 

actuator. 




through the rod end bearing. Includes the -W 

option. (Not available with –MS1.) 








To maximize actuator life, Thomson 

recommends the use of end-of-travel limit 

switches with all actuators. 



3m 4m 




Hall Effect 





*

* 

TC3 Series 





A-71

TC3 Series 

A-72 

Overview 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The TC3 series is a robust linear motion package for moderate to 

heavy thrust loads ranging up to 7200 N [1620 lb] and travel up 

to 1000 mm [39.4 in]. Precision rolled ball screws are standard, 

yielding quiet operation, low backlash and high accuracy. 

(See the following pages for detailed specifications). 

TC3 Series electric actuators are available with brushless servo 

or step motors for compatibility with every motion control 

environment. 

Both ball screw and acme screw models provide a variety of speed 

and thrust capabilities. Ball screw models are used in applications 

that require higher speed and duty cycles. Acme screw models 

generally perform best in low duty cycle applications, and where 

load holding is required without a brake or in the case of electrical 

power loss. The life expectancy of a ball screw is generally better 

than an acme screw. Standard ball screws are 5 mm, 10 mm and 16 

mm lead, and acme screws are available in 4 mm lead. 

TC3 timing belt or gear reductions between the motor and lead 

screw allow selection of the best match between motor power and 

your linear speed and thrust range. 

Options 



quick-disconnect cables. Thomson will also discuss unique 

modifications at your request. 

TC3-P Series TC3-B Series 

Motor Type 1.8° Hybrid Stepper Brushless Servo 

Thrust Load Capacity 7200 N [1620 lbs] 7200 N [1620 lbs] 

No Load Speed 800 mm/sec [31.5 in/sec] 1280 mm/sec [50.5 in/sec] 

Repeatability 0.013mm [±0.0005] 0.013mm [±0.0005] 

Compatible Controls Offered 

 

B8961, B8962 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Travel Lengths 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 450, 600, 750, 1000 mm. 

Custom strokes available in increments of 1 mm. 


Bearing & Drive Housing 6063 T6 aluminum, anodized 

Cylinder Body 6063 T6 aluminum, hard anodized with PTFE impregnation 

Mounting Plates 6061 T6 aluminum and cast aluminum plate, anodized 

Thrust Tube 300 Series Stainless Steel, 1/8 hard and ground 





Ball screw/Ballnut Lead: 16 mm [0.630 in], 10 mm [0.394 in], or 5 mm [0.197 in] 


Acme Screw/Nut Lead: 4 mm [0.157 in] 

Bronze acme drive nut; carbon steel alloy acme screw 


Weight (approximate, without options) 




Motor 


* 




When operating below 2°C [35°F], vent tubing fitting must be installed. Consult the factory for more 

information. 

Moisture/Contaminants IP 54 rated: Polyurethane thrust tube wiper seal. Mating surfaces gasket sealed. Protected against dust and splashing 

water (non-corrosive, non-abrasive). Limited ingress permitted. 

Vent Tube Fitting: A vent tube fitting is included, which can be installed to permit the actuator to breathe from a 

non-contaminated area, or receive a positive pressure continuous purge (14-20kPa [2-3 psi]). 

PB Protective Boot (IP65) Option: An optional thrust tube boot prevents moisture and dry contaminants from bypassing 

the thrust tube wiper seal, providing IP65 protection when used with included vent tube fitting. The boot also prevents 

contaminant buildup on the thrust tube. 

Clean Room & Vacuum Applications: Thomson has designed special actuators for clean room and vacuum 

applications. Please consult the factory if your application requires special environmental compatibility. 

Maintenance The TC3 Series actuator design eliminates the need for most routine maintenance. Re-lubrication is required in high 

cycle applications. Acme screw models include a lube port and adapter for a standard grease gun. See the TC Series 

Operator’s Manual for replacement parts. 





A-73


Ball screw 

Ball screw life is rated in inches of travel at a given load. The values in the chart to 


work, while 10% have failed. This is similar to the B10 rating of a roller bearing 



Acme Screw 

Usable life for an acme screw is defined as the length of travel completed before 

backlash (of lead screw/nut) exceeds 0.020" [0.5 mm]. 

A travel life of 25km [1 million inches] under the maximum rated load can be used 

as a general approximation. However, since directly dependent on application 

conditions (load, duty cycle, move profiles, and environment), it is difficult to 

predict a statistical travel life. 




operation and installation is 7.5 N-m [67 lb-in] 


Side Load (kg) 

30 

20 

10 

A-74 

0 

0 

50 mm 

100 mm 


200 mm 

300 mm 

450 mm 

600 mm 

200 400 600 800 1000 

Thrust Tube Extension [mm] 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

0 

1 





750 mm 

1000 mm 


Equations - Rotary Inertia (reflected to motor) = A + B* (stroke, in.) + C* (load, lb) 

TC3 Ball screw Life 

Load (lbs) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


EC2-05B TC3-05B 

Ballscrew 

EC2-16B TC3-16B 

Ballscrew 


(in-lbs) 




TC3-...-10-16B 1:1 16 x 16 1.188 E-03 1.176 E-05 2.604 E-05 

TC3-...-15-16B 1.5:1 7.435 E-04 5.228 E-06 1.157 E-05 

TC3-...-20-16B 2:1 4.779 E-04 2.765 E-06 6.121 E-06 

TC3-...-50-16B 5:1 2.280 E-04 4.635 E-07 1.026 E-06 

TC3-...-70-16B 7:1 1.975 E-04 2.401 E-07 5.314 E-07 

TC3-...-10-10B 1:1 20 x 10 1.199 E-03 1.874 E-05 1.017 E-05 

TC3-...-15-10B 1.5:1 7.487 E-04 8.328 E-06 4.521 E-06 

TC3-...-20-10B 2:1 4.806 E-04 4.405 E-06 2.391 E-06 

TC3-...-50-10B 5:1 2.285 E-04 7.384 E-07 4.008 E-07 

TC3-...-70-10B 7:1 1.977 E-04 3.824 E-07 2.076 E-07 

TC3-...-10-05B 1:1 20 x 5 1.199 E-03 1.874 E-05 1.017 E-05 

TC3-...-15-05B 1.5:1 7.487 E-04 8.328 E-06 4.521 E-06 

TC3-...-20-05B 2:1 4.806 E-04 4.405 E-06 2.391 E-06 

TC3-...-50-05B 5:1 2.278 E-04 6.953 E-07 1.002 E-07 

TC3-...-70-05B 7:1 1.973 E-04 3.601 E-07 5.189 E-08 

10 100 

Life (x 10^6 inches) 


(inches) 


Sideplay 


P32 2.375 E-03 

B23 1.188 E-04 

B32 1.000 E-03 

1000 


1 mm = 0.03937 in 

1 kg = 2.205 lb 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


16mm Lead Ball screw Models 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

889 35 

762 30 

635 25 

508 20 

381 15 

254 10 

127 5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

635 25 

508 

381 

254 

127 

20 

15 

10 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

178 7 

152 6 

127 5 

102 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

50 

222 

100 

445 

100% 

100% 

100 

890 

V (120) 

T (240) 

100% 

200 

890 

V (120) 

T (240) 

150 200 250 

667 890 1112 

Thrust 

V (120) 

T (240) 

300 400 

1334 1779 

Thrust 

* 

300 

1334 

500 

2224 

25km/1M" Life 

350 

1557 

600 

2669 

400 lbs 

1779 N 

700 

3114 



50 thru 100 


lbs 

N 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 lbs 

890 1779 2669 3559 4448 5338 6227 7117 8007 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

114 

102 

4.5 

4.0 

25km/1M" Life 

89 3.5 

76 

64 

3.0 

2.5 

V (120) 

T (240) 

51 2.0 

38 

25 

1.5 

1.0 

100% 

13 0.5 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 lbs 

890 1779 2669 3559 4448 5338 6227 7117 8007 N 

Thrust 


n/a 

150 

n/a 

TC3-P Performance Curves 

TC3-P32(T/V)-10-16B 

TC3-P32(T/V)-10L-16B TC3-P32(T/V)-10-16B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball screw 

TC3-H-10L-16B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 16 mm/rev Ball screw 

Max. No-Load Accel. 3.92 m/s2 — 100% Duty Cycle — 60% Duty Cycle — 30% Duty Cycle 

[154 in/s2] 

TC3-P32(T/V)-15-16B 

TC3-P32(T/V)-50-16B 

TC3-P32(T/V)-70-16B 

• Performance using SmartStep TM Series Controls. 






TC3-P32(T/V)-15-16B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball screw 





TC3-P32(T/V)-50-16B: 5:1 Gears, 16 mm/rev Ball screw 










200 

n/a 

300 

n/a 

450 

n/a 

600 750 1000 Stroke (mm) 





A-75



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

508 20 

406 

305 

203 

102 

A-76 

16 

12 

8 

4 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 

890 

300 

1334 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

600 

2669 

700 lbs 

3114 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

356 14 

305 12 

254 10 

203 8 

152 6 

102 

51 

4 

2 

0 

0 

100% 

200 

890 

V (120) 

T (240) 

400 600 

1779 2669 

Thrust 

800 

3559 

1000 lbs 

4448 N 

mm/s in/s 

102 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 

51 

2.5 

2.0 

V (120) 

T (240) 

38 

25 

1.5 

1.0 

100% 

13 0.5 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 lbs 

890 1779 2669 3559 4448 5338 6227 7117 8007 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 lbs 

890 1779 2669 3559 4448 5338 6227 7117 8007 N 

Thrust 



50 thru 100 





n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

300 

n/a 

450 

n/a 

600 

n/a 

750 1000 Stroke (mm) 

n/a 5340 Column Load Limit (N) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC3-P32(T/V)-10-10B 

TC3-P32(T/V)-10L-10B TC3-H-10-10B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 10 mm/rev Ball screw 

TC3-H-10L-10B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 10 mm/rev Ball screw 

Max. No-Load Accel. 2.40 m/s2 — 100% Duty Cycle —50% Duty Cycle 

[94 in/s2] 

TC3-P32(T/V)-15-10B 

TC3-P32(T/V)-50-10B 

TC3-P32(T/V)-70-10B 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 







TC3-H-15-10B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 10 mm/rev Ball screw 





TC3-H-50-10B: 5:1 Gears, 10 mm/rev Ball screw 





TC3-H-70-10B: 7:1 Gears, 10 mm/rev Ball screw 






*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

254 10 

203 

152 

102 

51 

8 

6 

4 

2 

100% 

TC3-P32(T/V)-10-05B 

TC3-P32(T/V)-10L-05B 

V (120) 

T (240) 

25km/1M" Life 

0 

0 200 

890 

400 

1779 

600 

2669 

800 

3559 

1000 

4448 

1200 

5338 

1400 lbs 

6227 N 

Thrust 

TC3-P32(T/V)-15-05B 

mm/s in/s 

178 

152 

7 

6 

25km/1M" Life 

127 5 

102 4 

76 3 

V (120) 

T (240) 

51 

25 

2 

1 

100% 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 lbs 

890 1779 2669 3559 4448 5338 6227 7117 8007 N 

Thrust 

TC3-P32(T/V)-50-05B 

mm/s in/s 

51 2.0 

41 1.6 

V (120) 

T (240) 

25km/1M" Life 

31 1.2 

20 0.8 

100% 

10 0.4 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 lbs 

890 1779 2669 3559 4448 5338 6227 7117 8007 N 

Thrust 

TC3-P32(T/V)-70-05B 

mm/s in/s 

41 

36 

1.6 

1.4 

25km/1M" Life 

31 1.2 

25 

20 

1.0 

0.8 

V (120) 

T (240) 

15 

10 

0.6 

0.4 

100% 

5 0.2 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 lbs 

890 1779 2669 3559 4448 5338 6227 7117 8007 N 

Thrust 




* 


414 414 414 

50 thru 100 





n/a 

150 

n/a 


— 100% Duty Cycle —50% Duty Cycle 

TC3-P32(T/V)-10-05B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ball screw 

TC3-P32(T/V)-10L-05B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 5 mm/rev Ball screw 





















200 

n/a 

310 

300 

n/a 

172 

450 

n/a 

103 

600 

n/a 


750 

n/a 

Stroke (mm) 


A-77



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

203 8 

178 7 

152 6 

127 5 

102 4 

76 

51 

3 

2 

50% 

25 1 

0 

0 

A-78 

100 

445 

V (120) 

T (240) 

200 

890 

300 

1334 

Thrust 

400 

1779 

500 

2224 

600 lbs 

2669 N 

mm/s in/s 

152 6 

127 5 

102 4 

76 3 

V (120) 

51 2 

T (240) 

50% 

25 1 

0 

0 100 

445 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 lbs 

890 1334 1779 2224 2669 3114 3559 4003 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

41 1.6 

36 1.4 

31 1.2 

25 

20 

1.0 

0.8 

V (120) 

T (240) 

15 

10 

0.6 

0.4 

50% 

5 0.2 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 lbs 

890 1779 2669 3559 4448 5338 6227 7117 8007 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

V (120) 

15 0.6 

T (240) 

10 0.4 

50% 

5 0.2 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 lbs 

890 1779 2669 3559 4448 5338 6227 7117 8007 N 

Thrust 


200 200 200 200 144 

50 thru 100 





n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

300 

n/a 

450 

n/a 

89 

n/a 

4650 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC3-P32(T/V)-10-04A 

TC3-P32(T/V)-10L-04A TC3-P32(T/V)-10-04A: 1:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 

TC3-P32(T/V)-10L-04A: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 

Max. No-Load Accel. 5.23 m/s2 — 50% Duty Cycle —30% Duty Cycle 

[206 in/s2] 

TC3-P32(T/V)-15-04A 

TC3-P32(T/V)-50-04A 

TC3-P32(T/V)-70-04A 







TC3-P32(T/V)-15-04A: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 4 mm/rev Acme Screw 
















61 33 Critical Speed (mm/sec) 

600 750 1000 Stroke (mm) 

n/a 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

1780 70 

1520 60 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

510 20 

255 10 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

1270 50 

1020 40 

100% 

760 30 

510 20 

255 10 

255 10 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

100% 

510 20 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

150 

125 

25 

6 

5 

1 

0 

0 

40 

180 

50 

220 

50 

220 

100 

76 

4 

3 

100% 

51 2 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

150 

125 

25 

6 

5 

100 4 

76 3 

51 2 

1 

0 

0 

200 

890 

100 

440 

100 

440 

80 

335 

120 

530 

Thrust 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

160 

710 

150 200 250 300 

670 890 1110 1330 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

150 200 250 300 

670 890 1110 1330 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

400 

1780 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

800 

3559 

* 

200 240 lbs 

890 1070 N 

350 400 lbs 

1560 1780 N 

350 400 lbs 

1560 1780 N 

1000 1200 lbs 

4450 5340 N 

50 thru 100 


n/a 

150 

n/a 


TC3-B23(T/V)-10-16B 

TC3-B23(T/V)-10L-16B TC3-B23-10-16B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball screw 

TC3-B23-10L-16B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 16 mm/rev Ball screw 

100% 

230 VAC 


115 VAC 




Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

510 20 

255 10 

125 

A-80 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

760 30 

635 25 

510 20 

380 15 

255 10 

125 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

760 30 

635 25 

510 20 

380 15 

255 10 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

150 6 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

150 6 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

50 

220 

100 

440 

100 

440 

100 

440 

100% 

100% 

200 

890 

200 

890 

100% 

150 200 

670 890 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

300 

1330 

Thrust 

300 

1330 

Thrust 

250 

1110 

400 

1780 

400 

1780 

25km/1M’’LIFE 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 

890 1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 

Thrust 

100% 

25km/1M’’LIFE 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

300 350 lbs 

1330 1560N 

500 600 lbs 

2224 2669N 

500 600 lbs 

2224 2669N 

1400 1600lbs 

6230 7120N 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600lbs 

890 1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 

Thrust 

6230 7120N 

• Performance using B8961 Controls. 





50 thru 100 





n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

300 

n/a 

450 

n/a 

600 750 1000 Stroke (mm) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC3-B32-10-16B 

TC3-B32-10L-16B TC3-B32-10-16B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 16 mm/rev Ball screw 



100% 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

100% 

510 20 

255 10 

125 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

760 30 

635 25 

510 20 

100% 

380 15 

255 10 

125 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

760 30 

635 25 

510 20 

100% 

380 15 

255 10 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

125 5 

100 

76 

51 

25 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

125 5 

100 

76 

51 

25 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

50 

220 

100 

440 

100 

440 

200 

890 

200 

890 

100% 

100 

440 

230 VAC 

200 

890 

200 

890 

115 VAC 

150 200 

670 890 

Thrust 

115 VAC 

300 400 

1330 1780 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

300 400 

1330 1780 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

250 

1110 

500 

2224 

500 

2224 

* 

300 350 lbs 

1330 1560 N 

600 700 lbs 

2669 3144 N 

600 700 lbs 

2669 3144 N 

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 lbs 

1780 2669 3559 4450 

Thrust 

5340 6230 7120 N 

100% 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 lbs 

1780 2669 3559 4450 

Thrust 

5340 6230 7120 N 

50 thru 100 


n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 


TC3-B23-10-10B 




230 VAC 




Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

535 21 

455 18 

380 15 

305 12 

230 

150 

76 

230 

150 

76 

A-82 

9 

6 

3 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

455 18 

380 15 

305 12 

230 

150 

76 

9 

6 

3 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

455 18 

380 15 

305 12 

9 

6 

3 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

100 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

Speed 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

100 4.0 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

100 

440 

200 

890 

200 

890 

TC3-B32-10-10B 

TC3-B32-10L-10B 

200 

890 

200 

890 

100% 

200 

890 

100% 

230 VAC 

100% 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

300 

1330 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

400 600 

1780 2669 

Thrust 

400 600 

1780 2669 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

100% 

115 VAC 

400 

1780 

TC3-B32-15-10B 

TC3-B32-20-10B 

TC3-B32-50-10B 

500 600 lbs 

2224 2664 N 

800 1000 lbs 

3559 4450 N 

800 1000 lbs 

3559 4450 N 

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 lbs 

1780 2669 3559 4450 

Thrust 

5340 6230 7120 N 

TC3-B32-70-10B 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

100% 

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 lbs 

1780 2669 3559 4450 

Thrust 

5340 6230 7120 N 








Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

610 24 

510 20 

405 16 

100% 

305 12 

205 

100 

230 

150 

76 

8 

4 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

380 15 

9 

6 

3 

0 

0 

100 

440 

305 12 

100% 

mm/s in/s 

380 15 

305 12 

230 

150 

76 

9 

6 

3 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

100% 

200 

890 

200 

890 

200 

890 

200 

890 

200 

890 

400 

1780 

400 

1780 

100% 

300 400 

1330 1780 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

700 800 

2669 3559 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

600 800 

2669 3559 

Thrust 

500 

2224 

1000 

4450 


1000 

4450 


* 

115 VAC 

600 700 lbs 

2669 3114 N 

1200 1400 lbs 

5340 6230 N 

1200 1400 lbs 

5340 6230 N 

230 VAC 

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 lbs 

1780 2669 3559 4450 

Thrust 

5340 3230 7120 N 


414 414 414 

50 thru 100 


n/a 

150 

n/a 


TC3-B23-10-05B 




230 VAC 

115 VAC 


Speed 

Speed 

Speed 



Speed 

mm/s in/s 

305 12 

255 10 

205 

150 

100 

51 

A-84 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

230 9 

205 8 

180 7 

150 6 

125 5 

100 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

230 9 

205 8 

180 7 

150 6 

125 5 

100 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

51 2.0 

41 1.6 

30 1.2 

20 0.8 

10 0.4 

0 

0 

200 

890 

200 

890 

200 

890 

200 

890 

TC3-B32-10-05B 

TC3-B32-10L-05B 

100% 

100% 

400 

1780 

400 

1780 

400 

1780 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

800 

3559 

TC3-B32-15-05B 

400 

1780 


600 800 1000 

2669 3559 4450 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

600 800 1000 

2669 3559 4450 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

115 VAC 

1200 

5340 

TC3-B32-20-05B 


100% 

600 800 1000 

2669 3559 4450 

Thrust 

1200 

5340 

TC3-B32-50-05B 



1000 1200 lbs 

4450 5340 N 

100% 

1200 

5340 

1400 1600 lbs 

6230 7126 N 

1400 1600 lbs 

6230 7126 N 

1400 1600 lbs 

6230 7126 N 

• Performance using B8961 Series Controls. 







Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC3-B32-10-05B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ball screw 






TC3-B32-15-05B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ball screw 





TC3-B32-20-05B: 2:1 Timing Belt, 5 mm/rev Ball screw 





TC3-B32-50-05B: 5:1 Gears, 5 mm/rev Ball screw 






414 414 414 

50 thru 100 

n/a 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



mm/s in/s 

205 8 

180 

150 

7 

6 

50% 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

125 5 

100 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

150 6 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

150 6 

Speed 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

50% 

50% 

mm/s in/s 

41 1.6 

36 1.4 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

50% 

20 0.8 

mm/s in/s 

41 1.6 

36 1.4 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

50% 

15 0.6 

Speed 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

TC3-B23-10-04A 

TC3-B23-10L-04A 

50 

220 

100 

440 

100 

440 

100 

440 

200 

890 

200 

890 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

150 

670 

Thrust 

300 

1330 

Thrust 

300 

1330 

Thrust 

200 

890 

TC3-B23-15-04A 

400 

1780 

TC3-B23-20-04A 

400 

1780 

TC3-B23-50-04A 

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 

890 1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 

Thrust 

TC3-B23-70-04A 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 

890 1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 

Thrust 

* 

250 300 lbs 

1110 1330 N 

500 600 lbs 

2224 2669 N 

500 600 lbs 

2224 2669 N 

1400 1600 lbs 

6230 7120 N 

1400 1600 lbs 

6230 7120 N 









— 50% Duty Cycle — 30% Duty Cycle —10% Duty Cycle — Intermittent (

Speed 



mm/s in/s 

205 8 

180 7 

150 6 

125 5 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

100 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

150 6 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 1 

0 

0 

125 

100 

76 

51 

A-86 

5 

4 

3 

2 

mm/s in/s 

150 6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

25 1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

41 1.6 

50% 

10% 

30% 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 lbs 

220 440 670 890 11101330156017802000 

2224 N 

Thrust 

50% 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

200 

890 

50% 

200 

890 

230 VAC 

TC3-B32-10-04A 

TC3-B32-10L-04A 

TC3-B32-15-04A 

10% 

30% 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

400 600 

1780 2669 

Thrust 

TC3-B32-20-04A 

10% 

30% 

400 600 

1780 2669 

Thrust 

TC3-B32-50-04A 

10% 

800 1000 lbs 

3559 4450 N 

800 1000 lbs 

3559 4450 N 

36 1.4 

30 1.2 

30% 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

115 VAC 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

50% 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 lbs 

890 1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 

Thrust 

6230 7120 N 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

41 1.6 

36 1.4 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

230 VAC 

TC3-B32-70-04A 

30% 10% 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 115 VAC 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

50% 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 lbs 

890 1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 

Thrust 

6230 7120 N 








Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


— 50% Duty Cycle — 30% Duty Cycle —10% Duty Cycle — Intermittent (

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Parallel 

6.68 

[169.7] 

1.37 

[34.8] 

3.45/3.53* 

[87.6/89.7] 

1.62 

[41.1] 

1.94 

[49.3] 

3.71 

[94.2] 


Parallel 

6.68 

[169.7] 

3.45/3.53* 

[87.6/89.7] 

1.62 

[41.1] 

1.94 

[49.3] 

4.21 

[106.9] 

0.50 

[12.7] 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

"A" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

* 

RIGHT 

"B" 

RIGHT 

"A" 

BOTTOM 

"B" Stroke 

BOTTOM 


2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

0.50 

[12.7] 

0.98 

[25.0] 

1.48 

[37.7] 

1.37 

[34.8] 

Stroke 

1.38 

[35.0] 

Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

1.38 

[35.0] 

R 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 

R L 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 

3.94 

[100.0] 

5.00 

[127.0] 

3.94 

[100.0] 

5.00 

[127.0] 


1.97 

[50.0] 

2.72 

[69.1] 




DIMENSION 

LENGTH 

A CYLINDER LENGTH 9.70 [246.3] + STROKE 


1.97 

[50.0] 

2.72 

[69.1] 




DIMENSION 

LENGTH 






L 

Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

A-87 

LINEAR ACTUATORS


MF3 Both Front and Rear Flange 

Parallel 

5.80 

[147.3] 

2.94 

[74.7] 

A-88 

3.87 

[98.3] 

0.38 

[9.5] 

1.64 

[41.7] 

RIGHT 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

BOTTOM 

"A" 

"B" 

1.37 

[34.8] 


0.98 

[25.0] 

2.24 

[56.9] 

SQ 

0.38 

[9.5] 

1.25 

[31.8] 

Stroke 

1.10 

[28.0] 

Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

R 



A 

B 

3.14 

[79.8] 

T 

3.54 

[90.0] 

4.50 

[114.3] 

DIMENSION 




L 



Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1.77 

[45.0] 

2.50 

[63.5] 

LENGTH 

8.98 [228.1] + STROKE 

9.96 [253.0] + STROKE 


Parallel 

2.73** 

[69.3] 

+ 0.024 

1.575 

- 0.000 

+ 0.62] 

[40.0 

- 0.00] 

1.94 

[49.3] 

0.60 

[15.2] 

Ø0.6280/0.6295 

[15.951/15.989] 

4.09 

[103.9] 

0.86 

[21.8] 

"B" 

"A" 

TOP 

RIGHT 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

1.48 

[37.7] 

1.37 

[34.8] 

3.45/3.53* 

[87.6/89.7] 

1.62 

[41.1] 

PIVOT BASE (MP3 only) 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 

R L 

NOTE: 

• Order MP3 to specify complete mounting kit, including actuator clevis, pin and pivot base 

• Order MP2 to omit the pivot base 

Stroke 

1.38 

[35.0] 

Ø0.26 [6.5] Thru 

on a Ø2.99 [76.0] B.C. 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

2.73 

[69.3] 

1.24 

SQ 0.38 

[31.5] 

[9.5] 

6.68 

[169.7] 

CLEVIS DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 

ISO 6431 FOR 63mm BORE SIZE EXCEPT AS INDICATED 


DIMENSION NOT ISO 6431 FOR 63mm BORE SIZE 

** 

A 

B 

80° MAX 

Pivot Angle 

DIMENSION 





website, or call the 

factory for a diskette 




go to page A93 

LENGTH 

9.55 [242.7] + STROKE 

11.91 [302.6] + STROKE 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Parallel 

7.18 

[182.4] 

1.77 

[45.0] 

2x 

3.45/3.53* 

[87.6/89.7] 

0.50 

[12.7] 

0.55 

[14.0] 

2.36 

[60.0] 

2x 

MS2 Side Lugs 

Parallel 

6.68 

[169.7] 

1.62 

[41.1] 

Ø0.43 

[11.0] 

4x 

1.94 

[49.3] 

3.45/3.53 

[87.6/89.7] * 

4.09 

[103.9] 

1.94 

[49.3] 

3.71 

[94.2] 

* 

"B" 

"A" 

0.98 

[25.0] 

TOP 

RIGHT 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

"A" 

RIGHT 

"B" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

BOTTOM 

"C" 


2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

0.36 

[9.1] 

8x 

1.10 

[28.0] 

0.38 

[9.7] 

0.98 

[25.0] 

1.48 

[37.7] 

Stroke 

3.24 

[82.3] 

0.55 

[14.0] 

0.49 

[12.5] 

Ø0.43 

[11.0] 

4x 

0.38 

[9.7] 

Stroke 

1.38 

[35.0] 

1.87 

[47.5] 

1.62 

[41.1] 

0.50 

[12.7] 

R 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

1.38 

[35.0] 

1.87 

[47.5] 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 

2.74 

[69.6] 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 





R 

A 

B 

C 

L 

3.94 

[100.0] 

5.00 

[127.0] 

DIMENSION 

L 





DIMENSION 

LENGTH 

A MOUNTING LENGTH 12.81 [325.4] + STROKE 


* Actual Distance Determined by Drive Ratio 

LENGTH 

9.19 [233.4] + STROKE 

10.67 [271.1] + STROKE 

6.25 [158.8] + STROKE 

A-89 

LINEAR ACTUATORS



Parallel 

6.68 

[169.7] 

3.45/3.53* 

[87.6/89.7] 

1.18 

[30.0] 

1.62 

[41.1] 

MT4 Trunnion 

Parallel 

A-90 

6.68 

[169.7] 

3.45/3.53* 

[87.6/89.7] 

5.10 

[129.6] 

3.54 

[90.0] 

3.71 

[94.2] 

1.94 

[49.3] 

0.99 

[25.1] 

"A" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

RIGHT 

"B" 

BOTTOM 

"C" 


DIMENSION 

LENGTH 

0.98 

[25.0] 

DIMENSION 

1.48 

[37.7] 

0.49 

[12.5] 

1.37 

[34.8] 

Stroke 

OPTION CODE 

1.38 

[35.0] 

A 

B 



9.19 [233.4] + STROKE 

10.67 [271.1] + STROKE 

D 

MS6E 

MS6M 

3/8-16 UNC-2B x 0.40 Dp 

M10 x 1.5-6H x 10.2mm Dp 

C MOUNTING LENGTH 6.25 [158.8] + STROKE 

1.94 

[49.3] 

3.71 

[94.2] 

"A" 

Ø0.984 

[25.0] 

Ø0.7838/0.7858 

[19.91/19.96] 

RIGHT 

"B" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

"C" 

BOTTOM 





1.62 

[41.1] 

1.48 

[37.7] 

"D" 

1.37 

[34.8] 

Stroke 

1.38 

[35.0] 

1.52 

[38.6] 

R 

SIZE 

R 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


L 

L 



website, or call the 

factory for a diskette 




go to page A93 




DIMENSION 

LENGTH 




*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

MS2 Side Lugs 

Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

4.78 

[121.3] 

4.78 

[121.3] 

* 

"A" 


"B" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

0.98 

[25.0] 

"A" 

"B" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

"C" 

0.98 

[25.0] 

0.50 

[12.7] 

1.62 [41.1] 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

1.62 

[41.1] 

0.98 

[25.0] 

1.37 

[34.8] 

Stroke 

1.48 

[37.7] 

Ø0.43 

[11.0] 

4x 

0.49 

[12.5] 

1.38 

[35.0] 

Stroke 

0.50 

[12.7] 

1.87 

[47.5] 

1.38 

[35.0] 

Ø0.35 

[9.0] 

4x 

T 

R L 

3.94 

[100.0] 

5.00 

[127.0] 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

T 

R L 

3.94 

[100.0] 

5.00 

[127.0] 


1.97 

[50.0] 



DIMENSION LENGTH 



2.72 

[69.1] 

DIMENSION 




10.76 [273.4] + STROKE 

11.74 [298.3] + STROKE 

LENGTH 

10.25 [260.5] + STROKE 

11.74 [298.1] + STROKE 

6.25 [158.8] + STROKE 




A-91 

LINEAR ACTUATORS



Inline 

MT4 Trunnion 

Inline 

A-92 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

5.10 

[129.6] 

3.54 

[90.0] 

4.78 

[121.3] 

4.78 

[121.3] 

1.18 

[30.0] 

Ø0.984 

[25.0] 

Ø0.7838/0.7858 

[19.91/19.96] 





"A" 

"B" 

"C" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

0.99 

[25.1] 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH DIMENSION OPTION CODE 

A 

B 



10.25 [260.5] + STROKE 

11.74 [298.1] + STROKE 

D 

MS6E 

MS6M 


"A" 

"B" 


0.44 [11.1] HEX 

"C" 

1.62 

[41.1] 

0.98 

[25.0] 

1.62 

[41.1] 

1.48 

[37.7] 

1.48 

[37.7] 

1.37 

[34.8] 

"D" 

Stroke 

0.49 

[12.5] 

1.37 

[34.8] 

Stroke 

1.38 

[35.0] 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1.38 

[35.0] 

SIZE 

3/8-16 UNC-2B x 0.40 Dp 

M10 x 1.5-6H x 10.2mm Dp 

R L 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 



A 

T 

B 

C 

R 

DIMENSION 

T 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 




L 

LENGTH 

10.25 [260.5] + STROKE 

11.74 [298.1] + STROKE 

6.74 [171.2] + STROKE 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 




0.68 

[17.2] 

FS2 Spherical 



TC3 Rod Dimensions 

1.25 

[31.75] 

HEX 

MT1 M M16x2.0 

MT1 E 5/8-18 UNF 




0.47 

[12] 

1.00 

[25.4] FT1M M16x2.0 19 MM 

HEX FT1E 5/8-18 UNF 0.75 

1.26 

[32] 


1.00[25.4] HEX 



1.00 [25.4] HEX 


3.63 [92.2] 


2.88 

[73.2] 

3.63 [92.2] 


2.88 

[73.2] 

1.26 

[32] 

1.26 

[32] 

Ø1.38 

[35] 

Ø0.630/0.625 PIN 

[16.00/15.89] 

Ø1.10 

[28] 

Ø0.6325/0-.6294 Bore 

[16.065/15.988] 

1.50 

[38] 

1.26 

[32] 

0.63 

[16] 

0.83 

[21] 

A-93 

LINEAR ACTUATORS


A-94 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC3-P32 Series 1.8° Permanent Magnet Hybrid Step Motor 

Winding Data P32T and P32V 

Inductance Series (T), 120mH; Parallel (V), 30mH 

Resistance Series (T), 8.4 Ω; Parallel (V), 1.8 Ω 

Current Settings Parallel (V) at 120 VAC, 3.3 Amps 


Static Torque 900 oz-in max 


Connections TC3-P32T, TC3-P32V: 5 contact quick disconnect receptacle in anodized or painted aluminum shell, includes 12 ft 

[3.7 m] cable with molded plug. 

Temperature 212°F [100°C] maximum allowable motor case temperature. 



P32 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

4.28 

[108.7] 

MAX 

P32: 

5.98 [151.9] 

MAX 

0.50 

[12.7] 

P32: 

5.98 [151.9] 

MAX 

"T" & "V" Versions 

1/2-14 NPS 


1/2-14 NPS 

P32 

T 

R L 

R 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

P32 

T 

4.25 

[108.0] 

SQ 3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.70 

L [119.6] 

MAX 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 



TC3-B23 Series Rare Earth Magnet Brushless Servo Motor with 2,000 Line Encoder and Commutation Sensors 






Torque 

45.5 V/krpm 




Connections MS-type connectors for motor winding and encoder on motor. 




B23 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

2.00 

[50.8] 

MAX 

7.05 

[179.1] 

MAX 

PT02E16-23P 


PT06E-16-23S(SR) 

7.95 

[201.9] 

Max (With Brake) 

7.95 [201.9] 

MAX (With Brake) 

7.05 

[179.1] 

MAX 

PT02E16-23P 


PT06E-16-23S(SR) 

0.27 

[6.7] 

2.00 

[50.8] 

MAX 

2.25 

57.2] 

SQ 

3.76 

[95.5] 

Ref 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

T 

R L 

6.90 

[175.3] 

MAX 

T 

R L 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

3.37 

[85.6] 

Max 




Page A-95


A-96 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 





Resistance 3.4 



Torque 

45.5 V/krpm 








B32 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

PT02E14-18P 


PT06E-14-18S(SR) 

PT02E14-18P 


PT06E-14-18S(SR) 

10.24 [260.0] MAX 

(With Brake) 

8.74 

[222.0] MAX 

0.15/0.28* 

[3.7/7.1] 

0.41 

[10.4] 

10.24 [260.0] MAX 

(with Brake) 

8.74 

PT02E14-5P [222.0] MAX 


PT06E-14-5S(SR) 

0.15 

[3.7] 

(Spacer) 

PT02E14-18P 


PT06E-14-18S(SR) 


2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

3.40 

[86.4] 

SQ 

R 

3.76 

[95.5] 

T 

R L 

T 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

7.40 

[188.0] 

MAX 

L 

4.20 

[106.7] 

MAX 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 









Selection Guidelines. 


motor. 




* 




Refer to the TC3 Speed vs. Thrust curves 

in this section. 

TC3 actuators with gear or timing belt drive 




reduction. 

How To Order 






Ten standard lengths are available from 50 

to 750 mm. Custom lengths are also available. 


for details. 



end. Extra travel length is necessary to 

decelerate the load to a stop when an end-oftravel 

limit switch is encountered. This extra 

travel distance depends on load and speed. 

For further information on this refer to the TC 

Selection Guidelines or the Engineering Section. 

3. Actuators Mounting 


options. Dimensional drawings start on 

page A-87. 




1 2 3 4 5 

Stroke Actuators 


Drive Screw 

Actuators Motor Ratio Pitch, Type (mm) 

TC3 



TC3-B32-10-16B- TC3-B32-10-10B- TC3-B32-10-04A- TC3-P32x-10-04A- 





TC3-B32-10-05B- TC3-B23-10-10B- TC3-B23-10-04A- 

TC3-B32-15-05B- TC3-B23-15-10B- TC3-B23-15-04A- 

TC3-B32-20-05B- TC3-B23-20-10B- TC3-B23-20-04A- 

TC3-B32-50-05B- TC3-B23-50-10B- TC3-B23-50-04A- 

TC3-B32-70-05B- TC3-B23-70-10B- TC3-B23-70-04A- 

TC3-B23-10-16B- TC3-P32x-10-16B- 

TC3-B23-15-16B- TC3-P32x-15-16B- 

TC3-B23-20-16B- TC3-P32x-50-16B- 

TC3-B23-50-16B- TC3-P32x-70-16B- 

TC3-B23-70-16B- 

TC3-B23-10-05B- TC3-P32x-10-05B- TC3-P32x-10-10B- 




TC3-B23-70-05B- 


T (Series) or V (Parallel) 

TC3-P32x-10L-16B- TC3-B32-10L-10B- TC3-P32x-10L-04A- TC3-B32-10L-04A- 

TC3-P32x-10L-10B TC3-B32-10L-05B- TC3-B23-10L-04A- 

TC3-P32x-10L-05B TC3-B23-10L-16B- 

TC3-B32-10L-16B- TC3-B23-10L-10B- 

TC3-B32-10L-05B- 


Inline Models 

T (Series) or V (Parallel) 50 

100 

150 

200 

250 

300 

450 

600 

750 

1000 

Custom 

Lengths 

Available 

No Charge 

-MF1 -MP2 -FT1M 

-MF2 -MS6M -FT1E 

-MF3 -MS6E -MT1M 

-MS1 

-MS2 

-MT4 -MT1E 


-MP3 -FC2 -BS 

-FS2 -EMK 

-L 

-LR 

-PB 

-BM 



A-97

How To Order 

3. Actuators Mounting (continued) 





MS2 Side Lugs 



MT4 Trunnion 

A-98 








4. Rod Ends 


actuators. 




-FC2 Clevis 





10 in-lb holding brake mounted on the 

B23 motor. 




models or with actuators base mount options 

(-MF2, -MF3, -MS1, -MP2, -MP3). 




-EMK Encoder 










Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Increases maximum actuators operating 

temperature to 180°F. Note: -F and -H are 

not compatible. 


Linear potentiometer mounted inside the 

TC3 actuator. 




through the rod end bearing. Includes the 

-W option. (Not available with –MS1.) 








To maximize actuator life, Thomson recommends 

the use of end-of-travel limit switches with all 

actuators. 



3m 4m 




Hall Effect 





*

* 

TC4 Series 





A-99

TC4 Series 

A-100 

Overview 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The TC4 series is a heavy-duty actuator, for thrust loads ranging up 

to 12000 N [2700 lb] and travel up to 1500 mm [59.1 in]. Precision 

rolled ball screws are standard, yielding quiet operation, low 

backlash and high accuracy. (See the following pages for detailed 

specifications). 

TC4 Series electric actuators are available with brushless servo 


environment. 

Both ball screw models provide a variety of speed and thrust 

capabilities. Ball screw models are used in applications that require 

high speed and duty cycles. Standard ball screws are 10 mm and 

25 mm lead. 

TC4 timing belt or gear reductions between the motor and 

lead screw allow selection of the best match between motor 

power and your linear speed and thrust range. 

Options 



quick-disconnect cables. 

TC4-P Series TC4-B Series 


Thrust Load Capacity 12000 N [2700 lbs] 12000 N [2700 lbs] 


Repeatability ±0.013 mm [±0.0005 in] ±0.013 mm [±0.0005 in] 


 

B8961, B8962 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Travel Lengths 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 450, 600, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500 mm. 

Custom strokes available in increments of 1mm. 










Ball screw/Ballnut Lead: 25 mm [0.984 in], or 10 mm [0.394 in] 



Weight (Approximate, without options) 



Motor 


* 




When operating below 2°C [35°F], vent tubing fitting must be installed. Consult the factory for more 

information. 

Moisture/Contaminants IP 54 rated: Polyurethane thrust tube wiper seal. Mating surfaces gasket sealed. Protected against dust and 

splashing water (non-corrosive, non-abrasive). Limited ingress permitted. 

Vent Tube Fitting: A vent tube fitting is included, which can be installed to permit the actuator to breathe 

from a non-contaminated area, or receive a positive pressure continuous purge (14-20kPa [2-3 psi]). 

PB Protective Boot (IP65) Option: An optional thrust tube boot prevents moisture and dry contaminants 

from bypassing the thrust tube wiper seal, providing IP65 protection when used with included vent tube 

fitting. The boot also prevents contaminant buildup on the thrust tube. 




in high cycle applications. All TC4 models include a lube port and adapter for a standard grease gun. 

See the TC Series Operator’s Manual for replacement parts. 





A-101


Ball screw 

Ball screw life is rated in inches of travel at a given load. The values in the chart 

to the right indicate the travel life where 90% of all units in a sample will continue 

to work, while 10% have failed. This is similar to the B10 rating of a roller bearing 






operation and installation is 10 N-m [90 lb-in] 


Side Load (kg) 

A-102 

30 

20 

10 

0 

0 


50 mm 

100 mm 

200 mm 

300 mm 

450 mm 

600 mm 

200 400 600 800 1000 

Thrust Tube Extension [mm] 

500 

0 

0.1 

2.54 





750 mm 

1000 mm 


Equations - Rotary Inertia (reflected to motor) = A + B* (stroke, in) + C* (load, lb) 


Load 

N lbs 

13300 3000 

11100 2500 

8900 2000 

6670 1500 

4450 1000 

2220 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1 

25.4 

TC4-10B 

Ballscrew 

TC4-25B 

Ballscrew 

10 

254 

Life 


(in-lbs) 




TC4-...-10-25B 1:1 25 x 25 4.908 E-03 7.014 E-05 6.357 E-05 

TC4-...-15-25B 1.5:1 2.800 E-03 3.117 E-05 2.825 E-05 

TC4-...-20-25B 2:1 2.711 E-03 1.753 E-05 1.589 E-05 

TC4-...-50-25B 5:1 6.267 E-04 2.686 E-06 2.434 E-06 

TC4-...-100-25B 10:1 3.473 E-04 7.004 E-07 6.348 E-07 

TC4-...-10-10B 1:1 25 x 10 4.682 E-03 5.543 E-05 1.017 E-05 

TC4-...-15-10B 1.5:1 2.699 E-03 2.463 E-05 4.521 E-06 

TC4-...-20-10B 2:1 2.654 E-03 1.386 E-05 2.543 E-06 

TC4-...-50-10B 5:1 6.180 E-04 2.122 E-06 3.895 E-07 

TC4-...-100-10B 10:1 3.451 E-04 5.534 E-07 1.016 E-07 

100 

2540 


(inches) 


1000 

25400 

Sideplay 


P32 2.375 E-03 

B32 1.000 E-03 

in x 10 6 

kilometers 


1 mm = 0.03937 in 

1 kg = 2.205 lb 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

1270 50 

1016 

762 

508 

254 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

889 35 

762 30 

635 25 

508 20 

381 15 

254 10 

127 5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

635 25 

508 

381 

254 

127 

20 

15 

10 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

152 6.0 

127 5.0 

102 4.0 

76 3.0 

51 2.0 

25 1.0 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

50 

222 

100% 

50 

222 

100% 

100 

445 

200 

890 

100% 

100% 

100 

445 

100% 

500 

2224 

100 150 

445 667 

Thrust 

V (120) 

T (240) 

400 

1779 

150 200 

667 890 

Thrust 

200 300 

890 1334 

Thrust 

V (120) 

T (240) 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

1000 1500 

4448 6672 

Thrust 

V (120) 

T (240) 

250 

1112 

V (120) 

T (240) 

800 

3559 

V (120) 

T (240) 

* 

200 

890 

300 

1334 

400 

1779 

1000 

4448 

2000 

8896 

250 lbs 

1112 N 

350 lbs 

1557 N 

500 lbs 

2224 N 

1200 lbs 

5338 N 

2500 lbs 

11120 N 



1333 1333 1333 1333 1059 657 

50 thru 100 150 200 300 450 600 750 1000 1250 1500 Stroke (mm) 


n/a 

n/a 


TC4-P32(T/V)-10-25B 





TC4-P32(T/V)-15-25B 

TC4-P32(T/V)-20-25B 

TC4-P32(T/V)-50-25B 

TC4-P32(T/V)-100-25B 











TC4-P32(T/V)-20-25B: 2:1 Timing Belt, 25 mm/rev Ball screw 















n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

462 

n/a 

298 

n/a 


n/a 

8600 





A-103



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

405 16 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

205 8 

100% 

150 6 

100 4 

51 2 

0 

0 100 

440 

mm/s in/s 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

100% 

205 8 

150 

100 

51 

205 

150 

100 

51 

6 

4 

2 

A-104 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

Speed 

51 2.0 

100% 

38 1.5 

100% 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

200 

890 

200 

890 

500 

2224 

500 

2224 

200 

890 

400 

1780 

400 

1780 

1000 

4450 

V(120) 

T(240) 

1000 

4448 

V(120) 

T(240) 

V(120) 

T(240) 

300 

1330 

Thrust 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

V(120) 

T(240) 

1500 

6670 

Thrust 

1500 

6672 

Thrust 

400 

1780 

800 

3559 

800 

3559 

2000 

8900 

2000 

8896 

500 600 lbs 

2224 2669N 

1000 1200lbs 

4450 5340N 

1000 1200lbs 

4450 5340N 

2500 3000 lbs 

11100 13300N 

2500 

11120 

3000 lbs 

13345 N 



50 thru 100 





n/a 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

300 

n/a 

450 

n/a 

600 

n/a 

750 1000 Stroke (mm) 

n/a 5340 Column Load Limit (N) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC4-P32(T/V)-10-10B 




TC4-P32(T/V)-15-10B 

TC4-P32(T/V)-20-10B 

TC4-P32(T/V)-50-10B 

TC4-P32(T/V)-100-10B 

100% 

V (120) 

T (240) 




























*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

1524 60 

1270 50 

1016 40 

762 30 

508 20 

254 10 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

1270 50 

1016 

762 

508 

254 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

889 35 

762 30 

635 25 

508 20 

381 15 

254 10 

127 5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

152 6.0 

127 5.0 

102 4.0 

76 3.0 

51 2.0 

25 1.0 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

50 

222 

50 

222 

100% 

100 

445 

200 

890 

TC4-B32-10-25B 

TC4-B32-10L-25B 

100% 

100 

445 

100% 

100% 

100% 

500 

2224 

400 

1779 

230 VAC 

100 150 

445 667 

Thrust 

150 200 

667 890 

Thrust 

115 VAC 

TC4-B32-15-25B 

230 

VAC 

115 

VAC 

200 300 

890 1334 

Thrust 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

1000 1500 

4448 6672 

Thrust 

250 

1112 

TC4-B32-20-25B 

800 

3559 

* 

200 

890 

230 

VAC 

115 

VAC 

TC4-B32-50-25B 

115 or 230 VAC 

TC4-B32-100-25B 

115 or 230 VAC 

300 

1334 

400 

1779 

1000 

4448 

2000 

8896 

250 lbs 

1112 N 

350 lbs 

1557 N 

500 lbs 

2224 N 

1200 lbs 

5338 N 

2500 lbs 

11120 N 












Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

405 16 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

205 8 

150 6 

100 4 

51 2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

405 16 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

205 8 

150 6 

100 4 

51 2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

405 16 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

205 8 

150 6 

100 4 

51 2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

A-106 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

100 

440 

200 

890 

200 

890 

100% 

100% 

200 

890 

400 

1780 

400 

1780 

115 or 230 VAC 

500 

2224 

500 

2224 

100% 

1000 

4450 

300 

1330 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

115 VAC 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

1500 

6670 

Thrust 

400 

1780 

800 

3559 

800 

3559 

2000 

8900 

230 VAC 

500 600 lbs 

2224 2669 N 

100 1200 lbs 

4450 5340 N 

100 1200 lbs 

4450 5340 N 

2500 3000 lbs 

11100 13300N 


388 388 388 388 388 350 

50 thru 100 150 200 300 450 600 750 1000 1250 1500 Stroke (mm) 





n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

254 

n/a 

156 

n/a 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC4-B32-10-10B 


230 VAC 


100% 


115 VAC 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

4.38 

[111.1] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

5.94 

[150.9] 


Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.38 

[111.1] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

6.69 

[169.9] 

0.75 

[19.1] 

* 

"A" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

RIGHT 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] HEX 

BOTTOM 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

"B" 

2.08 

[52.8] 

3.63 

[92.2] SQ 


3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

2.08 

[52.8] 

0.50 

[12.7] 

2.13 

[54.0] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

Stroke 

1.63 

[41.4] 

Stroke 

Ø.550/0.565 

[13.9/14.4] 

1.97 

[50.0] 

1.97 

[50.0] 


DIMENSION 






F 

R 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

E 

6.00 

[152.4] 



DIMENSION 

LENGTH 

A 

B 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

R L 

5.91 

[150.0] 

7.36 

[186.9] 



L 

2.95 

[75.0] 

4.50 

[114.3] 

G 

14.40 [365.8] + STROKE 

16.52 [419.6] + STROKE 

3.79 

[96.3] 

* FLANGE DIMENSIONS 

* IN ACCORDANCE WITH 

* ISO 6431 FOR 80mm 

* BORE SIZE 

LENGTH 

MF1E MF1M 

E 5.00 126* 

F 0.53 12* 

G 2.75 63* 

A-107


MF3 Front and Rear Flanges 

Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.38 

[111.1] 


Parallel 

3.60* 

[91.4] 

2.362/2.382 

[60.00/60.50] 

A-108 

2.83 

[71.9] 

6.69 

[169.9] 

0.75 

[19.1] 

0.77 

[19.6] 1.13 

[28.7] 

Ø0.7854/0.7869 

[19.949/19.987] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

6.56 

[166.6] 

RIGHT 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

BOTTOM 

"A" 

2.08 

[52.8] 

"B" 

TOP 

RIGHT 

3.63 

[92.2] SQ 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 





0.75 

[19.1] 

1.38 

[35.1] 

Stroke 

2.13 

[54.0] 

Ø.550/Ø.565 

[13.9/14.4] 

1.97 

[50.0] 

Stroke 

1.82 

[46.1] 

1.97 

[50.0] 

R 

4.38 

[111.1] 

2.08 

[52.8] 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

R L 

5.91 

[150.0] 

7.36 

[186.9] 

PIVOT BASE 

(MP3 only) 

Ø0.437 [11.1] Thru 

on a 3.89 [98.8] B.C. 

3.60 

[91.4] 

SQ 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

L 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


2.95 

[75.0] 

* FLANGE DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 

* ISO 6431 FOR 100mm BORE SIZE 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH 



8.70 

[221.0] 

4.50 

[114.3] 

CLEVIS DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE 


EXCEPT AS INDICATED 

* DIMENSION NOT ISO 6431 FOR 100mm BORE SIZE 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH 

A 

B 

80° MAX 

Pivot Angle 

1.75 

[44.4] 

0.62 

[15.7] 



14.50 [368.3] + STROKE 

17.77 [451.4] + STROKE 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Parallel 

MS2 Side Lugs 

Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.38 

[111.1] 

0.13 [3.2] 

2.00 [50.8] 

1/2 - 14 NPS 

Wire Entry 

3.20 [81.3] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

5.94 

[150.9] 

1.25 

[31.8] 

1.00 [25.4] 

1.38 [34.9] 

2.60 [66.0] 

Max 

1.38 [34.9] 

0.50 [12.7] 

0.34 [8.6] 

Nom 

1.50 

[38.1] 

* 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] HEX 

RIGHT 2.13 

[54.0] 

BOTTOM 

"C" 

Ø0.71 

[18.0] 

4x 

0.75 

[19.1] 


2.08 

[52.8] 

0.41 [10.5] 

1.50 

[38.1] 

B 

TOP 

RIGHT 

2.57 

[65.3] 

0.69 [17.5] 

0.18 [4.7] 

1.81 [46.0] 0.75 [19.1] 

0.38 [9.5] C 

Stroke 

1.97 

[50.0] 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

0.43 [10.9] 

0.75 

[19.1] 


5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

5.51 

[140.0] 

7.13 

[181.1] 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH 







1.18 [30.1] 

R 

A 

0.38 [9.5] 

0.44 [11.1] DIA 

R 

1.00 [25.4] 

1.06 

[27.0] 

L 

T 

2.00 [50.8] 

2.00 [50.8] 

L 

A-109



Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.38 

[111.1] 

1.60 

[40.6] 

MT4 Trunnion 

Parallel 

7.16 

[181.6] 

5.19 

[131.8] 

A-110 

2.83 

[71.9] 

8.70 

[221.0] 

5.94 

[150.9] 

4.37 

[111.1] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

1.58 

[40.0] 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] HEX 

5.94 

[150.9] 

BOTTOM 

RIGHT 2.13 

[54.0] 

"A" 

"C" 

2.08 

[52.8] 

RIGHT 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

BOTTOM 

1.58 

[40.0] 

"C" 

Ø1.25 

[31.8] Ø0.9806/0.9826 

[24.907/24.958] 





2.08 

[52.8] 

"D" 

0.75 

[19.1] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

Stroke 

2.13 

[54.0] 

1.97 

[50.0] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

Stroke 

R 

1.97 

[50.0] 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH 




1.89 

[48.0] 

R 

L 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TRUNNION DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 


A 

B 

C 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

DIMENSION 

L 




DIM 

D 

OPTION CODE 

MS6E 

MS6M 

LENGTH 

13.90 [353.1] + STROKE 

16.02 [406.9] + STROKE 

10.30 [261.6] + STROKE 

SIZE 

5/8-18 UNF-2B x 0.55 Dp 

M16 x 2-6H x 14mm Dp 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 


Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

6.66 

[169.2] 

6.66 

[169.2] 

1.60 

[40.6] 

* 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

1.58 

[40.0] 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 


Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

7.16 

[181.8] 

5.19 

[131.8] 

6.66 

[169.2] 

DIMENSION 




"C" 

2.08 

[52.8] 

"A" 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

1.58 

[40.0] 

2.08 

[52.8] 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

Ø1.25 

[31.8] 

Ø0.9806/0.9826 

[24.907/24.958] 

0.50 

[12.7] 

"C" 

2.08 

[52.8] 

2.13 

[54.0] 

"D" 

0.75 

[19.1] 

1.63 

[41.1] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

Stroke 

Stroke 

A 

B 

F (4x) 

1.97 

[50.0] 

1.97 

[50.0] 

R 

* FLANGE DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE 


R 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 


2.13 

[54.0] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

Stroke 




LENGTH 

DIM OPTION CODE 

SIZE 

14.62 [371.3] + STROKE 

16.74 [425.3] + STROKE 

D 

MS6E 

MS6M 

5/8-18 UNF-2B x 0.55 Dp 

M16 x 2-6H x 14mm Dp 




T 

1.97 

[50.0] 

T 

E 

6.00 

[152.4] 

DIMENSION 

L 

R 

L 

G 

T 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

3.79 

[96.3] 

LENGTH 











DIMENSION 

L 

LENGTH 




A-111


A-112 







0.79 

[20] 


FS2 Spherical 

0.79 

[20] 


1.88 

[47.6] 

HEX 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1.58 

[40] 

1.88 

[47.6] 

HEX 


1.88 [47.6] HEX 



1.88[47.6] HEX 


FT1M M20 x 1.5 

FT1E 1-14 UNSf 31 MM 

1.25 

MT1M M20 x 1.5 

MT1E 3/4-16 UNF 

5.45 [138.5] 


4.27 

[108.5] 

4.57 [116.0] 


3.58 

[91.0] 

1.57 

[40] 

Ø1.97 

[50] 

Ø1.97 

[50] 

Ø0.9868/0.9838 

[25.065/24.988] 

1.57 

[40] 

Ø0.787/0.782 PIN 

[20.00/19.87] 

2.36 

[60] 

1.57 

[40] 

1.22 

[31] 

0.79 

[20] 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC4-P Series 1.8° Permanent Magnet Hybrid Step Motor 

Winding Data P32T and P32V 



Current Settings Parallel (V) at 120 VAC, 1.6 Amps 


* 






Static Torque 920 oz-in max 


Connections TC4-P32T, TC4-P32V: 5 contact quick disconnect receptacle in anodized or painted aluminum shell, includes 

12 ft [3.7 m] cable with molded plug. 


Actual motor case temperature is ambient, duty cycle, speed and load dependent. Refer to speed vs. thrust curves 

for system duty ratings. 

P32 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

P32: 

5.98 [151.9] 

MAX 

0.50 

[12.7] 

P32: 

5.98 [151.9] 

MAX 


1/2-14 NPS 


1/2-14 NPS 

P32 

T 

R L 

R 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

P32 

T 

4.25 

[108.0] 

SQ 3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.70 

L [119.6] 

MAX 

A-113


A-114 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 








Torque 

45.5 V/krpm 








B23 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

2.00 

[50.8] 

MAX 

7.05 

[179.1] 

MAX 

PT02E16-23P 


PT06E-16-23S(SR) 

7.95 

[201.9] 

Max (With Brake) 

7.95 [201.9] 

MAX (With Brake) 

7.05 

[179.1] 

MAX 

PT02E16-23P 


PT06E-16-23S(SR) 

0.27 

[6.7] 

2.00 

[50.8] 

MAX 

2.25 

57.2] 

SQ 

3.76 

[95.5] 

Ref 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

T 

R L 

6.90 

[175.3] 

MAX 

T 

R L 

2.74 

[69.6] 

SQ 

3.37 

[85.6] 

Max 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 






information on an Thomson Product Selection 





motor. 




* 




Refer to the TC4 Speed vs. Thrust curves in this 

section. 

TC4 actuators with gear or timing belt drive 




reduction. 


How To Order 


Twelve standard lengths are available from 50 



for details. 












A-107. 




1 2 3 4 5 



Drive Screw 


TC4 


Ball Screw 

TC4-B32-10-25B- TC4-B32-10-10B- 

TC4-B32-15-25B- TC4-B32-15-10B- 

TC4-B32-20-25B- TC4-B32-20-10B- 

TC4-B32-50-25B- TC4-B32-50-10B- 

TC4-B32-100-25B- TC4-B32-100-10B- 

TC4-P32x-10-25B- TC4-P32x-10-10B- 

TC4-P32x-15-25B- TC4-P32x-15-10B- 

TC4-P32x-20-25B- TC4-P32x-20-10B- 

TC4-P32x-50-25B- TC4-P32x-50-10B- 

TC4-P32x-100-25B- TC4-P32x-100-10B- 



TC4-B32-10L-25B- TC4-B32-10L-10B- TC4-P32-10L-25B- TC4-P32-10L-10B- 



Inline Models 

50 

100 

150 

200 

250 

300 

450 

600 

750 

1000 

1250 

1500 

Custom 

Lengths 

Available 

No Charge 

-MF1 -MP2 -MT1M 

-MF2 -MS6M -MT1E 

-MF3 -MS6E -FT1M 

-MS2 -MT4 -FT1E 

-FC2 

-FS2 


-MP3 -FC2 -BS 

-FS2 -BM 

-L 

-PB 

-EMK 




A-115

How To Order 






MS2 Side Lugs 



MT4 Trunnion 

A-116 








4. Rod Ends 


actuators. 




-FC2 Clevis 





10 in-lb holding brake mounted on the 

B23 motor 





(-MF2, -MF3, -MS1, -MP2, -MP3). 




-EMK Encoder 










Phone: 1-800-554-8466 





compatible. 


Linear potentiometer mounted inside the 

TC4 actuator. 















switches with all actuators. 



3m 4m 


Home (N.O.) PSR-1 PSR-1Q 

End-of-Travel (N.C.) PSR-2 PSR-2Q 

Hall Effect 

Home (N.O./NPN) PSN-1 PSN-1Q 

End-of-Travel (N.C./NPN) PSN-2 PSN-2Q 



*

* 

TC5 Series 





A-117

TC5 Series 

A-118 

Overview 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The TC5 series is our highest thrust actuator, for heavy thrust 

loads ranging up to 25000 N [5620 lb] and travel up to 1500 mm 

[59.1 in]. Precision rolled ball screws are standard, yielding quiet 

operation, low backlash and high accuracy. (See the following 

pages for detailed specifications). 

TC5 Series electric cylinders are available with brushless servo 


environment. 

Ball screw models are used in applications that require high speed 

and duty cycles. Standard ball screws are 10 mm and 32 mm lead. 

TC5 timing belt or gear reductions between the motor and lead 

screw allow selection of the best match between motor power and 

your linear speed and thrust range. 

Options 



quick-disconnect cables. Danaher Motion will also discuss unique 

modifications at your request. 

TC5-S Series TC5-B Series 


Thrust Load Capacity 25,000 N [5620 lbs] 25,000 N [5620 lbs] 


Repeatability ±0.013 mm [±0.0005 in] ±0.013 mm [±0.0005 in] 


 

B8961, B8962 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 


Travel Lengths 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 450, 600, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500 mm. 

Custom strokes available in increments of 1mm. 










Ball screw/Ballnut Lead: 32 mm [0.630 in], or 10 mm [0.394 in] 



Weight (approximate, without options) 

TC5-S42 kg = 21.0 + 0.0188 x [mm stroke]; lb = 46.4 + 1.05 x [inches stroke] 



Motor 




When operating below 2°C [35°F], vent tubing fitting must be installed. Consult the factory for 

more information. 

Moisture/Contaminants IP 54 rated: Polyurethane thrust tube wiper seal. Mating surfaces gasket sealed. Protected against dust and 

splashing water (non-corrosive, non-abrasive). Limited ingress permitted. 

Vent Tube Fitting: A vent tube fitting is included, which can be installed to permit the actuator to breathe 

from a non-contaminated area, or receive a positive pressure continuous purge (14-20kPa [2-3 psi]). 

PB Protective Boot (IP65) Option: An optional thrust tube boot prevents moisture and dry contaminants 

from bypassing the thrust tube wiper seal, providing IP65 protection when used with included vent tube 

fitting. The boot also prevents contaminant buildup on the thrust tube. 




in high cycle applications. See the TC Series Operator’s Manual for replacement parts. 

Lube Port All TC5 models include a lube port and adapter for a standard grease gun. 





A-119


Ball screw 

Ball screw life is rated in inches of travel at a given load. The values in the chart to 


work, while 10% have failed. This is similar to the B10 rating of a roller bearing 






operation and installation is 10 N-m [90 lb-in] 


Side Load 

A-120 

N lbs 

590 132 

490 110 

390 

295 

195 

100 

0 

88 

66 

44 

22 

0 

0 

50/100/ 

150 mm 

200 mm 

300 mm 

600 mm 

450 mm 

750 mm 

1000 mm 

12 24 35 47 

300 600 900 1200 

Thrust Tube Extension 





1500 mm 

1250 mm 

59 in 

1500 mm 


Equations - Rotary Inertia (Reflected to Motor) = A + B* (stroke, in) + C* (load, lb) 


Load 

N lbs 

26700 6000 

22200 

17800 

13300 

8900 

4450 

5000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1000 

0 

0.1 

2.54 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC5-32B 

Ballscrew 

1 

25.4 

TC5-10B 

Ballscrew 

10 

254 

Life 


(in-lbs) 




TC5-...-10-32B 1:1 32 x 32 5.627 E-03 1.666 E-04 1.042 E-04 

TC5-...-15-32B 1.5:1 3.119 E-03 7.406 E-05 4.629 E-05 

TC5-...-20-32B 2:1 2.890 E-03 4.166 E-05 2.604 E-05 

TC5-...-50-32B 5:1 6.541 E-04 6.380 E-06 3.988 E-06 

TC5-...-100-32B 10:1 3.545 E-04 1.664 E-06 1.040 E-06 

TC5-...-10-10B 1:1 32 x 10 5.164 E-03 1.407 E-04 1.017 E-05 

TC5-...-15-10B 1.5:1 2.914 E-03 6.255 E-05 4.521 E-06 

TC5-...-20-10B 2:1 2.775 E-03 3.518 E-05 2.543 E-06 

TC5-...-50-10B 5:1 6.365 E-04 5.389 E-06 3.895 E-07 

TC5-...-100-10B 10:1 3.499 E-04 1.405 E-06 1.016 E-07 


(inches) 

100 

2540 


Sideplay 

1000 

25400 

in x 10 6 

kilometers 


S42 7.13 E-03 

B32 1.00 E-03 

B41 2.63 E-03 


1 mm = 0.03937 in 

1 kg = 2.205 lb 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

1520 60 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

510 20 

255 10 

0 

0 

100% 

40 

180 

50% 

T(120) 

80 

355 

V(120) 

T(240) 

120 

530 

Thrust 

160 

712 

* 

200 240 lbs 

890 1070N 

mm/s in/s 

1140 45 

1020 40 

890 35 

760 30 

635 25 

100% 

510 20 

380 15 

50% 

V(120) 

T(240) 

255 10 

125 5 

T(120) 

0 

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 lbs 

220 440 670 890 1110 1330 1560 1780 2000N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

1140 45 

1020 40 

890 35 

760 30 

635 25 

100% 

510 20 

380 15 

50% 

255 10 

125 5 

T(120) 

0 

0 50 100 150 

220 440 670 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

150 

125 

6 

5 

100 4 

76 3 

51 2 

25 1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

100 3.5 

76 3.0 

76 2.5 

51 2.0 

51 1.5 

25 1.0 

25 0.5 

0 

0 

100% 

100% 

200 

890 

400 

1780 

T(120) 

T(120) 

V(120) 

T(240) 

200 250 300 350 400 450 lbs 

890 1110 1330 1560 1780 2000N 

Thrust 

50% 

400 600 

1780 2669 

Thrust 

50% 

800 1200 

3559 5340 

Thrust 

V(120) 

T(240) 

V(120) 

T(240) 

800 1000lbs 

3559 4450N 

1600 2000lbs 

7120 8900N 


1333 1333 1333 1333 1333 1120 814 

50 thru 100 150 200 300 450 600 750 1000 1250 1500 Stroke (mm) 



n/a 

n/a 

TC5-S Performance Curves 


TC5-S42(T/V)-10-32B 

TC5-S42(T/V)-10L-32B TC5-S42(T/V)-10-32B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 32 mm/rev Ball screw 

TC5-S42(T/V)-10L-32B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 32 mm/rev Ball screw 

TC5-S42(T/V)-15-32B 

TC5-S42(T/V)-20-32B 

TC5-S42(T/V)-50-32B 

TC5-S42(T/V)-100-32B 

• Performance using SmartStep TM Controls. 







TC5-S42(T/V)-15-32B: 1.5:1 Timing Belt, 32 mm/rev Ball screw 










TC5-S42(T/V)-50-32B: 5:1 Gears, 32 mm/rev Ball screw 










n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

499 

n/a 


n/a 

n/a 





A-121

TC5-S Performance Curves 


Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

405 16 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

100% 50% 

205 8 

150 6 

100 4 

51 2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

100% 

205 8 

150 

100 

51 

51 

6 

4 

2 

A-122 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

205 

150 

100 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

100% 

100% 

100 

440 

200 

890 

200 

890 

500 

2224 

100% 

200 

890 

50% 

T(120) 

T(120) 

1000 

4450 

400 

1780 

50% 

400 

1780 

1000 

4450 

50% 

2000 

8900 

300 400 

1330 1780 

Thrust 

V(120) 

T(240) 

600 800 

2669 3559 

Thrust 

V(120) 

T(240) 

600 800 

2669 3559 

Thrust 

1500 2000 

6670 8900 

Thrust 

50% 

T(120) 

500 

2224 

1000 

4450 

1000 

4450 

V(120) 

T(240) 

T(120) 

600 700 lbs 

2669 3114N 

1200 1400lbs 

5340 6230N 

1200 1400lbs 

5340 6230N 

2500 3000 3500 lbs 

11100 13300 15600N 


V(120) 

T(240) 

5000 6000 lbs 

22200 26700N 


388 388 388 388 388 350 

50 thru 100 150 200 300 450 600 750 1000 1250 1500 Stroke (mm) 





n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

254 

n/a 

156 

n/a 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC5-S42(T/V)-10-10B 

TC5-S42(T/V)-10L-10B TC5-S42(T/V)-10-10B: 1:1 Timing Belt, 10 mm/rev Ball screw 

TC5-S42(T/V)-10L-10B: 1:1 Inline Coupling, 10 mm/rev Ball screw 

V(120) 

T(240) 


T(120) 


[281 in/s2] 




TC5-S42(T/V)-15-10B 

TC5-S42(T/V)-20-10B 

TC5-S42(T/V)-50-10B 

TC5-S42(T/V)-100-10B 

3000 4000 

13300 

Thrust 

17800 

• Performance using SmartStep TM Controls. 

























n/a 

n/a 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

1520 60 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

510 20 

255 10 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

1520 60 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

510 20 

255 10 

mm/s in/s 

1520 60 

1270 50 

1020 40 

760 30 

510 20 

255 10 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

150 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

40 

180 

100% 

80 120 

355 530 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

0 

0 50 100 150 200 250 

220 440 670 

Thrust 

890 1110 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

50 

220 

100 

440 

115 or 230 VAC 

200 

890 

100% 

100% 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

150 200 

670 890 

Thrust 

400 600 

1780 2669 

Thrust 

900 

4003 

Thrust 

250 

1110 

1200 

5340 

* 

160 200 lbs 

710 890 N 

300 lbs 

1330 N 

300 350 lbs 

1330 1560N 

800 1000lbs 

3559 4450 N 

1500 

6670 

1800 lbs 

8010 N 





n/a 

n/a 


TC5-B32-10-32B 



100% 230 VAC 


115 VAC 




Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

1140 45 

1020 40 

890 35 

760 30 

635 25 

510 20 

380 15 

255 10 

125 5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

760 30 

635 25 

510 20 

380 15 

255 10 

125 

125 

A-124 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

760 30 

635 25 

510 20 

380 15 

255 10 

5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

180 7 

150 

125 

100 

76 

51 

25 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

89 3.5 

76 3.0 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

50 

220 

100 

440 

100 

440 

200 

890 

100% 

500 

2224 

100 

440 

200 

890 

200 

890 

100% 

100% 

150 200 

670 890 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

300 400 

1330 1780 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

300 400 

1330 1780 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

250 

1110 

500 

2224 

500 

2224 

300 350 lbs 

1330 1560N 

600 700 lbs 

2669 3114N 

600 700 lbs 

2669 3114N 

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600lbs 

1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 6230 7120N 

Thrust 

100% 

1500 

6670 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

2500 3000 lbs 

11100 13300N 


1333 1333 1333 1333 1333 1120 814 





n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC5-B41-10-32B 



100% 

230 VAC 


115 VAC 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

405 16 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

205 8 

150 6 

100 4 

51 2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

405 16 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

205 8 

150 6 

100 4 

51 2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

405 16 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

205 8 

150 6 

100 4 

51 2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

100 

440 

200 

890 

200 

890 

100% 

100% 

200 

890 

400 

1780 

400 

1780 

115 or 230 VAC 

500 

2224 

100% 

1000 

4450 

115 or 230 VAC 

1000 

4450 

300 

1330 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

115 VAC 

600 

2669 

Thrust 

1500 

6670 

Thrust 

400 

1780 

800 

3559 

800 

3559 

2000 

8900 

* 

230 VAC 

500 600 lbs 

2224 2669 N 

100 1200 lbs 

4450 5340 N 

100 1200 lbs 

4450 5340 N 

2500 3000 lbs 

11100 13300N 


388 388 388 388 388 350 


n/a 

n/a 


TC5-B32-10-10B 


230 VAC 


100% 


115 VAC 




Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

355 14 

305 12 

255 10 

205 

150 

100 

51 

205 

150 

100 

51 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

255 10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

255 10 

205 

150 

100 

51 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

Speed 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

0 

0 

mm/s in/s 

30 1.2 

25 1.0 

20 0.8 

15 0.6 

10 0.4 

5 0.2 

0 

0 

A-126 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

200 

890 

400 

1780 

400 

1780 

1000 

4450 

1000 

4450 

2000 

8900 

400 600 

1780 2669 

Thrust 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

800 1200 

3559 5340 

Thrust 

800 1200 

3559 5340 

Thrust 

2000 

8900 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

3000 4000 

13300 

Thrust 

17800 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

800 1000lbs 

3559 4450N 

1600 2000lbs 

7120 8900N 

1600 2000lbs 

7120 8900N 

5000 6000 lbs 

22200 26700N 


5000 6000 lbs 

22200 26700N 


388 388 388 388 388 350 

50 thru 100 150 200 300 450 600 750 1000 1250 1500 Stroke (mm) 





n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

254 

n/a 

156 

n/a 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC5-B41-10-10B 



230 VAC 


115 VAC 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

4.38 

[111.1] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

5.94 

[150.9] 


Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.38 

[111.1] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

6.69 

[169.9] 

0.75 

[19.1] 

"A" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

* 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

"B" 

RIGHT 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] HEX 

BOTTOM 

2.08 

[52.8] 

3.63 

[92.2] SQ 


2.08 

[52.8] 

0.50 

[12.7] 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

2.13 

[54.0] 

1.63 

[41.4] 

Stroke 

1.82 

[46.1] 

Stroke 

F 

1.97 

[50.0] 

Ø.550/0.565 

[13.9/14.4] 

1.97 

[50.0] 

R 


5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

E 

6.00 

[152.4] 

DIMENSION 

L 

3.79 

[96.3] 

* FLANGE DIMENSIONS 

* IN ACCORDANCE WITH 

* ISO 6431 FOR 80mm 

* BORE SIZE 

LENGTH 

MF1E MF1M 

E 5.00 126* 

F 0.53 12* 

G 2.75 63* 





DIMENSION 

LENGTH 






A 

B 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

R L 

5.91 

[150.0] 

7.36 

[186.9] 

G 

2.95 

[75.0] 

4.50 

[114.3] 

14.40 [365.8] + STROKE 

16.52 [419.6] + STROKE 

A-127


MF3 Front and Rear Flange 

Parallel 


Parallel 

3.60* 

[91.4] 

2.362/2.382 

[60.00/60.50] 

A-128 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.38 

[111.1] 

0.77 

[19.6] 1.13 

[28.7] 

Ø0.7854/0.7869 

[19.949/19.987] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

6.56 

[166.6] 

6.69 

[169.9] 

0.75 

[19.1] 

"A" 

"B" 

RIGHT 

"A" 

TOP 

RIGHT 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

BOTTOM 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 





2.08 

[52.8] 

3.63 

[92.2] SQ 

0.75 

[19.1] 

2.13 

[54.0] 

Stroke 

1.82 

[46.1] 

1.38 

[35.1] 

Stroke 

Ø.550/Ø.565 

[13.9/14.4] 

1.97 

[50.0] 

1.97 

[50.0] 

R 

4.38 

[111.1] 

2.08 

[52.8] 

PIVOT BASE 

(MP3 only) 

Ø0.437 [11.1] Thru 

on a 3.89 [98.8] B.C. 

3.60 

[91.4] 

SQ 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

L 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* FLANGE DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 

* ISO 6431 FOR 100mm BORE SIZE 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH 



8.70 

[221.0] 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

R L 

5.91 

[150.0] 

7.36 

[186.9] 

CLEVIS DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE 


EXCEPT AS INDICATED 

* DIMENSION NOT ISO 6431 FOR 100mm BORE SIZE 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH 

A 

B 

2.95 

[75.0] 

4.50 

[114.3] 

80° MAX 

Pivot Angle 

1.75 

[44.4] 

0.62 

[15.7] 



14.50 [368.3] + STROKE 

17.77 [451.4] + STROKE 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


MS2 Side Lugs 

Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.38 

[111.1] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

5.94 

[150.9] 

1.50 

[38.1] 

* 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] HEX 

RIGHT 2.13 

[54.0] 

BOTTOM 


Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.38 

[111.1] 

1.60 

[40.6] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

5.94 

[150.9] 

1.58 

[40.0] 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] HEX 

BOTTOM 

"C" 


2.08 

[52.8] 

1.50 

[38.1] 

RIGHT 2.13 

[54.0] 

"A" 

2.08 

[52.8] 

1.58 

[40.0] 

"D" 

0.75 

[19.1] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

Stroke 

Ø0.71 

[18.0] 

4x 

2.57 

[65.3] 

Stroke 

1.97 

[50.0] 

1.97 

[50.0] 

R 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

0.75 

[19.1] 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 


5.51 

[140.0] 

7.13 

[181.1] 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH 







R 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH 




L 

L 

DIM 

D 

OPTION CODE 

MS6E 

MS6M 

SIZE 

5/8-18 UNF-2B x 0.55 Dp 

M16 x 2-6H x 14mm Dp 

A-129


MT4 Trunnion 

Parallel 

8.70 

[221.0] 

4.37 

[111.1] 

7.16 

[181.6] 

5.19 

[131.8] 

2.83 

[71.9] 

5.94 

[150.9] 


Inline 

A-130 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

RIGHT 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

BOTTOM 

"C" 

Ø1.25 

[31.8] Ø0.9806/0.9826 

[24.907/24.958] 

6.66 

[169.2] 


2.08 

[52.8] 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

2.08 

[52.8] 

2.13 

[54.0] 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

1.82 

[46.1] 

0.50 

[12.7] 

Stroke 

1.97 

[50.0] 

1.63 

[41.1] 

1.89 

[48.0] 




Stroke 

R 

F (4x) 



1.97 

[50.0] 

A 

B 

C 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

DIMENSION 

L 




R 

T 

E 

6.00 

[152.4] 









LENGTH 

13.90 [353.1] + STROKE 

16.02 [406.9] + STROKE 

10.30 [261.6] + STROKE 

3.79 

[96.3] 

DIMENSION 

LENGTH 



L 

G 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


MS2 Side Lugs 

Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

6.66 

[169.2] 

1.50 

[38.1] 


Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

6.66 

[169.2] 

1.60 

[40.6] 

1.58 

[40.0] 

* 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

"A" 

"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

"C" 


"C" 

2.08 

[52.8] 

1.58 

[40.0] 

2.08 

[52.8] 

1.50 

[38.1] 

2.13 

[54.0] 

"D" 

0.75 

[19.1] 

2.13 

[54.0] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

Ø0.71 

[18.0] 

4x 

0.75 

[19.1] 

Stroke 

A 

B 

2.57 

[65.3] 

Stroke 

1.97 

[50.0] 

DIMENSION 

1.97 

[50.0] 

R 




0.75 

[19.1] 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

R 

A 

B 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

T 

5.51 

[140.0] 

7.13 

[181.1] 

DIMENSION 




9.55 [242.6] + STROKE 

L 

LENGTH 

14.62 [371.3] + STROKE 

16.74 [425.3] + STROKE 

9.55 [242.6] + STROKE 

LENGTH 

DIM OPTION CODE 

SIZE 

14.62 [371.3] + STROKE 

16.74 [425.3] + STROKE 

D 

MS6E 

MS6M 

5/8-18 UNF-2B x 0.55 Dp 

M16 x 2-6H x 14mm Dp 




T 

L 










A-131 

LINEAR ACTUATORS


MT4 Trunnion 

Inline 

RIGHT 

BOTTOM 

A-132 

7.16 

[181.8] 

5.19 

[131.8] 

6.66 

[169.2] 

"A" 





"B" 


0.55 [14.0] Hex 

Ø1.25 

[31.8] 

Ø0.9806/0.9826 

[24.907/24.958] 

"C" 

2.08 

[52.8] 

2.13 

[54.0] 

1.82 

[46.1] 

Stroke 

1.97 

[50.0] 

R 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


T 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 



DIMENSION 

L 









LENGTH 




*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 








0.79 

[20] 


FS2 Spherical 

0.79 

[20] 


1.88 

[47.6] 

HEX 

1.58 

[40] 

1.88 

[47.6] 

HEX 


1.88 [47.6] HEX 



1.88[47.6] HEX 


MT1M M24x2.0 

MT1E 1-12 UNF 

5.45 [138.5] 


4.27 

[108.5] 

5.73 [145.5] 


4.47 

[113.5] 

1.97 

[50] 

FT1M M24x2.0 31 MM 

FT1E 1-12 UNF 1.25 

Ø1.97 

[50] 

Ø1.97 

[50] 

Ø0.9868/0.9838 

[25.065/24.988] 

1.97 

[50] 

Ø0.984/0.979 PIN 

[25.00/24.87] 

2.36 

[60] 

1.97 

[50] 

0.98 

[25] 

1.22 

[31] 

A-133 

LINEAR ACTUATORS


A-134 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TC5-S Series 1.8° Permanent Magnet Hybrid Step Motor 

Winding Data S42T and S42V 



Current Settings Series (T) at 120 VAC, 6.0 Amps 

Parallel (V) at 120 VAC or 


Static Torque Series (T) 1000 oz-in, Parallel (V) 725 oz-in 


Connections 5 contact quick disconnect receptacle in anodized or painted aluminum shell, includes 12 ft [3.7 m] 

cable with molded plug. 




S42 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

4.28 

[108.7] 

MAX 

S42: 

7.84 [199.1] 

MAX 

0.50 

[12.7] 

S42: 

7.84 [199.1] 

MAX 

4.28 

[108.7] 

MAX 


1/2-14 NPS 


1/2-14 NPS 

S42 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

R L 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

S42 

T 

R L 

4.25 

[108.0] 

SQ 3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

8.70 

[221.0] 

9.05 

[229.9] 

4.91 

[124.7] 

MAX 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 









Torque 

45.5 V/krpm 








B32 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

Encoder Connector 

PT02E14-18P 

Motor Connector 

PT02E14-5P 

8.76 [222.5] 

MAX 

10.26 [260.6] MAX 

(With Brake) 

0.50 

[12.7] 

10.26 [260.6] MAX 

(With Brake) 

8.76 [222.5] 

MAX 


PT02E14-5P 


PT02E14-18P 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

R L 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

4.25 

[108.0] 

SQ 

8.70 

[221.0] 




R 

T 

L 

4.63 

[117.5] 

MAX 

A-135 

LINEAR ACTUATORS


A-136 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 






Torque Constant 187 oz-in/Amp 


Torque 

148 V/krpm 








B41 Motor 

Parallel 

Inline 

10.63 [270.0] MAX 

(With Brake) 

8.63 

[219.2] 

MAX 

0.50 

[12.7] 

10.63 [270.0] MAX 

(With Brake) 

8.63 

[219.2] 

MAX 


PT02E-14-5P 


PT02E-14-18P 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

R 

R 

5.00 

[127.0] 

T 

3.63 

[92.2] 

SQ 

T 

5.00 

[127.0] 

SQ 

L 

9.06 

[230.1] 

MAX 

5.30 

L [134.6] 

MAX 


PT02E-14-18P 


PT02E-14-5P 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 











motor. 




* 




Refer to the TC5 Speed vs. Thrust curves in this 

section. 

TC5 cylinders with gear or timing belt drive 

reductions have the motor mounted parallel to 

the lead screw. Inline models have the motor 


reduction. 


How To Order 


Twelve standard lengths are available from 50 



for details. 












A-127. 




1 2 3 4 5 



Electric Drive Screw 


TC5 


Ball Screw 

TC5-B41-10-32B- TC5-B32-10-32B- 

TC5-B41-15-32B- TC5-B32-15-32B- 

TC5-B41-20-32B- TC5-B32-20-32B- 

TC5-B41-50-32B- TC5-B32-50-32B- 

TC5-B41-100-32B- TC5-B32-100-32B- 

TC5-B41-10-10B- TC5-B32-10-10B- 

TC5-B41-15-10B- TC5-B32-15-10B- 

TC5-B41-20-10B- TC5-B32-20-10B- 

TC5-B41-50-10B- TC5-B32-50-10B- 

TC5-B41-100-10B- TC5-B32-100-10B- 

TC5-S42x-10-32B- TC5-S42x-10-10B- 

TC5-S42x-15-32B- TC5-S42x-15-10B- 

TC5-S42x-20-32B- TC5-S42x-20-10B- 

TC5-S42x-50-32B- TC5-S42x-50-10B- 

TC5-S42x-100-32B- TC5-S42x-100-10B- 



TC5-S42x-10L-32B- TC5-S42x-10L-10B- TC5-B32-10L-32B- TC5-B41-10L-32B- 

TC5-B32-10L-10B- TC5-B41-10L-10B- 



Inline Models 

50 

100 

150 

200 

250 

300 

450 

600 

750 

1000 

1250 

1500 

Custom 

Lengths 

Available 

in 1mm 

increments 

No Charge 

-MF1 -MP2 -MT1M 

-MF2 -MS6M -MT1E 

-MF3 -MS6E -FT1M 

-MS2 -MT4 -FT1E 

-FC2 

-FS2 


-MP3 -FC2 -BS 

-FS2 -BM 

-L 

-PB 

-EMK 




A-137 

LINEAR ACTUATORS

How To Order 






MS2 Side Lugs 



MT4 Trunnion 

A-138 








4. Rod Ends 


actuators. 




-FC2 Clevis 





10 in-lb holding brake mounted on the B23 

motor 





(-MF2, -MF3, -MS1, -MP2, -MP3). 




-EMK Encoder 










Phone: 1-800-554-8466 





compatible. 


Linear potentiometer mounted inside the TC5 

actuator. 















switches with all cylinders. 


switches are compatible with Danaher controls. 

3m 4m 


Home (N.O.) PSR-1 PSR-1Q 

End-of-Travel (N.C.) PSR-2 PSR-2Q 

Hall Effect 

Home (N.O./NPN) PSN-1 PSN-1Q 

End-of-Travel (N.C./NPN) PSN-2 PSN-2Q 



*

* 

Options and Accessories 





A-139


The -BS and -BM brake options are typically 

used with electric actuators employing ball 

screw drive assemblies. The electrically released, 

spring set brake prevents backdriving when the 

unit is at rest, or in case of a power failure. 

When power is applied, the brake releases and 

the actuator is free to move. When power is off, 

springs engage the brake to hold the load in 

position. 

The -BS brake is mounted directly to the 

leadscrew to provide holding torque, without 

relying on the rest of the drive train. 

The -BM brake is mounted to the motor shaft. 

This is advantageous because the brake torque 

is multiplied by the belt or gear reduction, and 

does not interfere with certain rear mounting 

options. But if the belt fails, the brake will be 

inoperative. 

-BS is not available with: 

• Inline motor orientation 

• Rear mounting options: -MP2, -MP3, -MS1, 

-MF2, -MF3 -BM is only available with: 

• TC2-B 

• TC3-B, TC4-B 

• TC5-B 

• TN-B 

Connections 

Brake 

Coil 

Dimensions [in mm] 

-BS Option 

A-140 

H 

AC 

+ 

Rectifier 

– 

AC 

0.57 

[14.5] 

D 

115 VAC 

3.55 [90.2] 

W/MIN Bend Radius 

1.50 [38.1] 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Specifications 

-BS Leadscrew Brake Option 

Mounting Location Leadscrew (see dimensions) 

Voltage Options 115 VAC (-BS115), 24 VDC (-BS24), 230 VAC (-BS230) 

Cable Type/Length TC2/3/4/5 – 3.7 m [12 ft] with quick disconnect 

TN – 3.7 m [12 ft] flying leads (no quick disconnect) 

Holding Torque TC2 – 3.9 N-m [35 in-lb], 12.5 W electrical power 

TC3 – 6.7 N-m [60 in-lb], 17 W electrical power 

TC4/5 – 39.2 N-m [350 in-lb], 15 W electrical power 

TN – 3.4 N-m [30 in-lb], 13 W electrical power 

Holding Force With -BS Option Without -BS Option 

TC2 -16B Ball 1550 N [350 lb] — 

-05B Ball 3600 N [810 lb] — 

-04A Acme 3600 N [810 lb] 3600 N [810 lb] 

TC3 -16B Ball 2660 N [600 lb] — 

-10B Ball 4260 N [960 lb] — 

-05B Ball 7200 N [1620 lb] — 

-04A Acme 7200 N [1620 lb] 7200 N [1620 lb] 

TC4 -25B Ball 9940 N [2230 lb] — 

-10B Ball 12000 N [2700 lb] — 

TC5 -32B Ball 7770 N [1750 lb] — 

-10B Ball 24800 N [5590 lb] — 

TN -2B Ball 1100 N [240 lb] — 

-5B Ball 2670 N [600 lb] — 

-5A Acme (TN-D/P) 2670N [600 lb] 445 [100] 

-5A Acme (TN-other) 2670 N [600 lb] 1780 N [400 lb] 

-8A Acme 2670 N [600 lb] 

-BM Motor Brake Option (additional lead time may apply. Consult factory for current lead time.) 

Mounting Location Rear motor shaft 

Voltage Options B23/32/41 – 24 VDC (-BM24) 

24VDC (-BM24); 

230 VAC (-BM230) 

Cable Type/Length 3.7 m [12 ft] flying leads (no quick disconnect) 

Holding Torque Consult factory 

Notes: 

• High vibration in a machine may cause an acme screw to backdrive at lower values than 

indicated above. In such applications, a brake may be necessary. 

• The -BS and -BM brakes should only be used to hold static (already stopped) leads. 

They are not designed for repeated use as dynamic brakes. 

L 

¿0.23 

[5.8] 

Brake Cover 

Note: 

Quick-disconnect cable provided only on TC models. TN 

includes flying leads cable from grommet on brake can. 

Model Dim "D" Dim "H" 

TC2 Series 3.08 [78.2] 6.10 [155.1] 

TC3 Series 3.83 [97.3] 7.22 [183.3] 

TC4/TC5 Series 5.58 [141.7] 9.64 [245.0] 

Dim "L" 

2.73 [69.3] 

3.32 [84.3] 

3.94 [99.9] 

TN Series 3.08 [78.2] 5.34 [135.6] 2.73 [69.3] 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


-DB Dual Rod-End Bearing 

Our standard TN Series electric actuator contains a single rod-end 

bearing. The dual rod-end bearing (-DB) option increases thrust tube side 

load capacity and reduces undesirable thrust tube runout, while reducing 

the stroke by 1.5 inches. (All TC Series actuators are equipped with a dual 

rod-end bearing automatically, so this option does not apply to them.) 

-DB available with: 

• TN Series 12 inch stroke and below 

-DB required with: 

• TN Series above 12 inch stroke 

Notes: 

• The -DB option reduces stroke by 1.5 inches (e.g. 18” with -DB yields 

only 16.5” actual stroke.) 

Side Load 

All Thomson electric actuators are designed to withstand a limited 

amount of side load on the thrust tube. The thrust tube in a standard 

TN Series actuator is supported by a single rod-end bearing and by a 

patented internal guide assembly. This bearing system has a limited 

capacity to handle side loads, shown in the curve below. 

When increased side load capacity or stiffness is required, or when 

moving a load that is not externally supported, the dual rod-end bearing 

(-DB) option is recommended. This option adds a second thrust tube 

rod-end bearing for additional support, while subtracting 1.5 inches 

from the available stroke. TN models above 12 inches stroke require the 

-DB option. 

Another means of increasing side load capacity is to use the higher 

capacity TC series, which includes the dual rod-end bearing in its 

standard configuration. 

TN Series — Side Load Capacity vs. Extended Length 

Side Load 

N Lbs 

359 80 

337 

311 

289 

267 

245 

222 

200 

178 

156 

133 

111 

89 

75 

70 

65 

60 

55 

50 

45 

40 

35 

30 

25 

20 

67 15 

44 10 

22 5 

0 0 

0 

0 

-DB MAX 

2.5 

64 

STANDARD MAX 

5 

127 

6, 4, 2 

Standard TN Actuator (Single Bearing) 

8 

7.5 10 12.5 

191 254 318 

Extended Length 

* 

12 -DB 

8 -DB 

6 -DB 

4 -DB 

12 18 -DB 


-DB Option (Dual Bearings) 





15 

381 

17.5 

445 

20 in 

508 mm 

Runout 

The -DB option reduces thrust tube runout by lengthening the thrust 

tube support bearing in the rod-end housing. 

Thomson recommends the -DB option to reduce runout whenever the 

thrust tube is the only means of guiding the load. Performance 

improvement is most observable for actuators with stroke length above 

12 inches, or whenever runout is critical as the thrust tube approaches 

full extension. For the least amount of runout possible for a standard 

product, specify the -DB option and also increase the stroke of the 

actuator while “short-stroking” the unit. If the load is guided externally 

by linear bearings, the standard bearing is preferred since it allows 

greater mounting misalignment and minimal friction. 



Actual Travel Reduced 

by 1.5 Inches 


(in-lbs) 


(inches) 

Selection Criteria 

-DB Option Standard 

• When using clevis • When rigidly 

or trunnion mount mounted 

• >12 inches •


-EMK/-EM Encoder Option 

The -EMK/-EM encoder option provides an incremental rotary encoder 

coupled to the rear shaft of the motor. 

-EMK is an industry-standard, 1000-line version, while 

-EM is a reverse-compatible 500-line version 

Step Motor Models (TCx-S, TCx-P, TN-S, TN-P) 

An encoder is typically used to improve system accuracy, and provide stall 

detection. 

DC Motor Models (TCx-D, TN-D) 

While encoders are not required for Danaher Motion DC motor controls, 

some applications use them to provide precise position feedback when 

using external control or monitoring devices. 

Brushless Servo Models (TCx-B, TN-B) 

All brushless servo motors are by default equipped with an encoder. 

Therefore, the -EMK/-EM encoder option is not required. 

-EMK/-EM available with: 

• TC2-D/S/P 

• TC3-P 

• TC4-P 

• TC5-S 

• TN-D/S/P 

Electrical Specifications 

A-142 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



S32, S33, and S42 Motors: Encoder is enclosed within the standard 

housing. No dimensional changes occur when the -EMK or -EM option 

is specified. 

D/P22 Motor (TN/TC2) 

Motor Model D/P22/S32/S33/S42 P32/P33 B23/B32/B41 

Pulses per Revolution -EMK 1000 line (4000 post-quad) -EMK 1000 line (4000 post-quad) Std: 2000 line (8000 post-quad) 

-EM 500 line (2000 post-quad) -EM 500 line(2000 post-quad) 

Output Pulse Format Incremental, Dual Square Wave Quadrature, with Index Pulse 

Cable Length/Type m[ft] 3.7 [12]/Leads 3.7 [12]/LeadsSee Note 1 3.7 [12]/MS Connector 

Voltage 5 VDC ±5% 5 VDC ±5% 5 VDC ±5% 

Current mA 120 135 200 

Max. Speed rpm 6000 6000 6000 

Weight kg [oz] 0.17 [6.0] 0.057 [2.0] 0.25 [8.8] 

Inertia kg-m2 [oz-in-sec2 ] 5.1 x 10-9 [7.3 x 10-7] 3.1 x 10-7 [4.4 x 10-5] 1.0 x 10-6 [1.4 x 10-4] 

Operating Temperature °C [°F] -10 to +70 [+14 to +158] -10 to +100 [+14 to +212] -20 to +100 [-4 to +212] 

Storage Temperature °C [°F] -20 to +80 [-4 to +176] -30 to +110 [-22 to +230] -25 to +100 [-13 to +212] 

Note: 1Quick disconnect encoder fitting and extension cable is included when ordered as -EQ instead of -EM. 

Wiring Color Codes for -EMK/EM Encoders 

(applies to D, P22, S32, S33 and S42 motors). 

+5 VDC White 

Ground Black 

Ch A+ Red 

Ch A- Pink or Purple 

Ch B+ Green 

Ch B- Blue 

Index Ch Z+ Yellow 

Index Ch Z- Orange 

2.13 

[54.1] 

1.00 

[25.4] 

Encoder Cover 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


-L Linear Potentiometer Option 

The -L linear potentiometer option is required for operation with our 

Analog Position Controls, and is used in applications where analog 

position feedback Voltage signal is needed. 

The linear potentiometer resides within the actuator housing and is 

energized by an external DC voltage source. The potentiometer wiper arm 

is attached to the drive nut/guide flange assembly, and moves the same 

distance as the thrust tube. The signal from the linear potentiometer is an 

absolute voltage, proportional to linear displacement of the actuator. 

-L available with: 

• All TC, TN and actuators 

Connections 

Brown 

Black 

Blue 

Pot +V 

Wiper 

Feedback 

GND 

Shield 

* 






Dimensions in (mm) 


Operating Temperature -28° to +70°C [-20° to +160°F] 

Power Rating 1.0 Watt max. (11 mA at 24V; 6mA at 12V; 3mA at 5V) 

Resistance see table below 

Linearity see table below 

Stroke Available in the lengths shown below. Consult factory for lengths. 

B 

LP Location 

TC Series 

A 

1.18 

[30.0] 

LP Location 

TN 

0.50 

[12.7] 

Dimensions 

Actuator Dim. A Dim. B 

Model in [mm] in [mm] 

TC2 1.47 [37.3] 1.12 [28.5] 

TC3 1.72 [43.7] 1.37 [34.8] 

TC4 2.15 [54.5] 1.82 [46.1] 

TC5 1.38 [35.1] 1.82 [46.1] 

TN 1.38 [35.1] 1.01 [25.7] 

Actuator Model Stroke Resistance (±30%) Linearity 

TC2, TC3, TC4, TC5 50 mm [1.97 in]* 3000 Ω 

100 mm [3.94 in] 6000 Ω 

150 mm [5.91 in] 9000 Ω 

200 mm [7.87 in] 9000 Ω ±1% of full stroke 

250 mm [9.84 in] 9000 Ω 

300 mm [11.81 in] 7000 Ω 

450 mm [17.72 in] 7000 Ω 

600 mm [23.62 in] 7000 Ω 

TN 50.8mm [2.00 in] 3000 Ω 

101.6 mm [4.00 in] 6000 Ω 

152.4 mm [6.00 in] 9000 Ω ±1% of full stroke 

203.2 mm [8.00 in] 9000 Ω 

254.0 mm [10.00 in] 9000 Ω 

304.8 mm [12.00 in] 7000 Ω 

419.1 mm [16.50 in] 7000 Ω 

Cable 

0.17 [4.3] 

R 0.51 [13.0] 

Minimum Bend Radius 

A-143


-LR Linear Rod Bearing Option 

The -LR linear rod bearing option is used in 

applications where side loads are present, or when 

the load is not externally supported. 

Reasons for using the -LR Linear Rod Bearing are: 

• Increased side load capacity 

• Anti-rotation–reduces any rotational motion of the 

moving load 

• Higher actuator efficiency when side loads are present 

• Lower thrust tube runout 

-LR available with: 

• TC2 

-LR not available with: 

• MF1, MF3, MS1, MS2 mounting options 

Weight calculation: 

Weight (lbf) = 0.0147 stroke (mm) + 7.6 lbf 

Applied Side Load 

Twisting Moment, Mt 

N lbs 

600 135 

500 112 

400 90 

300 67 

200 45 

100 22 

A-144 

0 

0 

0.008 

[0.2] 

0.004 

[0.1] 

N-m lb-in 

35 313 

0.05¡ 

30 268 

25 223 

20 179 

0.02¡ 

15 134 

10 89 

5 45 

0 

0 

3.9 

100 

3.9 

100 

0.02 

[0.5] 

0.12¡ 

0.04 

[1.0] 

0.06 

[1.5] 

0.08 

[2.0] 

7.9 11.8 15.7 

200 300 

Extension 

400 

0.25¡ 

7.9 11.8 15.7 

200 300 

Extension 

400 

0.10 

[2.5] 

19.7 

500 

19.7 

500 

23.6 in 

600 mm 






0.12 

[3.0] 

To order the Linear Rod Bearing as a separate component: 

Linear Rod Bearing Part Number 

Example: LR-TC2-0200-A 

0.4¡ 

0.5¡ 

0.6¡ 

0.8¡ 

23.6 in 

600 mm 

ø.787 

[20.0] 

3.82 

[97.0] 

Stroke + 1.77 [45.0] 

6.811 

[173.0] 

2.44 

[62.0] 

0.45 

[11.4] 

2.91 

[74.0] 

0.886 

[22.5] 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


4.53 

[115.0] 

2.480 

[63.0] 

2.17 

[55.0] 

Drilled Through and C'Bored for 

M12 Socket Head Cap Screws 

2 Places 

2.559 

[65.0] 

1.18 

[30.0] 

6.73 

[171.0] 

2.36 

[60.0] 

Adjustable Gap 

0 to 0.50 [12.7] at 

full retract 

6.063 

[154.0] 

M10 x 1.5 

0.75 [19.0] 

deep 4 places 

LR TC2 0200 A 

LR TC2 Stroke in mm Revision 

1.417 

[36.0] 

2.283 

[58.0] 

M10 x 1.5 thru 

from this Side and 

C'Bored for M8 SHCS 

from the other side. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Protective Boot Option 

-PB Protective Boot Option 

With the -PB option, a durable polyurethane boot protects the thrust 

tube area from solid contaminants (dust, wood and metal shavings), 

and splashed liquids, etc. 

TC Series actuators equipped with the -PB are protected to the IP65 

standard. Note that some Thomson motor options are not 

protected to this level. 

Consult the factory for assistance when special environmental protection 

is required. 

We also have special options for clean room applications, where 

outgassing and contamination by the actuator are a concern. 

-PB available with: 

• All actuators 

Actuator Model Dimensions 

Dim. L 

Add’l Length Boot Diameter 

Series Stroke Length in [mm] in [mm] 

TC2 0-149mm 1.16 [29.5] 2.50 [63.5] 

150-299 1.83 [46.5] 

300-449 2.54 [64.5] 

450-600 3.21 [81.5] 

601-750 3.75 [95.3] 

TC3 0-199mm 1.46 [37.1] 3.00 [76.2] 

200-399 2.13 [54.0] 

400-599 2.83 [71.9] 

600-800 3.54 [89.9] 

801-1000 4.06 [103.1] 

TC4 0-249mm 1.60 [40.6] 3.75 [95.3] 

250-499 2.47 [62.7] 

500-749 3.35 [85.1] 

750-999 4.17 [105.9] 

1000-1249 5.05 [128.3] 

1250-1500 5.93 [150.6] 

TC5 0-249mm 1.60 [40.6] 3.75 [95.3] 

250-499 2.47 [62.7] 

500-749 3.35 [85.1] 

750-999 4.17 [105.9] 

1000-1249 5.05 [128.3] 

1250-1500 5.93 [150.6] 

TN 0-2.57 in 0.75 [19.1] 2.50 [63.5] 

2.58-5.08 1.00 [25.4] 

5.09-7.59 1.30 [33.0] 

7.60-10.11 1.40 [35.6] 

10.12-15.19 1.90 [48.3] 

15.20-16.50 2.80 [71.1] 

* 







When fully retracted, the boot gathers on an extra length of thrust tube. 

The extra thrust tube length is tabulated below. 

L 

Additional 

Overall 

Length 

∅D 

A-145


Quick Disconnect Option 

The optional -Q quick disconnect option gives the machine builder or user 

a convenient method of connecting the motor to the control. A male 

quick disconnect receptacle is installed in the actuator drive housing, or 

in some cases, the motor. The -Q option includes a 3.7m [12 ft] motor 

power cable, with mating molded quick disconnect plug. 

-Q available with: 

• TN-D, -S*, -P* 

* included when ordered as a T (series) or V (parallel) 

-Q Included with: 

(-Q does not need to be in model number): 

• All B Series actuators 

• All TC Series actuators 

B Series brushless servo actuators (TCx-B, TN-B) include an MS-style quick 

disconnect fitting(s) and cable(s), with the standard actuator. The -Q 

option is not required for these models. 

All TC models include quick disconnect fitting(s) where applicable, with 

the standard actuator. The -Q option is not required for these models. 

A-146 


TC Series 

TN Series Parallel Model 

TN-S32 





1.02 

[25.8] 

0.59 

[15.0] 1.00 

[25.4] 

∅0.41 [10.4] D/H Motors 

∅0.50 [12.7] S Motors 

Bearing 

Housing 

2.20 [55.8] 

1.00 [25.4] 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


2.53 [64.2] D/H 

2.20 [55.8] S2 

0.60 [15.2] 

1.00 [25.4] 

-Q Receptacle 

and Cable 

0.75 [19.01] 

4.3 [109] 

W/Minimum Bend 

Radius 1.50 [38.1] 

0.85 [21.6] 

(Receptacle Only) 

Features 

• D motors: 3 conductor cable (2 motor and chassis ground) 

• S & P motors: 5 conductor shielded cable (4 motor, shield) 

• Keyed to prevent mis-wiring. 

• Forms a contaminant resistant seal to protect the conductors from the 

environment. 

• A 3.7m [12 ft] cable is supplied with the -Q option. 

Notes: 

• Inline Models with D and P22 motors: The -Q option is not available 

with “-10L” inline models when D or P22 motors are used. 

• Contact the factory when custom quick disconnect mounting locations 

are required. 

-QC 

2.06 [52.4] 

1.03 [26.2] D/H 

1.00 (25.4) S2 

Cable: 0.29 [7.4] 

1.50R [38.1R] 

Minimum Bend 

Radius 

R L 

B 

Cable:Dia 0.29 [7.4] 

1.50R (38.1R) 

Min Bend Radius 

T 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TN Environmental Options 

Temperature Ranges (TN Series) 

Operating Storage 

Standard TN 32° to 140°F -40 to 185°F 

[0° to 60°C] [-40° to 85°C] 

-F Freezing -20° to 105°F -40° to 185°F 

[-29° to 41°C] [-40° to 85°C] 

-H High Temp 32° to 160°F -40° to 185°F 

[0° to 70°C] [-40° to 85°C] 

Note: -F and -H can not be ordered on the same actuator. 


The -H high temperature option allows operation in high temperature 

environments (to 160°F [70°C]) by changing certain plastic parts within 

the actuator to bronze. 

-H available with: 

• All TN Series 

Notes: 

• Consideration must be given to the operating temperature ranges of 

the motor, encoder, and limit switches. 


In extremely cold conditions the lubricating grease in the actuator 

thickens, rubber parts (belts and stops) stiffen, and mechanical clearances 

tighten. This option includes two alterations: 

1. Bearing grease is replaced with a less viscous lubricant. 

2. Acme drive nut tolerances are increased. Both thread clearance 

and pitch length are increased to allow for the varying coefficients 

of expansion between the steel leadscrew and polyacetal or bronze 

drive nut. 

The result is a device which can operate at these low temperatures, but 

with reduced life (due to the pre-worn acme nut surfaces). 

Contact Thomson for more details. No change is necessary in ball nut 

models since there is steel to steel contact (same coefficient of thermal 

expansion). 

* 


-F available with: 






Notes: 

• This option increases system backlash to 0.025 inches (0.64mm) max. 

for acme screw units. 

• Should a -F sub-freezing option acme screw unit be operated at 

room temperature or above, noisy operation and increased backlash 

are normal. 


The water resistant option (-W) is recommended in applications where 

the actuator is exposed to light mist or 

occasional splashing with water or 

non-corrosive liquids. In addition to a 

sealant on all mating surfaces, a 10 

foot (3m) breather tube and fitting is 

provided to allow the unit to breathe 

from a non-contaminated dry area. 

Or, the customer may choose to apply 

positive, low pressure (2-3 psi [14-20 

kPa]) dry air to the actuator through 

this fitting. 

-W available with: 


Notes: 

• The -W option does not provide a waterproof actuator. The actuator 

cannot be submerged or immersed repeatedly in water. 

-W Breather Dimensions 

TN Series Actuators 

Back 

1/8 NPT Barbed Fitting 

3/8" OD Vinyl 

Tubing 

2.38 [60.5] 

Minimum 

0.59 [15.0] 

2.62 [66.5] 

Right 

A-147


Accessories 


Actuators are equipped with position indicating magnets installed 

internally on both sides of the guide actuator. Six non-contacting position 

sensors are available to sense the magnet as it passes by. 

All six position sensors mount directly to standard TC, and TN Series 

actuators. Three sensors, PSR-1, PSN-1 and PSP-1 are normally open 

switches. Three PSR-2, PSN-2 and PSP-2 are normally closed switches. 

Type PSR sensors consist of a reed switch, and type PSN and PSP 

sensors use a Hall-effect sensing element and a simple solid state 

electrical circuit. 

End-of-Travel Limits 

To maximize actuator life,Thomson recommends the use of 

end-of-travel “limit switches” (position sensors) with all actuators. 

The purpose of an end-of-travel sensor is to signal the controller that the 

actuator is about to travel beyond its normal safe operating region, and is 

nearing its physical end of stroke. The controller brings the actuator to a 

A-148 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


stop to prevent physical contact, and to avoid damage to the actuator, 

the load, or the machine. The sensors must be located such that an 

adequate stopping distance is provided between the sensing position 

and the physical end of stroke. Normally closed switches are generally 

used for end-of-travel sensing. Normally closed switches are considered 

“fail safe” because when a cable becomes accidentally severed or 

disconnected, motion is prevented. 

Position Sensing 

Limit Switch controls use position sensors as inputs for extend and 

retract position indication, or for reversing direction. The D2400 also 

uses position sensors for changing speed during a move, usually to 

reduce actuator speed before reaching the final stopping position for 

greater repeatability. 

Programmable position controls use position sensors for two purposes. 

A normally open switch is generally used to establish a home, or zero 

reference position. Normally closed switches are used for extend and 

retract end-of-travel limits. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Position Sensors 

Position Sensor Specifications 

* 


PSR-1 PSR-2 PSN-1 PSN-2 PSP-1 PSP-2 

Connection Norm. open Norm. closed Norm. open Norm. closed Norm. open Norm. closed 

Led Color Green Red Green Red Yellow Red 

Switch Type Mechanical Reed Hall-effect Hall-effect 

Output Type Contact closure Open collector, sinking output (NPN) Sourcing (PNP) 

Number of Leads 

Supply 

2 + Shield 3 + Shield 3 + Shield 

Voltage 4–120 V AC or DC 10–24 VDC 10–24 VDC 

Current n/a 7 mA @ 12 VDC; 13 mA @ 24 VDC 7 mA @ 12 VDC; 13 mA @ 24 VDC 

Power 

Output 

n/a 0.24 W 0.24 W 

DC Voltage max 120VDC 24VDC 24VDC 

AC Voltage max 120VAC AC not allowed AC not allowed 

Current max 50mA 100mA 100mA 

Power max 6W 3W 3W 

Operating Temperature -4° to 158°F [-20° to 70°C] 

Storage Temperature -4° to 176°F [-20° to 80°C] 

Protection Rating IP67 

Approved Yes 

Wiring for PSR-1 and PSR-2 Wiring for PSN-1 and PSN-2 

Comparison of Hall-Effect and Reed Wiring for PSP-1 and PSP-2 

Switches 

PSR Reed Switch 

• More noise immune (EMI) 

• Does not require a power supply 

• Slightly lower cost 

• Does not work with inductive loads 

• Switches AC voltages 

PSN & PSP Hall-Effect Switch 

• Higher tolerance to vibration 

• Greater durability and reliability (no moving parts) 

• Requires external DC power. Available on Danaher Motion controls. 





A-149


Position Sensor Mounting 

The diagrams below show sensor mounting location when actuator 

magnet and sensor are physically aligned. 

This location is recommended as a starting point when setting up a 

actuator for the first time. Depending on the speed and payload of the 

application, switches may need to be moved inward to prevent hard-stop 

crash when the load travels at full speed past a limit switch. 

Notes: 

• Position sensors can be mounted along either side of a actuator. 

• Recommended minimum distance between switches is 0.65 inches. 

• D2400 series controls use only Normally Open (N.O.), Reed or NPN 

position sensors (PSR-1, PSN-1) 

• Using position sensors for end-of-travel protection reduces effective 

travel distance. Consult the factory. 

A-150 

Ordering Information 

Position Sensors 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Notes: 1 Long length 30 ft [9m] quick-disconnect cables are available, 

specify by adding –C9M to part number 

(example: PSN-1Q-C9M). 

2 PNP Hall Effect Switches are not compatible with Thomson 

controls. These versions are offered for compatibility with 

devices which require PNP style sensors. 

Spare Quick Disconnect Cables 


TN Actuator Position Sensor Mounting TC Actuator Position Sensor Mounting 

0.44 

[11.2] 

A 0.39 

[9.9] 

1.16 

[29.5] 

B 

Phillips Head Screw 

NOTE: Dimensions "A" and "B" 

are Approximate End of Stroke 

Locations for the Position Sensors. 

Model Dim "A" Dim "B" 

TN Acme 1.00 [25.4] 0.70 [17.8] 

TN Ball 1.40 [35.6] 0.30 [7.6] 

Model Number Description Led 

Wire Quick 

Leads Disconnect 

10 ft [3 m] 13 ft [4 m1] 

PSR-1 PSR-1Q N.O. (Normally Open) Reed Green 

PSR-2 PSR-2Q N.C. (Normally Closed) Reed Red 

PSN-1 PSN-1Q N.O. NPN Hall Effect Green 

PSN-2 PSN-2Q N.C. NPN Hall Effect Red 

PSP-12 PSP-1Q2 N.O. PNP Hall Effect Yellow 

PSP-22 PSP-2Q2 N.C. PNP Hall Effect Red 

Model Number Description 

QPS-4M 13 ft [4 m] extension cable 

QPS-9M 30 ft [9 m] extension cable 

A 

0.44 

[11.2] 

1.16 

[29.5] 

0.39 

[9.9] 

B 

Phillips Head Screw 

NOTE: Dimensions "A" and "B" 

are Approximate End of Stroke 

Locations for the Position Sensors. 

Model Dim "A" Dim "B" 

TC2 Series 2.90 [73.7] 1.90 [48.3] 

TC3 Series 3.03 [77.0] 2.23 [56.6] 

TC4 Series 5.39 [137.0] 2.48 [63.0] 

TC5 Series 5.39 [137.0] 2.48 [63.0] 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


More Solutions... 

For over 50 years, Danaher Motion has designed and manufactured 

custom products to fit the unique requirements of our customers. 

We welcome and encourage requests for specialized products, regardless 

of quantity or frequency of order. Our custom products range from 

one-time-only units to high quantity requirements. 

• Designs that fit your specific application requirements. 

• No minimum quantities are required. 

• Most quotes are processed within three working days. 

• All units receive a custom products number when ordered. This number, 

along with all specifications, is kept on permanent record at Danaher 

Motion for future reference and re-orders. 

Our applications engineers will help you specify these options and 

modifications, or they will work with you to create entirely new ones 

which will improve your machine’s performance, and lower your cost. 

Please think of us as your partner in solving your linear motion problems! 

* 






Additional Actuator Options 

If one of our more than 150,000 standard catalog configurations isn’t just 

right, one of these options or modifications may be the answer. If not, call 

Danaher Motion for more solutions . . . we’re flexible and fast to respond. 

• Preloaded Ballnut (-05P, -10P) — for lowest actuator backlash 

• Precision Ground Ball screw & Ballnut (-05G, -10G) — for the highest 

lead accuracy 

• Preloaded Acme Nut (-PN) — for low actuator backlash with quick 

delivery 

Also Available: 

• Actuators can be prepared for special environments such as clean 

rooms, vacuum, washdown, etc. 

• Custom Actuator Mounting – help to retrofit an existing actuator, 

or reduce your cost to install. 

• Custom lead screws. 

• Custom drive ratios. 

• Custom cabling; quick disconnects, etc. 

• X Series Actuators– lets you specify your motor with an actuator. 

• Gear motors for very low speed applications available. 

A-151

Worksheet 

NOTES: 

A-152 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

* 

Linear Actuator Controls 





A-153

Linear Actuator Controls 

DC Controls – for TN-D, TC2-D 

Part Number Description 

D2403 24 volt DC control 

D2502B 24 volt DC control with analog input, for TN-D, TC2-D with "-L" option 

Servo Controls – for TN-B and TC2, TC3, TC4, TC5-B 


B8961 Servo drive/control with programming keypad, single axis 

B8962 Servo drive/control with programming keypad, two axis 

Options (Add as suffix to part number) 

-30K Memory expansion 

-CL Torque control hardware 

-FK1 120 volt fan kit 

-FK2 

Accessories 

240 volt fan kit 

FP220 Front panel/keypad (Included with B8961, B8962) 

PCS-4852 Screw terminal to 9-pin D RS232 cable 

RPACK1 External regeneration module, 120 volt 

RPACK2 External regeneration module, 240 volt 

EMC-B8-1 EMC compatibility kit for B8961 

EMC-B8-2 EMC compatibility kit for B8962 

OPTO22 modules Consult factory 

Stepper Controls – for TN-S/P and TC2, TC3, TC4, TC5-S/P 


SmartStep Stepper drive/control, single axis, 120 volt 

SmartStep-240 Stepper drive/control, single axis, 240 volt 

Options (Add as suffix to part number) 

-RS485 RS 485 communications interface 

-MD Minimum depth mounting (factory installed only) 

-FP Programming Keypad/Operator Interface Display 

-DB25 

Accessories 

Breakout Board to convert DB25 I/O connector to terminals 

FP220 Optional Programming Keypad/Operator Interface Display 

OPTO44 I/O Module rack for up to 8 "OPTO22" modules, 4 input/4 output 

OPTO88 I/O Module rack for up to 16 "OPTO22" modules, 8 input/8 output 

DB25BO Breakout Board to convert DB25 I/O connector to terminals 

SS-IO I/O cable to connect SmartStep to PLC or other devices, 2 ft. 

SS-IO-6 I/O cable to connect SmartStep to PLC or other devices, 6 ft. 

SS-RS232 Serial cable to connect SmartStep to 9-pin comm. port on PC 

SS-PNP-BO Breakout Board to convert sinking outputs to sourcing outputs 

EMC-S6-1 EMC compatibility kit 

A-154 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Danaher Motion also offers motor and control packages for rodless actuators, linear slide tables, and systems. Please contact application 

engineering at (704) 588-5693 for more details, e-mail sales2@danahermotion.com or visit our website www.linearactuators.com 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


NOTES: 

* 

Worksheet 





A-155

DC Controls - Extend / Retract 

DC Controls for TN-D and TC2-D Actuators 

Part Number D2403 

The D2403 is designed for positioning applications requiring simple linear extend and retract 

motion, which require variable speed control. The D2403 commands linear move profiles based on 

input activation. Six optically-coupled inputs and four open-collector outputs allow for a simple 

interface to external devices such as PLCs, I/O Cards, simple pushbutton operator stations, and 

"Normally Open" position sensors. I/O Programmability via DIP switches adds increased versatility 

and auto function capabilities. 

Power Requirements 

105-125 VAC; 50/60 Hz (from factory) @ 2 Amps max or 208-245VAC; 50/60 Hz @ 1 Amp max 

Motor Output 

0-28 VDC @ 10 Amps max (adjustable current trip: 0-10 Amps). Note: Motor rated for 4.5 Amps 

continuous; 10 Amps peak. 

Operator Devices: Extend, Stop, Retract push-buttons 

Inputs 

Stop, EXT, RET, LS1, LS2, SP2 Sinking Inputs (1K Pull-up to 12 VDC) 

High Level (Off) 10.5 - 12.25 VDC (open circuit high) 

Low Level (Activated) 0-0.8 VDC (sinking to ground) @ 12 mA max 

Outputs 

EXT COMP, RTR COMP, Open Collector Sinking Output (1K pull-up COM 

EXT-EN, COM RTR-EN to 12 VDC) 

High Level (OFF) 10.5–12 VDC (open circuit high) 

Low Level (On) 0–0.5 VDC capable of sinking 100 mA 

Operational 

Variable Speed Range 15:1 

PWM Frequency 2000 Hz 

Environmental 

Operating Temperature 32° to 122°F [0° to 50°C] 


Timer Function 

• 0 to 20 sec. adjustable time delay allows control of dwell time between 

cycles. DIP switches allow configuration of the time delay to begin 

when: 

– LS1 Limit Switch triggered 

– LS2 Limit Switch triggered 

– Motor Current Limit (Extend) 

– Motor Current Limit (Retract) 

Options 

MOD300 Remote Speed Pots – 6 ft. ribbon cable with remote connections 

for on board speed potentiometers; E1, R1, E2, and R2. MOD300 is 

supplied with two 10K Ohm, 0.25 W potentiometers for E1 and R1 

connections. 

A-156 





Red (White w/QF Cable) 

Black 

Power 

Supply 

Input 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TYPICAL CONNECTIONS 

B1 

10 LS2 

9 LS1 

8 STOP 

7 EXT 

6 RTR 

5 COM 

4 M+ 

3 M- 

2 +24 VDC 

1 GND 

DIP SWITCHES 

E1 

R1 

E2 

R2 

IR 

TB2 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Terminal Functions 

TB1 10 Pin Terminal Strip 

1. GND External Supply Input: DC Ground 

2. +24 V External Supply Input: +24 VDC 

3. M- Motor Negative Terminal 

4. M+ Motor Positive Terminal 

5. COM DC Ground 

6. RTR Retract Input 

7. EXT Extend Input 

8. Stop Stop Input 

9. LS1 Limit Switch Input #1 

10. LS2 Limit Switch Input #2 

TB2 6 Terminal Connector 

11. SP2 Speed Change 

12. COM EXT-EN Common – extend enable 

13. COM RTR-EN Common – retract enable 

14. EXTCOMP Extend Complete Output 

15. RTRCOMP Retract Complete Output 

DIP switch Functions 

1. On One-shot retract triggered by LS1 

Off One-shot stop triggered by LS1 

2. On One-shot extend triggered by LS1 


3. On One-shot retract triggered by LS2 (Term 10) 


4. On One-shot extend triggered by LS2 


5. Extend complete output Terminal 14 triggered by: 

On Current overload 

Off LS1 (Term 9) 

6. Retract complete output Terminal 15 triggered by: 

On Current overload 

Off LS1 (Term 9) 

7. On After current sensing overload auto retract 

Off After current sensing overload stop 

8. On After current sensing overload auto extend 

Off After current sensing overload stop 

* 

DC Controls - Extend / Retract 

10.0 

[254.6] 

1.5 

[38.1] 

7.0 

[177.8 ] 

1.5 

[38.1] 





DIMENSIONS 

6.20 

[157.5] 

5.6 

[142.2] 

Top View 

Depth D2403 – 3.6 in. [91.44] 

Fuse 

0.30 

[7.62] 

0.2 [5.08] 

dia. 4 hole 

A-157

DC Controls - Analog Position 

DC Controls for TN-D and TC2-D Actuators 

Part Number D2502B 

The D2502B is an analog position control which accepts an analog voltage or current command input and translates 

the signal into a proportional linear displacement. The control is used with electric cylinders containing a linear potentiometer 

(–L) option. Feedback from the linear potentiometer is proportional to distance. The control compares this 

feedback to the scaled command input, providing a closed loop linear positioning system. 

• Closed Loop Absolute Linear Positioning System. 

• Accepts three types of remote analog command signals: 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC, and 4-20 mA. 

• Joystick Slide Pot – provided to give a 0-5 VDC command signal for initial testing and setup. 

• 2 Inputs prevent cylinder motion – Stop and Disable. 

• Dedicated Outputs – Stall Output, when motor current exceeds current sensing threshold. 

• LED Indicators to monitor system operation. Stall Detect, In Position, and Current Sense. 

• Tuning Potentiometers optimize system response and performance. 

• Compatible with TN-D and TC2-D precision linear actuators with –L option. 

Power Requirements 

105-125 VAC; 50/60 Hz (from factory) @ 2 Amps max or 208-245 VAC; 50/60 Hz @ 1 Amp max (Jumper Selectable) 

Motor Output 0-28 VDC, 5 Amps max (adjustable clamp: 0–5 Amps). Note: Motor rated for 4.5 Amps continuous; 

10 Amps peak 

Inputs 

Stop – Sinking Input (1K Pull-up to 12 VDC) 

High Level (OFF) 10.5–12 VDC (open circuit high) 

Low Level (On) 0–0.5 VDC capable of sinking 100mA 

Disable – Optically-Isolated, Sinking or Sourcing Input 10-30 VDC at 

20 mA max 

Position Command – 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 4-20 mA 

Outputs 

Stall, IN POS – Open Collector (1K pull-up to 12 VDC) High Level 

(OFF) 10.5-12 VDC (open circuit high) 

Low Level (ON) 0-5 VDC capable of sinking 100 mA 

Operational 

Variable Speed Range 15:1 

PWM Frequency 2000 Hz 

Environmental 

Operating Temperature 32° to 122°F [0° to 50°C] 


A-158 

TYPICAL CONNECTIONS 

Red 

(White 

w/QF Cable) 

Black 

Power 

Supply 

Input 

D2500B Control Boards 

TB1 

10 

9 

8 STOP 

7 

6 

5 COM 

4 M+ 

3 M- 

2 24 VDC 

1 GND 





11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

21 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


TB2 

+5 VDC 

LPO-1 

GND 

GND 

White 

or Brown 

Red 

Black 

See 

Figures A & B 

A 

Stall Out 

In POS Out 

Disable + 

Disable - DC Supply 

Actuator 

with -L Option 

B 

15 

16 

17 

18 

15 

16 

17 

18 

Linear 

Feedback 

Command Signal 

Ref Input + 

0–5 VDC 

GND 

0–10 VDC 

- 

4–20mA 

Reference Input 

Slide Potentiometer 

+5 VDC 

Joystick Input 

GND 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Terminal Connections 

TB1 10 Pin Terminal Strip 

1. (GND) External Supply Input: DC Ground 

2. (+24V) External Supply Input: +24 VDC 

3. (M–) Motor Negative Terminal 

4. (M+) Motor Positive Terminal 

5. (COM) DC Ground 

8. (STOP) Stop Input 

TB2 12 Pin Terminal Connector 

11. (+5V) Linear Pot: +5 VDC Power Supply 

12. (LPO-1) Linear Pot: Wiper Input 

Potentiometer Functions 

Ten potentiometers are available to optimize system response and 

performance. 

1. Current Sense: Sets the current draw to the motor, dictating the 

cylinder’s thrust potential and stall threshold 

2. High: Sets the main move velocity 

3. Low: Sets the final creep speed prior to stopping (prevents overshoot). 

4. IR: Sets the current regulation of the motor when the cylinder is 

traveling at low speeds with heavy loads. 

5. Sens: Sets the system bandwidth, determining how close the feedback 

signal must be to the commanded signal before the cylinder is 

considered IN POSITION. 

6. Decel: Sets the distance for the target position at which the cylinder 

decelerates to the final move speed. 

7. EX-L: Sets the limit of travel in the Extend Direction. 

8. RT-L: Sets the limit of travel in the Retract Direction. 

9. Scale: Scales the Command Signal on the Reference Input down to 

5 VDC (internally). Used with 0-10 VDC, 4-20 mA. 

10. Offset: Adjusts 4 mA command signal to be equal to 0% cylinder 

extension. 

* 

DC Controls - Analog Position 

13. (GND) Linear Pot: DC Ground 

14. (GND) DC ground 

15. (+5 V) +5 VDC Power Supply 

16. (REF INP) External Reference Input 

17. (Joystick INP) External Joystick Input 

18. (GND) DC Ground 

19. (Stall Out) Stall Output 

20. (IN POS Out) In Position Output 

21. (Disable+) Disable Input + 

22. (Disable–) Disable Input – 

10.0 

[254.6] 

1.5 

[38.1] 

7.0 

[177.8 ] 

1.5 

[38.1] 





DIMENSIONS 

6.20 

[157.5] 

5.6 

[142.2] 

Top View 

Depth D2502B – 2.9 in. [73.66] 

Fuse 

0.30 

[7.62] 

0.2 [5.08] 

dia. 4 holes 

A-159

Brushless Servo Controls 

Servo Controls for TN-B and TC2, TC3, TC4, TC5-B Actuators, 

Part Numbers B8961 and B8962 

The B8961 and B8962 Brushless Servo Smart Drives are user friendly systems that offer you many compelling features 

and benefits. B8961 is a single axis control, while B8962 handles two axes in a single, cost-effective package. Consider 

these controls when your motion control application requires: 

• A well integrated motion controller, digital servo drive, operator interface, power supply, 30 I/O, 

and built-in OPTO I/O rack 

• A sophisticated servo controller capable of controlling position, velocity, and force/torque simultaneously. 

This capability makes the B8961/2 an ideal solution for clamping, pressing, drilling, and automated 

fastening applications. 

• A simple Machine Controller 

• Interrupts 

• Configurable I/O 

• Linear Interpolation, and Registration 

• Coordinated motion between two axis 

• Go Immediate Mode. This mode of operation allows the controller to multitask between motion control and I/O operations. 

Immediate Mode also allows each axis to move completely independently of the other axis. 

• 1–99 axes of immediate control via host RS-232C communication 

• Optional analog I/O for: 

– Reading an analog input proportional to temperature, distance, pressure, or force 

– Setting an analog output to control position of another axis of motion 

Motion Control 

• 6K memory for up to 199 user programs (30K, 400 programs optional) 

• User scaling of position, velocity, and acceleration 

• Descriptive variables, math and conditional branching 

• High Speed interrupt driven inputs–registration 

• B8962–linear interpolated vector moves 

• Application Developer software included. 

Opto Compatible I/O 

• Accepts OPTO–22 (G4) digital modules and Grayhill (G5) analog and temperature modules 

• 100% solid state, Opto–isolation to 4000 volts 

• 8 positions, all bidirectional 

• Specify (intermix) Opto I/O modules: for AC, DC, analog, and temperature signals 

A-160 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Input Power 90-240 VAC single phase, 50/60 Hz, 1150 VA Max @115 VAC, 2300 VA max @230 VAC. (Double the current and power for B8962) 

Motor Output 

Current Capability 5A continuous, 10 A peak 

Protection Protected against phase-to-phase shorts and shorts to ground. Fused. 

Encoder Input 

Type Differential quadrature incremental encoder, with or without index 

Maximum Rate 2 MHz (post-quadrature) 

Power +5V @ 200 mA power encoder 

Diagnostic Output 

Format 0 to 5 V analog signal (centered at 2.5 V) 

Variables Configurable as actual, and commanded velocity; position error; velocity error; actual, and commanded torque – 

programmable scaling 

Serial Interface RS-232C, 3-wire implementation (Tx, Rx, & Com), 9600 Baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity. 

Environmental 

Operating Temp. Shutdown occurs if heat-sink exceeds 55°C (131°). This temperature is a function of motor current, regen and ambient 

temperature. Some applications may require FK fan kit. 

Humidity 0% to 90% non-condensing 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Additional B8961 Specifications 

* 

Brushless Servo Controls 

Motion 

Position Range ±0-2,147,483,647 steps. Absolute and incremental. 

Acceleration Range 0.01 to 999.99 rev/sec/sec 

System Resolution 8,000 counts per revolution (With Danaher supplied motors) 

OPTO-compatible I/O 8 Positions support OPTO-22 (G4) digital, Grayhill (G5) analog and temperature modules 

Analog Opto Module Resolution - 12 bits, Bandwidth - 62.5 Hz 

Inputs 

Digital 8 programmable, Limits, home - Optically isolated, 24 VDC compatible (via pull up terminal – disconnect jumper 

to 12 VDC), 12 mA sinking current required. 

Incremental Encoder Optically isolated, differential 5 VDC, 2 MHz max (post-quadrature). 5VDC, 200 mA power available. 

Outputs 

Digital 8 Programmable Open collector, sink current 100 mA max. (Total of 350 mA for all I/O.) 

Front Panel/Keypad (Included w/B8961/B8962) 

• Both a programming and an operator interface 

• Menu-driven setup, Tuning, Help Function, Diagnostic Screens, 

Trace Mode-easy set up, troubleshooting and program debugging 

• Easy-to-read 40-character display 

• Keypad is protected to NEMA 4 (IP65) when panel mounted 

Options 

30K – Memory expansion 

CL – Torque control hardware 

FK1 – 120 volt fan kit 

FK2 – 240 volt fan kit 

FP220 – Front panel/keypad 

PCS-4852 – Screw terminal to 9-pin 

D RS232 cable 

RPACK1 – External regen module, 120 volt 

RPACK2 – External regen module, 240 volt 

2.57 

[65.3] 

0.73 

[18.5] 

1.09 [27.7] 

9.04 

[229.6] 

1.03 

[26.2] 

DIMENSIONS 

2.955 

[75.1] 

5.909 

[150.1] 





0.265 

[6.7] 

typ 

0.21 [5.3] 

10.08 

[256.0] 

10.50 

[266.7] 

A-161

Stepper Controls 

Stepper Controls for TN-S/P and TC2, TC3, TC4, TC5-S/P Actuators, 

Part Number SmartStep 

The SmartStep is a complete, packaged microstepping drive/control that provides a user friendly 

system, as well as many compelling features and benefits. Consider a SmartStep when your 

application requires: 

• High Throughput. The SmartStep has outstanding dynamic performance and incorporates 

the latest in Anti–Resonance technology to maximize the torque, and optimize the 

performance of step motors. 

• Ease of Integration. The SmartStep uses IDeal programming language, and Application 

Developer software package which simplifies system set–up and integration. Or, with the 

optional Front Panel, program the SmartStep WITHOUT the use of a PC! 

• Small Panel Space. The SmartStep has an internal heatsink and fan which keeps the 

panel space required for each unit small, and allows multiple units to be stacked together 

in multi–axis applications. 

• Smoother performance across the entire motion profile. 

• Up to 8 Amps of motor current. The SmartStep is compatible with both standard and 

enhanced 17 frame to 42 frame step motors. 

Additional SmartStep Features 

• CE rated 

• Flash memory allows the SmartStep to be completely reconfigured from a file obtained 

via the Internet for easy upgrades of both hardware and firmware 

• 60K memory, up to 400 programs standard 

• RS–232 communications standard, RS–485 optional 

• Operates from 120 VAC standard, or 240 VAC optional 

• All system configuration and drive settings are software configurable, which means 

there are no switches to set 

• High Speed Registration input 

• Faster microprocessor and data bus improves the SmartStep’s computational horsepower 

• Go Immediate Mode. This mode of operation allows the controller to multitask between 

motion control and I/O operations 

• User scaling of position, velocity, and acceleration 

• Descriptive variables, math and conditional branching 

• Accepts encoder feedback for Stall Detection, Closed Loop Operation, and Position Maintenance 

• 1–99 Axis of immediate control via host RS–232C communication 

• Compatible Application Developer Software 

• Sixteen configurable I/O (8 inputs, 8 outputs) 1 dedicated home and 2 dedicated end of 

travel inputs 

• Optically isolated I/O, 12/24 VDC compatible 

• A handful of accessories simplify integration. 

A-162 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


SPECIFICATIONS 

SmartStep SmartStep–240 

AC Power Input 90-120 VAC Single Phase 100-240 VAC Single Phase, 

50/60 Hz, 500 VA max 50/60 Hz, 500 VA max, 

@ 7.9 Amp setting @ 3.9 Amp setting 

Motor Current 0-7.9 Amps, 0.1 Amp increments 0-3.9 Amps, 0.1 Amp increments 

Bus Voltage 160 VDC nominal 320 VDC nominal 

System Resolution 36,000 steps/motor rev 

Motor Compatibility 

Type 2-phase, hybrid permanent magnet; 0.9°, 1.8° or 7.2° full step 

Inductance 2-60 mH 8-240 mH 

Amplifier 

Switching Frequency 20 kHz 20 kHz 

* 


Protection 

Short Circuit Amp disabled if phase to phase, or phase to ground short detected 

Brownout (Under Voltage) Amp disabled if supply drops below 90 VAC (100 VAC for -240 version) 

Over Temperature Amp disabled if heat sink exceeds 70° C 

Interlock Amp disabled if interlock connection is broken on motor connector 

Regen/Over Voltage Amp disabled if regen condition causes bus voltage to exceed 220 VDC for 

120 VAC input voltage, or 440 VDC for 240 VAC input voltage 

Current Settings 

Rest Software selectable. If selected, will reduce motor current to 1 Amp after no motion has occurred for 20 minutes. 

Full current level will resume upon receipt of next motion command. Reduces drive and motor temperature 

Idle Software selectable. If selected will reduce current to 75% of drive setting if no motion is commanded for 

10 ms. Full current level will resume when motion is commanded. Reduces drive and motor temperature. 

Waveform Software selectable. Configures the shape of the current waveform. Default is pure sinusoid. Selecting On changes 

waveform to -4% 3rd harmonic. Optimizes smoothness and step-to-step accuracy. 

I/O and Diagnostics 

Inputs 12 VDC or 24 VDC compatible, optically isolated, as little as 3.0 mA sinking current required. 8 Programmable, 

Limits, Home 

Incremental Encoder Optically isolated, differential line driven 5 VDC signal, 2 mHz max frequency (post quadrature); 5 VDC, 200 mA 

available on SmartStep to power encoder 

Outputs Open collector, 12 VDC or 24 VDC compatible, optically isolated, 100 mA max 8 Programmable sink current per 

output. 350 mA total sink current 

LED Indications Green – functioning normally; Red – Fault; Amber – FLASH fault 

Environment 

Operating Ambient Temp. Max. ambient temperature of 50°C (122°F) @ 6 Amps current setting 

Storage Temperature -40°C to 80°C (-40°F to 176°F) 

Humidity 0% to 90% non-condensing 





A-163


Control Options 

OPTO44 Board – OPTO44 

OPTO rack that accepts up to 8 OPTO modules (up to 4 OPTO inputs and 4 

OPTO outputs). OPTO I/O is useful when your application needs to switch on 

and off large voltages or currents (i.e., turning on a solenoid, switching on and 

off a 230 VAC brake, etc.). OPTO44 racks parallel all 16 I/O points to a second 

set of screw terminals so unconditioned I/O may still be used. 

OPTO88 Board – OPTO88 

OPTO rack that accepts up to 16 OPTO modules (up to 8 OPTO inputs and 8 

OPTO outputs). OPTO I/O is useful when your application needs to switch on 

and off large voltages or currents (i.e., turning on a solenoid, switching on and 

off a 230 VAC brake, etc.). OPTO44 racks parallel all 16 I/O points to a second 

set of screw terminals so unconditioned I/O may still be used. 

Other Options 

Breakout Board – DB25BO 

This accessory converts the DB25 I/O connector on the SmartStep to screw 

terminals. 

SS-IO and SS-IO-6 Cables 

I/O cables that connect SmartStep to other devices or PLC. SS-IO cable 

is 2 ft. SS-IO-6 cable is 6 ft. 

SS-RS232 Cable 

Cable for connecting SmartStep to PC (9-pin comm. port). 

SS-PNP-BO Breakout Board 

Screw terminal breakout board that converts the SmartStep’s sinking 

outputs to sourcing outputs. 

PCS-5004 Cable 

PC-keypad cable for copying programs between keypad and PC 

(5 VDC power supply not included). 

Keypad – FP220 

• Both a programming tool and an operator interface 

• Menu-driven set up, On line help function, diagnostic 

screens, and trace mode provide straightforward setup, 

troubleshooting, and program debugging 

• Easy to read back–lit 40 character display 

• Connects to control or mounts remotely 

• Scratch proof, large keys 

• Displays current position and I/O status 

• Keypad is protected to NEMA 4 (IP65) when panel 

mounted 

A-164 

6.00 

[152.4] 

1.27 

[32.3] 

2.54 

[64.5] 





DIMENSIONS 

Ø0.02 [0.51] typ. 

will accomodate up 

to #10-32 cap screw 

6.30 

[160.0] 

5.44 

[138.2] 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


5.92 

[150.4] 

*

* 

Engineering 





A-165

Engineering 

Rotary to Linear Conversion 

Linear motion systems driven by rotating electric motors commonly 

employ one of three rotary-to-linear conversion systems: ball screw, belt 

drive, or Acme screw. 

Ball screw 

The majority of linear motion applications convert motor torque to linear 

thrust using ball screws due to their ability to convert more than 90% of 

the motor’s torque to thrust. As seen below the ballnut uses one or more 

circuits of recirculating steel balls which roll between the nut and ball 

screw threads. Ball screws provide an effective solution when the application 

requires: 

• High efficiency - low friction 

• High duty cycle (> 50%) 

• Long life - low wear 

Acme Screw 

The Acme Screw uses a plastic or bronze solid nut that slides along the 

threads of the screw, much like an ordinary nut and bolt. Since there are 

no rolling elements between the nut and the leadscrew, Acme screws 

yield only 30-50% of the motor’s energy to driving the load. The remaining 

energy is lost to friction and dissipated as heat. This heat generation 

limits the duty cycle to less than 50%. A great benefit of the Acme screw 

is its ability to hold a vertical load in a power-off situation (refer to the 

Backdrive specifications for acme screw actuators). The Acme screw is a 

good choice for applications requiring: 

• Low speeds 

• Low duty cycles (50%) 

• The ability to hold position while motor power is off 

A-166 





Leadscrews 

Screw-drive mechanisms, whether Acme screw or ball screw provide high 

thrust (to thousands of pounds), but are often limited by critical speed, 

maximum recirculation speed of ball nut circuits, or sliding friction of 

Acme nut systems. 

Ball screw 

Acme Screw 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Mechanical Drive Comparison 

The following chart will help pinpoint which linear drive mechanism is 

right for your application. Danaher Motion offers many Thomson actuator 

options, such as brakes, encoders, lubrication ports, preloaded nuts, and 

precision ground screws, that may help you meet your specification. If 

these standard options do not meet your requirements, please contact the 

factory for information regarding custom solutions. 

Considerations Acme Screw Ball screw 

Noise Quiet Noisy 

Back Driving Self Easily 

locking backdrives 

Backlash Increases with wear Constant throughout 

screw life 

Repeatability +/-0.005" to 0.0005" +/-0.005" to 0.0005" 

Duty Cycle Moderate High 

max. 60% max. 100% 

Mechanical Efficiency Low High - 90% 

Plastic Nut - 50% 

Bronze Nut - 40% 

Life and Mechanical Shorter life due to Longer 

Wear high friction 

Shock loads Higher Lower 

Smoothness Smooth operation Smooth operation 

at lower speeds at all speeds 

Speeds Low High 

Cost $$ Lowest $$$ Moderate 

* 

Engineering 





A-167

Engineering 

Mechanical Drive Comparison 

For many applications, hydraulic or pneumatic linear actuators are a 

better choice than their electromechanical alternatives. For example, 

when extremely heavy loads (>25,000 N [5,620 lb]) must be moved, 

hydraulic actuators are usually the best solution. 

A-168 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Or, when very light loads must be moved rapidly and repeatedly from one 

fixed location to another fixed location, pneumatic actuators may be the 

most economical solution. 

Precision Linear Hydraulic Pneumatic 

Actuators Actuators Actuators 

Installation All electric operation requires Requires expensive plumbing, Requires expensive plumbing, 

simple wiring; directly filtering, pumps, etc. Must pay filtering, pumps, etc. 

compatible with other close attention to compatibility 

electronic controls. of components. 

Precise Cost-effective, repeatable (to Requires expensive position Most difficult to achieve. 

Positioning ±0.013mm [±0.0005in]), rigid sensing and precise electro- Requires expensive position 

multi-stop capabilities. hydraulic valving to implement; sensing and precise valving to 

has tendency to creep. implement; has tendency to creep. 

Control Solid-state microprocessor- Requires electronic/fluid Inherently non-linear, 

based controls allow automatic interfaces and sometimes compressible power source 

operation of complex motion exotic valve designs. severely complicates servo 

Hysteresis, dead zone, supply control. Compressibility can be 

pressure and temperature an advantage in open loop operation. 

changes complicate control. 

Speed Smooth, variable speed Difficult to control accurately. More susceptible to stick slip 

capabilities from 0.5 to 1330 Varies with temperature and and varying load. Well-suited 

mm/sec [0.02 to 52.5 in/sec]. wear. Stick slip can be a problem. for high speed applications to 5 m/sec 

[200 in/sec]. 

Reliability Repeatable, reproducible Very contamination sensitive. Very contamination sensitive. 

performance throughout useful Fluid sources require Air sources require proper 

life of product; little maintenance. Seals are prone filtration. Good reliability, but 

maintenance required. to leak. Good reliability with usually many system 

diligent maintenance. components are involved. 

Power Up to 25,000 N [5620 lb], 3kW [4 HP]. Virtually unlimited force. Most powerful. Up to 5,000 lbs. Typically used below 1 HP. 

Cycle Life Up to millions of cycles at rated Dependent on design and seal Dependent on seal wear, 

load. Easy to predict. wear; usually good. usually good. 

Environment Standard models rated for -20° Temperature extremes can be Temperature extremes can be 

to 160° F. Inherently clean and a major problem. Seals are a major problem. Seals prone 

energy efficient. prone to leak. Waste disposal to leak. Air-borne oil can be a problem. 

is increasingly problematic. 

Safe Load Acme screw units are self- Complex back-up safety Complex back-up safety 

Holding locking if power fails. Fail-safe devices must be used. devices must be used. 

brakes available for ball screw models. 

Cost Moderate initial cost; very low Components often cost less, Components often cost less, 

operating cost. but installation and but installation and 

maintenance are increased. maintenance are increased. 

Hydraulic power unit cost is Most cost-effective for low 

high if not pre-existing. Most power, simple point-to-point 

economical above 10 HP. applications. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Electric Actuators vs. Hydraulics and Pneumatics 

But when simplicity, flexibility, programmability, accuracy and reliability are important and loads are within the 

capacity of the technology, electromechanical solutions often are the most desirable. 

Further, electromechanical systems are inherently more compatible with today’s automation controls. 

Move Profile 

Rotary and linear actuator selection begins with the calculation of speed, 

thrust and torque requirements. In order to determine the torque 

required, the acceleration of the mass being moved must be calculated. A 

“move profile”, or a plot of load velocity vs. time, is sketched in order to 

simplify the peak acceleration and peak velocity calculations. 

Typical Machine Cycle 

Velocity 

V+ 

V- 

Typical Cycle Time T 

t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 

(1) Total distance, 

d = v tot MAX 

d tot 

The figure above is an example of a typical machine cycle, and is made up 

of two Move Profiles; the first is an example of a trapezoidal profile, while 

the second is a triangular profile. The horizontal axis represents time and 

the vertical axis represents velocity (linear or rotary). The load accelerates 

for a time (t 1 ), has a constant velocity or slew section (t 2 ), and decelerates 

to a stop (t 3 ). There it dwells for a time, accelerates in the negative direction 

(t 4 ), and decelerates back to a stop (t 5 ) without a slew region. The 

equations needed to calculate Peak Velocity and Acceleration for a general 

trapezoidal profile are shown in the figure. A triangular profile can be 

thought of as a trapezoidal profile where t2 = 0. 

The Move Profile sketch contains some important information: 

• Peak acceleration is the steepest slope on the curve, in this case during 

t4 or t5. 

• Maximum velocity is at the highest or lowest point over the entire 

curve, here at the peak between t 4 and t 5 . 

* 

Next Cycle 

Time 

t2 + t + t 2 

1 2 3 

2 2 

(2) Max velocity, 

v = t + t + t MAX 1 3 2 ( ) 2 

(3) Acceleration, 

v 

a = MAX 

tACCEL [ 

] 

Engineering 





• Distance is equal to the area under the curve. Area above the time axis 

represents distance covered in the positive direction, while negative 

distance falls below this axis. The distance equation (1) is just a sum of 

the areas of two triangles and a rectangle. 

Trapezoidal and Triangular Profiles 

A couple of assumptions can greatly simplify the general equations. For 

the Trapezoidal profile we assume t 1 =t 2 =t 3 , and for the Triangular we 

assume t 3 =t 4 . Substituting these assumptions into equations (2) and (3) 

yields the equations shown in the figure below. 

For a given distance (or area), a triangular profile requires lower 

acceleration than the trapezoidal profile. This results in a lower thrust 

requirement, and in turn, a smaller motor. On the other hand, the 

triangular profile’s peak speed is greater than the trapezoidal, so for 

applications where the motor speed is a limiting factor, a trapezoidal 

profile is usually a better choice. 

Trapezoidal Move Profile 

vmax 

v avg 

Velocity 

(in/sec) 

a 

t1 

t2 

T (time in sec) 

Triangular Move Profile 

Vmax 

Vavg 

Velocity 

(in/sec) 

a 

t1 

T (time in sec) 

t3 

t3 

dtot 

dtot 

v AVE = d tot 

v AVE = 

t tot 

\ 

t = t = t = 1 2 3 ttot 3 

v = 1.5 

dtot = 1.5 

MAX v 

ttot t 1 = t 3 = t tot 

2 

v MAX = 2d tot 

t tot 

a = 4d tot 

(t tot ) 2 

d tot 

(t ) tot 2 

a = 4.5 

d tot 

t tot 

= 

t 2 = 0 

= 2 v AVE 

2v MAX 

t tot 

AVE 

A-169

Engineering 

Move Profile 

Example 1 

Calculate the peak acceleration and velocity for an object that needs to 

move 30 inches in 2.5 seconds. Assume a Trapezoidal Profile. 

Solution 

Example 2 

Calculate, in radians/sec, the peak acceleration and velocity for an 

actuator that needs to move 5 revolutions in 0.4 seconds. Assume a 

Triangular Profile. 

Solution 

A-170 

v max 

v max 

2.5 sec. 

v = 

30 in 

= 12 in/sec 

AVE 2.5 sec 

dtot ttot v MAX = 1.5 = 18 in/sec 

dtot (t ) tot 2 

a = 4.5 = 21.6 in/sec2 0.4 sec. 

d = 5 revs x 2π rad 

tot 

rev 

v = AVE 

31.42 rad in 

0.4 sec 

= 78.55 

v = 2 v = 157.1 MAX AVE rad 

sec 

a = 4 

dtot T 

= 785.5 

2 

rad 

sec2 = 31.42 rad 

rad 

sec 

d = 30 in. 

tot 

5 revs 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Example 3 

This is an example of a case when triangular and trapezoidal move 

profiles are not adequate approximations. Assume a maximum actuator 

speed is 6 inches/sec. Sketch a move profile that will complete a 10 inch 

move in 2 seconds. What is the minimum allowable acceleration rate in 

inches/sec 2 ? 

Solution 

v 

Triangular 

Trapezoidal 

Required Profile 

Triangular 

v = 

10 in 

= 5 in/sec 

AVE 2 sec 

Trapezoidal 

Actual 

Required 

Move 

v MAX = 2 × v AVE = 10 in/sec (v MAX > 6 in/sec – too fast) 

v = 1.5 × v = 7.5 in/sec (v > 6 in/sec – too fast) 

MAX AVE MAX 

These are too fast, so we need to find t as follows: 

1 

d tot = v MAX 

( 

(t + t ) 1 3 + t2 2 

solving for t , 2 

t 

t = - tot × 2= 10 in – 2 ( ) ( 2 6 in/sec 

2 sec 

× 2 

2 ) 

d substitute (t + t ) = t - t 1 3 tot 2 

d = 

vMAX (t - t ) tot 2 ( + t = 2 

2 ) ttot 2 

+ t2 2 

tot 

vMAX t 2 = 1.33 sec 

Now assume t 1 = t 3 , so 

t 1 = (t tot - t 2 )/2 = 0.33 sec. 

Finally, calculate acceleration 

a = 

vMAX t1 = 

6 in/sec 

0.33 sec 

= 18 

) 

t 

in 

sec 2 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Thrust Calculation 


The thrust required to move a mass a given distance within a given time 

may be calculated by summing all of the forces that act on the mass. 

These forces generally fall within the following four categories: 

• Gravity is important when something is being raised or lowered in a 

system. Lifting a mass vertically is one example, as is sliding something 

on an incline. 

• Friction forces exist in almost all systems and must be considered. 

• Applied forces come from springs, other actuators, magnets, etc., and 

are the forces that act on the mass other than friction, gravity, and the 

actuator’s thrust. The spring shown in the figure below is an example 

of an Applied force. 

• Actuator thrust is the required actuator force, and is what we need to 

determine. 

Factuator 

WL 

Fgravity 

The figure above shows a general case where the force required by an 

actuator must be determined. All of the above forces are included, and it 

is important to note that all of these forces can change over time, so the 

thrust must be calculated for each section of the move profile. The worst 

case thrust and speed required should be used to pick the appropriate 

actuator. All of these forces added up (S) must be equal to mass x 

acceleration, or: 

* 

Fapplied 

Ffriction 

Σ F = m × a , or, (1) 

F actuator - F applied - F friction - F gravity = ma = a (2) 

( 

W t 

F actuator = a + F applied + F friction + F gravity (3) 

g ) 

where W= W + W t load actuator 

F = µW cosθ, and 

friction L 

F = W sinθ 

gravity L 

Wt ( 

g ) 

Engineering 





(4) 

W actuator becomes important when the acceleration force, (Wt/g)a, is a 

significant part of the thrust calculation. For simplicity, start by neglecting 

this weight, and calculate the required thrust without it. After selecting an 

actuator, add its mass to the mass of the load and recalculate. To make 

these equations clear, lets begin with an example. 

Example 1 

We would like to move a 200 lb weight a distance of 10 inches in 2 

seconds. The mass slides up and incline with a friction coefficient of 0.1 

at an angle of 45°. There is a spring that will be in contact with the mass 

during the last 0.5 inch of travel and has a spring rate of 100 lb/in. What 

is the maximum thrust and velocity? 

Solution 

We need to look at the thrust requirement during each part of the move, 

and find the points of maximum thrust and maximum speed. Choosing a 

trapezoidal profile we calculate that vmax is 7.5 in/sec and the peak 

acceleration is 11.25 in/sec 2 (see Move Profile Section). 

Acceleration Section: 

Ma = 200 lb/386 in/sec2 x 11.25 in/sec2 

= 5.83 lb 

Fapplied = 0 lb 

Ffriction = [200 lb x cos (45)] x 0.1 = 14.14 lb 

Fgravity = 200 lb x sin (45) = 141.4 lb 

= 161 lb 

F total 

Slew Section: 

Ma = 0 lb (since a=0) 

Fapplied = 0 lb 



= 156 lb 

F total 

Deceleration Section: 

Ma = 200 lb/386 in/sec2 x -11.25 in/sec2 = -5.83 lb 

Fapplied = K x x = 0.5 in x 100 lb/in = 50 lb 

(worst case) 



= 200 lb 

F total 

So the worst case required thrust is 200 lb. And the worst case velocity is 

7.5 in/sec. 

A-171

Engineering 


Actuator Mass 

In applications where the acceleration force, (Wt/g)a, is a significant part 

of the required thrust, the actuator mass must be considered in the thrust 

calculation. After an actuator is chosen, the actuator weight (linear 

inertia), W actuator , is added to the weight of the load. W actuator can be 

determined using the tables and equation in the actuator data section. 

To illustrate, we will use the previous example. 

1. The first step is to pick an actuator with the above thrust and speed 

capability. One such actuator is an TC3-B32-20-16B-12. This is an TC3 

actuator with a B32 motor, a 2:1 gear reduction, a 16mm lead 

ball screw, and a 12 inch stroke. 

2. The next step is to look up the effective Actuator Linear Inertia in the 

tables located in the particular actuator section (do not include the 

“load” term in the equation). An entry from this table can be seen in 

the table below. The B32 motor inertia is 1.00 x 10-3 in-lb-sTC2. The 

effective actuator weight, calculated from the table is 247 lb. 

3. The final step is to add this weight to the weight of the load, WL, and 

recalculate the peak thrust required for each section of the move profile 

(do not add this weight to the gravity or friction terms): 

Acceleration Section: 

Ma = 447 lb/386 in/sec2 x 11.25 in/sec2 = 13.03 lb 

Ftotal = 169 lb 

Slew Section: 

Ma = 0 lb (since a=0) 

Deceleration Section: 

Ma = 447 lb/386 in/sec2 x -11.25 in/sec2 = -13.03 lb 

) 

Ftotal = 193 lb 

We can see from this calculation that the addition of this extra 

“acceleration weight” increases the thrust required during acceleration, 

but reduces the peak thrust required during deceleration. 

The TC3-B32-20-16B-12 will work in the application. 

TC3 Actuator Actuator Linear Inertia = [A + B*(stroke, in) + D]/C 

Leadscrew Ratio A (lb-in-s2) B (lb-in-s2/in) C (lb-in-s2/lb) 

16x16 1:1 1.1909E-03 1.1760E-05 2.6039E-05 

1.5:1 7.4495E-04 5.2280E-06 1.1573E-05 

2:1 4.7866E-04 2.7650E-06 6.1212E-06 

A-172 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Vertical and Horizontal Cases 

In a vertical system, θ is 90˚, sin90 = 1, and F gravity is equal to W L . Since 

cos90 = θ,F friction = θ. 

W L 

In a horizontal system, sinθ = 0, so gravity would play no part 

(F gravity = 0), and cosθ =1, so F friction would be equal to µW L , or 50 lb. 

F actuator 

F actuator 

Factuator Factuator = (W t /g)a + F applied + F friction 

= (W t /g)a + F applied + µW L 

RMS Thrust 

For all Servo Motor applications, the RMS Thrust needs to be calculated. 

This thrust must fall within the continuous duty region of the actuator. 

Use the following equation when calculating RMS Thrust: 

Motor Inertia (in-lb-sec 2 ) 

D (lb-in-s2) 

B32 1.00 E-03 

= (Wt/g)a + Fapplied + Fgravity = (Wt/g)a + Fapplied + WL W L 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Duty Cycle 

Duty Cycle is the ratio of motor-on time to total cycle time and is used to 

determine the acceptable level of running time so that the thermal limits 

of the motor or actuator components are not exceeded. Inefficiencies 

cause a temperature rise in a system, and when the temperature reaches 

a critical point, components fail. Letting the system to rest idle during the 

cycle allows these system components to cool. Duty cycle is limited by 

Acme screw and motor thermal limits. Use the following equation and 

example to determine Duty cycle: 

Duty = ON TIME x 100 

Cycle ON TIME + OFF TIME 

Leadscrew Limitations 

Actuators with Acme screws have sliding friction surfaces and are limited 

to a maximum 60% duty cycle regardless of motor capability. The friction 

in the Acme screw causes rapid heating, and continuous operation is likely 

to end in a ruined nut or screw. For actuators with ball screws the 

motor is the only duty-cycle limitation when used within the listed speed 

vs. thrust curves in the catalog. 

Acme screw limitations are shown in the catalog speed thrust curves as 

a set of percentages. An example of a curve is below. If we wanted to run 

this actuator at 6 in/sec and 25 lb thrust, it would be limited to 60% Duty 

Cycle over any 10 minute period (1). If we wanted to increase the thrust to 

60 lb, this would drop the duty cycle rating to 30% (2). 

Acme screw duty cycle is a function of Pressure and Velocity, so operation 

at very low speeds or thrusts may allow duty cycles above 60%. If an 

Acme screw is required and Duty Cycle requirements exceed 60%, please 

call the factory for a custom evaluation. If power-off position holding is 

required, consider using a brake on a ball screw or on a motor. 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

381 15 

305 

229 

152 

76 

12 

9 

6 

3 

0 

(1) (2) 

• • 

60% 

15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 lbs 

67 133 200 267 334 

Thrust 

400 467 534 601 667 N 

* 

30% 

Example 

Engineering 





10% 

Duty Cycle = 3 sec x 100 

3 + 1 sec 

= 75% 

Motor Type 

Electric motors incur heat losses via a number of paths, namely, friction, 

ohmic (I 2 R) losses in copper windings, hysteresis and eddy current 

induction in magnetic core materials, and proximity and/or skin effect 

in windings. As a result duty cycle can be limited by the motor winding 

temperature limitations. 

Step Motors 

Series wound motors (S23T, S32T, S42T, etc.) are rated for 100% duty 

cycle, while the parallel wound motors (S23V, S32V, S42V, etc.) are limited 

to 50% above 5 RPS. Duty Cycle percentages for Stepper motor actuators 

are listed as percentages on the speed thrust curve. 

Servo Motors 

Actuators using D and B Series motors must have their peak (F peak ) and 

continuous (FRMS) thrust requirements determined to establish their safe 

operation within an application. FRMS can be determined using the RMS 

Thrust equation in the Thrust Calculation section. Plotting FRMS on the 

actuator Speed vs. Thrust curve indicates the allowable Duty Cycle. For 

ball screw actuators, FRMS must fall within the continuous duty region, 

while for Acme screws it must fall in the 60% duty region. F peak must fall 

within remaining operating envelope. The speed vs. thrust curve below is 

an example of proper servo actuator sizing. 

Speed 

mm/s in/s 

305 12 

254 10 

203 

152 

102 

51 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

115VAC 

230VAC 

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 lbs 

445 890 1335 1779 2224 2669 3114 3559N 

Thrust 

A-173

Engineering 

Actuator Precision 

Parameter 

Absolute Accuracy 

Repeatability 

Resolution 

Backlash 

Accuracy and Repeatability 

Assume three linear positioning systems each 

attempt five moves from an absolute zero position 

to absolute position “A”. The individual end 

positions of each move are charted on a linear 

scale below to demonstrate their accuracy and 

repeatability by displaying their proximities to 

the expected position. 

System 1 

Move 1 

Move 2 

Move 3 

Move 4 

Move 5 

System 2 

Move 1 

Move 2 

Move 3 

Move 4 

Move 5 

System 3 

Move 1 

Move 2 

Move 3 

Move 4 

Move 5 

A-174 

Start Position Expected Position 

Definition 

The maximum error between expected and 

actual position. 

The ability of a positioning system to return to 

a location during operation when approaching 

from the same direction, 

at the same speed and deceleration rate. 

The smallest positioning increment achievable. 

In digital control systems, resolution is the 

smallest specifiable position increment. 

The amount of play (lost motion) between a set 

of moveable parts. 

Ideal System 

Start 

Position 

Motion 

Expected Position 

A 





No 

Error 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Dominating Factors 

• Accuracy of the motor/drive system 

• Lead screw pitch error (lead accuracy) 

• System backlash (drive train, lead screw an 

nut assembly) 

• Angular repeatability of the motor/drive 

system 

• System friction 

• Changes in load, speed, and deceleration 

• Angular resolution of the motor/drive system 

• Drive Train Reduction 

• Lead screw Pitch 

• Lead screw wear (acme) 

• Drive train wear 

• Spaces between moving parts 

Degree of Degree of 

Accuracy Repeatability Comment 

High High System 1 is both accurate and repeatable, 

the end positions are tightly grouped together 

and are close to the expected position 

Low High System 2 is inaccurate but repeatable, 

the end positions are tightly grouped around 

a point but are not close to the expected position. 

Low Low System 3 is neither accurate nor repeatable, the 

end positions are not tightly grouped and are not 

close to the expected position. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Actuator Precision 

Backlash 

The clearance between elements in a drive train or leadscrew assembly 

which produces a mechanical “dead band” or “dead space” when 

changing directions, is known as the backlash in a system. 

In most mechanical systems, some degree of backlash is necessary to 

reduce friction and wear. In an Danaher Motion Actuator System, system 

backlash will typically be 0.010 – 0.015 inches. Usually 0.006 – 0.008" is 

attributed to the leadscrew/nut assembly. For ball screws this will remain 

constant throughout the life of a actuator, while for acme screws it will 

increase with wear. 

Reducing the Effects of Backlash 

1. Approach a stop position from the same direction. 

2. Apply a constant linear force on the actuator thrust tube or carriage. 

This is done automatically for actuators used in vertical orientations 

with a backdriving load. 

3. For programmable positioning devices it is possible to program out 

backlash by specifying a small incremental move (enough to take out 

the backlash) prior to making your normal moves in a particular 

direction. 

4. Use a preloaded nut on a lead screw to counteract the backlash. 

Contact Danaher Motion about the precision ground screw option 

which reduces backlash in the drive nut. 

5. An inline actuator with the motor directly coupled to the lead screw 

has less backlash than parallel or reverse parallel units which utilize a 

gear train or drive belt/pulley. 

* 

Engineering 





1. Drive Nut/Leadscrew Assembly 

Ballnut 

Backlash 

Backlash 

Backlash 

Backlash 

2. Drive Train (Gears, Timing Belt/Pulley) 

3. Timing Belt/Pulley 

4. Coupling 

A-175

Engineering 

Critical Speed and Column Loading 

Critical Speed 

All lead screw systems have a rotational speed 

limit where harmonic vibrations occur. In 

Precision Linear actuators, this limit is a 

function of unsupported lead screw length. 

Operation beyond this critical speed will cause 

the lead screw to vibrate (whip violently) 

eventually bending or warping the screw. 

Column Strength 

All lead screws have a maximum column 

loading limit which causes the screw to 

compress as load increases. In Danaher Motion 

actuators this limit is a function of unsupported 

lead screw length. Exceeding this limit will 

cause the lead screw to buckle and become 

permanently damaged. 

Determining the Limits 

Critical Speed and Column Loading information 

for each screw type (i.e. 2B, 5A, 8A, 5B …) can 

be found at the bottom of each “Performance” 

page in the particular actuator’s section. 

Example 

Find the Column Load and Critical Speed limits 

for a TC3-B, 1000 mm stroke actuator. The 

actuator data can be found in the TC3-B 

Section. Reading off the chart at the bottom of 

page, the limits are 6530 N and 48 mm/sec. 

The usable speed/thrust is restricted to less 

than these values as seen in the modified speed 

vs. thrust curve. 


414 414 414 

50 thru 100 

n/a 

A-176 

150 

n/a 

200 

n/a 

310 

300 

n/a 

172 

450 

n/a 

103 

600 

n/a 

300 400 

1330 1780 

Thrust 

Compression (column) Load 





Speed 

mm/s in/s 

610 24 

510 20 

405 16 

100% 

305 12 

205 


750 

n/a 

Stroke (mm) 


8 

100 4 

0 

0 

100 

440 

TC3-B23-10-05B 

TC3-B23-10L-05B 

200 

890 

230 VAC 

115 VAC 

500 

2224 

L 

600 700 lbs 

2669 3114 N 


mm/s in/s 

610 24 

510 20 

405 16 

100% 

305 12 

Speed 

205 8 

100 4 

0 

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 lbs 

440 890 1330 1780 2224 2669 3114 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s TC3-B23-15-05B 

380 15 

305 12 

Speed 

230 9 

150 6 

100% 

230 VAC 

76 3 

115 VAC 

0 

0 200 400 700 800 1000 1200 1400 lbs 

890 1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 6230 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

380 15 

305 12 

Speed 

230 9 

100% 

150 6 

TC3-B23-20-05B 


230 VAC 

76 3 

115 VAC 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 lbs 

890 1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 6230 N 

Thrust 

mm/s in/s 

64 2.5 

Speed 

Speed 

51 2.0 

38 1.5 

25 1.0 

13 0.5 

TC3-B23-50-05B 


100% 

115 VAC 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 lbs 

890 1780 2669 3559 4450 5340 3230 7120 N 

Thrust 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


230 VAC 

Thrust 

Load 



Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Environment 

Environmental conditions are an important design consideration when 

selecting a Precision Linear actuator. Thomson units are self-contained 

systems which are protected from “direct contact” with harsh 

environments by an aluminum housing with a durable anodized and 

epoxy coated surface finish. However, extreme conditions can have an 

adverse effect on actuator operation and life. Factors such as extreme 

temperature, liquids or abrasive contaminants (gaining internal access) 

can impede performance and cause premature wear of mechanical parts. 

Review the information below when sizing your application to choose 

appropriate options or protective measures. 

Rod Type 

Temperature 

• TN actuators are rated for use between 0 and 60°C (32 to 140°F). 

• TC actuators are rated for use between -30 and 70°C (-22 to 158°F) 

Particle and Liquid Contaminants 

• TN series actuators are protected against dust but are not protected 

against direct water (or any liquid) contact. Liquid or moisture can gain 

access into the housing, eventually corroding internal components. 

• TC actuators are sealed and gasketed and are rated to IP 54. They are 

protected against dust and light water sprays and splashing. 

Protective Boot Option 

The -PB option is available for all actuators and increases the actuator’s 

resistance to liquids. The diagram to the right shows a typical installation 

of an TC with the -PB option. This option protects the actuator to IP65. 

Note that some Thomson motors are not protected to this level. 

Custom Environment Options 

Danaher Motion has over 50 years experience designing custom actuators. 

We have designed fully encapsulated actuators for corrosive, food 

processing, and washdown environments, and have experience designing 

cleanroom compatible actuators. Call Danaher Motion for more 

information regarding Custom environmental options. 

* 

TC Actuator 

Engineering 





Primary Environmental Factors 

• Temperature 

• Liquid contaminants 

• Particle contaminats 

Thrust Tube Protective Boot 

A-177

Engineering 

Introduction to Motion Control Technology 

Many different components are used in a variety of combinations to 

create a complete motion control or positioning system. Danaher Motion 

offers the broadest range of products spanning the complete spectrum 

from mechanical actuators to microstepping and brushless servo drives to 

programmable motion controllers. A successful application depends on 

A-178 

PC 

or 

PLC 

Host Computer 

Programmable 

Controller 

Motion 

Control 

Programmable 

Motion 

Controller 

Drive Motor 

Limit Switch Control 

Microstepping Drive 

Brushless Servo Drive 

Smart Drive 

Programmable Drive Control 

Introduction to Motor Technologies 

DC Motor Systems 

DC motors are used with Thomson DC motor controls to control velocity 

and position. With these simple controls, limit switches attached to the 

actuator or the customer’s load provide position feedback. 

DC motors are also used with analog position controls and a linear 

potentiometer for position feedback. The result is an absolute positioning 

system. They can also be used in closed loop servo systems with an 

incremental encoder for position feedback. 

DC motors have windings on the rotor of the motor. To supply current 

to the rotor, a set of brushes ride on a segmented commutator, which 

supplies current to the appropriate internal windings depending on the 

position of the rotor. Brushes may need to be replaced periodically, 

depending on the load, speed and duty cycle. The commutation method 

limits the top speed that can be reached before arcing over the 

commutator segments occurs. The heat generated in the windings must 

travel across the air gap and the through stator to be dissipated. This long 

thermal path results in a motor that is less thermally efficient and is 

therefore larger than a brushless motor with an equivalent power rating. 

The windings also add inertia to the rotor, which results in lower peak 

acceleration rates than a similar brushless motor. 

DC Motor 

Brushless Servo 

Step Motor 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


choosing the right combination of actuator, motor, drive, and control 

technology. More than one technology may meet the requirements of 

your application. In this case, factors such as performance, cost, 

flexibility, and simplicity may determine your selection. 

Stator Magnets 

Brushes 

Feedback 

Device 

Encoder 

Linear Potentiometer 

Common Applications 

• Short, rapid moves 

• Accurate positioning systems 

Advantages 

• Lower cost than brushless 

• Simple controls 

Disadvantages 

• High maintenance (brushes). 

• Larger motor 

• Less responsive 

Mechanical 

System 

Linear Actuator 

Linear Positioning Table 

Rotary Table 

Gearhead 

Rotor 

Windings 

Commutator 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Step Motor Systems 

Step motors have the inherent ability to divide a revolution into discrete 

steps and to hold position at rest without the need for a feedback device. 

Electromagnets in the stator are energized and cause teeth in the rotor to 

line up with teeth in the stator. Sequencing the current in the windings 

causes motion. The rotor will “follow” the stator as if attached by a 

spring, as long as the available torque from the motor is not exceeded. 

A typical “full-step” system will achieve 200 steps per revolution with a 

50-tooth hybrid step motor by following a simple four-state sequence of 

positive and negative winding currents. After each four steps an adjacent 

rotor tooth will be lined up with a given stator tooth. Fifty cycles through 

the sequence results in a complete revolution, with the original rotor and 

stator teeth lined up. The direction you proceed through the sequence 

determines the motor direction. 

Microstepping is a technique that increases resolution by controlling both 

the direction and amplitude of current in each winding. Instead of a 

square wave with four steps, we sequence through what looks like a sine 

and cosine waveform. The cycle is divided into as many as 1000 steps. 

The result is a positioning resolution of 50,000 steps or more per 

revolution. Microstepping improves low speed smoothness and minimizes 

the low speed resonance effects common in full step systems. Danaher 

microstepping drives employ unique anti-resonance circuitry which damps 

oscillations and improves performance and throughput. 

Step motors can operate open loop in most applications and provide 

excellent repeatability (±5 arc sec, ± 0.0005" with actuators, submicron 

with precision tables). An encoder can be used if closed loop operation is 

desired. This may be important when a jam or stall condition must be 

detected. An encoder attached directly to the load can improve the overall 

accuracy of the system as well. 

* 

Phase A 

Full Stepping 

Phase B 

Phase A 

Microstepping 

Phase B 

Engineering 





Stator Rotor 

1 2 3 4 

1 cycle 

4 full steps 

1/50 rev. 


• Short, rapid moves 

• Accurate positioning systems 

Advantages 

• High acceleration, duty cycle 

• Excellent repeatability 

• No maintenance (brushless) 

• High torque at rest, moderate speeds 

• Mechanically stiff with no vibration at rest 

• Lower cost than brushless servo 

Disadvantages 

• Inefficient at high speeds 

• Excessive loads can stall motor 

A-179

Engineering 


Brushless Servo Systems 

Danaher Motion brushless servo systems use a three-phase brushless 

servo motor with an incremental encoder for position feedback. 

Brushless servo motors are constructed with the windings in the stator or 

outer portion of the motor and have permanent magnets attached to the 

rotor. The location of the windings next to the finned surface of the motor 

provides a shorter path for heat generated in the windings to escape. 

This improved thermal efficiency when compared to a dc motor results in 

higher power ratings for a similar sized motor. Less rotor inertia and no 

mechanical commutator limits result in higher speed and acceleration 

capabilities. 

The servo controller and drive use the encoder feedback signal to 

continuously adjust the motor torque so that the desired position is 

maintained. This is referred to as a closed loop servo system. The 

electronics required to operate a brushless motor and “close the loop” 

are therefore more complex and expensive than microstepping or 

dc motor controls. 

Unlike DC motors, which use a mechanical commutator to deliver current 

to the appropriate torque producing windings, the brushless motor 

requires a feedback device to sense the position of the permanent magnet 

rotor in relation to the motor’s windings. The servo drive must maintain 

the correct relationship between the magnetic vector created by the 

windings and the rotor position to produce torque. 

Danaher Motion brushless servo drives employ proprietary vector torque 

control and advanced servo algorithms to provide unmatched closed loop 

servo performance. 

A-180 


• Higher speeds and accelerations 

• Changing loads 

• Clamping, pressing 

Advantages 

• Closed loop control 

• Highest torque at high speeds 

• No maintenance (brushless) 

• Efficient operation 

Disadvantages 

• Higher cost 





N 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


S 

S 

N 

Magnets 

Windings 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Brushless Servo Systems 

Incremental encoder 

Optical encoders generate an output signal as the encoder disk rotates. 

The disk passes between a light source and photo detectors. The number 

of lines on the disk determines the number of on-off cycles of each output 

during a revolution. The detectors are arranged such that the two output 

signals are in “quadrature” (shifted in phase 90°). A once per revolution 

index channel is usually provided for establishing a home or zero position 

upon power up. 

Electronic circuitry in the motion controller counts the pulses from the 

encoder to determine the position of the motor. The quadrature signal 

allows the controller to count up when rotating in one direction and down 

in the other, thus always remembering the absolute position of the system 

as long as power is applied. There are four unique transitions per cycle 

and controllers will generally count each transition. The number of counts 

per revolution is often referred to as the “post quadrature” resolution. For 

example, an encoder with 1000 lines will generate 4000 counts per revolution 

“post quadrature”. 

Incremental encoder with commutation channels 

The process of steering current through the appropriate motor windings in 

order to produce output torque is called commutation. In brush motors, 

commutation is performed electro-mechanically via brushes and the 

commutator. In brushless motors, commutation is performed by 

electronically steering the current to the appropriate winding. To do this, 

the rotor position must be determined. A circuit board containing the Hall 

devices is aligned with a magnet on the rotor, so that the relationship 

shown between the Hall outputs and the motor back EMF can be 

established. When a brushless motor is used in a servo application 

requiring position feedback, room must be made for both the 

commutation circuit board as well as the encoder. This generally adds 

both cost and complexity to the motor package. Encoders are now 

available with integrated commutation outputs equivalent to those 

produced by Hall devices. The result is a more compact system, 

reduced alignment time and superior switching accuracy, due to the 

much lower hysteresis of the encoder when compared to a Hall device. 

Adding additional data tracks to the encoder disk provides the 

commutation outputs. 

* 

Channel A 

Channel B 

Index 

Motor 

Back EMF 

Hall 

Devices 

Engineering 





Vab Vbc Vca 

Hab 

Hbc 

Hca 

0 60 120 180 240 300 360 60 

Degrees 

A-181

Engineering 


How Anti-Resonance Increases Step Motor 

Performance and Throughputs 

The goal in step motor/drive selection is to identify the most economical 

motor/drive package that will reliably perform all the moves required in a 

given application. This can be a challenging task, since using conventional 

step motor systems is not always a straightforward procedure. Step 

motors can lose synchronization (stall), which causes a loss of positional 

accuracy resulting in an unsuccessful move. Step motor systems will stall 

when the torque demand for the move being executed, plus the torque 

lost in overcoming vibration, exceeds the available torque from the 

motor. One of the major causes of step motor stalling is a phenomenon 

called Resonance. 

In conventional step motor systems, the increased torque demand on the 

motor due to Resonance decreases the performance of the motor 

throughout the motor’s speed range due to a reduction in useable torque 

Step Motor Dynamics 

Motor torque is delivered to the step motor’s rotor when the rotor lags 

behind or leads the commanded position (see Figure 4). The maximum 

amount of torque the motor will exert on the rotor occurs when the rotor 

is displaced 1.8° from the commanded position (Torque equals Tm). Any 

deflection past 1.8° from the commanded position will cause a reduction 

in applied motor torque from the max torque Tm (see Figure 4). When the 

rotor is deflected from the commanded position, a restoring torque acts 

on the rotor to move it back to the commanded position (equilibrium) 

much like a spring. The torque seen by the rotor at any time is a 

sinusoidal function of its displacement from the commanded position. 

In Figure 4 a 1.8° full step (dashed line) is applied to a rotor which is 

located at the previous commanded position. The instantaneous torque 

seen by the rotor when the full step is applied is Tm. Since the torque 

seen by the rotor is a function of position, the 1.8° step command has 

caused a step change in applied torque to the rotor that will cause the 

motor to ring about the new commanded position (See Figure 6). 

Resonance 

Resonance is troublesome to step motor users due to the increased 

torque demand caused by motor vibration. This vibration causes the 

difference between the commanded and actual position of the rotor to 

vary in an undesirable manner. The difference between the commanded 

and actual position is called the position error. It is this position error 

that dictates the amount of torque that is applied to the load. Resonant 

behavior in a poorly damped step motor system increases the likelihood 

of the position error exceeding 1.8° (point of maximum motor torque). 

Once the rotor has slipped past 1.8° there is a decrease in torque applied 

to the load which can quickly lead to a motor stall if the required move 

needs the motor torque that was lost. This torque loss due to shaft 

vibration is why we look to increase the amount of damping present in 

the system. Minimizing shaft vibration leads to optimal torque utilization. 

A-182 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


to accelerate the load. This reduction in useable torque can either 

severely limit the system’s performance, leading to reduced throughput, 

or prevent the stepper system from working at all. In Microstepping 

systems, Resonance is especially troublesome in the motor’s speed range 

of 10-15 rps where it is commonly called Mid Range Instability. 

Thomson’s microstepping drives eliminate the problem of Resonance via 

proprietary Anti-Resonance circuitry, and thereby give the user the 

maximum amount of torque possible throughout the motor’s speed 

range. To illustrate the negative impact of resonance on conventional step 

motor performance, and to show how much better the same system will 

work with an Danaher Motion microstepping drive, a look at the causes 

and effects of resonance on underdamped microstepping systems is in 

order.the commutation outputs. 

Response 

100.0 

10.0 

+ 

Torque 

1.0 

0.1 

- 

Tm 

1.8° 

7.2° 

New 

Commanded 

Position 

ƒS ƒS 

Previous 

Commanded 

Position 

0.70 

0.01 

0.10 

0.20 

0.40 

Shaft Position 

s 

Figure 4. Operating detent of a step motor 

0 

0.1 1 

Frequency (fn) 

10 

Figure 5. Frequency response of step motor system. 

Higher Values of ζ lead to reduced shaft vibration 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The amount of damping in a system can be described by the system’s 

damping ratio z (Zeta). The higher the value of z the more the system is 

damped. A typical value of z for a conventional underdamped step motor 

system is 0.02. A step motor system with the optimal amount of damping 

has a z value of approximately 0.7. The effect of increasing the damping 

ratio is shown in Figure 5. A typical underdamped step motor system 

magnifies disturbances (vibration) around its natural frequency by a 

factor of 50. It is this vibration magnification which often causes step 

motors to stall. An optimally damped step motor system (like the ) with a 

damping ratio of 0.7 shows no such vibration amplification. This well 

behaved system can fully utilize a motor’s torque to do real work in your 

application, hence higher acceleration rates are possible and greater 

headroom is provided for varying loads. 

To illustrate how increasing the damping of a step motor system reduces 

ringing and improves settling time, it is useful to look at the response of 

a step motor to a unit step input for different values of z. This is shown 

in Figure 6. A system with a damping ratio (z) of 0.7 settles to the 

commanded position promptly, while a conventional step motor system 

with a damping ratio of 0.02 rings far off to the right of the graph. 

Reducing a system’s settling time increases your system’s throughput, 

allowing a user to make more parts per minute. 

A step motor system that lacks adequate damping not only has ringing 

when a position step is applied, but also has significant ringing when the 

motor is commanded to follow a given velocity profile. A popular velocity 

profile used in most applications is the trapezoidal velocity profile 

(accel-slew-decel). A typical step motor system’s response to a trapezoidal 

velocity profile is shown in Figure 7. Notice the ringing in the motor’s 

velocity both at the higher speed and after the ramp. Compare this to the 

velocity tracking found in an optimally damped system like the (Figure 8). 

The superb velocity tracking and quick settling found in the Thomson 

microstepping drives allows a user to make very aggressive moves 

without having excessive ringing at speed. 

* 

Engineering 





Response 

Velocity (rps) 

Velocity (rps) 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

0.2 

0.4 

0.7 

0.02 

0.1 

0 

0 5 10 

Time 

20 

30 

14.0 

12.0 

10.0 

8.0 

6.0 

4.0 

2.0 

0 

14.0 

12.0 

10.0 

8.0 

6.0 

4.0 

2.0 

Figure 6. Ringing transients following a unit step. 

Increasing ζ results in more rapid settling. 

Commanded 

Motor Response 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

Time (msec) 

Figure 7. Typical step motor system's response to a trapezoidal 

velocity profile. Lack of damping leads to vibration at the top and 

bottom of the profile. 

Commanded 

Motor Response 

0 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

Time (msec) 

Figure 8. NextStep TM system response to a trapezoidal velocity profile. 

Increasing the damping leads to better velocity tacking and smoother 

overall motion. 

A-183

Engineering 

Danaher Motion controls are designed to provide the optimum 

combination of cost and performance for a variety of applications. 

All of our controls are designed for use with Thomson actuators, 

providing the fastest implementation time in the industry. 

Drives 

Danaher Motion drives provide the power to the motor and control it’s 

torque, velocity or position output. They are designed to accept industry 

standard signals from motion controllers. 

Microstepping systems control the position of a step motor and provide 

resolutions up to 50,400 steps per revolution. These drives accept a digital 

step and direction signal and move the motor one microstep for each 

pulse received. Varying the frequency of incoming pulses controls velocity. 

Brushless servo drives are available to control torque, velocity or position 

of a brushless servomotor. These drives accept digital step and direction 

or analog command signals. 

When to use: Use drives when your application cannot be solved with 

one of Danaher Motion packaged motion controllers. 

Limit Switch Controls 

Limit switch controls combine the functionality of a DC variable speed 

drive with a very simple position control that uses limit switches to 

provide position feedback. 

Manually adjustable (actuator or load mounted) limit switches sense the 

load position and signal the control to reverse direction, change speed or 

stop the motor. Inputs are also provided for jog or run modes. Limit 

switch controls often interface with PLCs or industrial PCs and are our 

most cost effective solution for applications requiring simple position 

control. 

When to use: Use limit switch controls when your positioning requirements 

can be met with limit switches and when positions, loads and 

speeds don’t change frequently. 

Edge Guide Controls 

Danaher Motion edge guide controls are a special purpose type of limit 

switch control used to maintain the position of the edge of a moving web 

of material. 

The control uses feedback from sensors that can detect the edge of the 

material and move an actuator when adjustment is required. Two 

different correction speeds can be defined based on the amount of error. 

When to use: When you want to control a web edge based on input 

from simple on-off sensors. 

A-184 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Analog Position Controls 

Analog position controls combine our drive electronics with an analog 

absolute position controller. They control the absolute position of an 

actuator in direct proportion to an analog input signal. A Thomson 

actuator equipped with a linear potentiometer provides position feedback 

to the controller. 

Analog position commands often come from a PLC, industrial computer, 

sensor, data acquisition system, or a manually operated joystick. Typical 

applications include controlling flow or mixing of materials, web edge 

guiding, and remote manual positioning. 

When to use: Use analog position controls when you need to control 

absolute position relative to an analog command signal, when you 

cannot home the system or when you need to know the position at 

power up. 

Programmable Motion Controls 

Thomson’s Smart Drives combining one or more of our drive 

products packaged together with a powerful programmable 

positioning control. 

A single package combines a one or two axis motion controller, drive(s), 

an AC input power supply, support for OPTO22 modules, an optional 

detachable front panel and RS232 communications interface. 

They use Thomson’s powerful and intuitive programming language. This 

language has been called “simply sophisticated” by some due to its 

combination of advanced capabilities in an easy to understand format. 

You’ll have your system up in running in a minimum amount of time. 

When to use: Use programmable Smart Drives when you need a flexible, 

powerful and easy to use motion control system. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


One of the most important considerations when selecting a linear motion 

system is how it will interface to your PLC, your machine, your operators 

and the rest of your plant. In many applications more than one type of 

interface is employed. For example, you could use RS-232C for 

programming, dedicated “program select” inputs for program execution, 

digital I/O for sensors, and a keypad/display for entering run-time 

operation variables. The following examples show common interface 

techniques using Thomson controls. 

PLC 

* 

Engineering 





Axis 1 

H3301B 

Axis 2 

H4301 

Stop Extend 

Ground 

Stop Retract 

Remote Program Control – PLC, 

Using Binary or BCD Inputs 

Thomson controls have the capability of remote program execution. 

A program is selected using binary (or BCD) coded digital inputs with a 

PLC, computer, or simple switches (thumbwheels or rotary). 

PLC 

0 0 

1 

0 

2 3 4 5 

6 

7 

Stop Extend 

Ground 

Stop Retract 

Stand-Alone Machine Control 

A Thomson keypad control can function as a basic control system for your 

machine. Our IDEAL motion programming language includes 

functions for I/O control, time delays, variable input, conditional 

branching, and interrupts. With 24 

Operator 

Interface 

Pipe 

Feed 

Limit Switch Control – PLC, 

Using Discrete I/O 

D2400 Series Controls allow simple positioning control using extend, 

retract, and stop inputs. Limit switches (reed or hall effect) can be 

mounted to the actuator sides and wired back to the control to signal a 

stop position, change in speed or direction, or to activate an output. 

Inputs 

Program 

Number 3 2 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

optically isolated I/O, and a built in operator interface with programmable 

function keys, a Thomson keypad control can replace a small PLC in many 

cases. To further increase the interfacing possibilities, 8 I/O ports are 

OPTO 22 compatible. By selecting the appropriate OPTO 22 modules the 

user can output or input AC, DC or analog signals. 

Clamp 

Saw Control 

Sensor 

Saw 

Blade 

Rodless Cylinder 

1 

1 

0 

1 

0 

1 

0 

1 

0 

Saw 

Travel 

A-185

Glossary 

Absolute Move 

A move referenced from a fixed absolute zero position. 

Acceleration 

The change in velocity as a function of time, going from a 

lower speed to a higher speed. 

Accuracy 

An absolute measurement defining the difference 

between expected and actual position. 

Acme Screw 

A lead screw which uses a threaded screw design with 

sliding surfaces between the screw and nut. 

Actuator (Electric Actuator) 

A self contained lead screw system which converts rotary 

motion (from a motor) to linear motion. 

ASCII (American Standard Code for Information 

Interchange) 

A code which assigns a number to each numeral and 

letter of the alphabet. This allows information to be 

transmitted between machines as a series of binary 

numbers. 

Backdrive 

Tendency of a actuator to creep out of its set position due 

to an applied load or force. 

Backlash 

The amount of play (lost motion) between a set of 

moveable parts when changing the direction of travel. 

Typically seen in drive trains, lead screws, & bearings. 

Ball Screw 

A lead screw which uses a ball nut which houses one or 

more circuits of recirculating steel balls which roll 

between the nut and screw. 

Baud Rate 

The number of binary bits transmitted per second on a 

serial communication link such as RS232C. 

BCD (Binary Coded Decimal) 

A binary numbering system in which the decimal digits 0 

to 9 are represented by a 4 bit binary number. 

Binary 

Numbering system in which the base is two, each number 

being expressed in the powers of two, by 0 or 1. 

Bearing 

A support device which allows a smooth, low friction 

motion between two surfaces loaded against each other. 

Bushing 

A cylindrical metal sleeve inserted into a machine part to 

reduce friction between moving parts. 

Closed Loop 

A positioning system which employs feedback 

information to regulate the output response. 

Cogging 

Motor torque variations which occur at low speeds due to 

a weak magnetic field. 

Critical Speed 

Rotational speed of a lead screw at which vibrations 

(whipping) will occur. 

Current 

The flow of charge through a conductor. 

Cycle 

One complete extension and retraction of a actuator. 

Deceleration 

The change in velocity as a function of time, going from a 

higher speed to a lower speed. 

Drive Ratio 

The ratio of motor revolutions per lead screw revolution. 

Drive Train 

The arrangement by which the motor is coupled to the 

lead screw. Typically provided by gears, timing belt/pulley 

or direct coupling. 

Duty Cycle 

The ratio of Motor on time and total cycle time within a 

given cycle of operation. 

A-186 

Dwell Time 

Time within a move cycle where no motion occurs 

EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only 

Memory) 

Non-volatile data storage chip. 

Efficiency 

Ratio of output power vs. input power. 

EMI (Electromagnetic Interference) 

Electrical disturbances which interfere with proper 

transmission of electrical signals, also known as 

”Electrical noise”. 

Encoder 

An electromechanical device which produces discrete 

electrical pulses directly related to the angular position of 

the input shaft, providing high resolution feedback data 

on position, velocity, and direction. 

Force 

The action of one body on another which tends to change 

the state of motion of that body. Typically described in 

terms of magnitude, direction, and point of application. 

Friction 

The resistance to motion of two surfaces that touch. 

Helical Gear 

Gears with teeth that spiral around the gear. 

Incremental Move 

A move referenced from the current set position. 

Inertia 

Property of an object that resists a change in motion. It is 

dependent on the mass and shape of the object. The 

greater an object’s mass, the greater its inertia, and the 

more force is necessary to accelerate and decelerate. 

Lead 

The linear distance a nut on a lead screw will travel with 

one revolution of the lead screw. 

Lead screw 

Device which converts rotary motion to linear motion. 

Mass 

The quantity of matter that an object contains. 

Microprocessor 

A device that incorporates many or all functions of a 

computer in a single integrated circuit. Used to perform 

calculations and logic required to do motion or process 

control. 

Moment (Load) 

Rotational forces applied to a linear axis, typically 

expressed as yaw, pitch, and roll. 


A method of describing a move operation in terms of 

time, position, and velocity. Typically velocity is characterized 

as a function of time or distance which results in a 

triangular or trapezoidal profile. 

Motor 

A device which converts electrical energy into mechanical 

energy. 

Non-Volatile Memory 

Memory that does not lose information on loss of power. 

Open Collector (NPN) 

An output signal which is provided by a transistor where 

the “open collector output” acts like a switch closure to 

ground when activated. 

Open Loop 

A positioning system which does not employ feedback 

information. 

Optically Coupled 

An interface circuit that transmits a signal with no direct 

electrical connection except for the logic ground. 

Optical Isolation 

An interface circuit that transmits a signal with no direct 

electrical connection. 

Overshoot 

The amount by which a parameter being controlled 




* 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


exceeds the desired value. Typically referring to velocity or 

position in servo systems. 

PID (Proportional, Integral, and Derivative) 

Refers to a group of gain parameters used for tuning or 

optimizing the response of a closed loop positioning 

system. 

Pitch 

The number of revolutions a lead screw must turn for the 

nut to travel one inch (single start only). 

PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) 

A programmable device which utilizes “ladder” logic to 

control a bank of inputs and outputs which are interfaced 

to external devices. 

Power 

How much work is done in a specific amount of time. 

PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) 

A type of adjustable frequency drive output where the 

drive’s output voltage is always a constant amplitude and 

by “chopping” (pulse width modulating) the average 

output power is controlled. 

RAM (Random Access Memory) 

A memory chip that can be read from and written to. 

Used as a medium for temporary information storage. 

Data is lost after power loss. 

Repeatability 

The ability of a positioning system to return to an exact 

location during operation (from the same direction with 

the same load and speed). 

Resistance 

The opposition to the flow of charge through a conductor. 

Resolution 

The smallest positioning increment achievable. In digitally 

programmed systems it is the smallest specifiable 

positioning increment. 

Resonance 

Oscillatory behavior in a mechanical body when operated 

or subjected to a periodic force occurring at its natural 

frequency. 

ROM (Read Only Memory) 

A memory chip that can be read but not altered. 

RS232C 

A method of Serial Communication where data is 

encoded and transmitted on a single line in a sequential 

time format. 

Servo Motor 

A motor which is used in closed loop systems where 

feedback is used to control motor velocity, position, or 

torque. 

Spur Gear 

Gears with teeth straight and parallel to the axis of 

rotation. 

Stepper Motor 

Motor which translates electrical pulses into precise 

mechanical movements. Through appropriate drive 

circuitry, controlling the rate and quantity of pulses will 

control the motor’s velocity and position. 

Thrust 

The measurement of linear force. 

Torque 

A measure of angular force which produces rotational 

motion. 

TTL (Transistor-Transistor-Logic) 

Refers to a family of integrated circuit devices used for 

control. Typically use voltage levels from 5-12 VDC. 

Velocity (Speed) 

The change in position as a function of time. 

Voltage 

Difference in electrical potential between two points. 

Weight 

Force of gravity acting on a body. Determined by 

multiplying the mass of the object by the acceleration 

due to gravity. 

*

* 

Linear Slide Tables / Systems 





B-1



B-2 

Microstage* MS SuperSlide* 2RB AccuSlide* 2HB 

Size 25 33 12 16 10 20 

Dimension Std. Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric 

Drive Type lead screw lead screw ball screw ball screw ball screw ball screw 

Guide Type segmented ball bushing segmented ball bushing ball bushing ball bushing profile rail profile rail 

Max. Load Fy (N) 100 150 550 1500 2000 8500 

Max. Thrust Fa (N)* 44 89 2000 2500 2000 4500 

Max. Roll Moment Mx (N-m) 1 2.25 20.6 75 70 616 

Max. Pitch/Yaw Ma (N-m) 1.12 2.38 30.3 107 60 510 

Max. Speed (mm/sec)* 102 102 467 700 467 750 

Max. Stroke Length (mm) 660 909 1951 2815 1375 2760 

Repeatability (mm) +/- 0.005 +/- 0.005 +/- 0.005 +/- 0.005 +/- 0.005 +/- 0.005 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Accuracy (mm/300mm) 0.2 0.2 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 

Attributes Compact/Low Cost Compact/Low Cost All Purpose All Purpose Heavy Load/ 

High Rigidity 

Heavy Load/ 

High Rigidity 

Catalog Page B-14 B-14 B-16 B-16 B-18 B-18 

* Maximum value based on shortest standard length. Value decreases as screw length increases due to critical speed restrictions. 

SuperSlide* 2DB SuperSlide* 2EB 

Size 08 12 16 08 12 16 24 

Dimension Std. English English English English English English English 

Drive Type lead screw ball screw ball screw ball screw ball screw ball screw ball screw 

Guide Type ball bushing ball bushing ball bushing ball bushing ball bushing ball bushing ball bushing 

Max. Load Fy (lbs) 100 650 1000 100 650 1000 2100 

Max. Thrust Fa (lbs)* 20 180 350 180 350 750 3200 

Max. Roll Moment Mx (lbf-in) 150 1300 2500 163 1463 2750 8400 

Max. Pitch/Yaw Ma (lbf-in) 140 1281 2345 191 1768 3095 9450 

Max. Speed (in/sec)* 4 11.7 7 29.2 35 30 34.4 

Max. Stroke Length (in) 41 63 84.5 63.5 84.5 130.6 157. 

Repeatability (in) +/- 0.0002 +/- 0.0002 +/- 0.0002 +/- 0.0002 +/- 0.0002 +/- 0.0002 +/- 0.0002 

Accuracy (in/ft) 0.008 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 

Attributes Low Profile Low Profile Low Profile High Speed/ 

Heavy Payload 

High Speed/ 

Heavy Payload 

High Speed/ 

Heavy Payload 

High Speed/ 

Heavy Payload 

Catalog Page B-20 B-20 B-20 B-22 B-22 B-22 B-22 

* Maximum value based on shortest standard length. Value decreases as screw length increases due to critical speed restrictions. 

Note: Linear Guides are also available as 'building blocks' for Linear Slide Tables / Systems (found on p. B-31 thru B-47). When combined with stand-alone Ballscrew Assemblies 

(found on p. B-48 thru B-49), they offer the flexibility to customize for envelope considerations (i.e. space constraints) and / or performance considerations 

(i.e. increased moment capacity through increased bearing separation). 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



SuperSlide* 2RE AccuSlide* 2HE 

Size 12 16 10 20 

Dimension Std. Metric Metric Metric Metric 

Drive Type belt belt belt belt 

Guide Type ball bushing ball bushing profile rail profile rail 

Max. Load Fy (N) 550 1500 2000 8500 

Max. Thrust Fa (N)* 225 780 225 1260 

Max. Roll Moment Mx (N-m) 20.6 75 70 616 

Max. Pitch/Yaw Ma (N-m) 30.3 107 60 510 

Max. Speed (mm/sec)* 3000 3000 3000 3000 

Max. Stroke Length (mm) 660 909 1951 2815 

Accuracy (mm/300mm) 1951 2815 1375 2760 

Attributes All Purpose All Purpose Heavy Load/ Heavy Load/ 

High Rigidity High Rigidity 

Catalog Page B-26 B-26 B-28 B-28 

*Maximum value based on belt pretension 

Note: Linear Guides are also available as 'building blocks' for Linear Slide Tables / Systems (found on p. B-31 thru B-47). 

When combined with stand-alone Ballscrew Assemblies (found on p. B-47 thru B-49), they offer the flexibility to customize for 

envelope considerations (i.e. space constraints) and / or performance considerations (i.e. increased moment capacity through 

increased bearing separation). 

Ball Screw and Belt Driven Selection Criteria 

In order to determine the Ball Screw or Belt Actuated SuperSlide System that meets the needs of 

your application, it is first necessary to evaluate the following detail design criteria: 

• System support requirements • Required travel life 

• System stroke length • Force on the most heavily loaded bearing 

• Maximum allowable shaft deflection • Load correction factor 

A detailed explanation of the procedure for selecting a Belt Actuated Linear Motion System is given on page B-67 in the Engineering Support Section. 

• For Accessories, see page B-51 

• For Motor Reference Table, See page B-66 

• For Engineering Support, See page B-67 

* 






B-3


Linear Guides are the non-driven building blocks for linear slide tables. They offer the end user flexiblity to fit specific envelopes by allowing 

customized separations between shafts and between bearings on shafts to produce higher moment capacity. When combined with ballscrew 

assemblies, they become a driven slide table. 

Because Linear Guides are offered in a wide range of sizes, bearing types, and mounting configurations, they are typically selected by the qualitative 

attributes that are most appropriate for a given application (i.e. environmental considerations, mounting footprint). For this reason, we are providing 

the following selection chart and selection criteria for consideration: 

Linear Guide Quick Reference Guide 

Application Criteria 

High Loads 

Equivalent Loads in All Directions 

Ultra Compactness 

Extreme Smoothness 

End Supported 

Single Rail 

Harsh Environment 

Low Cost Installation (multiple rail) 

Complete Axis Solution 

Available Sizes: Inch 

Metric 

Page No. 

Linear Guide Selection Criteria: 

• Load/Life 

• Travel Accuracy 

• Rigidity 

B-4 

• Smoothness of Travel 

• Speed & Acceleration 

• Envelope 

• Environment 

End Support 

Continuous Support 

• Cost of Product 

• Cost of Installation 

• Cost of Replacement 

FluoroNyliner* 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1BA / 1NA 1CA / 1PA 1VA 

1DA 

2DA 2CA 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

04 thru 24 

08 thru 40 

B-32 

x 

x 

08 thru 24 

12 thru 40 

B-36 

x 

x 

08 thru 24 

B-40 

Side Mounted 

x 

x 

x 

08 thru 16 

B-42 

Dual Shaft Rail 

x 

x 

08 thru 16 

B-44 

Twin Shaft Web 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

08 thru 16 

B-46 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Generating Multi-Axis Systems 

X-Y Configuration 

MS33 MS33 MSXZB33-33 12.70mm +/-0.08 Light Duty 

2DB12 2DB08 2DBXZB12-08 0.750in +/-0.003 Moderate Duty - Low Profile 

2RBM16 or 2REM16 2RBM12 or 2REM12 2RXZB16-12 12.7mm +/-0.08 Moderate Duty 

2HBM20 or 2HEM20 2HBM10 or 2HEM10 2HXZB20-10 22mm +/-0.08 Heavy Duty 

* 






Primary Axis Secondary Axis XY Adapter Plate 

Prefix Prefix Part Number Plate Thickness Typical Usage 

MS33 MS33 MSXYP33-33 12.70mm +/-0.08 Light Duty 

2DB12 2DB08 2DBXYP12-08 0.750in +/-0.003 Moderate Duty - Low Profile 

2RBM16 or 2REM16 2RBM12 or 2REM12 2RXYP16-12 12.70mm +/-0.08 Moderate Duty 

2HBM20 or 2HEM20 2HBM10 or 2HEM10 2HXYP20-10 22.00mm +/-0.08 Heavy Duty 

Plate Specifications 

• Flatness 0.025mm 

• Surface parallelism 0.025mm 

• Mounting hole locations centralized 


1. Specify Primary Axis P/N, Secondary Axis P/N and Adaptor Bracket P/N as separate items on an inquiry or order. 

2. Orders will be shipped unassembled due to shipping complications unless formally quoted in mounted configuration. 

3. Inquiries for mounted configurations must include: Perpendicularity requirement and Position requirement for Secondary Axis with respect to Primary Axis 

(dictates ‘Y’ dimensions for Secondary Axis). 

X-Z Configuration 

Primary Axis Secondary Axis XZ Bracket Bracket Thickness 

Prefix Prefix Part Number (both legs) Typical Usage 

Bracket Specifications 

• Flatness (both legs) 0.025mm 

• Surface perpendicularity 0.127mm 

• Mounting hole locations centralized 


1. Specify Primary Axis P/N, Secondary Axis P/N and Adaptor Bracket P/N as separate items on an inquiry or order. 

2. Orders will be shipped unassembled due to shipping complications unless formally quoted in mounted configuration. 

3. Inquiries for mounted configurations must include: Perpendicularity requirement and Position requirement for Secondary Axis with respect to Primary Axis 

(dictates ‘Y’ dimensions for Secondary Axis). 

B-5


B-6 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Determining the system which best meets the demands of your application and provides optimum performance requires the evaluation of a number of 

variables. The accompanying form establishes basic criteria to initiate the analysis of your application. In addition, the Engineering Support Appendix has 

been designed with pertinent data and formulas used to specify the proper system for your application. If you have questions or 

special needs a Danaher Motion systems engineer can assist you in evaluating your application and recommending a system solution. 

Simply call 1-800-554-8466 or fax this completed form to 1-631-467-9814. 

Application Description: � Horizontal � Vertical 

System Part Number: 

Quantity Required 

Weight of Load (N): 

Space Requirements (LxHxW): 

Stroke Length Requirements (mm): 

Support Requirements: � End Supported � Full Support 

Maximum Velocity Requirements (m/s): 

Maximum Acceleration Requirements (m/s 2 ): 

Required Straightness of Travel Accuracy (mm/m): 

Required Positioning Accuracy (mm): 

Required Repeatability (mm): 

Life Requirement (km): 

Cycle (km/yr): 

Environmental Considerations: 

Other Design Criteria: 

Production Time Frame: 

Company: 

Name: 

Title: 

Address: 

City: State: Zip: 

Telephone: Fax: 

E-mail: 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 

Applications / Design Ideas 





B-7 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

Ordering 

Single Rail Part Numbering 

Example: 1 P A M 20 M W O L600 

System 

single rail 1 

Guide Type 

Inch - Unsupported 

Inch - End supported 

Inch - Fully supported 

Inch - Side supported 

Metric - Unsupported 

Metric - End supported 

Metric - Fully supported 

Inch-FluoroNyliner 

B-8 

A BC 

D 

M NPV 

Level of Guide Integration 

Single Rail A 

Version 

Inch 

Metric 

Shaft Size 

Inch 

1/4 inch diameter 





1 inch diameter 

1 1/4 inch diameter 


Metric 

8 mm diameter 

12 mm diameter 






Type of Bearing Block 

Inch Closed Single Pillow Block (includes Fluoro) 

Inch Closed Twin Pillow Block (includes Fluoro) 

Inch Open Single Pillow Block 

Inch Open Twin Pillow Block 

Inch Side Mounted Open Single Pillow Block 

Inch Side Mounted Open Twin Pillow Block 

Metric Open Single Pillow Block 

Metric Open Twin Pillow Block 

Metric Closed Single Pillow Block 

Metric Closed Twin Pillow Block 

Type of Support 

Continuous support - Inch - Aluminum (SRA) 

End supported - Inch - Aluminum (ASB) 

End supported - Inch - Steel (SB) 

Low Continuous support - Metric - Aluminum (LSRM) 

End supported - Metric - Aluminum (ASBM) 

End supported - Metric - Steel (SBM) 

Unsupported (exception - 1DA/1DB/1DC) 

Continuous support - Metric - Aluminum (SRAM) 

(blank) 

M 





04 

06 

08 

10 

12 

16 

20 

24 

08 

12 

16 

20 

25 

30 

40 

Carriage 

No top plate O 

Length 

Inch - Inches (where XX is a numerical value) 

Special modifications - Inch 

Metric - Millimeters 

Special modifications - Metric 

A 

D 

G JL 

M NOPQ 

LXX 

-SLXX 

LXXX 

-SLXXX 

See individual product specifications sections for more details on standard product offering. 

Having Trouble Specifying a Slide Table? 

Fill out an application analysis form on page B-6 and fax it to our Application Engineering Group. 

Have a Custom Requirement? 

See our custom capabilities section for ideas or contact our Application Engineering Group with your specific needs. 

A 

H JL 

M NO 

W 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Dual Rail Part Numbering 

* 





Ordering 

Example: 2 H B M 20 O Y P N L805 

System 

Integrated Dual Rail 2 

Guide Type 

Dual Shaft Rail - Full support D 

Double continuous support E 

TurboModule - Square Rail G 

Accuslide - Square Rail 

HR 

Metric Double Contin Support 

Driving Type 

Non-Driven 

Ball screw 

Belt 

Version 

Inch 

Metric 

European (mfr’d in Kristianstad, Sweden-Tollo) 

Size 

INCH (SHAFT) 





METRIC (SHAFT) 



METRIC (SQUARE RAIL) 

10 mm 

20 mm 

Type of Bearing Block 

All configurations 


Double Continuous Support-Metric (2RB) 

Double Continuous Support-Metric (2RE) 

Vertical End Support-Inch (2CA) 

Horizontal End Support-Inch (2CA) 

Fully Supported Inch (2DA) 

Square Rail Continuous Support-Metric (2GE) 

Dual Shaft Rail support - Inch/Metric (2DB) 

Square Rail Continuous support - Metric (2HB) 

Square Rail Continuous support - Metric (2HE) 

Carriage 

Short top plate - Inch (All) 

Square top plate - Inch (All) & 

Compact extruded - Inch (2C 

Square extruded - Metric (2RB/2RE) 

Elongated extruded - Metric (2GE) 

No top plate (used for single rail Linear Guides) 

Square extruded - Metric (2HB/2HE) 

Square extruded, long version (2RB/2RE) 

Square extruded, long version (2HB/2HE)) 

Square extruded double (2RB/2RE) 

Square extruded double (2HB/2HE) 

A BE 

(blank) 

M E 

08 

12 

16 

24 

12 

16 

10 

20 

O 

D EK 

M OQUYZ 

A BE 

M NOPQRST 

Ball Screw Driven. Screw Size: 

.375x.1 P Leadscrew 




.375x1 P Leadscrew 

12x5 NP 

16x5 NP 

20x5 NP 

.5x.2 NP 

16x5 P or .75x.2 NP 

16x10 P or 1x.25 P 

20x5 P or 1.5x.25 P 

20x10 P or 1.5x1 P 

20x20 P 

25x5 P or .631x1 P 

25x10 P 

25x25 P 

.5x.5 P 

.75x.5 P 

1x1 P 

20x20 NP 

.5x.2 P 

.75x.2 P 

1.5x1.875 P 

Belt Driven - Gear box Size 

and Ratio 

Micron Gear NEMA 23, ratio: 

1:1 

3:1 

5:1 

10:1 

Micron Gear NEMA 34, ratio: 

1:1 

3:1 

5:1 

10:1 

Micron Gear AT14, ratio: 

1:1 

6:1 

10:1 

EU std interface, without 

gearhead 

Non-Driven 

AA 

AB 

AC 

AD 

AE 

B 

C EF 

G HIJKL 

M PQSTUV 

W Z 

A BC 

D 

E 

F 

G H 

N 

P 

Q 

U 

W 

Saddle Option 

Used on “European Manufactured” 

models only 

Actuation options 


models only 


Cover options 


models onlySpecial hole pattern for X-Y-tables - 

Length 

Inch - Inches (where XX is a numerical value) 


Metric - Millimeters 






B-9 

LXX 

-SLXX 

LXXX 

-SLXXX 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

Ordering 

Microstage and Ball Screw Assembly Part Numbering 

Example: MS 25 L B B L120 

System 

Ball Screw Assembly 

MicroStage 

Version 

Inch (MS or BSA) 

Metric (BSA only) 

B-10 

BSA 

MS 

Size 

Inch (BSA) 





Metric (BSA) 



Metric (MS) 

25 mm (based on carriage height) 

33 mm (based on carriage height) 

Actuator Type 

All BSAs 

All MicroStages 

(blank) 

M 

Screw Size (MS=Leadscrew, BSA=Ballscrew) 

1/4x.025 P (MS25) & 3/8x.0625 P (MS33) 

1/4x.05 P (MS25) & 3/8x.1 P (MS33) 

12x5 mm NP (BSAM) 

1/4x.0625 P (MS25) & 3/8x.125 P (MS33) 

1/4x.2 P (MS25) & 3/8x.2 P (MS33) 

20x5 mm NP (BSAM) 

1/4x.25 P (MS25) & 3/8x.25 P (MS33) 

1/4x.5 P (MS25) & 3/8x.375 P (MS33) 

.5x.2 NP (BSA) 

1/4x1 P (MS25) & 3/8x.5 P (MS33) 

.75x.2 NP (BSA) 

1/4x1.5mm P (MS25) & 3/8x1 P (MS33) 

1x.25 P (BSA) 

1/4x2 mm P (MS25) & 3/8x1.2" P (MS33) 

1.5x.25 P (BSA) 

1/4x3 mm P (MS25) & 3/8x2 mm P (MS33) 

1.5 x 1 P (BSA) 

.631x1 P (BSA) 

.5x.5 P (BSA) 

1x1 P (BSA) 

1.5x1.875 P (BSA) 

08 

12 

16 

24 

12 

20 

25 

33 

(blank) 

L 

Coupling & Motor Adaptor Combination 

All BSAs 

22mm Round frame (MS25) & NEMA 17 Square frame (MS33) 

NEMA 17 Square Stepper (MS25) & NEMA 23 Square (MS33) 

NEMA 17 Square Servo (MS25) 

Length 

Inch - Inches (BSA only) (where XX is a numerical value) 


Metric - Millimeters (MS or BSA) 






A BBC 

D 

D EFF 

G 

G HHIIJJLQTZ 

(blank) 

A BC 

LXX 

-SLXX 

LXXX 

-SLXXX 






Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Extreme application requirements which exceed the 

performance specifications of the standard product can be 

satisfied by the broad range of capabilities for customization 

provided by Danaher Motion. 

The following special options are proposed for consideration when 

such application extremes exist: 

Extreme Temperature / Humidity Requirements 

• Shafting: S/S, chrome plate, Armoloy* plate, nickel plate 

• Bearings: Chrome-plated bearing-plates and S/S balls 

(-CR option) 

• Square rails: Chrome-plated screw, Armoloy* plated screw 

Extreme Travel Lengths 

• Shafting: Butt joints 

• Square Rail: Butt joints 

• Base: Butt joints, welded joints 

Heavy or Special Contamination Conditions 

• Bearings: Double seals, polymer sleeve 

• Actuation: Leadscrew & leadnut 

• Accessories: Bellows, Shroud 

• Lubricants: Oils, Dry lubricants, Clean room compatible greases 

Extreme Positional Accuracy Requirements 

• Actuation: Ground ballscrew and ballnut, special end mounting 

for ball screws 

• Accessories: Rotary Encoder, resolver, potentiometer, proximity 

switches, linear encoder 

Extreme Deflection Requirements 

• Square Rails/Bearings: Heavy preloaded bearings 

• Accessories: Rotary Encoder, resolver, potentiometer, proximity 

switches, linear encoder 

•Carriage/Base: Steel carriage top plate, steel base plate 

Extreme Smoothness Requirements 

• Bearings: Polymer sleeve 

• Actuators: Leadscrew and leadnut, ground ball screw and 

ballnut 

Special Non-Backdriving Requirements for vertical/inclined 

configurations 

• Actuation: High-pitch leadscrew and leadnut 

• Accessories: Electric brake 

* 

Custom Capabilities 





B-11

Worksheet 

NOTES: 

B-12 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

* 

Linear Slide Tables 

Ball Screw and Lead Screw Driven 





B-13

Thomson Microstage* MS 

Features: 

• Compact, lightweight channel extrusion 

• Pre-aligned and pre-assembled for immediate installation and use 

• Designed for light loads 

Components: 

• 4 segmented-technology Super Ball Bushing bearings 

• 1 double LinearRace* rail assembly 

• 1 Integrated lead screw assembly 

• 1 Aircraft-grade aluminum base extrusion 

Dimensions (Metric) 

MS25 

MS33 

B-14 

B1 

B1 

End View of 

Adaptor Block 

∅D5 

∅D5 

H1 

End View of 

L5 

Adaptor Block L7 L6 

H1 

L3 

L7 

L3 

L5 

L6 

H2 

Y X 

H2 

H3 

H3 





A 

A 

M 

M1 

T1 

Y X N 

L4 

A 

A 

N1 

N1 

T1 

L 

M1 

M 

L 

T1 

N 

T1 

F G 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Actuated Linear Motion System 

Metric 

Specifying a Thomson Linear Motion System: 

1. Determine the proper system for your load and life requirements. 

2. Select the part number. 

3. Place your order with your local authorized Thomson distributor. 

Part Numbering System 

MS33-LFB-L400 

H 

System Designation Overall Length 

Actuator Type Coupling and Motor 

Screw Lead Adaptor Combination 

F 

K 

G 

H 

B 

H4 

K B 

H4 

End View 

End View 

Maximum Stroke Length 

is determined by subtracting the 

carriage length (T1) and 2x the end block length 

(L3) from the total Linear Guide length (L). 

D4 

Maximum Stroke Length is determined 

by subtracting the carriage length (T1), 

2x the end block length (L3) and the 

nut extension (L4) from the total 

System length (L). 

T-slots 

D2 

D1 

D3 

Cross Section 

A – A 

Cross Section 

A – A 

H5 

H5 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






MicroStage MS25 Lead Screw Actuated Linear Motion System (Dimensions in mm) 

Part 

Number 

B B1 D5 F G H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 K L3 

MS25-LXA-LXXX 50 32,0 3,0 M3 x 0,5 M3 Screw 25 22,0 3,25 0,45 18,6 6 42 12 

MS25-LXB-LXXX 50 39,9 6,35 M3 x 0,5 M3 Screw 25 39,9 5,7† 9,4 18,6 6 42 12 

MS25-LXC-LXXX 50 39,9 5 M3 x 0,5 M3 Screw 25 39,9 0 9,4 18,6 6 42 12 


Part L4 L5 L6 L7 N N1 M M1 T1 Base Mounting Hole Load 

Number X Y Capacity 

MS25-LXA-LXXX 12 27,75 18,75 3,0 42 4 42 4 52,5 42 39 100N 

MS25-LXB-LXXX 12 43,25 19,25 18,0 42 4 42 4 52,5 42 39 100N 

MS25-LXC-LXXX 12 35,0 20,0 9,0 42 4 42 4 52,5 42 39 100N 

MicroStage MS25 System 

Part Length Stroke Weight 

Number (L) (mm) (mm) (kg) 

MS25-LXA-L120 120 31,5 0,42 

MS25-LXA-L204 204 115,5 0,56 

MS25-LXA-L288 288 199,5 0,71 

MS25-LXA-L372 372 283,5 0,86 

MS25-LXB-L120 120 31,5 0,45 

MS25-LXB-L204 204 115,5 0,60 

MS25-LXB-L288 288 199,5 0,75 

MS25-LXB-L372 372 283,5 0,89 

MS25-LXC-L120 120 31,5 0,42 

MS25-LXC-L204 204 115,5 0,56 

MS25-LXC-L288 288 194,5 0,71 

MS25-LXC-L372 372 283,5 0,86 

Custom Lengths 

Custom lengths are available. For special requirements, please contact the 

Thomson Systems Application Engineering Department. 


Part Length Stroke Weight 

Number (L) (mm) (mm) (kg) 

MS33-LXA-L200 200 100 0,95 

MS33-LXA-L300 300 200 1,25 

MS33-LXA-L400 400 300 1,56 

MS33-LXB-L200 200 100 1,07 

MS33-LXB-L300 300 200 1,37 

MS33-LXB-L400 400 300 1,68 


Part Screw Screw 

Number Lead Diameter 

MS25-LAX-LXXX 0,025" 0,250" 

MS25-LBX-LXXX 0,050" 0,250" 

MS25-LCX-LXXX 0,062" 0,250" 

MS25-LDX-LXXX 0,200" 0,250" 

MS25-LEX-LXXX 0,250" 0,250" 

MS25-LFX-LXXX 0,500" 0,250" 

MS25-LGX-LXXX 1,000" 0,250" 

MS25-LHX-LXXX 1,5mm 0,250" 

MS25-LIX-LXXX 2mm 0,250" 

MS25-LJX-LXXX 3mm 0,250" 

† Adaptor Block extends below the mounting surface of 

the System Rail Assembly. 

Motor Adaptor block and Coupling dimensions are 

shown on page B-57. 

MS33-LXA-LXXX 60 39,9 8,0 4,2 2,75 2 6,35 M5 x 0,8 M5 Screw 33 39,9 1,05 8,45 25,5 7 

MS33-LXB-LXXX 60 57,66 8,0 4,2 2,75 2 6,35 M5 x 0,8 M5 Screw 33 57,66 7,83 † MicroStage MS33 Lead Screw Actuated Linear Motion System (Dimensions in mm) 

Part 

Number 

B B1 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 F G H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 

17,33 25,5 7 


Part K L3 L5 L6 L7 N N1 M M1 T1 Base Mounting HoleLoad 

Number X Y Capacity 

MS33-LXA-LXXX 30 13 43,25 19,25 18,0 30 15 30 15 65 100 50 150N 

MS33-LXB-LXXX 30 13 39,75 17,75 14,0 30 15 30 15 65 100 50 150N 

Custom Lengths and Delivery Information 

Custom lengths are available. For special requirements, please contact the 

Thomson Systems Application Engineering Department. 


Part Screw Screw 

Number Lead Diameter 

MS33-LAX-LXXX 0,0625" 0,375" 

MS33-LBX-LXXX 0,100" 0,375" 

MS33-LCX-LXXX 0,125" 0,375" 

MS33-LDX-LXXX 0,200" 0,375" 

MS33-LEX-LXXX 0,250" 0,375" 

MS33-LFX-LXXX 0,375" 0,375" 

MS33-LGX-LXXX 0,500" 0,375" 

MS33-LHX-LXXX 1,000" 0,375" 

MS33-LIX-LXXX 1,200" 0,375" 

MS33-LJX-LXXX 2mm 0,375" 

† Adaptor Block extends below the mounting 

surface of the System Rail Assembly. 

B-15

SuperSlide* 2RB 

Features 

• Used in continuously supported applications when moderate stiffness 

and rigidity is required 

• Single part number is all that is required 

• T-Slot in carriage provides quick and easy mounting and removal 

of the workpiece 

Components 

• 1 double LinearRace* rail assembly with T-Slots for mounting ease 

• 1 T-Slot integrated carriage with 4 open type Super Smart Ball 

Bushing* bearing 

• 1 Ball screw assembly 


B-16 

H2 

H1 

T4 T-Slots 

E1 

E2 

E4 

E3 

C3 

B2 

B 

T8 T-Slots 

D4 

D2 

D1 

D3 

C3 

H2 H4 

T7 T-Slots 

D7 

D8 

D6 

D5 

B3 

L4 





T8 

H1 

T8 

H9 

L3 

Y X 

T 

B5 B4 

B7 

T4 

C2 

C1 

B6 

T7 

L 

Carriage X-Section 

T7 

T1 

T4 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Continuously Supported System 

with Integral Ball Screw Assembly 

and T-Slot Carriage 

Metric 

Specifying this Thomson System: 



3. Add the letter “L” followed by the overall length in millimeters, 

as a suffix to the part number (choosing a standard length will 

reduce costs and speed delivery). 

4. Place your order with your local authorized Danaher Motion 

distributor. 


H7 

H6 

2RB-M16-ODM-I L600 

System System 

Designation Length 

Nominal Diameter Type of Ball Screw 

Type of Carriage 


T8 

H 

T8 

H 

G 

L3 

B3 K 

L5 

H4 


is determined by subtracting 

the carriage length (T1) and 

2x end block length (L3) from the 

total system length. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






SuperSlide 2RB System with Integral Ball Screw Assembly and T-Slot Carriage (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Nominal Ball Accuracy Repeatability B B2 B3 C3 G H1 

Number Dia. Screw mm/300 mm 

(Dia. x Lead) 

2RB-M12-ODM-G 12 16x 5 P 0,025 ± 0,005 130 75 60 47,15 M4 40 

2RB-M12-ODM-H 12 16x 10 P 0,025 ± 0,005 130 75 60 47,15 M4 40 

2RB-M16-ODM-I 16 20 x 5 P 0,025 ± 0,005 160 95 60 47,15 M5 48 

2RB-M16-ODM-J 16 20 x 10 P 0,025 ± 0,005 160 95 60 47,15 M4 48 

2RB-M16-ODM-K 16 20 x 20 P 0,025 ± 0,005 160 95 60 47,15 M4` 48 


Part Nominal B4 B5 B6 B7 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 

Number Diameter 

2RB-M12-ODM 12 75 27,5 65 32,5 8,0 4,2 2,75 2 8,0 4,2 

2RB-M16-ODM 16 100 30 80 40 10,5 6 3,5 2,5 10,5 6 


Part 

Number 

D7 D8 E1 E2 E3 E4 H H1 H6 H7 H9 T 

2RB-M12-ODM 2,75 2 7,5 13 4 3 65 40 35 7 14 130 

2RB-M16-ODM 3,5 2,5 8,1 16,5 6,8 3 80 48 41,5 10 20 160 


Part 

Number 

H2 H4 K L3 L4 L5 T1 

Base Mounting Holes 

Max. 

Stroke 

X Y Length 

2RB-M12-ODM 75 60 110 9,5 70 26,5 130 75 75 L-149 

2RB-M16-ODM 79 60 135 12,5 75 31,5 160 100 100 L-185 

System 2RB Standard Lengths (Lengths in mm) 

System 300 375 400 450 500 525 600 675 700 750 800 825 900 975 1000 1050 1100 1125 1200 1275 1300 1350 1400 1425 1500 X MAX 

2RB-M12 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 75 2100 

2RB-M16 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 100 3000 

For Motor Coupling specifications, see page B-56. 

For Bellows Way Covers, see page B-52. 

For Limit Switch Packages, see pages B-65. 

For Radial Mount Ball Screw Shaft Extenders, see page B-58. 

For Spring Set electric brakes, see page B-62. 

For TNUT mounting hardware, see page B-59. 


Custom length systems are also available. Lengths exceeding MAX length will require butt joints. For special 

requirements, please contact the Danaher Motion Systems application engineering department. 

Rotational Speed (rev/min) 

Maximum Acceptable 

Travel Rate✝ 

5000 

1000 

500 

16 x 5 P, 16 x 10P, 16 x 16P 

20 x 5 P, 20 x 10 P, 20 x 20 P 

25 x 5 P, 25 x 10 P, 25 x 25 P 

100 

400 1000 2000 3000 

System Length (mm) 

✝80% of Critical Speed 

Compressive Load on Screw (N) 

10000 

1000 

500 

100 

10 

Compressive Load 

Acceleration (m/s2) 

30 20 10 

8 

6 

5 

4 

3 

100 

1000 

Mass on Carriage (kg) 

2 

1 

2000 

25 x 10 P 

25 x 5 P 

25 x 25 P 

20 x 5 P 

20 x 20 P 

20 x 10 P 

16 x 5 P 

16 x 10 P 

16 x 16 P 

Maximum Allowable 


10000 

1000 

500 

100 1000 

100 

2000 3000 


Load on most heavily loaded bearing (N) 

Load/Life Graph 

Lines indicate limiting load for given shaft size 

10 000 

1 000 

100 

10 

10 

Maximum Allowable Compressive Load (N) 

100 1 000 10 000 

Required Travel Life (km) 

100 000 

2RB-M16 

2RB-M12 

The SuperSlide has a pre-designed Maximum 

Acceptable Travel Rate. Calculate maximum 

rotational speed (rpm) by dividing your requiredmaximum 

linear speed (m/s) by the corresponding 

system ball screw lead (m/rev). Enter the chart with 

the required system length and your maximum 

rotational speed. Select the system with a maximum 

acceptable travel rate curve above the plotted line. 

Compressive load on the ball screw is a key factor 

in selecting the proper System. Using maximum load 

and acceleration requirements, plot compressive 

load on the left side of the chart.Using System 

length and compressive load. plot the maximum 

allowable compressive force on the right chart. 

Select the System with a rated maximum 

compressive force above your plotted point. 

If you have questions concerning your system 

requirements, contact the Thomson Systems 

application engineering department. 

Note: Ball screw should never exceed recommended 

critical speed. 

B-17

AccuSlide* 2HB 

Features 

• Used in continuously supported applications that require 

high stiffness and rigidity 


• Equipped with high load and moment capacity AccuGlide* ProfileRail* System 

• Protective shroud available with no reduction of stroke length 

Components 

• 1 double ProfileRail Assembly with T-Slots for mounting ease 

• 1 carriage with 4 mounting holes 

• 1 Integral Ball Screw Assembly 


B-18 

H1 

C3 

B9 

B 

D8 

D6 

D7 

C3 

D5 

H2 H4 

L4 





L3 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Continuously Supported ProfileRail*System, 

with Carriage and Integral Ball Screw Assembly 

Metric 

L 

T1 








distributor. 


2HB-M20-OYP L L685 

System System 


Nominal Diameter Type of Ball Screw 



B3 M K 

B1 B2 

T-Slots 

H1 

B7 

Y 

X 

N1 

M1 F G 

Image depicts optional shroud cover. 

B6 

Image depicts optional shroud cover. 

T 

N 

H9 

H6 

H 

H 

L3 

H4 

L5 



the carriage length 

(T1) and 2 times the end block 

length (L3) from the total 

system length (L). 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


2HB-M10 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

2HB-M20 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

* 






Metric AccuSlide 2HB ProfileRail System with Integral Ball Screw Assembly and Carriage (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Ball Accuracy Repeatability B B1 B2 B3 B9 C3 F G H H1 

Number Screw mm/300mm 

(Dia. x Lead) 

2HBM10OYPG 16 x 5 P 0,025 ± 0,005 100 60 70 60 105 47,15 M5 M5 60 31 

2HBM10OYPH 16 x 10 P 0,025 ± 0,005 100 60 70 60 105 47,15 M5 M5 60 31 

2HBM20OYPL 25 x 5 P 0,025 ± 0,005 200 88 145 88 205 69,6 M10 M8 90 45 

2HBM20OYPM 25x10 P 0,025 ± 0,005 200 88 145 88 205 69,6 M10 M8 90 45 

2HBM20OYPN 25x 25 P 0,025 ± 0,005 200 88 145 88 205 69,6 M10 M8 90 45 


Part Nominal D5 D6 D7 D8 B6 B7 H H1 H6 H9 T 

NumberDiameter 

2HB-M10 10 10,5 6 3 2,5 70 15 60 31 15 13 100 

2HB-M20 20 16,5 8,1 6 4 155 22,5 90 45 22,5 20 200 

Appropriate mounting holes can be added for mounting the base of one system to the carriage of another for x–y configurations. 


Part H2 H4 K M M1 N N1 L3 L4 L5 T1 X Y Max. Stroke 

Number Central Length Without 

Bellows 

2HB-M10 61 60 35 70 15 70 15 12,5 70 26,5 100 75 37,5 L-125 

2HB-M20 89 88 85 145 27,5 145 27,5 20 105 40 200 120 42,5 L-240 

Metric System 2HB Standard Lengths (Lengths in mm) 

System 300 325 375 450 445 525 565 600 675 685 750 825 805 900 925 975 1045 1165 1285 1405 X MAX 

For Motion Control Options refer to the Motion Control Section on page B-66. 

For Motor Coupling specifications, see page B-56. 







Custom length systems are available. Lengths exceeding MAX length will require butt joints. For special requirements, 

please contact the Danaher Motion Systems application engineering department. 




5000 

1000 

500 

16 x 5 P, 16 x 10P, 16 x 16P 

20 x 5 P, 20 x 10 P, 20 x 20 P 

25 x 5 P, 25 x 10 P, 25 x 25 P 

100 

400 1000 2000 3000 




10000 

1000 

500 

100 

10 



30 20 10 

8 

6 

5 

4 

3 

100 

1000 


2 

1 

2000 

25 x 10 P 

25 x 5 P 

25 x 25 P 

20 x 5 P 

20 x 20 P 

20 x 10 P 

16 x 5 P 

16 x 10 P 

16 x 16 P 



10000 

1000 

500 

100 1000 

100 

2000 3000 



Maximum Allowable Compressive Load (N) 

75 1500 

■ 120 3000 



100 000 

10 000 

1 000 

100 

10 100 1 000 10 000 100 000 


The AccuSlide has a pre-designed Maximum 

Acceptable Travel Rate. Calculate maximum 

rotational speed (rpm) by dividing your 

required maximum linear speed (m/s) by the 

corresponding system ball screw lead (m/rev). 

Enter the chart with the required system length 

and your maximum rotational speed. Select the 

system with a maximum acceptable travel rate 

curve above the plotted line. 

Compressive load on the ball screw is a key 

factor in selecting the proper System. Using 

maximum load and acceleration requirements, 

plot compressive load on the left side of the 

chart.Using System length and compressive 

load. plot the maximum allowable compressive 

force on the right chart. Select the System with 

a rated maximum compressive force above 

your plotted point.If you have questions 

concerning your system requirements, contact 

the Thomson Systems application engineering 

department. 

Note: Ball screw should never exceed 

recommended critical speed. 

B-19 

2HB-M20 

2HB-M10

SuperSlide* 2DB 

Features 

• Used in continuously supported applications when rigidity is required 

• Pre-aligned and preassembled for immediate installation and use 

• Designed for medium to heavy loads 

• Integrated ball screw assembly with standard NEMA motor mounting 

Components 

• 1 Dual LinearRace* Rail Assembly 

• 1 modular carriage with 4 open type Super Smart Ball Bushing* Pillow blocks 

• 1 integrated ball screw or lead screw assembly 

Dimensions (Inch) 

B-20 

H4 

H1 

T 

B4 

H2 H 

Y X F 





H3 

L3 

J 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 





Inch 

N 

T1 

L 

T1 

Specifying a Thomson System: 



3. Add the letter “L” followed by the overall length in inches, as a 

suffix to the part number (choosing a standard length will reduce 

costs and speed delivery). 



2DB-12-OUB-F L24 

System System Length 

Designation Ball Screw 

Nominal Diameter Type of Carriage 

Type of Bearing Block Type of Support 

R B 

D3 

P 

E 

B2 

A 

D1 

M 

N1 

M1 

A 

C2 

G 

Z 

Maximum Stroke Length (without 

Bellows) is determined by subtracting the 

carriage length (T1) and 2x the end support 

length (L3) from the total 

system length. 

Ball Screw 

D3 

Angular Contact 

Bearing 

Bearing 

Locking Ring 

K 

(for motor 

attachment) 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


SuperSlide System 2DB Standard Lengths (Lengths in inches) 

System 12 16 18 20 24 28 30 32 36 40 42 44 48 54 60 72 X MAX 

2DB-08 � � � � � � � � � � 4 48 

2DB-12 � � � � � � 6 72 

2DB-16 � � � � � � � � � 6 

* 






SuperSlide 2DB with Carriage and Integral Ball Screw Assembly (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal Ball or Lead Accuracy Repeatability T1 L3 H H1 H2 H3 H4 B R T 

Number Diameter Screw 

(Dia. x Lead) 

in/ft in 

2DB-08-OUB-AA .50 L .375 x .10 P

SuperSlide* 2EB 

Features 




• Integrated ball screw assembly with standard NEMA motor mounting 

Components 

• 4 open type Super Smart Ball Bushing* pillow blocks 

• 2 60 Case* LinearRace* Assemblies 

• 2 integrated double end supports 

• 1 mounting carriage top 

• 1 integrated ball screw assembly 


B-22 

B1 

T 

B4 

B2 

B 

H 

H1 

Y 





X 

N1 

L3 L1 

N 

L 

T1 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Double Continuously Supported System 


Inch 

M 

M1 

F 




3. Add the letter “L” followed by the overall length in inches, as a 

suffix to the part number (choosing a standard length will reduce 

costs and speed delivery). 



2EB-12-FTB-G L24 


Designation Ball Screw 



G 

K 

H3 



carriage length (T1) and 2x the 

end support length (L3) from the total 

system length. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






SuperSlide 2EB with Carriage and Integral Ball Screw Assembly (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nom. Ball Screw AccuracyRepeatability L1 L3 T1 K H H1 H3 H6 H7 H9 

Number Dia. in /ft 

2EB-08-FTB-B .50 12mm x 5mm NP

Worksheet 

NOTES: 

B-24 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

* 

Linear Slide Tables 

Belt Driven 





B-25

SuperSlide* 2RE 

Features 

• Used in continuously supported applications when moderate rigidity 

is required 

• High speed and acceleration 

• T-Slot in carriage provides quick and easy mounting and removal 

of the workpiece 

Components 

• 1 double LinearRace* Rail Assembly with T-Slots for mounting ease 

• 1 T-Slot integrated carriage with 4 open type Super Smart Ball 

Bushing* bearings 

• 1 Integral Belt Actuated Assembly 

• 1 integral NemaTRUE* Planetary* Precision gearhead 


B-26 

B2 

B 

L8 

C3 





L 

T1 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 




with Integral Belt Drive Assembly 

and T-Slot Carriage 

Metric 








distributor. 


2RE-M16-OEM-A-L600 

System System 


Nominal Diameter Type of Gearbox 



H2 H4 C3 

H 

H4 

(T4) T-slots 

E1 

E2 

T4 

E4 

E3 

B8 

B3 

L7 

L4 

(T8) T-slots 

D4 

D2 

T8 

D1 

D3 

L3 

Y X 

(T7) T-slots 

D7 

D8 

T7 

D6 

D5 

H9 

T8 

T8 

H1 

B5 

B7 

G 

T4 

L3 

T 

B4 

B6 

T7 

L5 

(T9) T-slots 

B3 K 

T4 

T7 




2X end block length (L3) from the 

total system length. 

H7 

T8 

H6 

H 

T8 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






SuperSlide 2RE System with Integral Belt Actuated Assembly and T-Slot Carriage (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Nominal B B2 B3 C3 G H H2 H4 K 

Number Dia. 

2RE-M12-OEM 12 130 75 65 47,15 M4 65 75 60 110 

2RE-M16-OEM 16 160 95 65 47,15 M5 80 79 60 135 


Part Nominal B4 B5 B6 B7 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 


2RE-M12-OEM 12 75 27,5 65 32,5 8,0 4,2 2,75 2 8,0 4,2 

2RE-M16-OEM 16 100 30 80 40 10,5 6 3,5 2,5 10,5 6 


Part 

Number 

D7 D8 E1 E2 E3 E4 H H1 H6 H7 H9 T 

2RE-M12-OEM 2,75 2 7,5 13 4 3 65 40 35 7 14 130 

2RE-M16-OEM 3,5 2,5 8,1 16,5 6,8 3 80 48 41,5 10 20 160 


Part 

Number 

L3 L4 L5 L7 T1 Base Mounting Hole 

Max. 

Stroke 

X Y 

Length 

2RE-M12-OEM 9,5 61,5 61,5 71,6 130 75 75 L-149 

2RE-M16-OEM 12,5 61,5 61,5 71,6 160 100 100 L-185 

System 2RE Standard Lengths (Lengths in mm) 

System 300 375 400 450 500 525 600 675 700 750 800 825 900 975 1000 1050 1100 1125 1200 1275 1300 1350 1400 1425 1500 X MAX 

2RE-M12 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 75 3000 

2RE-M16 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 100 3000 







SuperSlide 2RE Belt Actuated System 

System Gear Motor Gearbox 

Part Number Ratio Frame Size Part Number 

2RE-M12-OEM-A 1:1 NEMA23 NT-23-1 

2RE-M12-OEM-B 3:1 NEMA23 NT-23-3 

2RE-M12-OEM-C 5:1 NEMA23 NT-23-5 

2RE-M12-OEM-D 10:1 NEMA23 NT-23-10 

2RE-M16-OEM-A 1:1 NEMA23 NT-23-1 

2RE-M16-OEM-B 3:1 NEMA23 NT-23-3 

2RE-M16-OEM-C 5:1 NEMA23 NT-23-5 

2RE-M16-OEM-D 10:1 NEMA23 NT-23-10 

Custom length systems are available. Lengths exceeding MAX length will require butt joints. For special requirements, please 

contact the Danaher Motion Systems application engineering department. 




10 000 

1 000 

100 

10 

10 

100 1 000 10 000 


100 000 

2RE-M16 

2RE-M12 

B-27

AccuSlide* 2HE 

Features 

• Used in continuously supported applications that require high rigidity 


• Equipped with high load and moment capacity AccuGlide* ProfileRail* System 

• Protective shroud available with no reduction of stroke length 

Components 

• 1 double ProfileRail System Assembly 

• 1 carriage with 4 mounting holes 

• 1 Integral Belt Actuated Assembly 

• 1 integral NemaTRUE* Planetary* Precision gearhead 


B-28 

B9 

B 

L8 

H2 H4 C3 

D8 

D6 

B8 

B3 

L7 

D7 

C3 

L4 

D5 





H1 

Y 

L3 

T-Slots 

X 

H1 

N1 

M1 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Continuously Supported ProfileRail* System 

with Integral Belt Drive Assembly and Carriage 

Metric 

L 

T1 

H 








distributor. 


2HE-M20-OZP-E L600 

System System 


Nominal Diameter Type of Gearbox 



M K 

B3 B2 B 

N 

F G 

Image depicts optional shroud cover 

B7 

T 

B6 

Image depicts optional shroud cover 

H9 

H6 

H 

L3 

L5 

H4 




2X end block length (L3) 

from the total system length (L). 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


System 300 325 375 450 445 525 565 600 675 685 750 825 805 900 925 

2HE-M10 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

2HE-M20 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

* 






Metric AccuSlide 2HE ProfileRail System with Integral Belt Actuated Assembly and Carriage (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Nominal B B2 B3 B8 B9 C3 F G H H1 H2 H4 

Number Size 

2HE-M10-OZP 10 100 70 65 6,6 105 47,15 M5 M5 60 31 61 60 

2HE-M20-OZP 20 200 145 95 10 205 69,6 M10 M8 90 45 89 88 


Part Nominal K L3 L4 L5 L7 L8 M M1 N N1 T1 X Y 

Number Size Central 

2HE-M10-OZP 10 35 12,5 61,5 61,5 71,6 54,1 70 15 70 15 100 75 37,5 

2HE-M20-OZP 20 85 20 101,5 101,5 95 42,5 145 27,5 145 27,5 200 120 42,5 


Part Nominal B6 B7 D5 D6 D7 D8 H H1 H6 H9 T 


2HE-M10-OZP 10 70 15 10,5 6 3,0 2,5 60 31 15 13 100 

2HE-M20-OZP 20 155 22,5 16,5 8,1 6 4 90 45 22,5 20 200 

Appropriate mounting holes can be added for mounting the base of one system to the carriage of another for x–y configurations. 

Metric System 2HE Standard Lengths (Lengths in mm) 







Metric AccuSlide 2HE Belt Actuated System 

System Gear Motor Gearbox 

Part Number Ratio Frame Size Part Number 

2HE-M10-OZP-A 1:1 NEMA23 NT-23-1 

2HE-M10-OZP-B 3:1 NEMA23 NT-23-3 

2HE-M10-OZP-C 5:1 NEMA23 NT-23-5 

2HE-M10-OZP-D 10:1 NEMA23 NT-23-10 

2HE-M20-OZP-E 1:1 NEMA34 NT-34-1 

2HE-M20-OZP-F 3:1 NEMA34 NT-34-3 

2HE-M20-OZP-G 5:1 NEMA34 NT-34-5 

2HE-M20-OZP-H 10:1 NEMA34 NT-34-10 

975 1045 1165 1285 1405 X MAX 

■ 75 1500 

■ ■ ■ ■ 120 3000 

Custom length systems are available. Lengths exceeding MAX length will require butt joints. For special requirements, please 

contact the Danaher Motion application engineering department. 




100 000 

10 000 

1 000 

100 

10 100 1 000 10 000 100 000 


2HE-M20 

2HE-M10 

B-29

Worksheet 

NOTES: 

B-30 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

* 

Linear Guides 

Undriven Building Blocks for Customized Applications 

& 

Ball Screw Assemblies for Actuation of Linear Guides in Custom Applications 





B-31

End Support 1BA 

Features 

• Requires only one part number to specify entire linear guide. 

• Available with 60 Case* LinearRace* Shaft end support blocks in either 

light weight aluminum or rigid iron materials 

• Used to provide increased stability or torque resistance in linear system 

applications 

Components 

• 2 Super Smart Ball Bushing* pillow blocks or 1 Super Smart Ball 

Bushing twin pillow block. 

• 1 60 Case* LinearRace* shaft 

• 2 shaft end support blocks 


B-32 

H 

HS 

Type ASB 

End Support Block 

B9 

B 

Bb 

Type SB 


Type SSUPB Super Smart Ball Bushing Pillow Block 

Type SPB Super Ball Bushing Pillow Block 

L1 

B9 

J1 

J 

H8 

H9 

H5 

Access for 

† 

Lubrication 

B7 

A-A 

F 

Type SSUTWN Super Smart Ball Bushing 

Twin Pillow Block 

Type TWN Super Ball Bushing Twin Pillow Block 

L2 

B9 

J3 

J 

H8 

H9 

H5 

Access for 

Lubrication 

‡ 

B7 

F 





L1 

L 

L 

L2 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



End Supported, 

Industry Standard Dimension 

Inch 

Specifying this Thomson Linear Guide: 

1. Determine the proper Linear Guide for your load and life 

requirements. 


3. Add the letter “L” followed by the overall length in inches, 

as a suffix to the part number. 


1BA-12-AHO L24 

Linear Guide Linear Guide 


Nominal Diameter 


Single End Supported Linear Guide with 2 Pillow Blocks 

Single End Supported Linear Guide with 1 Twin Pillow Block 

ALUMINUM 

Type ASB LinearRace Shaft 


L3 

G G 

H3 Hh 

H1 Hc 

B3 

B 

‡ Sizes .250, .375 and .500 have oil lubricant fitting. 

Sizes .625 and above have 1 ⁄4-28 access for lubrication. 

STEEL 

Type SB LinearRace Shaft 


B3 

Bb 

L3 

L3 

Type SPB Super Ball Bushing 

Pillow Block 

Mounting Hole Position for 

Sizes .250 and .375 

View A-A 

J 

J1 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






End Support Linear Guide 1BA with 2 Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Number Nominal L1 L3 H HS B Bb B9 Pillow Shaft Support 

W/ Type ASB W/ Type SB Diameter Block Type Type 

Shaft Shaft ASB or SB 

Supports Supports 

1BA-04-AHO – .250 1.19 .50 .937 – 1.50 – 1.63 SPB-4-XS ASB-4-XS – 

1BA-06-AHO – .375 1.31 .56 1.062 – 1.63 – 1.75 SPB-6-XS ASB-6-XS – 

1BA-08-AHO 1BA-08-AJO .500 1.69 .63 1.562 1.687 2.00 2.00 2.00 SSUPB-8-XS ASB-8-XS SB-8-XS 

1BA-12-AHO 1BA-12-AJO .750 2.06 .75 2.062 2.187 2.50 2.75 2.75 SSUPB-12-XS ASB-12-XS SB-12-XS 

1BA-16-AHO 1BA-16-AJO 1.000 2.81 1.00 2.562 2.687 3.25 3.25 3.25 SSUPB-16-XS ASB-16-XS SB-16-XS 

– 1BA-20-AJO 1.250 3.63 1.13 – 3.250 – – 4.00 SSUPB-20-XS – SB-20-XS 

1BA-24-AHO 1BA-24-AJO 1.500 4.00 1.25 3.750 3.750 4.75 4.75 4.75 SSUPB-24-XS ASB-24-XS SB-24-XS 

End Support Linear Guide 1BA with 1 Twin Pillow Block (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Number Nom. L2 L3 H HS B Bb B9 Max. Pillow Shaft Support 

W/ Type ASB W/ Type SB Dia. Stroke Block Type Type 

Shaft Shaft Length ASB SB 


1BA-04-BHO – .250 2.50 .50 .937 – 1.50 – 1.63 L-(3.50) TWN-4-XS ASB-4-XS – 

1BA-06-BHO – .375 2.75 .56 1.062 – 1.63 – 1.75 L-(3.88) TWN-6-XS ASB-6-XS – 

1BA-08-BHO 1BA-08-BJO .500 3.50 .63 1.562 1.687 2.00 2.00 2.00 L-(4.75) SSUTWN-8-XS ASB-8-XS SB-8-XS 

1BA-12-BHO 1BA-12-BJO .750 4.50 .75 2.062 2.187 2.50 2.75 2.50 L-(6.00) SSUTWN-12-XS ASB-12-XS SB-12-XS 

1BA-16-BHO 1BA-16-BJO 1.000 6.00 1.00 2.562 2.687 3.25 3.25 3.25 L-(8.00) SSUTWN-16-XS ASB-16-XS SB-16-XS 

– 1BA-20-BJO 1.250 7.50 1.13 – 3.250 – 4.00 4.00 L-(9.75) SSUTWN-20-XS – SB-20-XS 

1BA-24-BHO 1BA-24-BJO 1.500 9.00 1.25 3.750 3.750 4.75 4.75 4.75 L-(11.50) SSUTWN-24-XS ASB-24-XS SB-24-XS 

Shaft Deflection Note: Load limit may be below the dynamic load rating due to shaft deflection. Bearings can accommodate up to 1/2º deflection. 

See Engineering Section (pg B-67) for Deflection calculations. 

Dynamic Load Capacity Matrix (4 million inches travel) Dynamic Load Capacity Matrix (4 million inches travel) 

Linear Guide Dynamic Load Pillow Block Pillow Block 

Assembly Capacity (lb f ) Part No. Dynamic Load 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Capacity (lb f ) 

1BA-04-AHO – 100 SPB-4-XS 50 

1BA-06-AHO – 160 SPB-6-XS 80 

1BA-08-AHO 1BA-08-AJO 800 SSUPB-8-XS 400 


1BA-16-AHO 1BA-16-AJO 3000 SPSUB-16-XS 1500 

– 1BA-20-AJO 3730 SSUPB-20-XS 1865 


† Super Ball Bushing* bearings are used in .250 and .375 inch size pillow blocks. 

Replacement Component Dimensions 

Type SPB and SSUPB Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in Inches) 

Part Nom. L1 H9 H8 H5 B9 B7 J J1 F Wt. 

Number Dia. Bolt Hole lb 

SPB-4-XS .250 1.19 .81 .437 .19 1.63 1.00 1.31 .75 (2) #6 .16 .10 

SPB-6-XS .375 1.31 .94 .500 .19 1.75 1.12 1.44 .88 

SSUPB-8-XS .500 1.69 1.25 .687 .25 2.00 1.38 1.69 1.00 #6 .16 .20 

SSUPB-16-XS 1.000 2.81 2.19 1.187 .38 3.25 2.38 2.88 1.75 #10 .22 1.24 

SSUPB-24-XS 1.500 4.00 3.25 1.750 .50 4.75 3.50 4.12 2.50 1 

⁄4 .28 3.94 

(2) #6 .16 .13 

SSUPB-12-XS .750 2.06 1.75 .937 .31 2.75 1.88 2.38 1.25 #8 .19 .62 

SSUPB-20-XS 1.250 3.63 2.81 1.500 .43 4.00 3.00 3.50 2.00 #10 .22 2.57 

Housing Material: Aluminum Alloy Black Anodized (2)Two mounting holes as shown in view A-A for sizes .250 and .375 

Top plates are sold separately. Please refer to page B-60 under Accessories for P/N and dimensions. 

ASB-04-XS .250 .50 .88 .500 1.50 1.12 #6 .16 .06 

ASB-06-XS .375 .56 1.00 .562 1.62 1.25 #6 .16 .08 

ASB-08-XS .500 .63 1.48 .875 2.00 1.50 #8 .19 .11 

ASB-12-XS .750 .75 1.95 1.125 2.50 2.00 #10 .22 .22 

ASB-16-XS 1.000 1.00 2.48 1.375 3.25 2.50 1 ⁄4 .28 .44 

ASB-24-XS 1.500 1.250 3.50 2.000 4.75 3.50 5 ⁄16 .34 1.16 

End Support Material: Aluminum Alloy Black Anodized 

1BA-04-BHO – 100 TWN-4-XS 100 

1BA-06-BHO – 160 TWN-6-XS 160 

1BA-08-BHO 1BA-08-BJO 800 SSUTWN-8-XS 800 


1BA-16-BHO 1BA-16-BJO 3000 SPSTWN-16-XS 3020 

– 1BA-20-BJO 3730 SSUTWN-20-XS 1865 


Type TWN and SSUTWN Pillow Blocks 

Part Nom. L2 J3 Wt. 

Number Dia. lb 

TWN-4-XS .250 2.50 2.00 .19 

TWN-6-XS .375 2.75 2.25 .25 

SSUTWN-8-XS .500 3.50 2.50 .40 

SSUTWN-12-XS .750 4.50 3.50 1.24 

SSUTWN-16-XS 1.000 6.00 4.50 2.48 

SSUTWN-20-XS 1.250 7.50 5.50 5.14 

SSUTWN-24-XS 1.500 9.00 6.50 8.08 

Housing Material: Aluminum Alloy Black Anodized 

Type ASB LinearRace Shaft End Support Block Type SB LinearRace Shaft End Support Block 

Part Nom. L3 H3 H1 B B3 G Wt. 



Assembly Capacity (lb f ) Part No. Dynamic Load 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Capacity (lb f ) 

Part Nom. L3 Hh Hc Bb B3 G Wt. 


SB-8-XS .500 .63 1.62 1.000 2.00 1.50 #8 .19 .3 

SB-12-XS .750 .75 2.12 1.250 2.75 2.00 #10 .22 .5 

SB-16-XS 1.000 1.00 2.56 1.500 3.25 2.50 1 

⁄4 .28 1.0 

SB-20-XS 1.250 1.13 3.00 1.750 4.00 3.00 5 

⁄16 .34 2.0 

SB-24-XS 

Material: Iron 

1.500 1.25 3.50 2.000 4.75 3.50 5 

⁄16 .34 2.6 

B-33

End Support 1NA 

Features 

• Requires only one part number to specify entire linear guide. 

• Available with 60 Case* LinearRace* Shaft end support blocks in either 

light weight aluminum or rigid iron materials 

• Used to provide increased stability or torque resistance in linear system 

applications 

Components 

• 2 Super Smart Ball Bushing* pillow blocks or 1 Super Smart Ball 

Bushing twin pillow block. 

• 1 60 Case* LinearRace* shaft 

• 2 shaft end support blocks 


B-34 

Type ASB 


H H1 

H 

B9 

B3 

B L3 

B4 

Bb 

H1 

L4 

Type SB 


Type SPPB Super Plus Ball Bushing Pillow Block 

Type SSEPB Super Smart Ball Bushing Pillow Block 

J6 

J6 

L1 

J1 

J7 

J8 

Access for 

Lubrication 

M6 x 1 

L2 

J3 

J9 

B1 

H9 

Type SPTWN Super Plus Ball Bushing Twin Pillow Block Type SSETWN Super Smart 

Ball Bushing Twin Pillow Block 

J8 

Access for 

Lubrication 

M6 x 1 (2 Plcs.) 

B9 

J 

B1 

H9 





N 

B9 

J 

N2 

H8 

L3 

N 

N2 

H8 

Supported Linear Guide with 

2 Pillow Blocks 

L1 

L 

Supported Linear Guide with 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



End Supported, 

Industry Standard Dimension 

Metric 



requirements. 





1NA-M12-NMO L600 





1 Twin Pillow Block Maximum Stroke Length 

L 


pillow block length (L2) and 

2x support block length (L3) 

or (L4) from total Linear Guide 

L2 

length (L). 

ALUMINUM 

Type ASB LinearRace Shaft End 

Support Block 

N3 

H3 H 

H1 

B3 

B 

A1 

L3 

N4 

STEEL 

Type SB LinearRace Shaft End 

Support Block 

H4 

H2 

B4 

Bb 

A2 

L4 

N5 H1 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






End Support Linear Guide 1NA with 2 Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Number Nom. L1 L3 L4 H H1 B Bb B9 Pillow Shaft Support 

W/ Type ASB W/ Type SB Dia. Block Type Type 

Shaft Shaft ASB SB 


1NA-M08-NMO 1NA-M08-NNO 8 32 18 10 30 15 32 32 35 SPPB-M08-XS ASB-M08-XS SB-M08-XS 

1NA-M12-NMO 1NA-M12-NNO 12 39 20 12 38 20 43 42 43 SSEPB-M12-XS ASB-M12-XS SB-M12-XS 






End Support Linear Guide 1NA with 1 Twin Pillow Block (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Number Nom. L2 L3 L4 H H1 B Bb B9 Pillow Shaft Support 

W/ Type ASB W/ Type SB Dia. Block Type Type 

Shaft Shaft ASB SB 


1NA-M08-PMO 1NA-M08-PNO 8 62 18 10 30 15 32 32 35 SPTWN-M08-XS ASB-M08-XS SB-M08-XS 

1NA-M12-PMO 1NA-M12-PNO 12 76 20 12 38 20 43 42 43 SSETWN-M12-XS ASB-M12-XS SB-M12-XS 






Shaft Deflection Note: Load limit may be below the dynamic load rating due to shaft deflection. Bearings can accommodate up to 1/2º deflection. 


Dynamic Load Capacity Matrix (100 km travel) 


Assembly Capacity (N) Part No. Dynamic Load 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Capacity (N) 

Dynamic Load Capacity Matrix (100 km travel) 


Assembly Capacity (N) Part No. Dynamic Load 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Capacity (N) 

1NA-M08-NMO 1NA-M08-NNO 620 SPPB-M08-XS 310 1NA-M08-PMO 1NA-M08-PNO 500 SPTWN-M08-XS 500 

1NA-M12-NMO 1NA-M12-NNO 1300 SSEPB-M12-XS 650 1NA-M12-PMO 1NA-M12-PNO 1060 SSETWN-M12-XS 1060 






† Super Plus Ball Bushing* bearings are used in 8 mm size pillow blocks. 


Type SPPB and SSEPB Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in mm) Type SPTWN and SSETWN Pillow Blocks 

Part Nom. L1 H8 H9 B1 B9 J J1 J6 J7 N N2 Mass 

Number Dia. Dia. kg 

SPPB-M08-XS 8 32 15 28 17,5 35 25 20 15 19,5 3,3 M4 0,07 

SSEPB-M12-XS 12 39 18 35 21,5 43 32 23 18 23,0 4,3 M5 0,13 

SSEPB-M16-XS 16 43 22 42 26,5 53 40 26 22 25,0 5,3 M6 0,20 

SSEPB-M20-XS 20 54 25 50 30,0 60 45 32 25 30,5 6,6 M8 0,35 

SSEPB-M25-XS 25 67 30 60 39,0 78 60 40 30 37,0 8,4 M10 0,66 

SSEPB-M30-XS 30 79 35 70 43,5 87 68 45 35 43,0 8,4 M10 0,99 

SSEPB-M40-XS 40 91 45 90 54,0 108 86 58 45 49,0 10,5 M12 1,83 

Housing Material: Aluminum Alloy Grey Anodized. Top plates are sold separately. Please refer to page B-60 under Accessories 

for P/N and dimensions. 

ASB-M08-XS 8 16,0 32 22 15 28 18 3,5 M4 0,04 

ASB-M12-XS 12 21,5 43 30 20 36 20 5,3 M6 0,10 

ASB-M16-XS 16 26,5 53 38 25 43 24 6,6 M8 0,15 

ASB-M20-XS 20 30,0 60 42 30 51 30 8,4 M10 0,23 

ASB-M25-XS 25 39,0 78 56 35 61 38 10,5 M12 0,41 

ASB-M30-XS 30 43,5 87 64 40 71 40 10,5 M12 0,53 

ASB-M40-XS 40 54,0 108 82 50 88 48 13,5 M16 0,99 

End Support Material: Aluminum Alloy Grey Anodized End Support Material: Iron 

Part Nom. L2 J3 J8 J9 Mass 

Number Dia. kg 

SPTWN-M08-XS 8 62 50 19,5 25 0,15 

SSETWN-M12-XS 12 76 56 23,0 28 0,27 

SSETWN-M16-XS 16 84 64 25,0 32 0,41 

SSETWN-M20-XS 20 104 76 30,5 38 0,73 

SSETWN-M25-XS 25 130 94 37,0 47 1,37 

SSETWN-M30-XS 30 152 106 43,0 53 2,04 

SSETWN-M40-XS 40 176 124 49,0 62 3,73 

Housing Material: Aluminum Alloy Grey Anodized 

Type ASB LinearRace Shaft End Support Block Type SB LinearRace Shaft End Support Block 

Part Nom. A1 B B3 H1 H3 L3 N3 N4 Mass Part Nom. A2 B4 Bb H1 H2 H4 L4 N5 Mass 

Number Dia. Dia. kg Number Dia. Dia. kg 

SB-M08-XS 8 16 25 32 15 5,2 27 10 4,5 0,03 

SB-M12-XS 12 21 32 42 20 5,5 35 12 5,5 0,06 

SB-M16-XS 16 25 40 50 25 6,5 42 16 5,5 0,11 

SB-M20-XS 20 30 45 60 30 8,0 50 20 5,5 0,21 

SB-M25-XS 25 37 60 74 35 9,0 58 25 6,6 0,35 

SB-M30-XS 30 42 68 84 40 10,0 68 28 9,0 0,52 

SB-M40-XS 40 54 86 108 50 12,0 86 32 11,0 0,92 

B-35

Continuous Support 1CA 

Features 

• Requires only one part number to specify the entire linear guide 

• Used as a load support, transport, and guidance solution 


Components 

• 2 Super Smart Ball Bushing* opentype pillow blocks or 1 Super Smart 

Ball Bushing open twin pillow blocks 

• 1 60 Case* LinearRace* shaft support rail assembly 


H 

B-36 

B9 

Br 

Single Continuously Supported Linear Guide with 2 Pillow 

Blocks 





L1 

L 

L 

Single Continuously Supported Linear Guide with 1 Twin Pillow 

Block 

Type SSUPBO Open Type Super Smart Ball Bushing Pillow Block 

Type SPB-OPN Open Type Ball Bushing Pillow Block 

L1 

B9 

J1 J 

L2 

J3 

Access for 

Lubrication † 

H8 

H9 

B8 B6 

Type SSUTWN Open Type Super Smart Ball Bushing Twin Pillow Block 

Type TWN-OPN Open Type Ball Bushing Twin Pillow Block 

Access for 

Lubrication ‡ 

H8 

H9 

H5 

F 

B9 

J 

B8 B6 

H5 

F 

H1 

L2 

Br 

G 

H7 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Fully Supported, Highest Performance 

Industry Standard Dimensions 

Inch 



requirements. 





1CA-12-FAO L24 





Y X 

F c 

F t 

F s 

F s 

Load Rating and 

Limit by Direction 

F c 

Dynamic 

Load Rating 

C 

0.5C 

C 

F t 

Load Limit 

C 

0.5C 

0.5C 

Dynamic Load Rating 

Load value used in life calculation. 

Load Limit 

Maximum allowable load applied to bearing. 

Type SRA LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Assembly 

‡ Size .500 inch has oil lubricant fitting. 

Sizes .625 and above have 1 ⁄4-28 access for lubrication. 

L 

K 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






Continuously Supported Linear Guide 1CA Single with 2 Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal L1 H Br B9 Pillow Shaft 

Number Diameter Block Support 

Rail 

Assembly 

1CA-08-FAO .50 1.50 1.812 1.50 2.00 SPB-8-OPN-XS SRA-8-XS 

1CA-12-FAO .75 1.88 2.437 1.75 2.75 SSUPBO-12-XS SRA-12-XS 

1CA-16-FAO 1.00 2.63 2.937 2.13 3.25 SSUPBO-16-XS SRA-16-XS 



Continuously Supported Linear Guide 1CA Single with 1 Twin Pillow Block (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal L2 H Br B9 Maximum Pillow Shaft 

Number Diameter Stroke Block Support 

Length Rail 

Assembly 

1CA-08-HAO .50 3.5 1.812 1.50 2.00 L-(3.5) TWN-8-OPN-XS SRA-8-XS 

1CA-12-HAO .75 4.5 2.437 1.75 2.75 L-(4.5) SSUTWNO-12-XS SRA-12-XS 

1CA-16-HAO 1.00 6.0 2.937 2.13 3.25 L-(6.0) SSUTWNO-16-XS SRA-16-XS 



Dynamic Load Rating (C) Matrix (4 million inches travel) 


Assembly Rating, C (lbf) Part No. Dynamic Load 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Rating, C (lbf) 

1CA-08-FAO 290 SPB-8-OPN-XS 145 

1CA-12-FAO 1800 SSUPBO-12-XS 900 




† Super Ball Bushing* bearings are used in .500 inch size pillow blocks. 


Type SPB-OPN and SSUPBO Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in Inches) 

Part Nom. L1 H9 H8 H5 B9 B8 B6 J J1 F Wt. 


SPB-8-OPN-XS .50 1.50 1.12 .687 .25 2.00 .75 .69 1.69 

SSUPBO-12-XS .75 1.88 1.56 .937 .31 2.75 1.00 .94 2.38 1.25 #8 .19 .51 

SSUPBO-16-XS 1.00 2.63 2.00 1.187 .38 3.25 1.25 1.19 2.88 1.75 #10 .22 1.03 

SSUPBO-20-XS 1.25 3.38 2.56 1.500 .43 4.00 1.63 1.50 3.50 2.00 #10 .22 2.15 

SSUPBO-24-XS 1.50 3.75 2.94 1.750 .50 4.75 1.88 1.75 4.12 2.50 1⁄4 .28 3.29 


1CA-08-HAO 290 TWN-8-OPN-XS 290 

1CA-12-HAO 1800 SSUTWNO-12-XS 1800 




Type TWN-OPN and SSUTWNO Pillow Blocks 


Number Dia. lb 

TWN-8-OPN-XS .50 3.5 2.5 .40 

SSUTWNO-12-XS .75 4.5 3.5 1.02 

SSUTWNO-16-XS 1.00 6.0 4.5 2.06 

SSUTWNO-20-XS 1.25 7.5 5.5 4.30 

SSUTWNO-24-XS 1.50 9.0 6.5 6.88 


Type SRA LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Assembly (Dimensions in Inches) 

Part Nom. H1 H7 Br K X Y G Wt. 

Number Dia. Bolt Hole lb/ft 

SRA-8-XS .50 1.125 .19 1.50 1.00 4 2 #6 .17 1.26 

SRA-12-XS .75 1.500 .25 1.75 1.25 6 3 #10 .22 2.50 

SRA-16-XS 1.00 1.750 .25 2.13 1.50 6 3 1⁄4 .28 4.06 

SRA-20-XS 1.25 2.125 .31 2.50 1.88 6 3 5⁄16 .34 6.30 

SRA-24-XS 1.50 2.500 .38 3.00 2.25 8 4 5⁄16 .34 8.60 

LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Material: 

Aluminum Alloy Black Anodized 



Assembly Rating, C (lbf) Part No. Dynamic Load 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Rating, C (lbf) 

Support rails are supplied in 24 inch lengths unless quoted otherwise. 

Maximum length of LinearRace Shaft Support Rail is 72 inches. If longer continuous one-piece LinearRace Shaft Support Rails are 

required, contact the Thomson Linear Guides Application Engineering department. 

B-37

J6 

J6 

Continuous Support 1PA 

Features 




Components 

• 2 Super Smart Ball Bushing* opentype pillow blocks or 1 Super Smart 

Ball Bushing open twin pillow blocks 

• 1 60 Case* LinearRace* shaft support rail assembly 


L1 

J1 

J7 

J8 

B-38 

H H1 

L2 

J3 

J9 

B9 

B1 

A1 

A 

J8 

Access for 

Lubrication 

M6 x 1 (2 Plcs.) 

B1 

B9 

J 

α 

Single Continuously Supported Linear Guide 

with 2 Pillow Blocks 





L1 

L 


with 1 Twin Pillow Block 

N2 

H8 

N 

H9 

L2 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Fully Supported, Highest Performance 

Industry Standard Dimensions 

Metric 



requirements. 





B9 

J N2 

B1 

H8 

N3 H1 

H9 

Access for 

H7 

Lubrication 

N 

A1 

M6 x 1 α 

Y X 

A 

1PA-M12-LWO L600 





F c 

F t 

F s 

F s 



F c 

Dynamic 

Load Rating 

C 

0.5C 

C 

F t 

Load Limit 

C 

0.5C 

0.5C 



Load Limit 


Type SSEPBO Open Type Super Smart Ball Bushing Pillow Block Type SRA LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Assembly 

Type SSETWNO Open Type Super Smart Ball Bushing Twin Pillow Block 

E 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






Continuously Supported Linear Guide 1PA Single with 2 Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Nominal L1 H H1 A A1 B1 B9 

Includes 

Number Diameter Shaft Support 

Pillow Rail 

Block Assembly 

1PA-M12-LWO 12 39 46 28 43 21,5 21,5 43 SPPBO-M12-XS + 

SRA-M12-XS 

1PA-M16-LWO 16 43 52 30 48 24,0 26,5 53 SSEPBO-M16-XS SRA-M16-XS 





Continuously Supported Linear Guide 1PA Single with 1 Twin Pillow Block (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Nominal L2 H H1 A A1 B1 B9 Maximum 

Includes 

Number Diameter Stroke Shaft Support 

Length Pillow Rail 

Block Assembly 

1PA-M12-MWO 12 76 46 28 43 21,5 21,5 43 L-(76) SPTWNO-M12-XS + 

SRA-M12-XS 

1PA-M16-MWO 16 84 52 30 48 24,0 26,5 53 L-(84) SSETWNO-M16-XS SRA-M16-XS 





Dynamic Load Rating (C) Matrix (100 km travel) 


Assembly Rating, C (N) Part No. Dynamic Load 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Rating, C (N) 

1PA-M12-LWO 1500 SPPBO-M12-XS 750 

1PA-M16-LWO 4400 SSEPBO-M16-XS 2200 





† Super Plus Ball Bushing* bearings are used in 12 mm size pillow blocks. 


Type SSEPBO Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Nom. L1 H8 H9 B1 B9 J6 J7 J J1 N N2 a Mass 

Number Dia. Dia. Deg kg 

SPPBO-M12-XS 12 39 18 28 21,5 43 16,7 19,5 32 23 4,3 M5 66 0,11 

SSEPBO-M16-XS 16 43 22 35 26,5 53 22,0 21,5 40 26 5,3 M6 66 0,17 

SSEPBO-M20-XS 20 54 25 41 30,0 60 25,0 27,0 45 32 6,6 M8 60 0,30 

SSEPBO-M25-XS 25 67 30 50 39,0 78 31,5 33,5 60 40 8,4 M10 60 0,57 

SSEPBO-M30-XS 30 79 35 60 43,5 87 33,0 39,5 68 45 8,4 M10 60 0,87 

SSEPBO-M40-XS 40 91 45 77 54,0 108 43,5 45,5 86 58 10,5 M12 60 1,62 

1PA-M12-MWO 1220 SPTWNO-M12-XS 1500 

1PA-M16-MWO 4400 SSETWNO-M16-XS 4400 





SPTWNO-M12-XS 12 76 56 19,5 28 0,22 

SSETWNO-M16-XS 16 84 64 21,5 32 0,34 

SSETWNO-M20-XS 20 104 76 27,0 38 0,63 

SSETWNO-M25-XS 25 130 94 33,6 47 1,18 

SSETWNO-M30-XS 30 152 106 39,5 53 1,70 

SSETWNO-M40-XS 40 176 124 45,5 62 3,18 

Type SRA LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Assembly (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Nom. H1 H7 A A1 E X Y N3 Mass 

Number Dia. Dia. kg/m 

SRA-M12-XS 12 28 5 43 21,5 29 75 37,5 4,5 4,1 

SRA-M16-XS 16 30 5 48 24,0 33 100 50 5,5 6,2 

SRA-M20-XS 20 38 6 56 28,0 37 100 50 6,6 9,5 

SRA-M25-XS 25 42 6 60 30,0 42 120 60 6,6 13,7 

SRA-M30-XS 30 53 8 74 37,0 51 150 75 8,6 20,0 

SRA-M40-XS 40 60 8 78 39,0 55 200 100 8,6 32,5 

LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Material: 

Aluminum Alloy Grey Anodized 

Dynamic Load Rating (C) Matrix (100 km travel) 


Assembly Rating, C (N) Part No. Dynamic Load 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Rating, C (N) 

Type SSETWNO Pillow Blocks 

Part Nom. L2 J3 J8 J9 Mass 

Number Dia. kg 

Housing Material: Aluminum Alloy Grey Anodized Housing Material: Aluminum Alloy Grey Anodized 


Support rails are supplied in 600mm lengths unless quoted otherwise. 

Maximum length of LinearRace Shaft Support Rail is 600mm. If longer continuous one-piece LinearRace Shaft Support Rails are 

required, contact the Thomson Linear Guides Application Engineering department. 

B-39

FluoroNyliner 1VA 

Features 




Components 

• 2 self-aligning FluoroNyliner* Bushing bearing open pillow blocks or 

1 self-aligning FluoroNyliner Bushing bearing open twin pillow block 

• 1 stainless steel 60 Case* LinearRace* shaft support rail assembly 

H 


B-40 

B9 

Br 

L1 

B9 

J1 J 

L2 

J3 

H8 

H9 


with 2 Pillow Blocks 

L 

H8 

H9 

L1 

Single Continuously Supported System 

with 1 Twin Pillow Block 

L 

H5 

F 

B9 

J 





H5 

L2 

H1 

Br 

H7 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Corrosive/Contaminated Environments 

Inch 



requirements. 





1VA-12-FAO L24 





F c 

F t 

F s 

F s 



F c 

Dynamic 

Load Rating 

PV 

0.3PV 

0.6PV 

F t 

Load Limit 

PV 

0.3PV 

0.6PV 


PV value used in life calculation. 

Load Limit 

Maximum allowable PV applied to bearing. 

FluoroNyliner Linear Guide Pillow Block Dimensions Type SRA LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Assembly 

Access for 

Lubrication † 

B8 B6 

FluoroNyliner Linear Guide Twin Pillow Block Dimensions 

Access for 

Lubrication ‡ 

B8 B6 

F 

G 

Y X 

L 

K 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


FluoroNyliner* Product Description Linear Guide 1VA Single Continuously Supported with 2 Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal L1 H Br B9 Pillow Shaft 


Rail 

Assembly 

* 






1VA-08-FAO .50 1.50 1.812 1.50 2.00 FNYBUPBO08A-XS SRA-8-XS-SS 

1VA-12-FAO .75 1.88 2.437 1.75 2.75 FNYBUPBO12A-XS SRA-12-XS-SS 

1VA-16-FAO 1.00 2.63 2.937 2.13 3.25 FNYBUPBO16A-XS SRA-16-XS-SS 



FluoroNyliner Linear Guide 1VA Single Continuously Supported with 1 Twin Pillow Block (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal L2 H Br B9 Maximum Pillow Shaft 


Length Rail 

Assembly 

1VA-08-HAO .50 3.5 1.812 1.50 2.00 L-(3.5) FNYBUTWNO08A-XS SRA-8-XS-SS 

1VA-12-HAO .75 4.5 2.437 1.75 2.75 L-(4.5) FNYBUTWNO10A-XS SRA-12-XS-SS 

1VA-16-HAO 1.00 6.0 2.937 2.13 3.25 L-(6.0) FNYBUTWNO16A-XS SRA-16-XS-SS 




Self-Aligning Twin Pillow Blocks 


Number Dia. lb. 

FNYBUTWNO08A-XS .500 3.50 2.50 .40 

FNYBUTWNO12A-XS .750 4.50 3.50 1.02 

FNYBUTWNO16A-XS 1.00 6.00 4.50 2.06 

FNYBUTWNO20A-XS 1.25 7.50 5.50 4.30 

FNYBUTWNO24A-XS 1.50 9.00 6.50 6.88 

Maximum Operating Parameters per Bearing 

Characteristic Limit 

Liner Temperature Range 

Velocity, dry 

Velocity, dry 

Velocity, lubricated 

Pressure 

PV 

-240˚ C to 288˚ C 

(-400˚ F to 550˚ F) 

42.7 m/min. Continuous 

122 m/min. Intermittent 

122 m/min. Continuous 

10.35 MPa 

21 MPa/m/min 

Self-Aligning Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nom. L1 H9 H8 H5 B9 B8 B7 J J1 F Wt. 


FNYBUPBO08A-XS .50 1.50 1.12 .687 .25 2.00 .75 .69 1.69 1.00 #6 .16 .20 

FNYBUPBO12A-XS .75 1.88 1.56 .937 .31 2.75 1.00 .94 2.38 1.25 #8 .19 .51 

FNYBUPBO16A-XS 1.00 2.63 2.00 1.187 .38 3.25 1.25 1.19 2.88 1.75 #10 .22 1.03 

FNYBUPBO20A-XS 1.25 3.38 2.56 1.500 .43 4.00 1.63 1.50 3.50 2.00 #10 .22 2.15 

FNYBUPBO24A-XS 1.50 3.75 2.94 1.750 .50 4.75 1.88 1.75 4.12 2.50 1⁄4 .28 3.29 



Type SRA LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Assembly 

(Dimensions in Inches) 

Part Nom. H1 H7 Br K X Y G Wt. 


SRA-8-XS-SS .50 1.125 .19 1.50 1.00 4 2 #6 .17 1.26 

SRA-12-XS-SS .75 1.500 .25 1.75 1.25 6 3 #10 .22 2.50 

SRA-16-XS-SS 1.00 1.750 .25 2.13 1.50 6 3 1⁄4 .28 4.06 

SRA-20-XS-SS 1.25 2.125 .31 2.50 1.88 6 3 5⁄16 .34 6.30 

SRA-24-XS-SS 1.50 2.500 .38 3.00 2.25 8 4 5⁄16 .34 8.60 

LinearRace Support Rail Material: Aluminum Alloy Black Anodized 

Performance Note: For detailed explanations of FluoroNyliner Linear Guide Dynamic and Static Load 

Capacities, Frictional Characteristics, Wear Rates, Speeds, and Life Expectancy please contact the 

Danaher Motion Linear Guides Applications Engineering department. 

Product Note: FluoroNyliner linear guides are shipped free of all lubricants. It is the responsibility of 

the product user to determine lubricant compatibility with the FluoroNyliner bearing material. 

Product Options: FluoroNyliner linear guides are available with variousinner race materials and 

platings to accommodate different environments. 

Top plates are sold separately. Please refer to p. B-60 under accessories for P/N and dimensions. 


Maximum length of LinearRace Shaft Support Rail is 72 inches. If longer continuous one-piece LinearRace Shaft Support Rails are required, contact the 

Danaher Motion Linear Guide Application Engineering department. 

B-41

Side Mounted 1DA 

Features 

• Continuously supported design increases rigidity and provides for 

unlimited linear guide travel lengths 

• Versatile Side Support Rail Assembly geometry for optimizing 

mounting ability 

• Side mounted design provides an increase in pull-off load capacity 

Components 

• 2 Super Smart Ball Bushing* modified open type pillow blocks or 1 

Super Smart Ball Bushing modified open type twin pillow block. 

• 1 60 Case* LinearRace* shaft side mounted support rail assembly 


B-42 

H 

B1 

B 

Type SSUPBO-MOD Open Type 

Pillow Block 

Type SPB-OPN-MOD Open Type 

Pillow Block 

H8 

H9 

F 

J 

J1 L1 

Single Side Mounted Linear Guide with 

2 Pillow Blocks 





L1 

B9 B9 

A 

L 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Side Mounted for Low Profile 

Inch 



requirements. 





Single Side Mounted Linear Guide with 

1 Twin Pillow Block Fc L 

Ft L2 

Fs Type SSUTWNO-MOD 

Pillow Block 

Type TWN-OPN-MOD 

Pillow Block 

H8 

H9 

F 

J 

J2 L2 

A 

B 

R 

E 

H1 

D 

G 

1DA-12-JOO L24 





C 

Y CX 

F s 



Dynamic 

Load Rating 

C 

0.5C 

C 

F c 

F t 

Load Limit 

0.5C 

0.5C 

C 



Load Limit 


Type SSRA Side Mounted LinearRace Shaft 

Support Rail Assembly 

L 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






Side Mounted Linear Guide 1DA Single Side Mounted with 2 Pillow Blocks (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal H B B1 L1 Pillow Shaft 


Rail 

Assembly 

1DA-08-JOO .50 1.562 1.44 2.61 1.50 SPB-8-OPN-MOD SSRA-8 

1DA-12-JOO .75 2.062 1.94 3.55 1.88 SSUPBO-12-MOD SSRA-12 

1DA-16-JOO 1.00 2.562 2.44 4.49 2.63 SSUPBO-16-MOD SSRA-16 

Side Mounted Linear Guide 1DA Single Side Mounted with 1 Twin Pillow Block (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal H B B1 L2 Maximum Pillow Shaft 


Length Rail 

Assembly 

1DA-08-KOO .50 1.562 1.44 2.61 3.5 L-(3.5) TWN-8-OPN-MOD SSRA-8 

1DA-12-KOO .75 2.062 1.94 3.55 4.5 L-(4.5) SSUTWNO-12-MOD SSRA-12 

1DA-16-KOO 1.00 2.562 2.44 4.49 6.0 L-(6.0) SSUTWNO-16-MOD SSRA-16 

Mounting Configurations 

The following mounting configurations depict ideas for 

combining the Side Mounted Continuously Supported Linear 

Guides into your linear motion application. If you need further 

information, contact the Danaher Motion Application Engineering 

Department. 

1 

3 

2 

** 

4 

** 

**Pillow blocks shown are the standard SSUPBO or SPB-OPN style. To order System 1DA 

with standard pillow blocks, order the Side Mounted Shaft Rail Assembly (SSRA) and the 

SSUPBO or SPB-OPN separately. 




Assembly 

Part No. 

Rating, C (lbf) 

(Even Distribution) 

Part No. Dynamic Load 

Rating, C (lbf) 

1DA-08-JOO 240 SPB-8-OPN-MOD 120 

1DA-12-JOO 1600 SSUPBO-12-MOD 800 

1DA-16-JOO 2700 SSUPBO-16-MOD 1350 

1DA-08-KOO 240 TWN-8-OPN-MOD 240 

1DA-12-KOO 1600 SSUTWNO-12-MOD 1600 

1DA-16-KOO 2700 SSUTWNO-16-MOD 2700 

Type SPB-OPN-MOD and SSUPBO-MOD Pillow Block (Dimensions in inches) Type TWN-OPN-MOD and SSUTWNO-MOD Pillow Blocks 

Part Nom. H8 H9 A B9 L1 J J1 F Wt. Part Nom. L2 J2 Wt. 

Number Dia. lb Number Dia. lb 

SPB-08-OPN-MOD .50 .687 1.44 .67 1.12 1.50 .812 1.250 #8-32 .18 TWN-8-OPN-MOD .50 3.5 3.00 .39 

SSUPBO-12-MOD .75 .937 1.94 .92 1.56 1.88 1.187 1.562 #10-32 .45 SSUTWNO-12-MOD .75 4.5 4.00 1.00 

SSUPBO-16-MOD 1.00 1.187 2.44 1.17 2.00 2.63 1.438 2.250 1/4-20 .98 SSUTWNO-16-MOD 1.00 6.0 5.25 2.11 


Top plates are sold separately. Please refer to p. B-51 under accessories for P/N and dimensions. 


Type SSRA Side Mounted LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Assembly (Dimensions in Inches) 

Part Nom. H1 B R E D C X Y (1) G Wt. 


SSRA-08 .500 .875 1.44 .500 1.00 .49 1.06 4 2 1 ⁄4 .28 2.05 

SSRA-12 .750 1.125 1.94 .688 1.31 .75 1.44 6 3 5 ⁄16 .34 4.00 

SSRA-16 1.000 1.375 2.44 .875 1.63 .88 1.81 6 3 3 ⁄8 .41 6.25 

(1) For standard lengths 

LinearRace Shaft Support Rail Material: Aluminum Black Anodized 

† Super Ball Bushing* bearings are used in .500 inch size pillow blocks. 


Maximum length of LinearRace Shaft Support Rail is 72 inches. If longer continuous one-piece LinearRace Shaft Support 

Rails are required, contact the Danaher Motion Linear Guides Application Engineering department. 

B-43

Dual Shaft Rail* 2DA 

Features 


• Adaptable to any drive system 



Components 

• 1 Dual LinearRace* shaft rail assembly 

• 1 integrated carriage with 4 open type Super Smart Ball Bushing* 

bearings 


B-44 

2DA XX 00B 

C1 

C 

Rail Cross Section 

2DA XX 00A 

C1 

C 

Rail Cross Section 

B1 

B2 

H2 H 

H1 

R 

B1 

B2 

H2 H 

H1 

R 

B 

B 

S 

S 





F 

T1 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



with Integrated Carriage 

Unpack and Install 

Inch 



requirements. 





Dual Shaft Rail Linear Guide with Integrated full length Carriage 

M1 

M 

N N1 

L 

2DA-12-OOB L24 

Linear Guide Linear Guide Length 

Designation 


X Y 

Dual Shaft Rail Linear Guide with Integrated short length Carriage 

F 

T2 

L 

M1 

M 

N2 N1 

X Y 

G 

Z 

G 

Z 

F c 

F t 

F s 

F s 



Dynamic 

Load Rating 

C 

C 

0.5C 

F c 

Load Limit 

0.5C 

0.5C 

0.5C 

F t 



Load Limit 


F c 

F t 

F s 

F s 



Dynamic 

Load Rating 

C 

C 

0.5C 

F c 

F t 

Load Limit 

0.5C 

0.5C 

0.5C 



Load Limit 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






Dual Shaft Rail Linear Guide 2DA with Integrated Carriage (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal T1 H H1 H2 B R B1 B2 C C1 


2DA-08-OOB .50 4.5 1.625 .875 1.43 2.00 .500 4.6 3.0 .64 1.25 

2DA-12-OOB .75 6.0 2.125 1.125 1.93 2.63 .688 6.1 4.0 .75 1.62 

2DA-16-OOB 1.00 7.5 2.625 1.375 2.44 3.25 .875 7.6 5.0 .99 2.00 


Part N N1 M M1 X Y Z S F G Max. 

Includes 

Number As Bolt Hole Stroke Carriage Dual Shaft Rail 

Extruded Length Part Number Asmbly. Part No. 

2DA-08-OOB 4.00 .25 4.00 .30 4.0 2.0 .75 .50 #10-32 1 /4 .28 L-(4.5) DSRC-08-SB DSRA-08 

2DA-12-OOB 5.25 .37 5.25 .42 6.0 3.0 1.00 .70 1 /4-20 5 /16 .34 L-(6.0) DSRC-12-SB DSRA-12 

2DA-16-OOB 6.75 .37 6.75 .42 6.0 3.0 1.25 .90 5/16-18 3/8 .41 L-(7.5) DSRC-16-SB DSRA-16 


Dual Shaft Rail Support Material: Black Anodized Aluminum Alloy 

Maximum continuous length of support rails is 72”. If longer continuous shaft support rails are required, please contact the Danaher Motion Linear Guides Application Engineering department. 


Linear Guide Dynamic Load Dynamic 

Assembly Rating, C (lbf) Roll Moment 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Rating, C (in - lbf) 

2DA-08-OOB 480 720 

2DA-12-OOB 3200 6400 

2DA-16-OOB 5400 13500 

Note: Above load ratings used for life calculations. Load limit of assembly 50%. 


Part Nominal T2 H H1 H2 B R B1 B2 C C1 


2DA-08-OOA .500 3.5 1.625 .875 1.43 2.00 .500 4.60 3.0 .64 1.25 

2DA-12-OOA .750 4.5 2.125 1.125 1.93 2.63 .688 6.10 4.0 .75 1.62 

2DA-16-OOA 1.000 6.0 2.625 1.375 2.44 3.25 .875 7.60 5.0 .99 2.00 


Part N N2 M M1 X Y Z S F G Max. 

Includes 

Number As Bolt Hole Stroke Carriage Dual Shaft Rail 

Extruded Length Part Number Asmbly. Part No. 

2DA-08-OOA .25 3.00 4.00 .30 4.0 2.0 .75 .50 #10-32 1 /4 .28 L-(3.5) DSRC-08-SA DSRA-08 

2DA-12-OOA .37 3.75 5.25 .42 6.0 3.0 1.00 .70 1 /4-20 5 /16 .34 L-(4.5) DSRC-12-SA DSRA-12 

2DA-16-OOA .37 5.25 6.75 .42 6.0 3.0 1.25 .90 5 /16-18 3 /8 .41 L-(6.0) DSRC-16-SA DSRA-16 


Dual Shaft Rail Support Material: Black Anodized Aluminum Alloy Maximum continuous length of support rails is 72”. If longer continuous shaft 

support rails are required, please contact the Danaher Motion Linear Guides Application Engineering department. 



Assembly Rating, C (lbf) Roll Moment 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Rating, C (in - lbf) 

2DA-08-OOA 480 720 

2DA-12-OOA 3200 6400 

2DA-16-OOA 5400 13500 

Note: Above load ratings used for life calculations. Load limit of assembly 50%. 

† Super Ball Bushing* bearings are used in 

500 inch size carriages 

B-45

Twin Shaft Web* 2CA 

Features 

• Used when spanning or bridging a gap 

• Double LinearRace* shaft and welded integral web design maximizes 

torque and dramatically improves deflection characteristics 

• Pre-aligned for quick and easy installation 

• Designed to move medium loads with virtually frictionless travel 

Components 

• Universal integrated, carriage with 4 open type Super Smart 

Ball Bushing* bearings 

• Twin welded 60 Case* LinearRace shafts with integral web 

• 2 vertical or horizontal double end supports 


B-46 

H 

H 

H7 

B2 

B 





B4 

R 

B 

R 

B2 

H1 

L3 

M2 

N1 

F 

N2 

L 

T1 

N 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



with Universal Carriage 

Unpack and Install 

Inch 



requirements. 


N3 

3. Add the letter “L” followed by the overall length in inches, as 

a suffix to the part number. 


Twin Shaft Web Linear Guide with Universal Carriage 

(Vertical Configuration) 

Twin Shaft Web Linear Guide with Universal Carriage 

(Horizontal Configuration) 

H1 

L3 

N1 N 

M3 

M 

2CA-12-OME L24 

Linear Guide 

Designation Linear Guide Length 



M1 

F G 

L 

L2 

N2 

N3 

M 

M1 

M2 

M3 

F 

F 

B3 

B6 

H3 

G 

B3 

H3 

B6 

H2 

B1 

B1 

H2 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


2CA-08-OKE WC-08 WSB-08-V 



* 






Twin Shaft Web Linear Guide End Supported 2CA (Vertical Configuration) (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal L3 H H1 H3 H7 B R B2 B3 B4 B6 T1 N 


2CA-08-OKE .50 .63 2.750 .875 2.56 .38 2.25 1.125 1.13 1.63 1.12 .31 3.5 3.00 

2CA-12-OKE .75 .75 3.625 1.125 3.44 .56 3.00 1.500 1.50 2.25 1.63 .38 4.5 4.00 

2CA-16-OKE 1.00 1.00 4.625 1.375 4.50 .75 4.00 2.000 2.00 3.00 2.25 .50 6.0 5.25 

Twin Shaft Web Linear Guide End Supported 2CA (Vertical Configuration) (Dimensions in inches) 

Part N1 N2 N3 H2 B1 M M1 M2 M3 F G Max. Twin Shaft 

Number Bolt Hole Stroke Web 

Length Part Number 

2CA-08-OKE .25 2.5 .50 1.5 2.62 2.00 .31 .88 .31 #10-32 #10 .22 L-(4.75) TSW-08 

2CA-12-OKE .25 3.5 .50 2.0 3.50 2.87 .31 1.38 .31 1/4-20 1/4 .28 L-(6.00) TSW-12 

2CA-16-OKE .38 4.5 .75 2.5 4.50 3.62 .44 1.62 .44 5/16-18 5/16 .34 L-(8.00) TSW-16 

2CA (Vertical Configuration) Carriage and End Support Part No. 

Linear Guide Carriage End Support 

Part Number Part Number Part Number 

Dynamic Load Capacity Matrix (4 million inches travel) 


Assembly Capacity (lbf) Roll Moment 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Capacity (in - lbf) 

2CA-08-OKE 290 165 

2CA-12-OKE 1800 1350 

2CA-16-OKE 3000 3000 

† Super Ball Bushing* bearings are used in .500 inch size carriages. 

2CA-08-OME WC-08 WSB-08-H 



Maximum Length is 72 inches. 

Shaft Deflection Note: 

Load limit may be below the dynamic load rating due to shaft deflection. 

Bearings can accommodate up to 1/2º deflection. 


Twin Shaft Web Linear Guide End Supported 2CA (Horizontal Configuration) (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nominal L3 H H1 H3 B R B2 B3 B6 T1 N 


2CA-08-OME .50 .63 1.625 .875 1.5 2.62 .750 1.13 2.00 .31 3.5 3.00 

2CA-12-OME .75 .75 2.125 1.125 2.0 3.50 1.000 1.50 2.75 .37 4.5 4.00 

2CA-16-OME 1.00 1.00 2.625 1.375 2.5 4.50 1.250 2.00 3.62 .50 6.0 5.25 

Twin Shaft Web Linear Guide End Supported 2CA (Horizontal Configuration) (Dimensions in inches) 

Part N1 N2 N3 H2 B1 M M1 M2 M3 F G Max. Twin Shaft 

Number Bolt Hole Stroke Web 

Length Part Number 

2CA-08-OME .25 2.5 .50 1.5 2.62 2.00 .31 .88 .31 #10-32 #10 .22 L-(4.75) TSW-08 

2CA-12-OME .25 3.5 .50 2.0 3.50 2.87 .31 1.38 .31 1 /4-20 1 /4 .28 L-(6.00) TSW-12 

2CA-16-OME .38 4.5 .75 2.5 4.50 3.62 .44 1.62 .44 5 /16-18 5 /16 .34 L-(8.00) TSW-16 

2CA (Horizontal Configuration) Carriage and End Support Part No. 

Linear Guide Carriage End Support 

Part Number Part Number Part Number 

Dynamic Load Capacity Matrix (4 million inches travel) 


Assembly Capacity (lbf) Roll Moment 

Part No. (Even Distribution) Capacity (in - lbf) 

2CA-08-OME 290 165 

2CA-12-OME 1800 1350 

2CA-16-OME 3000 3000 

† Super Ball Bushing* bearings are used in .500 inch size carriages. 

Maximum Length is 72 inches. 

Shaft Deflection Note: 

Load limit may be below the dynamic load rating due to shaft deflection. 

Bearings can accommodate up to 1/2º deflection. 


B-47

Features 

Ball Screw Assemblies 

• Integrated ball screw and supports with motor-ready mounting 

• Designed to fit appropriately sized linear guides 

for custom configurations 

• Pre-engineered to meet your system needs 

Components 

• 1 Ball Screw Assembly with Ball Nut Mounting Surface 

(Preloaded or Non-Loaded) 

• 2 Integrated End Supports with Angular Contact Bearings 

• 1 Motor and Controller with integrated indexer (optional) 



Preloaded 


Non-Preloaded 

B-48 

Ball Screw Nut 

Mounting Block 

Cross-Section 

Ball Screw Nut 

Mounting Block 

Cross-Section 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Inch and Metric 

Specifying a Ball Screw Assembly: 

1. Determine your drive requirements (torque, speed, acceleration, etc.) 

2. Select the part number of the ball screw you have chosen. 

3. Place your order with your local authorized distributor. 


Type of Assembly 

BSA-12-B L24 

Length 

Ball Screw 

System Size 

Preloaded Ball Screw Assemblies are 

predesigned to match the base to pillow block 

height of 1BA, 1CA and 1VA linear guides. 

To utilize Ball Screw Assemblies with other linear 

guides contact the Thomson Systems application 

engineering department. 

Non-Preloaded Ball Screw Assemblies are 

predesigned to match the base to pillow block 

height of 1BA, 1CA and 1VA linear guides. 

To utilize Ball Screw Assemblies with other linear 

guides contact the Thomson Systems application 

engineering department. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Ball Screw Assembly Standard Lengths (Lengths in inches) 

Part No. 18 24 30 32 36 40 42 48 54 60 64 66 72 80 84 88 96 

BSA-08-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BSA-12-L ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BSA-16-H ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BSA-16-T ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BSA-24-I ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BSA-24-J ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

BSA-24-Z ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

* 






Ball Screw Assemblies - (Preloaded) (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Ball Screw L3 L5 L6 L8 H H3 H1 B B3 B4 R G 

Number Dia. x Lead 

BSA-08-Q .500 x .500 1.50 0.75 0.38 2.25 1.812 2.35 1.200 3.80 3.20 2.50 1.900 0.19 

BSA-12-L .631 x 1.00 2.00 1.00 0.50 – 2.437 2.70 1.500 3.80 3.20 2.50 1.900 0.22 

BSA-16-H 1.00 x .250 2.20 1.20 0.50 2.40 2.937 3.45 1.750 5.00 4.20 3.50 2.500 0.28 

BSA-16-T 1.00 x 1.00 

BSA-24-I 1.50 x .250 

BSA-24-J 1.50 x 1.00 2.80 1.50 0.65 2.82 4.250 5.000 2.500 7.25 6.20 5.00 3.625 0.34 

BSA-24-Z 1.50 x 1.875 

Ball Screw Assemblies - (Preloaded) (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Ball Screw Y V1 W W1 F3 L9 A A1 A5 A7 Motor 

Number Dia. x Lead Frame Size 

BSA-08-Q .500 x .500 1.00 0.25 0.95 0.14 #6-32 4.50 1.23 1.20 0.23 0.76 NEMA 23 

BSA-12-L .631 x 1.00 1.93 0.25 1.33 0.18 #8-32 3.44 1.69 1.80 - - NEMA 23 

BSA-16-H 1.00 x .250 1.90 0.25 1.63 0.26 #10-32 4.85 2.15 2.03 0.44 2.12 NEMA 34 

BSA-16-T 1.00 x 1.00 5.70 NEMA 34 

BSA-24-I 1.50 x .250 6.38 NEMA 42 

BSA-24-J 1.50 x 1.00 2.00 0.41 2.00 0.37 1/4-20 7.34 2.75 3.25 0.63 2.25 NEMA 42 

BSA-24-Z 1.50 x 1.875 10.63 NEMA 42 

Ball Screw Assemblies (Non-Preloaded) (Dimension in inches) 

Part Ball Screw L3 L5 L6 L9 H H3 H1 B B3 B4 R G 


BSA-08-F .500 x .200 1.50 0.75 0.38 2.25 1.812 2.35 1.200 3.80 3.20 2.50 1.90 0.19 

BSA-12-G .750 x .200 2.00 1.00 0.50 1.80 2.437 2.70 1.500 3.80 3.20 2.50 1.90 0.22 

BSA-M12-B 12mm x 5mm 1.50 0.75 0.38 2.25 1.812 2.35 1.200 3.80 3.20 2.50 1.90 0.19 

BSA-M20-D 20mm x 5mm 2.00 1.00 0.50 2.46 2.437 2.70 1.500 3.80 3.20 2.50 1.90 0.22 

Ball Screw Assemblies (Non-Preloaded) (Dimension in inches) 

Part Ball Screw A2 A3 A8 V2 V3 W2 W3 W4 F3 


BSA-08-F .500 x .200 1.19 1.23 0.48 1.00 0.25 0.95 0.12 1.19 #6-32 

BSA-12-G .750 x .200 1.69 1.80 0.72 1.93 0.25 1.33 0.18 1.69 #8-32 

BSA-M12-B 12mm x 5mm 1.19 1.23 0.48 1.00 0.25 0.95 0.12 1.19 #6-32 

BSA-M20-D 20mm x 5mm 1.69 1.80 0.72 1.93 0.25 1.33 0.18 1.69 #8-32 

Rotational Speed (rpm) 

Maximum AcceptableTravel Rate* 

5000 

2000 

1000 

500 

200 

100 

10 20 30 40 60 100 

System Length (in) 

*80% of Critical Speed 

12 x 5 NP 

.5 x .2 P/NP 

.5 X .5 P 

.75 x .2 P/NP 

20 x 5 NP 

1 x .25 P 

1 x 1 P 

1.5 x 1 P 

1.5 x 1.875 P 

Compressive Load on Screw (lbf) 

10000 

6000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1000 

600 

400 

300 

200 


100 

80 

100 

80 

200 10 100 1000 10000 100000 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 

Load on Carriage (lbf) 

Acceleration (ft/s2) 100 60 40 30 10 6 4 

12 x 5 NP 

.5 X .5 P 

.5 x .2 P/NP 


Custom lengths are also available. For special 

requirements, please contact the Danaher Motion 


For Motion Control Options, see page B-66. To determine system Torque 

Requirements of Ball Screw travel life refer to the Engineering Support 

Appendix, page B-67. For Motor Adaptor and Motor Coupling information, 

see page B-55. 

20 x 5 NP 

1.5 x 1 P 

1.5 x 1.875 P 

1 x 1 P 

1 x .25 P 

.75 x .2 P/NP 

10000 

6000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1000 

600 

400 

200 

The SuperSlide has a pre-designed Maximum 

Acceptable Travel Rate. Calculate maximum rotational 

speed (rpm) by dividing your required maximum 

linear speed (in/min) by the corresponding system 

ball screw lead (in/rev.). Enter the chartwith the 

required system length and your maximum rotational 

speed. Select the system with a maximum acceptable 

travel rate curve above the plotted line. 

Compressive load on the ball screw is a key factor 

in selecting the proper System. Using maximum load 

and acceleration requirements, plot compressive load 

on the left side of the chart. Using System length 

and compressive load. plot the maximum allowable 

compressive force on the right chart. Select the 

System with a rated maximum compressive force 

above your plotted point. 

If you have questions concerning your system 

requirements, contact the Thomson Systems 


Note: Ball screw should never exceed 

recommended critical speed. 

B-49

Worksheet 

NOTES: 

B-50 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

* 

Accessories 





B-51 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

Accessories 

Collapsable Bellows 

Bellows will reduce available stroke length of slide by approximately 28%. 

Bellows P/N should be succeeded by a length when ordering 

BEL-1B † 

For Systems 1AA, 1AB, 1AC, 1BA, 

1BB, 1BC, 2AA, 2AB 

BEL-1B Moveable Protective Bellows 

Part Nom. Dimension (in.) 

Number Shaft Dia. H H1 B 

BEL-1B-04 1/4 1.187 .906 1.812 

BEL-1B-06 3/8 1.312 .968 1.937 

BEL-1B-08 1/2 1.687 1.156 2.062 

BEL-1B-12 3/4 2.000 1.156 2.312 

BEL-1B-16 1 2.375 1.281 2.625 

BEL-1B-24 11/2 3.062 1.531 3.125 

† Each moveable bellows comes with 1 section of bellows and 2 pairs of Velcro ® Fasteners. 

BEL-1C † 

For Systems 1CA, 1CB, 1CC, 

2EA, 2EB 

BEL-1C Moveable Protective Bellows 



B-52 

B1 

B 





H1 

H 

CR 

.163 

.108 

.163 

.108 

.163 

.108 

BEL-1C-08 1/2 1.375 .968 2.062 .088 

BEL-1C-12 3/4 1.812 1.062 2.312 .120 

BEL-1C-16 1 2.375 1.218 2.625 .088 

BEL-1C-24 11/2 3.125 1.531 3.125 .088 

† Each moveable bellows comes with 1 section of bellows and 2 pairs of Velcro® Fasteners. 

BEL-2AE 

For QuickSlide* Systems 2AA, 2EA 

and SuperSlide* Systems 2AB, 2EB 

BEL-2AE Moveable Protective Bellows 



BEL-2AE-08 1/2 1.4 1.24 5.25 

BEL-2AE-12 3/4 2.1 1.35 6.85 

BEL-2AE-16 1 2.8 1.68 8.10 

BEL-2AE-24 11/2 4.2 2.44 11.18 

Each moveable bellows comes with 1 section of bellows and 

2 pairs of Velcro ® fasteners. 

B1 

B 

H1 

H 

CR 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


BEL-2D 

For Dual Shaft Rail QuickSlide System 2DA † and 

SuperSlide System 2DB 

BEL-2D Dual Shaft Rail Bellows 



BEL-2DA-08 1 /2 1.50 0.85 4.60 

BEL-2DB-08 1 /2 1.89 1.34 5.13 

BEL-2D-12 3 /4 2.406 1.437 6.000 

BEL-2D-16 1 2.875 1.687 7.500 

Each moveable bellows comes with 1 section of bellows and 2 mounting brackets 

and mounting screws. 

† 

Appropriate arrangements for afixing the Bellows at each end of the QuickSlide 2DA 

System are required. 

BEL-2H 

For SuperSlide Systems 2HB, 2HE 

BEL-2H Moveable Protective Bellows 

H 

Part Nom. Dimension (mm) 

Number Sys. size B B2 H H1 H2 H4 

BEL-2H-10 10 103 81 26 11 10 0 

BEL-2H-20 20 199 167 48 30 15 5 

Each moveable bellows comes with 1 section of bellows and 2 mounting brackets and mounting screws. 

BEL-2R 

For SuperSlide Systems 2RB, 2RE 

H1 H2 

BEL-2R Moveable Protective Bellows 

Part Nom. Dimension (mm) 

Number Shaft Dia. B B2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 

BEL-2R-12 12 128 75 48 37 29 15 12 

BEL-2R-16 16 158 95 52 426 30 150 10 

B 

Bellows Materials: 

• Polyester Cover 

• PVC Stiffeners 

B 

B2 

B2 

H1 

H4 

H3 B 

H4 

H 

H2 H1 

Each moveable bellows comes with 1 section of bellows and 2 mounting brackets and mounting screws. 

H 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Collapsable Bellows 

Bellows will reduce available stroke length of slide by approimately 28%. 

BEL-2C-H 

For Horizontal Twin Shaft Web 

Quickslide* System 2CA 

BEL-2C-H Moveable Protective Bellows 



BEL-2C-08-H 1/2 1.688 1.031 3.250 .108 

BEL-2C-12-H 3/4 2.062 1.156 3.812 .108 

BEL-2C-16-H 1 2.437 1.281 4.62 .108 

Each moveable bellows comes with 1 section of bellows and 2 pairs of Velcro ® Fasteners. 

BEL-2C-V 

For Vertical Twin Shaft Web 

Quickslide System 2CA 

BEL-2C-V Moveable Protective Bellows 



BEL-2C-08-V 1/2 2.750 1.000 2.125 .163 

BEL-2C-12-V 3/4 3.750 1.125 2.375 .163 

BEL-2C-16-V 1 4.375 1.250 2.625 .108 

Each moveable bellows comes with 1 section of bellows and 2 pairs of Velcro ® Fasteners. 

* 

B1 

B1 

Accessories 





B 

B 

H1 

H1 

H 

H 

CR 

CR 

B-53 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

Accessories 

Shroud Covers for AccuSlide* 

B-54 

4 

7 

6 

Part No. ASC2HM20 x (length in mm) 

includes the following components: 

Item 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

2 

as req’d 

1 

2 

4 

8 

4 

4 

as req’d 




Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The AccuSlide Shroud Cover is designed to protect the AccuSlide system from contaminants and particulate matter with a minimal reduction in system 

stroke length. The shroud cover is a three-piece design, consisting of two side shrouds and one top shroud, each made of grey anodized aluminum. 

The AccuSlide system carriage top is designed with pedestal mounts so as to allow the passage of the carriage assembly without interference with the 

cover. This arrangement leaves two uncovered slots that run the length of the stroke. Bellows way covers are also available for full coverage of the 

AccuSlide system (see page B-52). 

Item 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

3 

6 

2 

as req’d 

1 

2 

4 

8 

4 

4 

as req’d 

2HBM10 and 2HEM10 2HBM20 and 2HEM20 

Part No. ASC2HM10 x (length in mm) 

includes the following components: 

Quantity Description 

Side Shroud 

TNUT02-M4 

Top Shroud 

Top Shroud Bracket 

Set Screw M3 

Flat Head Screw M2 

Washer 

Hexagonal Nut M3 

Button Head Cap Screw M4 

Each shroud cover for the 2HBM10 and 2HEM10 AccuSlide systems 

is provided with all of the necessary hardware to mount the covers. 

On the top shroud this includes an end mounting bracket at each 

end of the system with set-screws and associated nuts and washers. 

These set screws pull the brackets outboard in the axial direction, 

thus tensioning the top shroud and removing most of the sag in the 

cover on long axis systems. The side shrouds are attached to the 

system via tee nuts and button head cap screws. The screw/nut 

assemblies on the side shrouds are spaced every 75 mm. 

8 


4 

1 

5 

7 

2 

9 


8 

Side Shroud 

TNUT04-M6 

Top Shroud 

Top Shroud Bracket 

Set Screw M4 

Flat Head Screw M3 

Washer 

Hexagonal Nut M4 

Button Head Cap Screw M6 

Each shroud cover for the 2HBM20 and 2HEM20 AccuSlide systems 

is provided with all of the necessary hardware to mount the covers. 

On the top shroud this includes an end mounting bracket at each 

end of the system with set-screws and associated nuts and washers. 

These set screws pull the brackets outboard in the axial direction, 

thus tensioning the top shroud and removing most of the sag in the 

cover on long axis systems. The side shrouds are attached to the 

system via tee nuts and button head cap screws. The screw/nut 

assemblies on the side shrouds are spaced every 120 mm. 

2 

3 

5 

1 

9 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Couplings and Motor Adaptor Blocks - Inch 

Motor Couplings for Mounting NEMA frame size motors to Inch Size Systems 

D4 D8 D5 

D5 D4 

L1 

L1 

L9 

disc 

L2 

L2 

L9 

D8 

Aluminum Oldham Type with Clamp Attachment (Acetal Disc) 

* 

Accessories 

Part Motor Dimensions (in.) Maximum 

Number Size D5 D4 D8 L1 L2 L9 Torque (lbf-in) 

MC-OLD-12-23 NEMA 23 1.00 .250 .250 .46 .36 1.28 30.1 

MC-OLD-16-23 NEMA 23 1.00 .250 .375 .46 .36 1.28 30.1 

MC-OLD-16-34 NEMA 34 1.31 .375 .375 .59 .71 1.89 79.6 

MC-OLD-16-34 AE NEMA 34 1.31 .375 .500 .59 .71 1.89 79.6 

MC-OLD-24-42 NEMA 42 1.63 .625 .625 .70 .60 2.00 159.3 

Stainless Steel Bellows Type with Clamp Attachment 

Part Motor Dimensions (in.) Maximum 

Number Size D5 D4 D8 L1 L2 L9 Torque (lbf-in) 

MC-BEL-12-23 NEMA 23 .98 .250 .250 .51 .24 1.26 17.7 

MC-BEL-16-23 NEMA 23 .98 .250 .375 .51 .24 1.26 17.7 

MC-BEL-16-34 NEMA 34 1.57 .375 .375 .67 .51 1.85 88.5 

MC-BEL-16-34 AE NEMA 34 1.57 .375 .500 .67 .51 1.85 88.5 

MC-BEL-24-42 NEMA 42 1.77 .625 .625 .47 1.54 2.48 159.3 

Motor Mounting Dimensions 

Dimensional Information for mounting motors to Inch size Ball Screw Actuated SuperSlide* Systems. 

SuperSlide End Block End View Section A-A 

Ball Screw Actuated SuperSlide 

Part Number Motor Size Dimensions (in.) 

Prefix Size C1 C2 D1 D3 E J K P 

2DB08† NEMA 23 1.75 1.25 1.50 .188 .30 .275 10-32 .05 

2DB12, 2EB08 NEMA 23 1.86 1.86 2.15 .250 .34 .300 10-32 .05 

2EB12 NEMA 23 1.86 1.86 2.15 .375 .56 0 10-32 .05 

2DB16 NEMA 34 2.74 2.74 2.88 .375 .56 .425 10-32 .05 

2EB16 NEMA 34 2.74 2.74 2.88 .500 .42 0 10-32 .05 

2EB24 NEMA 42 3.50 3.50 4.10 .625 .59 0 1 /4-20 .05 

† Dimensions for the 2DB08 SuperSlide system are for lead screw actuation only. 

Ball Screw 





P 

E 

D1 

D3 

Angular Contact 

Bearing 

Bearing 

Locking Ring 

K 

(for motor 

attachment) 

B-55 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

Couplings and Motor Adaptor Blocks - Metric 

Motor Couplings for Mounting NEMA frame size motors to Metric Size Systems 

D4 D8 D5 

D5 D4 

Accessories 

Motor Mounting Dimensions 

Ball Screw Actuated SuperSlide 

MCM-OLD-08-23 NEMA 23 25,4 6,35 8 11,6 9,2 32,4 3,4 

MCM-OLD-10-23 NEMA 23 25,4 6,35 10 11,6 9,2 32,4 3,4 

MCM-OLD-14-34 NEMA 34 41,3 9,53 14 15,0 18,0 48,0 9,0 

MCM-BEL-08-23 NEMA 23 25 6,35 8 13 6 32 2,0 

MCM-BEL-10-23 NEMA 23 25 6,35 10 13 6 32 2,0 

MCM-BEL-14-34 NEMA 34 40 9,53 14 17 13 47 10,0 

Dimensional Information for mounting of NEMA frame size motors to Metric size Ball Screw Actuated 

SuperSlide* Systems 

B-56 

L1 

L1 

L9 

disc 

L2 

L2 

L9 

D8 

B3 

Aluminum Oldham Type with Clamp Attachment (Acetal Disc) 

C3 

H4 

C3 

Part Motor Dimension (mm) 

Number Size B3 C3 H4 D1 D3 E P 

2RB M12 NEMA 23 60,0 47,15 60,0 38,2 8,0 42,0 34,0 

2RB M16 NEMA 23 60,0 47,15 60,0 38,2 10,0 42,5 32,5 

2HB M10 NEMA 23 60,0 47,15 60,0 38,2 8,0 42,0 34,0 

2HB M20 NEMA 34 88,9 69,6 88,9 73,10† 14,0 66,0 52,0 

† ∅ DI is for the first 5mm only; remainder is ∅ 50.8mm 

Part Motor Dimension (mm) Maximum 

Number Size D5 D4 D8 L1 L2 L9 Torque (N • m) 

Stainless Steel Bellows Type with Clamp Attachment 

Part Motor Dimension (mm) Maximum 

Number Size D5 D4 D8 L1 L2 L9 Torque (N • m) 

D1 D3 




* 


P 

E 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Motor Adaptor Blocks and Couplings – Microstage* 

Motor Mount Block with Four Bolt Hole Pattern 

ØD6 

H5 

ØD7 

B2 

B1 

B4 

Motor Mount Block with Two Bolt Hole Pattern 

H5 

ØD6 

ØD7 

Motor Couplings 

B2 

B3 

Motor Couplings (Dimensions in mm) 

* 

H6 

S2 

H7 

Accessories 

Part Number ØD9 ØD10 ØD11 L9 Used w/System Used w/Motor Adaptor Block 

MCMS25-22 M5 3,0 12 19 MS25-LXA-LXXX MMBMS25-22 

MCMS25-17 M5 6,35 15 22 MS25-LXB-LXXX MMBMS25-17 

MCMS25-17 (Stepper) 5m 5m 12.7 19 MS25-LXCLXXX MMBMS25-17 (Stepper) 

MCMS33-17 M5 6,35 15 22 MS33-LXA-LXXX MMBMS33-17 

MCMS33-23 M5 6,35 15 22 MS33-LXB-LXXX MMBMS33-23 





H1 

L8 

L7 

For Motor Blocks 

Part Number MMBMS25-17, MMBMS33-17, MMBMS25-17 (Stepper), MMBMS33-23 

B1 

Motor Mount Blocks (Dimensions in mm) 

ØD9 

L9 

ØD11 

ØD10 

Outboard End Side Inboard End 

Outboard End Side Inboard End 

B3 

B4 

H1 

S2 

Part Number B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 ØD6 ØD7 ØD8 H1 H5 H6 H7 H8 L5 L6 L7 L8 S1 S2 

MMBMS25-22 32 16 5 10 11,38 22,75 6,02 4,0 14,5 22 11 – – 18,75 27,75 18,75 3,0 1,7 4,60 2,40 

MMBMS25-17 39,9 19,95 15,5 31 11,38 22,75 22,03 8,5 16,4 39,9 19,95 15,5 31 29 43,25 19,25 18,0 2,75 4,60 M4 

MMBMS25-17 (Stepper) 39,9 19.95 15.5 31 11.33 22,75 22 7 14 39,4 19,95 15,5 31 29 35 20 9 2,75 4,60 3,45 

MMBMS33-17 39,9 19,95 15,5 31 11,15 22,3 22,03 8,5 16,4 39,9 19,95 15,5 31 29 43,25 19,25 18,0 2,75 M4 M4 

MMBMS33-23 57,7 28,83 23,57 47,14 11,15 22,3 38,18 8,5 16,4 57,7 28,83 23,57 47,14 38 39,75 17,75 14,0 4,0 M4 M4 

L7 

L8 

L5 

L6 

L5 

L6 

H8 

H8 

S1 

ØD8 

S1 

ØD8 

B5 

B5 

B6 

B6 

Used w/System Used w/Coupling 

MS25-LXA-LXXX MCMS25-22 

MS25-LXB-LXXX MCMS25-17 

MS25-LXC-LXXX MCMS25-17 (Stepper) 

MS33-LXA-LXXX MCMS33-17 

MS33-LXB-LXXX MCMS33-23 

B-57 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

Accessories 

Radial Mount 

Ball Screw Shaft Extenders for SuperSlide* Systems 

• Allows for the mounting of actuating devices that will impart 

a cantilever load to the ball screw shaft extension 

• May be used with: 

– Pulley and Belt Drives 

– Hand Cranks 

– Pinion Gears 

• Radial Mount* couplings provide attachment of ball screw 

and extender shafts without the need for painstaking alignment 

procedures 

• The heavy duty cantilever torque capacity of the Radial Mount shaft extender 

resists ball screw stub shaft fatigue and failure 

X 

F 

B 

Q 

3/16 

Square 

Keyway 

J 

B A flD C V1 V2 H 

F 

E 

S 

E 

A 

X 

Output shaft is a non-hardened steel. 

Radial Mount* Shaft Extender Technical Information 

P 

M 

L 

K 

G 

N 

Section X-X 

F R 

FR † 

Part Max. J Frame 

Dimensions (in.) 

Number (lbf.) (in.) Size A B C D E F G H K L M N P S V1 V2 Q 

RADMO-23A ††† 120 .5 NEMA-23 2.24 1.86 1.75 2.15 1.12 .93 3.625 2.15 .25 .16 1.15 .62 .22 1.26 .626 .626 .43 

RADMO-23B 120 .5 NEMA-23 2.24 1.86 1.75 2.15 1.12 .93 3.625 2.15 .25 .16 1.15 .62 .22 1.26 .626 .626 .43 

RADMO-23C 120 .5 NEMA-23 2.24 1.86 1.75 2.15 1.12 .93 3.625 2.15 .25 .16 1.15 .62 .22 1.26 .626 .626 .43 

RADMO-23D 120 .5 NEMA-23 2.24 1.86 1.75 1.50 1.12 .93 3.625 2.15 .25 .16 1.15 .62 .22 1.26 .375 .626 .43 

RADMO-23E 120 .5 NEMA-23 2.24 1.86 1.75 1.50 1.12 .93 3.625 2.15 .25 .16 1.15 .62 .22 1.26 .375 .626 .43 

RADMO-34A 120 .5 NEMA-34 3.26 2.74 1.75 2.88 1.63 1.37 3.625 3.0 .25 .16 1.2 .50 .22 1.26 .626 .626 .48 

RADMO-34B 120 .5 NEMA-34 3.26 2.74 1.75 2.88 1.63 1.37 3.625 3.0 .25 .16 1.2 .50 .22 1.26 .626 .626 .48 

RADMO-34C 120 .5 NEMA-34 3.26 2.74 1.75 2.88 1.63 1.37 3.625 3.0 .25 .16 1.2 .50 .22 1.26 .626 .626 .48 

RADMO-42A 210 1.0 NEMA-42 4.19 3.50 2.37 4.10 2.09 1.75 4.225 3.5 .38 .16 1.43 .50 .27 2.19 .747 .747 .68 

† Based on a bearing life of 2 x 108 revolutions. 

††Radial Mount shaft extenders are supplied with their corresponding Radial Mount Coupling. 

L1 

disc 

Radial Mount Couplings 

Couples the SuperSlide Ball Screw shaft to the Smart Mount Shaft Extender 

Radial Mount Coupling Technical Information 

††† The RADMO-23A shaft extender is supplied with an adaptor block part number MB08-23. 

D1 

D3 

Dimensions (in.) Supplied 

Max. Used with 

Part Torque with Smart Mount 

Number in-lbf. L1 D1 D2 D3 System Extender 

RMC-23A ††† 80 1.89 .188 .626 1.31 2DB08 RADMO-23A 

RMC-23B 80 1.89 .250 .626 1.31 2DB12, 2EB08, BSA08, BSAM12 RADMO-23B 

RMC-23C 80 1.89 .375 .626 1.31 2EB12, BSA12, BSAM20 RADMO-23C 

RMC-23D 80 1.89 .394 .375 1.31 2RBM16 RADMO-23D 

RMC-23E 80 1.89 .315 .375 1.31 2RBM12, 2HBM10 RADMO-23E 

RMC-34A 80 1.89 .375 .626 1.31 2DB16 RADMO-34A 

RMC-34B 160 2.00 .500 .626 1.63 2EB16, BSA16 RADMO-34B 

RMC-34C 160 2.00 .551 .626 1.63 2HBM20 RADMO-34C 

RMC-42A 230 2.35 .625 .748 1.97 2EB24, BSA24 RADMO-42A 

B-58 




* 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


D2 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Handwheels for Manual Actuation of SuperSlide* Systems 

T-Nuts for Mounting 

E 

Part No. O.D. Thru Hole Handle 

HW4R-188 

HW4R-250 

HW4R-375 

HW4R-500 

HW4R-625 

HW4R-M8 

HW4R-M10 

HW4R-M14 

HW4R-747 

45 o 

B 

A 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

F 

D 

* 

0.188 in 

0.250 in 

0.375 in 

0.500 in 

0.625 in 

8 mm 

10 mm 

14 mm 

0.747 in 

C 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 


HW4F-188 

HW4F-250 

HW4F-375 

HW4F-500 

HW4F-625 

HW4F-M8 

HW4F-M10 

HW4F-M14 

HW4F-747 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

4.0 inch 

0.188 in 

0.250 in 

0.375 in 

0.500 in 

0.625 in 

8 mm 

10 mm 

14 mm 

0.747 in 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Accessories 





OD 

TAPPED HOLE FOR 

SET SCREW 

R = REVOLVING 

F = FOLDING 

THRU HOLE SIZE 


HW5R-188 

HW5R-250 

HW5R-375 

HW5R-500 

HW5R-625 

HW5R-M8 

HW5R-M10 

HW5R-M14 

HW5R-747 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

0.188 in 

0.250 in 

0.375 in 

0.500 in 

0.625 in 

8 mm 

10 mm 

14 mm 

0.747 in 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 

Revolving 


HW5F-188 

HW5F-250 

HW5F-375 

HW5F-500 

HW5F-625 

HW5F-M8 

HW5F-M10 

HW5F-M14 

HW5F-747 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

5.0 inch 

0.188 in 

0.250 in 

0.375 in 

0.500 in 

0.625 in 

8 mm 

10 mm 

14 mm 

0.747 in 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Folding 

Standard T-Nut Dimensions (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Number 

A B 

Dimensions 

C D E F 

Used in conjunction with Systems 

TNUT-01-M3 7 4 1,75 1,25 3 M3 2RxM12, 2HxM10, 2HxM20 

TNUT-02-M4 9,5 5,5 2,25 1,75 4 M4 2RxM16, 2HxM10 

TNUT-03-M4 12 7 2,5 2,5 5 M4 2RxM12 

TNUT-03-M5 12 7 2,5 2,5 5 M5 2RxM12 

TNUT-04-M4 16,5 7,9 4,8 1,2 6 M4 2RxM16, 2HxM20 

TNUT-04-M5 

M5 


M6 

TNUT-05-M4 19,5 9,8 5,8 2,8 8,6 M4 2GEM35 


M5 


M6 


M8 

B-59 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

Accessories 

Table Tops 

Carriage Top plates for Linear Guides 

B-60 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1BA Mounting Table Top (Dimensions in inches) 

Nominal All Table Tops Table Top Size B Table Top Size A 

Diameter T M J H6 F5 T1 J1 J4 J5 N T2 J3 J4 J5 N1 

.250 4.0 2.25 1.31 .250 #8-32 4.0 .75(2) .22 .22 3.50 2.50 2.00 .25 .22 2.0 

.375 4.5 2.50 1.44 .250 #10-32 4.5 .88(2) .22 .28 3.75 2.75 2.25 .25 .28 2.0 

.500 5.5 3.25 1.69 .375 1/4-20 5.5 1.00 .34 .28 4.50 3.50 2.50 .50 .31 2.5 

.750 7.5 4.50 2.38 .500 5/16-18 7.5 1.25 .41 .31 6.00 4.50 3.50 .50 .31 3.0 

1.000 9.0 5.50 2.88 .500 3/8-16 9.0 1.75 .53 .31 7.00 6.00 4.50 .75 .31 4.0 

1.250 11.0 6.75 3.50 .750 1/2-13 11.0 2.00 .82 .38 8.50 7.50 5.50 1.00 .38 5.0 

1.500 13.0 8.00 4.12 .750 1/2-13 13.0 2.50 .75 .44 10.00 9.00 6.50 1.25 .44 6.0 

Carriage Material: Aluminum Alloy Black Anodized (2)Two mounting holes as shown in view A-A for sizes .250 and .375 

1NA Mounting Table Top (Dimensions in mm) 


Diameter T M J H6 F5 T1 J1 J4 J5 N T2 J3 J4 J5 J9 M2 

1NC-M08 85 50 25 10 M6 85 20 6,0 5,0 50 62 50 6 5,0 25 35 

1NC-M12 100 55 32 10 M6 100 23 8,0 6,5 55 76 56 10 6,5 28 40 

1NC-M16 125 70 40 13 M6 125 26 10,0 7,5 70 84 64 10 7,5 32 45 

1NC-M20 175 110 45 16 M8 175 32 11,0 10,0 110 104 76 14 10,0 38 55 

1NC-M25 225 140 60 20 M8 225 40 13,5 12,5 140 130 94 18 12,5 47 65 

1NC-M30 275 180 68 20 M8 275 45 17,0 13,5 180 152 106 23 13,5 53 75 

1NC-M40 325 210 86 25 M10 325 58 16,5 14,5 210 176 124 26 14,5 62 85 

Carriage Material: Aluminum Alloy Grey Anodized (2)Custom Mounting Hole 

1CA Mounting Table Top (Dimensions in inches) 



50 5.5 3.25 1.69 .375 1/4-20 5.5 1.00 .34 .28 4.5 3.5 2.5 .50 .31 2.5 

.75 7.5 4.50 2.38 .500 5/16-18 7.5 1.25 .41 .31 6.0 4.5 3.5 .50 .31 3.0 

1.00 9.0 5.50 2.88 .500 3/8-16 9.0 1.75 .53 .31 7.0 6.0 4.5 .75 .31 4.0 

1.25 11.0 6.75 3.50 .750 1/2-13 11.0 2.00 .82 .38 8.5 7.5 5.5 1.00 .38 5.0 

1.50 13.0 8.00 4.12 .750 1/2-13 13.0 2.50 .75 .44 10.0 9.0 6.5 1.25 .44 6.0 

Material: Aluminum Alloy Black Anodized 

1PA Mounting Table Top (Dimensions in mm) 


Diameter T M J H6 F5 T1 J1 J4 J5 N T2 J3 J4 J5 J9 N1 

PC-M12 100 55 32 10 M6 100 23 8,0 6,5 55 76 56 10 6,5 28 40 

1PC-M16 125 70 40 13 M6 125 26 10,0 7,5 70 84 64 10 7,5 32 45 

1PC-M20 175 110 45 16 M8 175 32 11,0 10,0 110 104 76 14 10,0 38 55 

1PC-M25 225 140 60 20 M8 225 40 13,5 12,5 140 130 94 18 12,5 47 65 

1PC-M30 275 180 68 20 M8 275 45 17,0 13,5 180 152 106 23 13,5 53 75 

1PC-M40 325 210 86 25 M10 325 58 16,5 14,5 210 176 124 26 14,5 62 85 

Material: Aluminum Alloy Grey Anodized 

1VA Mounting Table Top (Dimensions in inches) 



.375 4.5 2.50 1.44 .250 #10-32 4.5 .88(2) .22 .28 3.75 2.75 2.25 .25 .28 2.0 

.500 5.5 3.25 1.69 .375 1/4-20 5.5 1.00 .34 .28 4.50 3.50 2.50 .50 .31 2.5 

.625 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 

.750 7.5 4.50 2.38 .500 5/16-18 7.5 1.25 .41 .31 6.00 4.50 3.50 .50 .31 3.0 

1.000 9.0 5.50 2.88 .500 3/8-16 9.0 1.75 .53 .31 7.00 6.00 4.50 .75 .31 4.0 

1.250 11.0 6.75 3.50 .750 1/2-13 11.0 2.00 .82 .38 8.50 7.50 5.50 1.00 .38 5.0 

1.500 13.0 8.00 4.12 .750 1/2-13 13.0 2.50 .75 .44 10.00 9.00 6.50 1.25 .44 6.0 

Carriage Material: Aluminum Alloy Black Anodized (2)Two mounting holes as shown in view A-A for size .375 

1DA Mounting Table Top (Dimensions in inches) 

Nominal All Table Tops Table Top Size D Table Top Size C 


.50 7.25 4.0 .81 .50 1/4-20 5.5 1.25 .25 .28 2.63 3.5 3.00 .25 .28 .75 

.75 9.75 6.0 1.19 .50 5/16-18 7.5 1.56 .25 .38 3.50 4.5 4.00 .25 .38 1.00 

1.00 12.00 6.0 1.44 .50 3/8-16 9.0 2.25 .34 .40 4.38 6.0 5.25 .38 .40 1.25 

(2) 

(2) Mounting hole spacing facilitates attachment of Dual Shaft Rail 2DA Linear Guide in an X-Y orientation. 

Mounting Table Top 

J5 

M 

J4 

T1, T2 

N, N1 

J3 

J1 

J 

H6 

T 

F5 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


2DA QuickSlide System with Brake 

A manual locking mechanism for the Dual Shaft Rail System 

* 

2DA QuickSlide* System with Brake 

offers: 

• A manual locking mechanism with infinite 

positioning capability. 

• No carriage mounting surface deflection when 

the locking mechanism is activated. 

• Immediate off-the-shelf availability in 1/2, 3/4 

and 1 inch sizes. 

Dual Shaft Rail Fully Supported 

System with Integrated Carriage 

2DA-08-OOM 1 ⁄2 3.50 3.00 L-(5.13) DSRC-08-SM 

2DA-12-OOM 3 ⁄4 4.50 3.75 L-(6.13) DSRC-12-SM 

2DA-16-OOM 1 6.00 5.25 L-(7.63) DSRC-16-SM 

System 8” 12” 16” 18” 20” 24” 28” 30” 32” 36” 40” 42” 44” 48” 

2DA-08 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

2DA-12 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

Accessories 





J1 

J2 

• A locking mechanism that, when activated, 

will not apply an increase in load on the system’s 

Ball Bushing* bearing. 

• Zero axial movement during the activation 

of the locking mechanism. 

• A fully supported Dual Shaft assembly for 

maximum rigidity and unlimited travel. 

• High load capacity in any direction. 

2DA-08-OOL 1 ⁄2 600 150 4.50 1.625 0.875 1.43 2.00 0.500 4.60 3.00 0.64 1.25 

2DA-12-OOL 3 ⁄4 1880 470 6.00 2.125 1.125 1.93 2.63 0.688 6.10 4.00 0.75 1.62 

2DA-16-OOL 1 3120 780 7.50 2.625 1.375 2.44 3.25 0.875 7.60 5.00 0.99 2.00 

2DA-08-OOL 4.00 0.25 4.00 0.30 4.00 2.00 0.75 1.63 1.19 0.88 #10-23 1 ⁄4 0.28 L-(6.13) DSRC-08-SL 

2DA-12-OOL 5.25 0.37 5.25 0.42 6.00 3.00 1.00 1.63 1.19 1.00 1 ⁄4-20 5 ⁄16 0.34 L-(7.63) DSRC-12-SL 

2DA-16-OOL 6.75 0.37 6.75 0.42 6.00 3.00 1.25 1.63 1.19 1.00 5 ⁄16-18 3 ⁄8 0.41 L-(9.13) DSRC-16-SL 

F 

T1 

M1 

M 

N N1 

Dual Shaft Rail Fully Supported System with Integrated Carriage (Long Style) (Dimensions in inches) 

Part Nom. Max.Load Max.Load on T1 H H1 H2 B R B1 B2 C C1 

Number Shaft on System (1) One Bearing (1) 

Dia. (lbf) (lbf) 

L 

X Y 

(1) For rated travel life of 2 million inches. 

Note: Manual Brake can be adjusted in order to position handle to any radial location. 

Dual Shaft Rail Support Material: Aluminum Alloy Black Anodized. Standard length of one-piece Aluminum Dual Shaft Rails is 72”. 

Dual Shaft Rail Fully Supported System with Integrated Carriage (Long Style) (Dimensions in inches) 

Part N N1 M M1 X Y Z J1 J2 J3 F G Max. Carriage 

Number Bolt Hole Stroke Part 

Length No. 

Dual Shaft Rail Fully Supported System with Integrated Carriage (Short Style) 

Part Nom. T2 N2 Max. Carriage 

Number Shaft Stroke Part 

Dia. Length No. 

System 2DA Standard Lengths (Lengths in inches) 

G 

Z 

C1 

Dual Shaft Rail Supported Cross-Section 



carriage length (T1 or T2) plus the brake handle 

length (J1) from the total system length. 

QuickSlide Brake Holding Force 

System Axial Holding Force (lbf.) 

2DA-08 125 

2DA-12 130 

2DA-16 140 

C 

B1 

B2 

H2 H 

H1 

Custom Lengths and Delivery Information 

Custom length systems are available. For special requirements, please 

contact the Thomson Systems application engineering department. 

R 

B 

J3 

S 

B-61 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

.625 

HEX 

Accessories 

Spring Set Electric Brakes 

12 ± 1 ⁄2 

*All brakes require 24 VDC 

Spring Set Brake Data 

Electric Brake 

Part No. 

TEB23A 

TEB23B 

TEB23C 

TEB23D 

TEB23E 

TEB23F 

TEB34A 

TEB34B 

TEB34C 

TEB34D 

TEB42A 

B-62 

A 

C 

Ø F 

G 

MAX. 

Ø B E 

Brake Hub Data 

Brake Hub 

Part No. 

HEXHUB23A 

HEXHUB23B 

HEXHUB23C 

HEXHUB23D 

HEXHUB23E 

HEXHUB23F 

HEXHUB34A 

HEXHUB34B 

HEXHUB34C 

HEXHUB34D 

SPLHUB42A 

Frame 

Size 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 34 

NEMA 34 

NEMA 34 

NEMA 34 

NEMA 42 

H 

4X Ø K EQ. SP. 

ON A Ø L B.C. 

Hex-Hubs for all NEMA 23 and 34 Size Brakes 

A 

1.53 in. 

1.31 in. 

1.67 in. 

20 mm 

20 mm 

15.6 mm 

1.67 in. 

0.82 in. 

32 mm 

22 mm 

1.66 in. 

Static Torque 

(lbf-in.) 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 23 

NEMA 34 

NEMA 34 

NEMA 34 

NEMA 34 

NEMA 42 

3/16 in. 

1/4 in. 

3/8 in. 

8 mm 

10 mm 

12 mm 

3/8 in. 

1/2 in. 

14 mm 

15 mm 

5/8 in. 

F 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

4.19 

G H J 

1.10 

1.10 

1.10 

1.10 

1.10 

1.10 

1.10 

1.31 

1.31 

1.31 

2.38 

Dimensions 

B C D (1) 

0.15 in. 

0.26 in. 

0.44 in. 

5 mm 

5 mm 

10.8 mm 

0.44 in. 

0.21 in. 

6 mm 

6 mm 

0.50 in. 

0.11 

0.11 

0.11 

0.11 

0.11 

0.11 

0.11 

0.11 

0.11 

0.11 

0.36 

Dimensions (in.) 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

2.25 

3.25 

3.25 

3.25 

3.25 

4.25 

#10-32 

#10-32 

#10-32. 

M4 

M4 

M4 

#10-32 

#10-32 

M5 

M5 

1/4 20 





J (SQ.) 

D 

5/8 in. 

5/8 in. 

5/8 in. 

5/8 in. 

5/8 in. 

7/8 in. 

5/8 in. 

7/8 in. 

7/8 in. 

7/8 in. 

- 

120º 

NOTE 1: Suggested torque for hub set screws are 36 in-lb for #10-32, M4, M5, and 87 in-lb for 1/4-20. 

Additionally, it is suggested a serviceable thread locking compound be used. 

Electric Brake: 

• Mounts to support end of all SuperSlide*, 

and Ball Screw assembly systems 

• Engages upon loss of a 24-VDC Power Supply 

• Provides resistance to back drive rotation of 

ball screws due to gravitational force when 

power is interrupted to the brake unit 

K 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

0.22 

0.27 

L 

2.625 

2.625 

2.625 

2.625 

2.625 

2.625 

3.875 

3.875 

3.875 

3.875 

4.950 

E 

D 

HEX 

5/8 

5/8 

5/8 

5/8 

5/8 

7/8 

5/8 

7/8 

7/8 

7/8 

Splined 

Brake Hub 

Part No 

HEXHUB23A 

HEXHUB23B 

HEXHUB23C 

HEXHUB23D 

HEXHUB23E 

HEXHUB23F 

HEXHUB34A 

HEXHUB34B 

HEXHUB34C 

HEXHUB34D 

SPLHUB42A 

Brake Adaptor 

Part No 

MB08-23 

None Required 

None Required 

None Required 

None Required 

EBA23F 

None Required 

None Required 

None Required 

EBA34D 

None Required 

Used with System 

Part Number 

2DB08 

2DB12, 2EB08, BSA08, BSDAM12 

2EB12, BSA12, BSAM20 

2HBM10, 2RBM12 

2RBM16 

2HEM10, 2REM12, 2REM16 

2DB16 

2EB16, BSA16 

2HBM20 

2HEM20 

2EB24, BSA24 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


• Pre-burnished for maximum torque capacity 

• Standard NEMA 23, 34 and 42 mounting 

patterns for easy field retrofit 

• Compact size minimizes change to overall 

system envelope 

Used with System 

Part Number 

2DB08 

2DB12, 2EB08, BSA08, BSAM12 

2EB12, BSA12, BSAM20 

2HBM10, 2RBM12 

2RBM16 

2HEM10, 2REM12, 2REM16 

2DB16 

2EB16, BSA16 

2HBM20 

2HEM20 

2EB24, BSA24 

Splined Hub Part No. SPLHUB42A 

For Brake Part No. TEB-42A 

D 

90º 

D 

Used with 

Spring Set Brake 

TEB23A 

TEB23B 

TEB23C 

TEB23D 

TEB23E 

TEB23F 

TEB34A 

TEB34B 

TEB34C 

TEB34D 

TEB42A 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Limit Switch/Sensor Package for AccuSlide* 2HBM10 

An inductive proximity sensorfor end of travel limit and home 

position sensing. Standard part numbers are packages for either 

home positioning, end of travel limits or both home and end of 

travel limit sensing together. Options include NPN or PNP output 

types, normally closed or normally open output operations, and 

standard or varied frequencies. All sensors include 12-24 VDC 

supply voltages and 5 meter length cables. 

5 

2 

3 

1 

4 

Dimension “A” 

(mm) 

up to 8.15 

8.16-8.65 

8.66-9.15 

9.16-9.65 

* 

Accessories 





’A’ 

Each 2HBM10 and AccuSlide system is provided with access holes on each side of each end plate for passage of the sensor cable. Normal orientation of the sensor package 

will detract approximately 30mm from the effective stroke of the system at each end. Orientation of the sensor can be reversed so as to retain full system stroke. 

When Limit and Home Sensor Packages are ordered together with their respective Linear Motion System, the package is assembled to the system with their appropriate 

shim packs at no extra charge. When the End of Travel Limit Sensors are ordered in conjunction with the Home Position Sensor (the -3 option) the Home Sensor will be 

located between the Limit Sensors on the Linear Motion System. 

Limit Switch/Sensor Package for AccuSlide* 2HBM20 

An inductive proximity sensor for end of travel limit and home 







5 

1 

4 

End Plates not shown for clarity 

3 

2 

Part Number 

LSP2HBM10-N-1 

LSP2HBM10-P-1 

LSP2HBM10-N-2 

LSP2HBM10-P-2 

LSP2HBM10-N-3 

LSP2HBM10-P-3 

Each 2HBM20 AccuSlide system is provided with access holes on each side of each endplate 

for passage of the sensor cable. Normal orientation of the sensor package will detract 

approximately 30mm from the effective strokeof the system at each end. Orientation of the 

sensor can be reversed so as to retain full system stroke. When Limit and Home Sensor/ 

Packages are ordered together with their respective Linear Motion System, the package is 

assembled to the system with theirappropriate shim packs at no extra charge. When the End of 

Travel Limit Sensors are ordered in conjunction with the Home Position Sensor (the -3 option) 

the Home Sensor willbe located between the Limit Sensors on the Linear Motion System. 

’A ’ 

Dimension “A” 

(in.) 

up to .320 

.321-.340 

.341-.360 

.361-.380 


Shim 

Part No. 

none 

22723A-02 

22723A-04 

22723A-02+ 

22723A-04 

Part Number 

LSP2HBM20-N-1 

LSP2HBM20-P-1 

LSP2HBM20-N-2 

LSP2HBM20-P-2 

LSP2HBM20-N-3 

LSP2HBM20-P-3 

Output Type Output Operation Frequency 

(1) NPN 

(1) PNP 

Home Sensor 

(1) Normally Open 


End of Travel Sensors 

(2) NPN (1) Normally Closed 

(2) PNP (1) Normally Closed 

Home Sensor & End of Travel Sensors 

(3) NPN (1) N.O., (2) N.C. 

(3) PNP (1) N.O., (2) N.C. 

Shim 

Thickness 

0 

.51mm (0.20”) 

1.02mm (0.40”) 

1.52mm (0.60”) 

(1) NPN 

(1) PNP 

Item 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

(1) Varied 

(1) Varied 

(1) Standard 

(1) Standard 

(1) Var. (2) Std 

(1) Var. (2) Std 








(3) NPN (1) N.O., (2) N.C. 

(3) PNP (1) N.O., (2) N.C. 

Proximity Sensor 

Sensor Bracket 

Tee Nut (TNUT01-M3) 

Button Head Cap Screw 

Shim Kit 


Home Sensor 

Item 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

(1) Varied 

(1) Varied 

(1) Standard 

(1) Standard 

(1) Var. (2) Std 

(1) Var. (2) Std 


Sensor Mounting Plate 


Button Head Cap Screw (M3) 


B-63 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

Accessories 

Limit Switch/Sensor Package for AccuSlide* 2HEM10 

An inductive proximity sensor for end of travel limit and 

home position sensing. Standard part numbers are 

packages for either home positioning,end of travel limits 

or both home and end of travel limit sensing together. 

Options include NPN or PNP output types, normally closed 

or normally open output operations,and standard or varied 

frequencies. All sensors include 12-24 VDC supply voltages 

and 5 meter length cables. 

5 

2 

3 

Each 2HEM10 AccuSlide system is provided with access holes on each side of each end plate for 

passage of the sensor cable. Normal orientation of the sensor package will detract approximately 

30mm from the effective stroke of the system at each end. Orientation of the sensor can be 

reversed so as to retain full system stroke. When Limit and Home Sensor Packages are ordered 

together withtheir respective Linear Motion System, the package is assembled to the system at 

no extra charge. When the End of Travel Limit Sensors are ordered in conjunction with the Home 

Position Sensor (the -3 option) the Home Sensorwill be located between the Limit Sensors on the 

Linear Motion System 

Limit Switch/Sensor Package for AccuSlide* 2HEM20 








Each 2HEM20 AccuSlide system is provided with access holes on each side of each endplate 

for passage of the sensor cable. Normal orientation of the sensor package will detract 

approximately 30mm from the effective strokeof the system at each end. Orientation of the 

sensor can be reversed so as to retain full system stroke. When Limit and Home Sensor\ 

Packages are ordered together with their respective Linear Motion System, the package is 

assembled to the system with theirappropriate shim packs at no extra charge. When the End of 

Travel Limit Sensors are ordered in conjunction with the Home Position Sensor (the -3 option) 

the Home Sensor willbe located between the Limit Sensors on the Linear Motion System. 

B-64 

1 

5 

4 

1 

4 

3 

2 

’A ’ 





’A’ 



Part Number 

LSP2HEM10-N-1 

LSP2HEM10-P-1 

LSP2HEM10-N-2 

LSP2HEM10-P-2 

LSP2HEM10-N-3 

LSP2HEM10-P-3 

Part Number 

LSP2HEM20-N-1 

LSP2HEM20-P-1 

LSP2HEM20-N-2 

LSP2HEM20-P-2 

LSP2HEM20-N-3 

LSP2HEM20-P-3 

(1) NPN 

(1) PNP 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Home Sensor 







(3) NPN (1) N.O., (2) N.C. 

(3) PNP (1) N.O., (2) N.C. 

(1) NPN 

(1) PNP 

Item 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

2 

(1) Varied 

(1) Varied 

(1) Standard 

(1) Standard 

(1) Var. (2) Std 

(1) Var. (2) Std 








(3) NPN (1) N.O., (2) N.C. 

(3) PNP (1) N.O., (2) N.C. 


Sensor Bracket 


Button Head Cap Screw 

Sensor Flag 

Sensor Flag Nutplate 

Low Head Cap Screw (M5) 


Home Sensor 

Item 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 


1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

2 

(1) Varied 

(1) Varied 

(1) Standard 

(1) Standard 

(1) Var. (2) Std 

(1) Var. (2) Std 






Sensor Flag 

Hat Washer 

Low Head Cap Screw (M4) 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Limit Switch/Sensor Package for SuperSlide* 2RBM12 and 2REM12 





types, normally closed or normally open output operations, 

and standard or varied frequencies. All sensors include 12-24 

VDC supply voltages and 5 meter length cables. 

2 

3 


2 

1 

3 


5 

5 

1 

4 

Each 2RBM12 and 2REM12 SuperSlide system is provided 

with access holes on each side of eachend plate for 

passage of the sensor cable. Normal orientation of the 

sensor package will detract approximately 35mm from the 

effective stroke of the system at each end. Orientation of 

the sensor can be reversed so as to retain full system 

stroke. When Limit and Home Sensor Packages are 


ordered together with their respective Linear Motion System, 

the package is assembled to the system at no extra charge. 

When the End of Travel Limit Sensors are ordered in conjunction with the Home Position 

Sensor (the -3 option) the Home Sensor will be located between the Limit Sensors on the 

Linear Motion System. 

Limit Switch/Sensor Package for SuperSlide* 2RBM16 and 2REM16 








4 

* 

Part Number 

LSP2RM12-N-1 

LSP2RM12-P-1 

LSP2RM12-N-2 

LSP2RM12-P-2 

LSP2RM12-N-3 

LSP2RM12-P-3 

Part Number 

LSP2RM16-N-1 

LSP2RM16-P-1 

LSP2RM16-N-2 

LSP2RM16-P-2 

LSP2RM16-N-3 

LSP2RM16-P-3 

Each 2RBM16 and 2REM16 SuperSlide system is provided 

with access holes on each side of each end plate for 

passageof the sensor cable. Normal orientation of the 

sensor package will detract approximately 35mm from the 

effective stroke of the system at each end. Orientation of the 

sensor can be reversed so as to retain full system stroke. 

When Limit and Home Sensor Packages are ordered together with their respective 

Linear Motion System, the package is assembled to the system at no extra charge. 

When the End of Travel Limit Sensors are ordered in conjunction with the Home Position 

Sensor (the -3 option) the Home Sensor will be located between the Limit Sensors on the 

Linear Motion System. 

(1) NPN 

(1) PNP 

(2) NPN 

(2) PNP 

(3) NPN 

(3) PNP 

Accessories 







Home Sensor 




(1) Normally Closed 



Item 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

(1) NPN 

(1) PNP 

(2) NPN 

(2) PNP 

(3) NPN 

(3) PNP 

Home Sensor 


1 

1 

2 

2 

2 






Item 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

(1) N.O., (2) N.C. 

(1) N.O., (2) N.C. 


1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

(1) N.O., (2) N.C. 

(1) N.O., (2) N.C. 


(1) Varied 

(1) Varied 

(1) Standard 

(1) Standard 

(1) Var. (2) Std 

(1) Var. (2) Std 






(1) Varied 

(1) Varied 

(1) Standard 

(1) Standard 

(1) Var. (2) Std 

(1) Var. (2) Std 






B-65 

TABLES/ SYSTEMS

Motor Reference/Control Options 

B-66 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Typical motor/control packages for the different systems are listed below. Contact Application Engineering with your load and speed data for assistance in selecting a 

motor/drive package. Telephone (704) 588-5693, fax (704) 588-5695, e-mail sales2@danahermotion.com 

Series Style Motor/Drive Type Motor Brand Motor Type Control Brand Control Type Package 

SCREW DRIVEN 

Superslide 2DB Stepper Superior NEMA 23, 34 Superior SmartStep EMP-SmartStep 

Servo Superior NEMA 23, 34 Superior B8961 EMP-B8961 

Superslide 2EB Stepper Superior NEMA 23, 34, 42 Superior SmartStep EMP-SmartStep 

Servo Superior NEMA 23, 34, 42 Superior B8961 EMP-B8961 

BSA BSA Stepper Superior NEMA 23, 34, 42 Superior SmartStep EMP-SmartStep 

Servo Superior NEMA 23, 34, 42 Superior B8961 EMP-B8961 

MicroStage MS Stepper Superior NEMA 17, 23 Superior SmartStep EMP-SmartStep 


AccuSlide 2HB Stepper Superior NEMA 23, 34 Superior SmartStep EMP-SmartStep 


SuperSlide 2RB Stepper Superior NEMA 23, 34 Superior SmartStep EMP-SmartStep 


BELT DRIVEN 

MicroStage MS Stepper Superior NEMA 17, 23 Superior SmartStep EMP-SmartStep 


AccuSlide 2HE Stepper Superior NEMA 23, 34 Superior SmartStep EMP-SmartStep 


SuperSlide 2RE Stepper Superior NEMA 23 Superior SmartStep EMP-SmartStep 

Servo Superior NEMA 23 Superior B8961 EMP-B8961 

Contact Application Engineering with your load and speed data for assistance in selecting a motor/drive package. 

Control options for Linear Slide Table / Systems 

Stepper Motor driven 

The SmartStep is a complete, packaged, micro-stepping drive/control that provides a user-friendly system. Optional keypad front-panel (FP) allows 

programming of the drive without the use of a laptop computer, and also functions as an operator interface/readout. Also available as Engineered 

Motion Package in industrial enclosure for stand-alone applications. 

Power requirement – 90 – 120 VAC (SmartStep) or 100 – 240 VAC (SmartStep-240), 50/60 Hz. 

Motor output – 0-7.9 amps max, adjustable in 0.1 amp increments 

System resolution – 36,000 steps/motor revolution 

Inputs – 8 programmable, limits, home 

Outputs – 8 programmable 

Memory – 60k for up to 400 user programs. 

Options – FP keypad, OPTO44 I/O expansion board, OPTO88 I/O expansion board, OPTO22 modules, DB25 external wiring card, programming cables. 

Consult website for complete specifications and wiring diagrams. 

Servo Motor driven 

The B8961 is a value oriented integrated servo amplifier, controller, and power supply with optional keypad front panel that allows programming 

without the use of a laptop computer, and functions as an operator interface/readout. Provides maximum performance for velocity, position, or force control applications. 

Power requirement – 90 – 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. 

Motor output – 5 amps continuous, 10 amps peak 

System resolution – 8000 counts/motor revolution 

Inputs – 8 programmable, limits, home (optional analog input) 

Outputs – 8 programmable (optional analog output) 

Additional I/O – accepts up to 8 OPTO22 modules on-board 


Options – OPTO22 modules, fan kit, expansion memory – 30k, regen module, wiring card, programming cables. 

For more details on Motor/Drive offerings for Slide Tables, see page A-153. 

Consult website for complete specifications and wiring diagrams. “Package” drive provides an easy to install pre-engineered unit, and includes industrial enclosure, 

AC line fuse protection, optional operator interface, disconnect, and operator devices. Additional motor/control packages are available. Please consult factory with your 

specific requirements. Telephone (704) 588-5693, fax (704) 588-5695, e-mail sales2@danahermotion.com 

*

* 

Engineering Support 

Ball Screw Driven Slide Tables Engineering Support - Page B-68 

Belt Driven Slide Tables Engineering Support - Page B-80 

Engineering Support Appendix - Page B-94 





B-67

Engineering 

SuperSlide * Ball Screw Driven Slide Tables 

System Selection 

B-68 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


To determine the system that fits your SuperSlide Ball Screw Actuated System application requirements the following design criteria needs to be evaluated: 

• System Support Requirements • Load/Life Requirements – Ball Screws 

• System Stroke Length • Motion (Move) Profile (Velocity, Acceleration) 

• Maximum Allowable Shaft Deflection • Maximum Acceptable Travel Rate 

• Required Travel Life • Maximum Compressive (Column) Load 

• Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing • Torque Calculations 

• Load Correction Factor • Size Motor Using Torque/Speed Curves 

• Load/Life Requirements – Linear Bearings 

After each criteria is determined, system selection will become quick and easy. The following procedure will guide you through the proper system selection. 

Step 1. Based on your application needs determine the mounting support requirements. 

System Stroke Length 

Step 2. Determine the Stroke Length (LS) required. The maximum Stroke Length (LS) is determined by subtracting the carriage length (T1) and twice 

end block lengths (L3) from the total system length (L). The application or required stroke length should not exceed this number. 

LS = L - (T1 + 2 L3) 

H3 

L3 

L S/B = L S - (2 x L S x .14) 

L 

T1 

Standard Length and Delivery. For each SuperSlide Ball Screw Actuated System there is a standard length chart and delivery information that also 

includes the standard length increment and the maximum system length. Selecting a standard system length will minimize shipment time. Once you 

have selected a length that best fits your application requirements, simply determine the maximum stroke length. The required stroke length should not 

exceed this number. Refer to the product specification section for the standard length charts not shown. 

SuperSlide System 2DB Standard Lengths (Lengths in inches) 

System 12 16 18 20 24 28 30 32 36 40 42 44 48 54 60 72 X MAX 

2DB-08 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 4 48 

2DB-12 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 6 72 

2DB-16 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 6 96 

Should your application require the use of bellows way covers, 

it is important to recognize that the bellows will detract from the 

available stroke of the system. The bellows will retract to 

approximately 14% of the available stroke at each end of the 

system. The stroke length with bellows (LS/B) is calculated by 

subtracting 2 times the stroke (LS) times .14 from the stroke (LS). 


2RB-M12 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

2RB-M16 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

Custom length systems are available. Lengths exceeding MAX length will 

require butt joints. For special requirements, please contact the Thomson 

Systems application engineering department. 

System 2RB Standard Lengths (Lengths in mm) 

System 300 375 400 450 500 525 600 675 700 750 800 825 900 975 1000 1050 1100 1125 1200 1275 1300 1350 1400 1425 1500 X MAX 

Travel Life 

Step 4. Determine the Required Travel Life (km). 

Lt = required travel life (km) 

Lt = 2 • s • f • Lh • 60 s = stroke (mm) 

f = frequency (cycles/minute) 

Lh= service life (hrs) 

■ ■ ■ ■ 75 2100 

■ ■ ■ 100 3000 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


SuperSlide * Ball Screw Driven Slide Table 

End Supported System 

Maximum Allowable Deflection 

Step 3. Determine if the system selected meets the Maximum Allowable Deflection criteria. 

Travel Life 

Step 4. Determine the Required Application Travel Life 

(Inch) 

Lt = required travel life (in) 

Lt= 2 • s • f • Lh • 60 s = stroke (in) 


Lh = service life (hrs) 

System Loading 

* 

Engineering 





(Metric) 


Lt = 2 • s • f • Lh • 60 s = stroke (mm) 

106 f = frequency (cycles/minute) 


L L 

d2 

d3 

F1z F2z 

Step 5. Determine the Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing. When selecting 

a SuperSlide Ball Screw Driven Slide Table, it is necessary to evaluate the bearing 

1 2 

forces that are generated based on the position of the load and its movement 

F4z F3z 

d1 

during application. The free body diagram (SBSU 6.1) is an example of the type 

of calculations that are required when determining resultant bearing forces. For 

other free body diagram examples see Load Considerations in the Engineering 

Support Appendix, page B-94. The determination of the force on the most heavily 

loaded bearing allows you to enter the load life graph and select the system that 

4 

d0 

2 

d0 

3 

best fits your application needs. 

Step 6. Determine the Load Correction Factor (Kµ). The dynamic load capacity of 

SuperSlide Ball Screw Driven Slide Table is determined by the orientation of the 

system and the direction of the resultant bearing load. To determine the load 

L d3 

F1Y ~ F4Y =(( X 

2 d1 

F1z = L L d2 

F4z 

4 ( 2 d0 

correction factor, simply enter the polar graph with the applied or resultant load 

direction until it intersects the polar curve. If the load correction factor is 1,0 the 

resultant force (Presultant) is equal to the Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing (Pmax). 

If the direction of the resultant bearing load cannot be determined, then use the minimum Kµ 

value (0,7 for closed bearings and 0,5 for open bearings). 

X + L d2 

F1z F4z = + 

F2z F3z 

(SBSU 6.1) 

=( X 

F1Y, F2Y 

F3Y, F4Y 

L L d2 - 

4 2 d0 

= = (( X 

B-69

Engineering 


Load Correction Factor Polar Charts 

SuperSlide 2DB 

Size: 08 ( 1 /2 inch) 

SuperSlide 2EB 

Size: 08 ( 1 /2 inch) 

B-70 

P 

P 

K θ 


Sizes: 12, 16 

( 3 /4 and 1 inch) 





P 

P 

K θ 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


If the Load Correction Factor is less than 1.0 the following formula should be used to determine the Corrected Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing. 

P max = P resultant 

P 

P 

K θ 


Sizes: 12, 16, 24 

( 3 /4 , 1, and 1 1 /2 inch) 

These Load Correction Factor Polar charts show values of Kµ for load orientations on a single Ball Bushing* bearing. Appropriate load orientation 

should be considered for the most heavily loaded Ball Bushing bearing. 

Pmax = Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing (N) or (lb) 

Presultant = Resultant of Externally Applied loads (N) or (lb) 

K � K � = Load Correction Factor 

P 

P 

K θ 

SuperSlide 2RB P 

NOTE: AccuSlide* 2HB has a load correction factor in all directions of 1.0 

P 

K θ 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



System Loading (continued) 

Step 7. Select the system that meets the application load and life requirements. 

Load on most heavily loaded bearing (lb f ) 

10,000 

1,000 

100 

10 

1 

Ball Screw Load/Life 



10 100 1,000 

2DB-08 

10,000 

Required Travel Life (million of inches) 

* 

(SBSU 9.1) 

2DB-16 

2DB-12 

Engineering 





For each SuperSlide Ball screw Driven Slide Table there is a graph 

(e.g. graph SBSU 9.1) that allows for system selection based on the 

Required Travel Life and the Force on the Most Heavily Loaded 

Bearing. To determine the system which best meets your application 

requirements, simply enter the graph with your Required Travel Life 

from step 4 and the Corrected Force on the Most Heavily Loaded 

Bearing from step 6. Select a system characteristic curve that is 

above or to the right of the plotted point. 

Note: Use Corrected Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing if 

load correction factor is less than 1.0. 

Step 8. Confirm that the Ball Screw in the SuperSlide selected will achieve Load and Life requirements. Once the SuperSlide Ball Screw Driven Slide 

Table is selected refer to the Ball Screw Compatibility charts on the next two pages and select a ball screw that meets your application needs. With the 

ball screw axial load and the required travel life enter the graph (SBSU 9.2) below. 

Axial Load on Ball Screw (lb f ) 

5000 

1000 

100 

10 6 

10 


Ball Screw Travel Life vs. Load 

10 7 

10 8 

Required Travel Life (inches) 

(SBSU 9.2) 

10 9 

1.50 x 1.00P 

1.50 x 1.875P 

1.50 x .25P 

.75 x .5P 

20 x .20NP 

1.00 x 1.00P 

1.00 x .25P 

20 x 5NP 

12 x 5NP 

.5 x .5P 

.75 x .2P/NP 

.631 x 1.0P 

.5 x .2P/NP 

To use the Ball Screw Load/Life graph (e.g. graph SBSU 

9.2), simply enter the graph with the axial load on the 

ball screw and the required travel life. Select a 

SuperSlide Slide Table characteristic curve to the right or 

above of where the two lines intersect. 

B-71

Engineering 


Ball Screw and System Compatibility (To see the avialability of Ball screw diameters and leads for each SuperSlide Slide Table, 

see the Ball screw compatability charts below. 



P-Preload 

NP- Non-Preload 

SuperSlide 2DB Ball Screw Compatibility Chart 

Part Number Ball Screw Diameter and Lead 

12 x 5 12 x10 16 x 5 16 x10 20 x 5 20 x 10 20 x 20 25 x 5 25 x10 25 x 25 

Preload NP P P P NP P P P P P 

2DB-12 ■ 

2DB-16 ■ 



P-Preload 


AccuSlide 2HB Ball Screw Compatibility Chart 


12 x 5 12 x10 16 x 5 16 x10 20 x 5 20 x 10 20 x 20 25 x 5 25 x10 25 x 25 

Preload P P P P P P P P P P 

2HB-M10 ■ ■ 

2HB-M20 ■ ■ ■ 

B-72 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



A typical linear ball screw actuated application normally consists of a series of motion profiles. The drive torque required to move the system should 

be evaluated for each motion profile. There are two basic motion profile types. The first and most simple move is a triangular motion profile which 

consists of two legs. The first leg is for acceleration and the second is for deceleration. The second motion profile type is trapezoidal which consists of 

an acceleration leg; a leg of constant velocity and a deceleration leg. 

Step 9. Determine the Motion Profile that fits your application requirements. Calculate V max and a. 

Vmax 

Velocity 

Triangular Motion Profile Trapezoidal Motion Profile 

t a 

Accelerate 

(Time in seconds) 

t d 

Decelerate 


Vmax 

Velocity 

t a 

Accelerate 


SuperSlide 2RB 


P-Preload 


SuperSlide 2RB Ball Screw Compatibility Chart 


12 x 5 12 x10 16 x 5 16 x10 20 x 5 20 x 10 20 x 20 25 x 5 25 x10 25 x 25 

Preload P P P P P P P P P P 

2RB-M12 ■ ■ 

2RB-M16 ■ ■ ■ 

t c 

Constant Velocity 


t d 

Decelerate 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Ball Screw and System Compatibility 

Maximum Acceptable Travel Rate 

Step 11. Confirm the system application Ball Screw Rotational Speed is below the Maximum Acceptable Travel Rate. 

Rotational Speed (rpm) 

Maximum AcceptableTravel Rate* 

5000 

2000 

1000 

500 

200 

100 

10 20 30 40 60 100 


*80% of Critical Speed 

12 x 5 NP 

.5x .2 P/NP 

.75 x 2 P/NP 

20 x 5 NP 

200 

* 

Engineering 

Step 10. Determine the Ball Screw and Motor Rotational Speed required to move at Vmax for the selected SuperSlide Ball Screw Actuated system. 

SuperSlide Ball Screw Driven Slide Tables are equipped with a ball screw assembly already mounted. In Some SuperSlide sizes there are multiple ball 

screw leads available. To determine the availability of ball screw leads for each Superslide system see the Ball Screw Compatibility charts on this page. 

To calculate the rotational speed (rpm) required to achieve Vmax, simply divide the linear speed (in/s) by the corresponding ball screw lead (in/rev). 

RPM = ( V max) 

RPM = ( Vmax ) 

P 

x 60 sec/min P = Ball Screw Lead (in/rev) 

P Vmax = Maximum Linear Speed (in/s) 

x 1000 mm/m x 60 sec/min P = Ball Screw Lead (mm/rev) 

Each SuperSlide Ball Screw Driven Slide Table has a Maximum Acceptable Travel Rate based on the natural frequency of the whirling vibration of 

the ball screw. To determine the SuperSlidesystem that is capable of achieving the applications speeds, simply enter the graph with the Maximum Ball 

Screw Rotational Speed from step 10 and the required system length. Select the SuperSlide system characteristic curve to the right or above the 

plotted point. 



5000 

Maximum Compressive Load 

Step 12. Determine if the application loads on the SuperSlide exceed the maximum compressive load limits of the ball screw. Determine the Actual 

Compressive Load and the Maximum Allowable Compressive Load. 

Graph SBSU 13.1 is used to determine the Actual Compressive Load 

on the system ball screw caused by the load on the carriage and the 

system acceleration. To determine the Actual Compressive Load, enter 

the graph with the load on the carriage and intersect this line with the 

system acceleration and locate the compressive load on the ball screw. 

Graph SBSM13.2 is used to determine the Maximum Allowable 

Compressive Load for each Superslide Ball Screw Driven Slide Table. To 

determine the Maximum Allowable Compressive Load, enter the graph 

with the actual compressive load from (Graph 13.1) and intersect this 

line with the system length. Select a system with a rated maximum 

compressive load characteristic curve above or to the right of your 

plotted point. 






1000 

500 

16 x 5 P, 16 x 10P, 16 x 16P 

20 x 5 P, 20 x 10 P, 20 x 20 P 

25 x 5 P, 25 x 10 P, 25 x 25 P 

100 

400 1000 2000 3000 




10000 

1000 

500 

100 

10 



30 20 10 

8 

6 

5 

4 

3 

100 

1000 


2 

1 

2000 

25 x 10 P 

25 x 5 P 

25 x 25 P 

20 x 5 P 

20 x 20 P 

20 x 10 P 

16 x 5 P 

16 x 10 P 

16 x 16 P 



10000 

1000 

500 

100 1000 

100 

2000 3000 


B-73 

Maximum Allowable Compressive Load (N)

Engineering 


B-74 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Torque Calculations 

Step 13. In order to size a motor for your SuperSlide system it is important to calculate the torque required to meet your application requirements with 

all of the parameters in mind. If you are actuating your system with a stepping motor, then a maximum or peak torque (Tpeak) calculation is required. 

Peak torque is usually seen at the time of maximum acceleration, however, other factors such as torque due to external forces can affect when peak 

torque occurs. It is important to calculate for all torque conditions (Torque due to acceleration (TA), Torque at constant velocity (Tcv), Torque due to 

deceleration (TD), and Torque required to hold at rest (TH)), and take that torque with the largest magnitude as the Peak Torque (Tpeak). 

INCH 

T A = TJ + TF + Tg + Te (oz • in) 

T cv = T F + T g + T e (oz • in) 

T D = T J - T F - T g - T e (oz • in) 

T H = -T F + T g + T e (oz • in) 

where: TJ TF Tg = 

= 

= 

Torque due to system inertia (oz • in) 

Torque due to friction (oz • in) 

Torque due to gravity (oz • in) 

Te = Torque due to external forces (oz • in) 

Should you be actuating your SuperSlide system with a servo motor 

system then it is also necessary to calculate a Root-Mean-Square 

Torque (TRMS) or Continuous Torque. 

TRMS = ta (TA) 2 + tcv (Tcv ) 2 + td (TD ) 2 +th (TH ) 2 ( oz • in) 

ta + tcv + td + th where: ta = time to accelerate (s) 

tcv = time at constant velocity (s) 

td = time to decelerate (s) 

th = time at rest (s) 

Step 13a. Calculate Torque due to system inertia (TJ): 

TJ = � JL + JB + JM (oz • in) 

g•ta �screw where: ω = angular velocity (rad/s) 

J L = Load inertia (oz • in 2 ) 

J B = Ball or Lead Screw inertia (oz • in 2 ) 

J M = Motor inertia (oz • in 2 ) (1) (1 oz•in 2 = 386 oz • in • s 2 ) 

t a = Time for acceleration (s) (from step 9) 

g = Acceleration due to gravity = 386 in/s 2 

�screw = Efficiency of screw (from table on page B-76) 

(1) For motor inertia data see the Motion Control Section, page A-153 

Calculate Load inertia (JL): 

] 

] 

METRIC 

T A = TJ + TF + Tg + Te (N • m) 

T cv = T F + T g + T e (N • m) 

T D = T J - T F - T g - T e (N • m) 

T H = -T F + T g + T e (N • m) 

where: TJ TF Tg = 

= 

= 

Torque due to system inertia (N • m) 

Torque due to friction (N • m) 

Torque due to gravity (N • m) 

Te = Torque due to external forces (N • m) 

Should you be actuating your SuperSlide system with a servo motor system 

then it is also necessary to calculate a Root-Mean-Square Torque (TRMS) 

or Continuous Torque. 

TRMS = ta (TA) 2 + tcv (Tcv ) 2 + td (TD ) 2 +th (TH ) 2 (N • m) 

ta + tcv + td + th where: ta = time to accelerate (s) 





TJ = � JL + JB + JM (N • m) 

g•ta �screw where: ω = angular velocity (rad/s) 

J L = Load inertia (oz • in 2 ) 

J B = Ball or Lead Screw inertia (oz • in 2 ) 

J M = Motor inertia (oz • in 2 ) (1) (1 oz•in 2 = 386 oz • in • s 2 ) 

t a = Time for acceleration (s) (from step 9) 

g = Acceleration due to gravity = 386 in/s 2 

�screw = Efficiency of screw (from table on page B-76) 

(1) For motor inertia data see the Motion Control Section, page A-153 

Calculate Load inertia (JL): 

JL = (Wc + Wp ) P 2 

(oz • in2 ) 

JL = (Wc + Wp ) P 

(2�)2 

where: Wc = Weight of the Carriage (oz) (from table on next page) 

Wp = Weight of Payload (oz) (from Application Data) 

P = Lead of Ball or Lead Screw (in/rev) (from table on page B-76) 

� = 3.1416 

2 

(N • m2 ) 

(2�)2 

where: Wc = Weight of the Carriage (oz) (from table on next page) 

Wp = Weight of Payload (oz) (from Application Data) 

P = Lead of Ball or Lead Screw (in/rev) (from table on page B-76) 

� = 3.1416 

] 

] 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Calculate Ball or Lead Screw inertia (Jb): 

INCH 

JB 

= � L � d4 

32 

Calculate angular velocity (�): 

* 

(oz•in 2 ) 

L = Length of Ball or Lead Screw (in) 

� = Density of Ball or Lead Screw = 4.48 oz /in 3 

d = Diameter of Ball or Lead Screw (in) 

(from table on next page) 

� = 2� Vmax ( rad /S) 

P 

where: Vmax = Maximum Linear Speed (in/s) (from step 9) 

P = Lead of Ball or Lead Screw ( in /rev) 



SuperSlide 2DB Ball Screw Driven Slide Table Data 

Part Nominal Carriage Coefficient Number Seal 

Number Dia. Weight Friction of Drag 

(oz) Carriage Seals (oz) 

2DB-08-OUB .50 24.5 .002 4 1.6 

2DB-12-OUB .75 63.5 .002 4 2.4 

2DB-16-OUB 1.0 120.5 .002 4 4.8 

AccuSlide 2HB 

AccuSlide 2NB Ball Screw Driven Slide Table Data 

Part System Carriage Carriage Number Seal 

Number Size Weight Friction of Drag 

(N) Coefficient Seals (N) 

2HB-M10 10 3,9 0,003 4 0,9 

2HB-M20 20 26,5 0,003 4 7,0 

METRIC 


Engineering 





JB 

SuperSlide 2EB Ball Screw Driven Slide Table Data 

Part Nominal Carriage Coefficient Number Seal 

Number Dia. Weight Friction of Drag 

(oz) Carriage Seals (oz) 

2EB-08 .50 30.4 .002 8 1.6 

2EB-12 .75 76.8 .002 8 2.4 

2EB-16 1.0 128.0 .002 8 4.8 

2EB-24 1.5 403.2 .002 8 6.4 


= � L � (d/1000)4 

32 

Calculate angular velocity (�): 

(N• m 2 ) 

L = Length of Ball or Lead Screw (m) 

� = Density of Ball or Lead Screw = 76,4000 N/m 3 

d = Diameter of Ball or Lead Screw (in) 


� = 2� Vmax ( rad /S) 

(P/1000) 

where: Vmax = Maximum Linear Speed (in/s) (from step 9) 

P = Lead of Ball or Lead Screw (mm) 


SuperSlide 2RB Ball Screw Driven Slide Table Data 

Part System Carriage Carriage Number Seal 

Number size Weight Friction of Drag 

(N) Coefficient Seals (N) 

2RB-M12 12 8,8 0,002 8 0,5 

2RB-M16 16 16,7 0,002 8 0,7 

B-75

Engineering 

SuperSlide * Ball Screw Driven Slide 


SuperSlide 2DB Lead Screw or Ball Screw Act. System Data 

Part System Ball Screw Preload Frictional Screw 

Number Nom. Dia. x lead Condition Torque Efficiency 

Dia. oz-in �screw 

T r † 

2DB-08-OUB-AA .50 .375 x .1 P 3 to 6 0.53 

2DB-08-OUB-AB .50 .375 x .25 P 3 to 6 0.60 

2DB-08-OUB-AC .50 .375 x .50 P 3 to 6 0.81 

2DB-08-OUB-AD .50 .375 x .75 P 3 to 6 0.84 

2DB-08-OUB-AE .50 .375 x 1.0 P 3 to 6 0.84 

2DB-12-OUB-B .75 12 mm x 5 mm NP 6.4 0.90 

2DB-12-OUB-F .75 .50 x .20 NP 6.4 0.90 

2DB-12-OUB-V .75 .50 x .20 P 9.6 0.90 

2DB-16-OUB-D 1.0 20 mm x 5 mm NP 9.6 0.90 

2DB-16-OUB-G 1.0 .75 x .20 NP 9.6 0.90 

2DB-16-OUB-W 1.0 .75 x .20 P 12.4 0.90 

With the calculated values of Load inertia (JL), Ball or Lead Screw inertia (JB), 

and Angular Velocity (v) you can now calculate Torque due to system inertia (TJ): 

B-76 

T J = � J L + J B + J M (oz • in) 

g•t a 

] 

� screw 

Step 13b. Calculate Torque due to friction (TF) 

INCH 

TF = P • Pf + Tr 2� �screw (oz • in) 

where: P = Lead of Ball or Lead Screw (in/rev) 

(from table on previous page) 

� = 3.1416 

�screw = Efficiency of Ball or Lead Screw 


Calculate Friction Force (Pf): 

P f = (W c + W p ) • µ sys + n• D s (oz) 

where: Wc = Weight of Carriage (oz) 


Wp = Weight of Payload (oz) 

(from Application Data) 

�sys = Coefficient of friction of carriage 


n = number of seals 


Ds = Seal Drag (oz) 


] 

METRIC 

TF = P/1000 • Pf + Tr (N • m) 

2� �screw where: P = Lead of Ball Screw (mm) 


� = 3.1416 

�screw = Efficiency of Ball Screw = 90% 

P f = (W c + W p ) • µ sys + n• D s (N) 

where: Wc = Weight of Carriage (N) 


Wp = Weight of Payload (N) 

(from Application Data) 

�sys = Coefficient of friction of carriage 


n = number of seals 


Ds = Seal Drag (N) 


With the calculated value of Frictional Force (PF), locate Frictional Torque (Tr) (oz • in) in the appropriate table on previous 

page and calculate Torque due to friction (TF) using the formula, above. 






Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


SuperSlide 2EB Ball Screw Actuated System Data 

Part System Ball Screw Preload Frictional Screw 

Number Nom. Dia. x lead Condition Torque Efficiency 

Dia. oz-in 

† Tr �screw 

2EB-08-FTB-B .50 12 mm x 5 mm NP 6.4 0.90 

2EB-08-FTB-F .50 .50 x .20 NP 6.4 0.90 

2EB-08-FTB-Q .50 .50 x .50 P 7.2 0.90 

2EB-12-FTB-D .75 20 mm x 5 mm NP 9.6 0.90 

2EB-12-FTB-G .75 .75 x .20 NP 9.6 0.90 

2EB-12-FTB-L .75 .631 x 1.0 P 7.2 0.90 

2EB-12-FTB-U .75 20 mm x 20 mm NP 10.0 0.90 

2EB-16-FTB-T 1.0 1.0 x 1.0 P 12.8 0.90 

2EB-16-FTB-H 1.0 1.0 x .25 P 16.0 0.90 

2EB-24-FTB-J 1.5 1.5 x 1.0 P 19.2 0.90 

2EB-24-FTB-I 1.5 1.5 x .25 P 24.0 0.90 

2EB-24-FTB-Z 1.5 1.5 x 1.875 P 16.0 0.90 

† Values of Tr are provided for calculation purposes. Measured values of Tr will vary with 

radial bearing and ball nut preload. 


AccuSlide 2HB Ball Screw Act. System Data 

Part Nominal Ball Screw Frictional 

Number Size Dia.x lead Torque N-m 

(mm) Tr † 

2HB-M10-OYP-G 10 16 x 5 0,09 

2HB-M10-OYP-H 10 16 x 10 0,09 

2HB-M20-OYP-L 20 25 x 5 0,1 

2HB-M20-OYP-M 20 25 x 10 0,1 

2HB-M10-OYP-N 20 25 x 25 0,1 


SuperSlide 2RB Ball Screw Act. System Data 

Part Nominal Ball Screw Frictional 

Number Dia. Dia.x lead Torque N-m 

(mm) T r † 

2RB-M12-ODM-G 12 16 x 5 0,09 

2RB-M12-ODM-H 12 16 x 10 0,09 

2RB-M16-ODM-I 16 20 x 5 0,1 

2RB-M16-ODM-J 16 20 x 10 0,1 

2RB-M16-ODM-K 16 20 x 20 0,1 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Step 13c. Calculate Torque due to gravity (Tg): 

INCH 

Tg = P • Pg (oz • in) 

2� �screw 



� = 3.1416 



Calculate Gravity Force (Pg): 

P g = (W c + W p ) SIN � (oz) 

where: W c = Weight of Carriage (oz) (from table on page B-75) 

W p = Weight of Payload (oz) (from Application Data) 

� = Angle from horizontal (for horizontal � = 0°; 

vertical � = 90° for upstroke, 

� = 270° for downstroke) 

With the calculated value of Gravity Force (Pg), the torque due to gravity (Tg) 

can be calculated using the formula, above. 

Step 13d. Calculate Torque due to external forces (Te): 

Te = P • Pe 2� �screw (oz • in) 



� = 3.1416 



The value of external force(s) (Pe) (oz) must be calculated or estimated from the 

application specifications. Any outside forces that have a component that acts along 

the axis of the Superslide system should be included as an external force (Pe) (oz). 

With the calculated or estimated value of external force (Pe) the Torque due to 

external forces (Te) can be calculated using the formula, above. 

Step 13e. Calculate Peak Torque (Tpeak), the largest of the following: 

Torque due to acceleration (TA): 

T A = TJ + TF + Tg + Te (oz • in) 

where: T J = Torque due to system inertia (oz • in) (from step 13a) 

T F = Torque due to friction (oz • in) (from step 13b) 

T g = Torque due to gravity (oz • in) (from step 13c) 

T e = Torque due to external forces (oz • in) (from step 13d) 

Torque at constant velocity (Tcv): 

T cv = T F + T g + T e (oz • in) 

Torque due to deceleration (TD): 

T D = T J - T F - T g - T e (oz • in) 

Torque required to hold at rest (TH): 

T H = -T F + T g + T e (oz • in) 

* 

METRIC 

Engineering 





Tg = (P/1000) (N • m) 

2� �screw 



� = 3.1416 

�screw = Efficiency of Ball screw = 90% 

P g = (W c + W p ) SIN � (oz) 

where: W c = Weight of Carriage (oz) (from table on page B-75) 

W p = Weight of Payload (oz) (from Application Data) 

� = Angle from horizontal (for horizontal � = 0°; 

vertical � = 90° for upstroke, 

� = 270° for downstroke) 

Te = ( P/1000) (N • m) 

2� �screw where: P = Lead of Ball or Lead Screw (mm/rev) 


� = 3.1416 

�screw = Efficiency of Ball Screw = 90% 


T A = TJ + TF + Tg + Te (N • m) 

where: T J = Torque due to system inertia (N • m) (from step 13a) 

T F = Torque due to friction (N • m) (from step 13b) 

T g = Torque due to gravity (N • m) (from step 13c) 

T e = Torque due to external forces (N • m) (from step 13d) 

Torque at constant velocity (Tcv): 

T cv = T F + T g + T e (N • m) 

Torque due to deceleration (TD): 

T D = T J - T F - T g - T e (N • m) 

Torque required to hold at rest (TH): 

T H = -T F + T g + T e (N • m) 

B-77

Engineering 


Step 13f. Calculate Root-Mean-Square Torque (Trms) or Continuous Torque: 

B-78 

T RMS = t a (T A) 2 + t cv (T cv) 2 + t d (T D) 2 + t h (T H) 2 (oz•in) 

t a + tcv + td + th 

where: T A , T cv , T D , and T H are from step 13e. 

t a = time to accelerate (s) 



t h = time at rest (s) 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Speed vs Torque 

Step 14. Determine the proper motor selection. Plot Peak Torque (Tpeak) against the Required Motor Speed from step 10 and enter the Motor Speed 

vs. Torque graph (Graph SBSU 19.1). If the plotted point is below the curve for intermittent duty, then you have made a proper selection. Now plot 

Continuous Torque (TRMS) against the Required Motor Speed from step 10 and enter the graph again. If the plotted point is below the curve for continuous 

duty, then you have made a proper selection. If either of the plotted points fall above their respective curve then either a larger frame motor 

or a speed reducing gearhead must be employed. Check mounting flange availability when increasing the motor frame size. See the example at the 

bottom of the next page if you choose to employ a speed reducing gearhead. 

Motor Speed vs. Torque Curve 

Graph SBSU 19.1 is an example of a speed vs. torque curve for a NEMA 23 motor. 

Motors are available in standard NEMA frame sizes 23, 34 and 42. 

To determine the motor speed vs. torque curve that best suits the application and for a 

continuation of features and specifications refer to the Motor Data Table, page B-76. 

Speed vs. Torque Curve with Gearhead 

There is an increased torque capability when using a gearhead. The use of a gearhead also 

requires the motor to run at a higher speed. Gearheads are available in standard NEMA frame 

sizes 23, 34 and 42 and in ratios 1:1, 3:1; 5:1 and 10:1 (other ratios are available). 

To determine motor speed, use the following formula: 

RPM = Vmax • 60 • i 

P 

where: V max = maximum linear speed (in/s) (from step 9) 

P = lead of Ball or Lead screw (in/rev) 

i = gearhead ratio 

Graph SBSU 19.1 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


SuperSlide * Ball Screw Driven Slide Tables 

Maximum Acceptable Travel Rate 

* 

Engineering 

The SuperSlide 2RB Ball Screw Actuated Systems can be mounted using the T-nuts and T-slots from above with clamping fixtures as shown below. In 

addition, SuperSlide Ball Screw Actuated Systems 2RB can be mounted using the bolt down attachment holes found in system support base (System 

2RB). For other mounting fixity contact Thomson Systems Application Engineering. 


E 

45 o 

B 

A 

F 

D 






C 

Standard T-Nut Dimensions 

Figure 1: Mounting from above using T-slots or from above through 

mounting holes. 


Part Number A B C D E F 

TNUT-01-M3 7 4 1,75 1,25 3 M3 

TNUT-02-M4 9,5 5,5 2,25 1,75 4 M4 




TNUT-04-M5 M5 


TNUT-05-M4 19,5 9,8 5,8 2,8 8,6 M4 




B-79

Engineering 

SuperSlide * Belt Driven Slide Tables 

System Travel Lengths 

B-80 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


To determine the system that fits your SuperSlide Belt Actuated System application requirements the following design criteria needs to be evaluated: 

• System Support Requirements • Load/Life Requirements – Linear Bearings 

• System Stroke Length • Motion (Move) Profile (Velocity, Acceleration) 

• Maximum Allowable Shaft Deflection • Maximum Belt Tooth Shear Strength 

• Required Travel Life • Gear Motor Rotational Speed (Gear Reduction) 

• Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing • Torque Calculations 

• Load Correction Factor • Size Motor using Torque/Speed Curves 

After the above are determined, the system selection will become quick and easy. The following procedure will guide you through the proper system 

selection. 

Step 1. Based on your application needs, determine the Mounting Support Requirements. Will the application require end or continuous support? 

Step 2. Determine the Stroke Length (Ls). For each SuperSlide Belt Actuated System, the maximum Stroke Length (L s) can easily be determined. 

By subtracting the carriage length (T1) and two times end block (L3) from the total system length (L), the maximum stroke length is determined. 

C3 

L4 

L 

T1 

H4 C3 H2 H 

L3 

Should your application require the use of bellows way covers, it is important to recognize that the bellows will detract from the available stroke 

of the system. The bellows will retract to approximately 14% of the available stroke at each end of the system. The stroke length with bellows (LS/B) 

is calculated by subtracting 2 times the stroke (LS) times .14 from the stroke (LS). 

L S/B = L S - (2 x L S x .14) 

Standard Length and Delivery. For each SuperSlide Belt Driven Slide Tables there is a standard length chart and delivery information that also 

includes the standard length increment and the maximum system length. Selecting a standard system length will minimize shipment time. Once you 

have selected a length that best fits your application requirements, simply determine the maximum stroke length. The required stroke length should 

not exceed this number. 


Custom length systems are available. Lengths exceeding MAX 

length will require butt joints. For special requirements, please 

contact the Danaher Motion Systems application engineering 

department. 

L S = L - (T1 + 2 L3) 

System 2RE Standard Lengths (Lengths in mm) 

System 300 375 400 450 500 525 600 675 700 750 800 825 900 975 1000 1050 1100 1125 1200 

2RE-M12 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

2RE-M16 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 

L3 

L5 

H4 

1275 1300 1350 1400 1425 1500 X MAX 

■ ■ ■ ■ 75 3000 

■ ■ ■ 100 3000 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


SuperSlide * Belt Driven Slide Tables 

System Deflection 

Step 3. For end supported systems, determine if the system selected meets the Maximum Allowable Deflection criteria. 

Travel Life 

Step 4. Determine the Required Travel Life (km). 

System Loading 


Lt= 2 • s • f • Lh • 60 s = stroke (mm) 

10 



6 

Step 5. Determine the Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing. When selecting a 

SuperSlide Belt Driven Slide Tables, it is necessary to evaluate the bearing forces that are 

generated based on the position of the load and its movement during application. The 

free body diagram (SBM 10.1) is an example of the type of calculations that are required 

when determining resultant bearing forces. For other free body diagram examples see 

Load Considerations in the Engineering Support Appendix, page B-94. The 

determination of the force on the most heavily loaded bearing allows you to enter the 

load life graph and select the system that best fits your application needs. 

Step 6. Determine the Load Correction Factor (Kq). The dynamic load capacity of 

SuperSlide Belt Driven Slide Table is determined by the orientation of the system and the 

direction of the resultant bearing load.To determine the load correction factor, simply 

enter the polar graph with the applied or resultant load direction until it intersects the 

polar curve. If the load correction factor is 1,0 the resultant force (Presultant) is equal to 

the Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing (Pmax). If the direction of the resultant 

bearing load cannot be determined, then use the minimum Kq value (0,7 for closed 

bearings and 0,5 for open bearings.) 

Superslide 2RE 

* 

Engineering 





P 

P 

K θ 

P 

F1Y F4Y 

d2 

F1z F2z 

1 2 

F4z 

4 3 

d0 

2 

d0 

P 

2 

F3z 

∼ =(( X 

P 

F1z F4z = 

4 

d3 

d1 

+( 

P 

2 

= ( X 

d2 

d0 

d1 

P 

F1Y, F2Y 

d3 

F3Y, F4Y 

F2z = F3z = P P d2 - 

4 (( X 

2 d0 

(SBM 10.1) 

These Load Correction Factor Polar charts show 

values of Kq for load orientations on a single Ball 

Bushing* bearing. Appropriate load orientation 

should be considered for the most heavily loaded 

Ball Bushing bearing.. 

B-81

Engineering 

SuperSlide * Belt Driven Slide Table 

Load and Life Requirements 

Step 7. Select the system that meets the application load and life requirements. 


B-82 

10 000 

1 000 

100 

10 

10 



100 1 000 10 000 


(SBM 11.1) 

100 000 

2RE-M16 

2RE-M12 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


If the Load Correction Factor is less than 1,0 the following formula should be used to determine the Corrected Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing. 

Pmax = Presultant K� Note: AccuSlide* 2HE has a load correction factor in all directions of 1,0. 

Pmax = Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing (N) 

Presultant = Resultant of Externally Applied loads (N) 

K� = Load Correction Factor 

For each SuperSlide Belt Driven Slide Table there is a graph (SBM 

11.1) that allows for system selection based on the Required Travel 

Life and the Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing. To determine 

the system which best meets your application requirements, simply 

enter the graph with your Required Travel Life from step 4 and the 

Corrected Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing from step 6. 

Select a system characteristic curve that is above or to the right of 

the plotted point. 

Note: Use Corrected Force on the Most Heavily Loaded Bearing if load correction factor is less 

than 1,0. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



* 

Trapezoidal Motion Profile: 

Engineering 

A typical linear belt actuated application normally consists of a series of motion profiles. The actuated torque required to move the system should 

be evaluated for each motion profile. There are two basic motion profile types. The first and most simple move is a triangular motion profile which 

consists of two legs. The first leg is for acceleration and the second is for deceleration. The second motion profile type is trapezoidal which consists of an 

acceleration leg, a leg of constant velocity and a deceleration leg. 

Step 8. Determine the Motion Profile that fits your application requirements. Calculate V max and a. 

V max 

Velocity 

Triangular Motion Profile Trapezoidal Motion Profile 

t a 

Accelerate 


t d 

Decelerate 


Triangular Motion Profile: 

Assume: ta = td = t/2 and xa = xd = x/2 

Then: Vavg = x/t 

Vmax =2 • Vavg = 2x/t 

a = Vmax /ta = 4 x/t2 Where: a = acceleration (m/s2) d = deceleration (m/s2) x = total Distance (m) 

xa = distance to Accelerate (m) 

xc = distance at Constant Velocity (m) 

xd = distance to Decelerate (m) 

Maximum Belt Tooth Shear Strength 





V max 

Velocity 

t a 

Accelerate 


t c 

Constant Velocity 


Decelerate 


Assume: ta = tc = td = t/3 and xa = xd = x/4, xc = x/2 

Then: Vavg = x/t 

Vmax =1.5 • Vavg 

a = -d = Vmax /ta = 4.5x/t2 t = total Move Time (s) 

ta = acceleration Time (s) 

tc = time at Constant Velocity (s) 

td = deceleration Time (s) 

Vavg = average Velocity (m/s) 

Vmax = maximum Velocity (m/s) 

Step 9. Calculate the Total Axial Forces on the system belt and determine whether they are within the limits of the Belt Pre-Tension Force and 

Maximum Allowable Tooth Shear of the belt. The Total Axial System Belt Force (Ps) is the summation of External Force (Pe), Acceleration Force (Pa) 

and Frictional Force (Pf). 

Ps = Pe + Pa + Pf 

Step 9a. Determine the External Axial Forces (Pe). External axial forces seen by the Superslide Belt Driven Slide Table can be the result of application 

forces such as stretching fabric in a textile application or compressing boxing in a packaging application. In a vertical application, the external force 

is the addition of gravity acting on the payload. In those vertical applications the motor must be mounted above the load on the carriage. 

t d 

B-83

Engineering 


Maximum Belt Tooth Shear Strength 

2RE-M12 12 8,8 0,4 0,002 8 0,5 225 485 

2RE-M16 16 16,7 1,12 0,002 8 0,7 780 817 

2HE-M10 10 3,9 0,4 0,003 4 0,9 225 485 

2HE-M20 20 26,5 1,75 0,003 4 7,0 1260 1488 

B-84 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Step 9b. Determine the Acceleration force (Pa). To overcome the inertia generated by the payload, the carriage assembly and the belt force due to 

acceleration must be evaluated. 

SuperSlide 2RE 

SuperSlide 2RE Belt Actuated System Data 

Pa = a • (Wc + Wp + (Wb • L • 2)) 

g 

a = Vmax /ta = linear acceleration (m/s2 = 4.5 • x 

) (from step 8) 

t2 Wc = carriage Weight (N) (from table below) 

Wp = weight of Payload (N) (from Application Data) 

Wb = weight of Belt (N/m) (from table below) 

g = acceleration due to gravity = 9,81 m/s2 

Part Nominal Carriage Belt Coefficient Number Seal Belt Pre- Maximum 

Number Dia. Weight Weight Friction of Seals Drag Tension Axial Force, 

(N) (N/m) Carriage (N) Force (N) Belt (N) 


AccuSlide 2HE Belt Actuated System Data 

Part Nominal Carriage Belt Coefficient Number Seal Belt Pre- Maximum 

Number Size Weight Weight Friction of Seals Drag Tension Axial Force, 

(N) (N/m) Carriage (N) Force (N) Belt (N) 

Vmax = maximum velocity (m/s) (from Step 8) 

ta = acceleration time (s) 

x a = distance to accelerate (m) 

L = overall length of system (m) 

x = total distance (m) 

t = total move time (s) 

Step 9c. Determine the Frictional Force (Pf). The total 

Frictional force is the sum of the payload and carriage 

weight times the system coefficient of friction plus the 

additional seal drag. 

Pf = [ � sys• (Wp + Wc) + n • Ds] 

Wp = payload weight (N) 

W c = carriage weight (N) 

(see table at left) 

� sys= system coefficient of 

friction (see table at left) 

DS = seal Drag (N) 


n= number of seals 


In the case of vertical axis orientation, this Pf term 

may be omitted. 

Step 9d. Calculate Total Axial System Belt Force (Ps): 

P s = P e + P a + P f 

Step 9e. Compare the calculated Total Axial System Belt Force (PS) with the Belt Pre-Tension Force in the tables on the previous page. If the calculated 

value exceeds the Pre-Tension Force in the table then the application parameters or the size of the system should be reconsidered, as the possibility 

exists that the belt could go into a slackened condition causing slippage on the pulley. In no case should the Total Axial Belt Force (PS) ever exceed the 

Maximum Axial Force for the belt in the tables on the previous page. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Maximum Belt Tooth Shear Capacity 

Step 10. It is also important to check that the application parameters are within the limits of the Belt Tooth Shear Capacity. 



* 

Engineering 

Part Nominal Pitch Circle Lead Number of Belt Belt Standard Maximum 

Number Size Diameter (mm/rev.) Effective Width Pitch Gear Axial 

(mm) Teeth (mm) (mm) Ratios Force (N) 

2HE-M10 10 26,74 84 12 20 3 1:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1 485 

2HE-M20 20 47,75 150 12 50 5 1:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1 1488 



Part Nominal Pitch Circle Lead Number of Belt Belt Standard Maximum 

Number Dia. Diameter (mm/rev.) Effective Width Pitch Gear Axial 

(mm) Teeth (mm) (mm) Ratios Force (N) 

2RE-M12 12 26,74 84 12 20 3 1:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1 485 

2RE-M16 16 35,01 110 11 32 5 1:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1 817 

The formula for calculating Belt Tooth Shear Capacity (Cts) is as follows: 

C ts = C sp • Z e • W C sp = Specific Axial Force Capacity (N/mm) 

Ze = Number of Effective Belt Teeth (from previous page) 

W = Belt Width (mm) (from previous page) 

Step 10a. The Csp value is taken from the above graphs. Enter the graph for the appropriate Belt Pitch with the Pulley Speed (Np) calculated as follows: 

Np = Pulley Speed (RPM) 

Np = V max • 60000 = V max • 60000 V max= Maximum Linear Speed (m/s)(from Step 8) 

p b � d0 Pb = �d 0 = Lead (mm/rev.) (from previous page) 

d0 = Pitch Circle Diameter (mm)(from previous page) 

� = 3,1416 





B-85

Engineering 


Speed Requirements 

4,0 

Csp 

( N ) 

mm 

3,0 

2,0 

1,0 

0 

B-86 

Specific Axial Force Capacity 

vs. Pulley Speed for 3mm pitch belt 

10 100 

10 100 

Np Pulley Speed (RPM) 

1 000 10 000 





4,0 

Csp 

( N ) 

mm 

3,0 

2,0 

1,0 

0 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Specific Axial Force Capacity 

vs. Pulley Speed for 5mm pitch belt 

10 100 

Np Pulley Speed (RPM) 

1 000 10 000 

Step 10b. Once Pulley Speed (Np) is calculated, and the Specific Axial Force Capacity (Csp) is determined from the above graph, locate the number of 

Effective Belt Teeth (Ze) and the Belt Width (W) from the tables on the previous page and calculate the Belt Tooth Shear Capacity (Cts): 

Cts = Csp • Ze • W 

Step 10c. Compare the Belt Tooth Shear Force Capacity (Cts) with the calculated Maximum Axial System Belt Force (Ps) from step 9d. If the calculated 

value for Ps exceeds the maximum allowable capacity from step 10b, the application parameters or the size of the system must be reconsidered. 

2RE-M12 12 26,74 84 NEMA 23 1:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1 

2RE-M16 16 35,01 110 NEMA 23 1:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1 

C ts>P s 

Step 11. Determine the Motor Rotational Speed required to move at Vmax for all system ratios. 

The SuperSlide Belt Actuated System is equipped with a Thomson Micron True Planetary* Precision Gearhead already mounted. Each gearhead ratio 

(greater than 1:1) provides an increase in output torque and requires the motor to operate at a higher speed. 



Part Nominal Pitch Lead Motor Standard 

Number Dia. Circle (mm/rev) Frame Gear 

Dia. (mm) Size Ratios 



Part Nominal Pitch Lead Motor Standard 

Number Size Circle (mm/rev) Frame Gear 

Dia. (mm) Size Ratios 

2HE-M10 10 26,74 84 NEMA 23 1:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1 

2HE-M20 20 47,75 150 NEMA 34 1:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1 

Calculate the Maximum Motor Speed (Nmax) at the system Maximum Linear Speed (Vmax) from Step 8 using the following formula: 

Vmax = Maximum Linear Speed (m/s) 

Nmax = Vmax i i = Gear Ratio 

pb 

d0 = Pitch Circle Diameter (mm) (from tables above) 

pb = �d0 = Lead (mm/rev.) (from tables above) 

or with unit conversions and constants: � = 3,1416 

Nmax = Vmax • i • (1000mm/m) • (60 sec/min) = Vmax • i • (19 100) (RPM) 

�d 0 d0 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Torque Calculations 

* 

Engineering 

Step 12. In order to size a motor for your SuperSlide Belt Driven Slide Table it is important to calculate the torque required to meet your application 

requirements with all of the parameters in mind. If you are actuating your system with a stepping motor, then a maximum or peak torque (Tpeak) calculation 

is required. Peak torque is usually seen at the time of maximum acceleration, however, other factors such as torque due to external forces can affect 

when peak torque occurs. It is important to calculate for all torque conditions (Torque due to acceleration (TA), Torque at constant velocity (Tcv), Torque 

due to deceleration (TD), and Torque required to hold at rest (TH)), and take that torque with the largest magnitude as the Peak Torque (Tpeak). 

TA = TJ + TF + Tg + Te (N•m) 

Tcv = TF + Tg + Te (N•m) 

TD = TJ - TF -Tg - Te (N•m) 

T H = -T F + T g + T e (N•m) 

where: T J = Torque due to system inertia (N • m) 

T F = Torque due to friction (N • m) 

T g = Torque due to gravity (N • m) 

T e = Torque due to external forces (N • m) 

Should you be actuating your SuperSlide system with a servo motor system then it is also necessary to calculate a Root-Mean-Square Torque (TRMS) 

or Continuous Torque. 

T RMS = ta (TA) 2 + tcv (T cv) 2 + t d (T D) 2 +t h (T H ) 2 (N•m) 

ta + t cv + t d + t h 

where: ta = time to accelerate (s) 

t cv = time at constant velocity (s) 

t d = time to decelerate (s) 

t h = time at rest (s) 


and 

TJ = 1000 • 2 • a • Jp + JM • i + Jg • i + TL (N • m) 

i2 • �g ] 





d 0 

] 

T L= P a • d 0 (N•m) 

1000 • 2 • i • � g • � b 

] 

where: TL = Torque due to payload (N • m) 

a = required linear acceleration (m/s2) (from step 8) 

d 0 = pulley pitch circle diameter (mm) (from table on next page) 

J p = drive pulley inertia (Kg•m 2) (from table on next page) 

J M = motor inertia (Kg•m 2) (1) (g • cm 2 = Kg•m 2 x 10 -7) 

J g = gearbox inertia (Kg•m 2) (from table on next page) 

i = gearbox ratio (from Application Data) 

� g = gearbox efficiency = 90% 

� b = belt efficiency = 90% 

P a = acceleration force (N) 

] 

B-87

Engineering 


Calculate acceleration force (Pa) (N) 


B-88 

P a = a • (W c + W p + W B • L • 2) (N) 

g 

Wc = weight of carriage (N) (from table below) 

W p= weight of payload (N) (from application data) 

W B= weight of belt (N/m) (from table below) 

L= overall system length (m) 

a= required linear acceleration (m/s 2) (from step 8) 

g = acceleration due to gravity = 9,81 m/s 2 

Part System Pitch Pulley Carriage Belt 

Number Size Circle inertia Weight Weight 

Diameter (kg • m2 SuperSlide 2RE Belt Actuated System Data 

(mm) 

) (N) (N/m) 

2RE-M12 12 26,74 7,3 x 10-6 8,8 0,4 

2RE-M16 16 35,01 3,02 x 10-5 16,7 1,12 



Part System Pitch Pulley Carriage Belt 

Number Size Circle inertia Weight Weight 

Diameter (kg • m 2 ) (N) (N/m) 

(mm) 

2HE-M10 10 26,74 7,3 x 10 -6 3,9 0,4 

2HE-M20 20 47,75 1,54x 10 -4 26,5 1,75 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



System Gear Motor Gearbox Gearbox 

Part Number Ratio Frame Size Part Number inertia (Kg•m2 ) 

2RE-M12-OEM-A 1:1 NEMA23 NT-23-1 8,14 x 10 -4 

2RE-M12-OEM-B 3:1 NEMA23 NT-23-3 7,82 x 10 -4 

2RE-M12-OEM-C 5:1 NEMA23 NT-23-5 2,58 x 10 -4 

2RE-M12-OEM-D 10:1 NEMA23 NT-23-10 1,61 x 10 -4 

2RE-M16-OEM-A 1:1 NEMA23 NT-23-1 8,14 x 10 -4 

2RE-M16-OEM-B 3:1 NEMA23 NT-23-3 7,82 x 10 -4 

2RE-M16-OEM-C 5:1 NEMA23 NT-23-5 2,58 x 10 -4 

2RE-M16-OEM-D 10:1 NEMA23 NT-23-10 1,61 x 10 -4 

AccuSlide 2HE 

System Gear Motor Gearbox Gearbox 

Part Number Ratio Frame Size Part Number inertia (Kg•m2) 2HE-M10-OZP-A 1:1 NEMA23 NT-23-1 8,14 x 10 -4 

2HE-M10-OZP-B 3:1 NEMA23 NT-23-3 7,82 x 10 -4 

2HE-M10-OZP-C 5:1 NEMA23 NT-23-5 2,58 x 10 -4 

2HE-M10-OZP-D 10:1 NEMA23 NT-23-10 1,61 x 10 -4 

2HE-M20-OZP-E 1:1 NEMA34 NT-34-1 4,9 x 10 -3 

2HE-M20-OZP-F 3:1 NEMA34 NT-34-3 4,51 x 10 -3 

2HE-M20-OZP-G 5:1 NEMA34 NT-34-5 1,39 x 10 -3 

2HE-M20-OZP-H 10:1 NEMA34 NT-34-10 7,56 x 10 -4 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Calculate Torque due to payload (TL): 

Calculate Torque due to system inertia (TJ) : 



TL = Pa • d0 1000 • 2 • i • �g • � b 

Part Nominal Carriage Belt Coefficient Number Seal 

Number Dia. Weight Weight Friction of Seals Drag 

(N) (N/m) Carriage (N) 

2RE-M12 12 8,8 0,4 0,002 8 0,5 

2RE-M16 16 16,7 1,12 0,002 8 0,7 

* 

(N•m) 

TJ = 1000 • 2 • a • Jp + JM • i + Jg • i + TL (N•m) 

d0 i2 • �g ] 

Engineering 





] 

] 

] 



Part Nominal Carriage Belt Coefficient Number Seal 

Number Size Weight Weight Friction of Seals Drag 

(N) (N/m) Carriage (N) 

2HE-M10 10 3,9 0,4 0,003 4 0,9 

2HE-M20 20 26,5 1,75 0,003 4 7,0 

B-89

Engineering 


Step 12b. Calculate Torque due to Friction (TF) : 

TF = 

d0 P 

• f 

1000 • 2 i • �g •� ] 

b 

and 

Pf = (Wp + Wc)• �sys + n • Ds B-90 

where: P f = Force due to Friction (N) 

W p = Weight of Payload (N) (from Application Data) 

W c = Weight of Carriage (N) (from table on previous page) 

� sys = Coefficient of friction of carriage (from table on previous page) 

n = Number of seals (from table on previous page) 

D s = Seal Drag (N) (from table on previous page) 

d 0 = Pulley pitch circle diameter (mm) (from table on page B-88) 

i = Gearbox ratio (from Application Data) 

� g = Gearbox efficiency = 90% 

� b = Belt efficiency = 90% 

First calculate Force due to friction (Pf) and with this value calculate Torque due to friction (Tf) using the formula, above. 

Step 12c. Calculate Torque due to gravity (Tg): 

and 

Tg = d0 • 

Pg (N • m) 

1000 • 2 i • �g • �b Pg = (Wp + Wc) SIN� (N) 

where: P g = Force due to Gravity (N) 

W p = Weight of Payload (N) (from Application Data) 

W c = Weight of Carriage (N) (from table on previous page) 

� = Angle from horizontal (for horizontal � = 0˚, vertical � = 90˚ for 

upstroke � = 270° for downstroke) 

d 0 = Pulley pitch circle diameter (mm) (from table on page B-88) 




First calculate Force due to gravity (Pg) and with this value calculate Torque due to gravity (Tg) using the formula, above. 

Step 12d. Calculate Torque due to external forces (Te): 

T e = 

] 

] 

] 

d 0 • 

1000 • 2 i • � g • � b 

P e (N • m) 

where: d 0 = Pulley pitch circle diameter (mm) (from table on page B-88) 








] 

] 

] 

] 

] 

] 

] 

] 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



* 

Engineering 

The value of external force(s) (Pe) (N) must be calculated or estimated from the application specifications. Any outside forces that have a component 

that acts along the axis of the Superslide system should be included as an external force (Pe) (N). 

With the calculated or estimated value of external force (Pe), the Torque due to external force (Te) can be calculated from the formula on the previous page. 

Step 12e. Calculate Peak Torque (Tpeak), the largest of the following: 

Torque due to acceleration (TA): 

TA = TJ + TF + Tg + Te (N•m) 

where: T J = Torque due to system inertia (N • m) (from step 12a) 

TF = Torque due to friction (N • m) (from step 12b) 

Tg = Torque due to gravity (N • m) (from step 12c) 

Te = Torque due to external forces (N • m) (from step 12d) 

Torque at constant velocity (Tcv): Tcv = TF + Tg + Te (N•m) 

Torque due to deceleration (TD): TD = TJ - TF -Tg- Te (N•m) 

Torque required to hold at rest (TH): T H = -TF + Tg + Te (N•m) 

Step 12f. Calculate Root-Mean-Square Torque (Trms) or Continuous Torque: 

TRMS = ta (TA) 2 + tcv (Tcv) 2 + td (TD) 2 + th (TH) 2 (N•m) 

t a + tcv + td + th 

where: T A, T cv, T D, and T H are from step 12e. 

t a = time to accelerate (s) 




©2003 Danaher Motion. Printed in the U.S.A. The specifications in this publication are believed to be accurate and reliable. However, it is 

the responsibility of the product user to determine the suitability of Thomson products for a specific application. While defective products 

will be replaced without charge if promptly returned, no liability is assumed beyond such replacement. 


B-91

Engineering 


Speed vs Torque 

Motor Speed vs. Torque Curve 

Graph SBSM22.1 is an example of a Speed vs. Torque curve for a NEMA 23 motor 

from the Motion Control section. To determine the motor speed vs. torque curve that 

best suits the application and for a continuation of features and specifications refer to 

the Motion Control section, page A-153. 

B-92 

Motor RPM = V max • 60 • i 

(PB/1000) 

where: V max = maximum linear speed (m/s) (from step 8) 

i = gearhead ratio (from Application Data) 

P B = belt lead (mm) (from table in step 10) 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Step 13. Determine the proper motor selection. Plot Peak Torque (Tpeak) against the Required Motor Speed from step 11 and enter the Motor Speed 

vs. Torque graph. (See the Motion Control Section, A-153). If the plotted point is below the curve for intermittent duty, then you have made a proper 

selection. Now plot Continuous Torque (TRMS) against the Required Motor Speed from step 11 and enter the graph again. If the plotted point is 

below the curve for continuous duty, then you have made a proper selection. If either of the plotted points fall above their respective curve then 

either a larger frame motor or a different gear ratio gearbox must be employed. Check mounting flange availability when increasing the motor frame 

size. Use of a system with a gearbox with a different gear ratio entails recalculating steps 11 and 12 with the new gear ratio in mind. 

To determine motor speed, use the following formula: 

in-lb 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

APx-232A-D010-Lxx 

0 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 

rpm 

Graph SBSM22.1 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



System Mounting 

* 

Engineering 

The SuperSlide Belt Driven Slide Table can be mounted using the T-nuts and T-slots from above with clamping fixtures and below as shown below. In 

addition, SuperSlide Belt Actuated System can also be mounted using the bolt down attachment holes found in each end block (System 2NE) or system 

support base (System 2RE). For other mounting fixity contact Thomson Systems Application Engineering. 


E 

45 o 

B 

A 

F 


Figure 2: Mounting from above using T-slots or from above through 

mounting holes. 

D 





C 


Part Number A B C D E F 








TNUT-05-M4 19,5 9,8 5,8 2,8 8,6 M4 




B-93

Engineering Support Appendix 

Lubrication, Materials and Part Number Specifications 

Thomson Linear Motion Systems are 

pre-lubricated with a rust preventative oil. 

This process is designed to inhibit the 

corrosion of the steel components within the 

system during transport. 

Available upon special request, LinearLube* 

lubricant can be applied to the ball tracks of the 

Ball Bushing* bearings. This specially 

formulated lubricant provides optimum 

performance for most applications. LinearLube 

is a synthetic lubricant utilizing suspended 

Teflon ® in a specially formulated base 

compound. 

LinearLube provides excellent performance 

characteristics in a wide range of applications. 

It is FDA listed, non-polluting, non-corrosive. 

LinearLube will not stain and adheres tightly 

to parts, forming a water resistant barrier and 

airtight seal against contaminant’s. 

LinearLube reduces overall maintenance and 

extends service intervals, which helps decrease 

your maintenance costs. 

• Maintains properties in operating 

temperatures from -65˚F to 450˚F 

• U.S.D.A. Rated H1 (Non-Toxic) 

• Inhibits wear, rust, and corrosion 

• Will not oxidize in use 

• 100% water resistant 

*LinearLube is an NLGI Grade II class material which contains PTFE (Teflon ® ) 

particles suspended in a specially compounded base. 

All Thomson Ball Bushing bearings require a small amount of grease or oil to 

operate. For most applications, lubricant is recommended to prevent wearing 

and rusting of the bearing surfaces. When linear speeds are high, a light 

oil should be used and the bearing should be prevented from running dry for 

a prolonged period of time. 

A medium to heavy oil or light grease has 

greater adhesion properties that afford longer 

bearing protection and minimize sealing 

problems. The numerous built-in pockets in the 

Ball Bushing bearing retainer allow grease to be 

stored for an extended period of time. Though 

not generally recommended, in some lightly 

loaded, low speed and highly contaminated 

applications, Ball Bushing bearings have been 

used without lubrication. For these types of 

applications contact Thomson application 

engineering. 

Specifying a Thomson linear motion system. 

Thomson linear motion systems are specified 

quickly and easily with a single part number. 

When you have evaluated your linear motion 

requirements and selected a System which best 

meets your criteria, review the System part 

number, System length, and any special options 

to generate a single order number. 

Custom lengths or special requirements should 

be reviewed with the Thomson 

systems application engineering department. 

System Replacement Components 

Replacement components for systems are 

available from Thomson. Assure the accuracy 

and repeatability of your system by specifying 

a -XS after the component part number. 

B-94 

Thomson Linear Motion systems are designed 

and manufactured through advanced processes 

with high grade materials chosen for their 

strength, durability, and hardness. The following 

is a comprehensive list of the materials 

utilized throughout Thomson systems. 

System Maintenance and Service 

Prior to lubrication, all ball screw assemblies 

should run smoothly throughout the entire 

stroke. If the torque is not uniform over the 

entire stroke: 

• Visually inspect the screw shaft for 

accumulations of foreign matter. 

• Using cleaning fluid or solvent, remove dirt 

from the ball grooves. Be sure to flush the ball 

nut assembly thoroughly. 

• Cycle the ball nut along the screw shaft 

several times. Wipe with a dry, lintless cloth and 

lubricate immediately. 

• If the assembly continues to operate erratically 

after cleaning, contact Thomson Industries for 

further instructions. 

The operating environment primarily determines 

the frequency and type of lubrication required 

by ball screws. The screw shaft should be 

inspected frequently and lubricated as required 

by the environmental conditions present. 

Lubricants can vary from instrument grade oil 

for dirty and heavy-dust environments to good 

grade ball bearing grease for protected or clean 

environments. For most applications, good 

10W30 oil periodically wiped on the screw shaft 

with a damp cloth or applied by a drip or mist 

lubricator will suffice. 

Ball Bushing Bearing 

Components Material 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


CAUTION: Where the screw is unprotected 

from airborne dirt, dust, etc., do not leave a 

heavy film of lubricant on the screw. Keep the 

screw shaft barely damp with lubricant. Inspect 

at regular intervals to be certain lubricating film 

is present. Where the application requires 

operation below 0F, instrument grade oil is 

recommended. Operating environments from 

0F to 180F will require a good grade 10W30 oil. 

All Thomson ball-bushing bearings require a 

small amount of grease or oil to operate. For 

general applications, EP2 (extreme pressure 

NLGI grade2) lubricant is recommended to 

prevent wearing and rusting of the bearing 

surfaces. For food grade applications, Linear 

Lube (teflon-based synthetic grease) is 

recommended. When linear speeds are high, 

light oil should be used and the bearing should 

be prevented from running dry for a prolonged 

period of time. A medium to heavy oil or light 

grease has greater adhesion properties that 

afford longer bearing protection and minimize 

sealing problems. 

All Thomson ball-bushing bearings are shipped 

with rust preventative oil. It is recommended 

that you lubricate the ball bushing prior to 

installation and periodically during operation to 

assure that the ball bushing does not run dry. 

Bearing lube cycle not to exceed 1 year or 

100km of travel (whichever comes first), but 

more frequent application may be required 

based on duty cycle, usage, environment and 

level of contamination. 

Super Smart Ball Bushing* bearings 

• Sleeve and Retainers Thomson Engineered Plastic†† 

• Bearing Plates Hardened Bearing Steel 

• Balls Chrome Alloy Steel 

• Seals Synthetic Rubber 

• Pillow Block Housing Aluminum Alloy† 

Supports 

• Type ASB End Support Aluminum Alloy† 

• Type SB End Support Iron 

• Type SRA Rail Support Aluminum Alloy† 

• Twin Shaft End Support Aluminum Alloy† 

• Twin Shaft Web End Support Aluminum Alloy† 

• Integrated End Support Aluminum Alloy† 

• Dual Shaft Support Rail Aluminum Alloy† 

• Inner Race (60 Case Shafting) Case Hardened High Carbon Steel 

Carriage 

• Universal Carriage Aluminum Alloy† 

• Twin Shaft Carriage Aluminum Alloy† 

• Twin Shaft Web Carriage Aluminum Alloy† 

• Modular Dual Shaft Carriage Aluminum Alloy† 

• Integrated Dual Shaft Carriage Aluminum Alloy† 

†Custom Black Anodized for inch size systems ††Limited to a Max. Temperature of 185˚F (85˚C) 

Custom Grey Anodized for metric size systems 

Custom system lengths may require black paint to protect machine cut-off ends on Dual shaft Rail Assemblies and Shaft support Rails. 

If a specific surface finish is required contact the Thomson Systems application engineering department. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Coefficient of Friction and Seal Drag 

Coefficient of Friction 

The coefficient of friction of Thomson Ball Bushing* bearings 

ranges from 0.001 to 0.004. There are two components of the 

coefficient of friction, the rolling or operating friction and the 

static or breakaway friction. 

Coefficient of Rolling Friction 

The rolling coefficient of friction is measured by the force 

required to operate the Ball Bushing at a constant rate of travel. 

The formula for determining frictional resistance during operation 

is as follows: 

Pf = P x fr 

where: Pf = Frictional resistance (lbf) 

P = Resultant of externally applied loads (lbf) 

fr = Coefficient of rolling friction 

The following table describes the coefficient of rolling friction of 

Ball Bushing bearings operating on Thomson 60 Case* 

LinearRace*. These values are grouped according to the number 

of ball circuits in each bearing. Friction coefficients are constant 

among bearings having three and four ball circuits, but slightly 

less for bearings with five or six ball circuits. A dry Ball Bushing 

bearing has the lowest coefficient of friction due to the complete 

absence of lubricant surface tension effects. Values for grease 

lubrication ranges from 100% greater in the smaller sizes to 

20% to 50% greater in the larger sizes. Oil lubrication 

Ball bushing Bearing coefficients of rolling friction (fr) 

Bearing Number Condition Load in % of Rolling Load Rating 

I.D. of Ball of (for 2,000,000 inches of travel) 

Circuits Lubrication 125% 100% 75% 50% 25% 

1 /4”, 3 /8” No Lube .0011 .0011 .0012 .0016 .0025 

1 /2”, 5 /8” 3 & 4 Grease Lube .0019 .0021 .0024 .0029 .0044 

8 mm Oil Lube .0022 .0023 .0027 .0032 .0045 

3 /4”, 1” No Lube .0011 .0011 .0012 .0024 .0033 

12, 16 mm 5 Grease Lube .0018 .0019 .0021 .0024 .0033 

Oil Lube .0020 .0021 .0023 .0027 .0036 

11 /4” No Lube .0011 .0011 .0012 .0014 .0019 

thru 4” 6 Grease Lube .0016 .0016 .0017 .0018 .0022 

20 thru 40 mm Oil Lube .0011 .0011 .0012 .0013 .0018 

5 /8” thru No Lube .0011 .0011 .0012 .0013 .0019 

11 /2” 10 Grease Lube .0014 .0014 .0015 .0016 .0019 

12 thru 40 mm Oil Lube .0016 .0016 .0017 .0019 .0025 

* 






(medium/heavy, viscosity 64 cs @ 100˚F) achieves 

frictional values slightly higher than those for grease lubrication. 

Coefficient of Static Friction 

The coefficient of static or breakaway friction is 

measured by the force required to initiate Ball Bushing bearing 

movement. The formula used to determine static frictional 

resistance is: 

Pf = P x fo 

where: fo = Coefficient of static friction 

Ball bushing Bearing coefficients of static friction (f0) 

Load in % of Rolling Load Rating 

125% 100% 75% 50% 25% 

.0028 .0030 .0033 .0036 .0040 

The values for the coefficient of static friction or breakaway 

friction are not measurably affected by the number of ball circuits 

in the bearing or by the lubrication condition. 

Seal Drag 

Another variable that affects the frictional resistance in a Ball 

Bushing bearing system is seal drag. When seals are used to 

retain lubricant or to prevent entry of foreign particles, frictional 

resistance must be taken into account for determining total 

frictional drag. In applications where contamination is minimal, 

the seals can be removed to reduce frictional drag. In highly 

contaminated applications, seals, wipers and or scrapers are used 

to minimize the ingress of contamination into the bearing. This 

protective measure adds to the frictional drag of the bearing 

system. There is a fine line between minimizing frictional drag 

and maximizing contaminant protection which is controlled by 

the addition or removal of seals, wipers or scrapers. 

In applications that require low frictional drag in highly 

contaminated environments, contact Thomson application 

engineering. 

B-95


Super Smart Ball Bushing Bearing 

The new Super Smart Ball Bushing* bearing represents a major 

advancement in linear bearing technology worldwide. The Super 

Smart Ball Bushing bearing offers twice the load capacity or eight 

times the travel life of the industry standard Thomson Super Ball 

Bushing bearing. An enormous technological breakthrough, 

considering the Super Ball Bushing Bearing already offers three 

times the load capacity or twenty-seven times the travel life of 

conventional linear bearings. 

Technologically Advanced Design 

The load carrying component of the Super Smart Ball Bushing 

bearing is the combination four hardened and precision ground, 

bearing quality steel components (Figures 1 & 2). 

The first component is the steel outer ring, which allows the 

bearing to maintain its diametrical fit-up even when installed in a 

housing that is slightly out-of-round. The unique ring design also 

allows for bearing adjustment and the removal of diametrical 

clearance. The second component is the precision ground double 

track bearing plate that provides twice the load capacity and 

features universal self-alignment. 

Retainer 

B-96 

Cross-section of Super Smart 


Hardened 

Precision Ring 

Double Track 

Bearing Plate 

Figure 1 

Double Track 

Bearing Plate 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Hardened 

Precision Ring 

Cut-away view of the Super Smart 


Figure 2 

The third component is the rolling element. Each Super Smart 

Ball Bushing utilizes precision ground balls manufactured to the 

highest quality standards for roundness and sphericity. The result 

is maximum load capacity, travel life and performance. 

The last component is the 60 Case* LinearRace* that acts as the 

inner race to the Super Smart Ball Bushing Bearing. Each 60 

Case LinearRace is manufactured to the highest quality standards 

for roundness, straightness, surface finish and hardness. 

Roundness is held under eighty millionths of an inch (2mm); 

straightness to .002 inches per foot (0,050mm per 0,3m); surface 

finish under twelve microinch and hardness between 60-65 HRC. 

The combination of inner and outer race or 60 Case LinearRace 

and Super Smart Ball Bushing bearing provides the basis for the 

RoundRail Advantage. 

The RoundRail Advantage 

The RoundRail Advantage is the inherent ability of Super Smart 

Ball Bushing bearing system to accommodate torsional misalignment 

(caused by inaccuracies in carriage or base machining or by 

machine deflection) with little increase in stress to bearing 

components. Installation time and cost are minimized and system 

performance is maximized. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Super Smart Ball Bushing Bearing 

Universal Self-Alignment 

The bearing plate of the Super Smart Ball Bushing* Bearing is 

designed with many unique and technologically advanced 

features. The Universal Self-Alignment feature assures that the 

Super Smart Ball Bushing Bearing will achieve maximum 

performance regarding load capacity, travel life, smooth 

operation and coefficient of friction. The three components that 

make up universal self-alignment are Rock, Roll and Yaw. 

Hardened Precision Ring 

Rock 

The bearing plate is designed to rock 0.5˚ about the hardened 

precision ground outer ring (Figures 3 & 4). This self-aligning 

feature allows the Super Smart Ball Bushing bearing to absorb 

misalignment caused by inaccuracies in housing bore alignment 

or 60 Case LinearRace deflection. 

This rocking capability provides smooth entry and exit of the 

precision balls into and out of the load zone assuring a constant 

low coefficient of friction. By compensation for misalignment, 

each bearing ball in the load carrying area is uniformly loaded 

providing maximum load capacity. 

Close-up of hardened precision ring, showing 

how the bearing plate self-aligns (rocks) about 

the curved surface of the ring. 

* 

Double Lip Wiper 






0.5 o 

Figure 3 

Figure 4 

LOAD 

Close-up of double track bearing plates showing how they 

self-align (roll) to evenly distribute 

the load on each of their two ball tracks. 

Figure 5 

Roll 

The second key design feature of the Super Smart Ball Bushing 

bearing plate is its ability to Roll. The bearing plate is designed 

with the radius of its outer surface smaller than the inside radius 

of the precision outer ring (Figure 5). This allows the bearing 

plate to compensate for torsional misalignment and evenly 

distribute the load on each of its two ball tracks. The roll 

component assures maximum load capacity and travel life. 

Bearing plates rotate about their center to prevent 

skewing relative to the 60 Case LinearRace. 

Figure 6 

Yaw 

The shape formed by the Rock and Roll features allows the Super 

Smart Ball Bushing bearing plate to rotate about its center 

(Figure 6). This allows the Super Smart Ball Bushing bearing to 

absorb skew caused by misalignment. The result is a constant 

low coefficient of friction and maximum bearing performance. 

B-97


Load Considerations 

When designing a linear motion system, it is necessary to consider the effect the variables of operation 

will have on performance. 

The following examples demonstrate how the position of the load and the center of gravity can 

influence the system selection. When evaluating your application, review each of the forces acting 

on your system and determine the System best for your needs. 

F1Z = L L d2 L d3 + x - x 

4 2 d0 2 d1 F2Z = L L d2 - x - L x d3 4 2 d0 2 d1 F3Z = L L d2 L d3 - x + x 

4 2 d0 2 d1 F4Z = L L d2 L d3 + x + x 

4 2 d0 2 d1 Horizontal Application I 

At the time of movement with uniform velocity 

or at the time of stop. 

d3 

L 

( 

F1Z = L L d2 + x - L x d3 4 2 d0 2 d1 F2Z = L L d2 - x - L x d3 4 2 d0 2 d1 F3Z = L L d2 L d3 - x + x 

4 2 d0 2 d1 F4Z = L L d2 L d3 + x + x 

4 2 d0 2 d1 B-98 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

d2 

( 

( 

( 

( 

1 2 

4 3 

L 

d0 

2 

d0 

F1z F4z F2z F3z 

( 

( 

( 

( 

Horizontal Application II 

At the time of movement with uniform 

velocity or at the time of stop. 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

d1 

2 

d1 

4 3 

1 2 

Side Mounted Application 







d3 

L 

d2 

d0 

2 

F1z F4z 

d0 

L F2z F3z 

1 2 

4 3 

d0 

2 

d0 

d1 

2 

d1 

L L 

d2 

d3 

F1z F2z 

F4z 

F3z 

F1Y ~ F4Y = L d3 2 

x 

d1 ( 

F1Z = F4Z = L L d2 + x 

4 2 d0 F2Z = F3Z = L L d2 - x 

4 2 d0 ( 

( 

( 

( 

( 

d1 

F1Y,F2Y 

F3Y, F4Y 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Terms 

d0 = distance between centerlines 

of pillow blocks (in) or (mm) 

d1 = distance between centerlines 

of shafts (in) or (mm) 

d2 = distance from centerline of 

carriage to load action point 

(in) or (mm) 

d3 = distance from centerline of 

carriage to load action point 

(in) or (mm) 

FNX= Force in the X-axis direction 

(lbf) or (N) 

FNY= Force in the Y-axis direction 

(lbf) or (N) 

FNZ= Force in the Z-axis direction 

(lbf) or (N) 

F1Y 

d0 

F2Y 

F1x 

F4x 

d1 F2x 

F 1X ~ F 4X = L x d 2 

2 d 0 

F 1Y ~ F 4Y = L x d 3 

2 d 0 

F 1X + F 4X ~ F 2X + F 3X 

F 1Y + F 4Y ~ F 2Y + F 3Y 

d2 

d3 

Vertical Application 



At the time of start and stop, the load varies 

because of inertia. 

L 

Z 

X 

Y 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


System LinearRace Deflection 

When a Linear Motion System is used in an 

end supported configuration it is important 

to ensure that system deflections at the 

bearing locations are kept within performance 

limitations. 

These equations give the deflection at the 

center of an end supported system. Systems 

with continuous 60 Case* LinearRace* 

support are not subject to the same types of 

deflection. 

For more detailed information of the 

deflection characteristics of Thomson linear 

motion products contact application 

engineering. 

Simply Supported 60 Case LinearRace with One Block 

DEFLECTION AT CENTER (D) 

1/2 L 

Simply Supported 60 Case LinearRace with Two Blocks 

LEGEND 

D = Deflection (in) or (mm) 

W = Load (lbf) or (mm) 

L = Length of unsupported 60 Case LinearRace (in) or (mm) 

a = Distance to first bearing with carriage at center position (in) or (mm) 

S = Unit weight of LinearRace (lbf/in) or (N/mm) 

E = Modulus of Elasticity (lbf/in2) or (N/mm2) 

I = Moment of inertia of area through diameter of LinearRace (in4) or (mm4) 

* 

L 

W 

D = WL3 5SL4 + 

48El 384El 

L 

a a 

W 2 

W 2 

D = Wa(3L2-4a2) 5SL4 + 

48El 384El 


60 Case LinearRace Stiffness and Weights 





Inch Size Metric Size 

Diameter (in) EI (lbf • in2 ) Weight (lbf / in) Diameter (mm) EI (N • mm2 ) Weight (N/mm) 

1 

/4 5.8 x 103 0.014 8 3,83 x 107 0,0038 

3 

/8 2.9 x 104 0.031 12 1,94 x 108 0,0087 

1/2 9.2 x 104 0.055 16 6,12 x 108 0,0154 

5/8 2.3 x 105 0.086 20 1,50 x 109 0,0240 

3/4 4.7 x 105 0.125 25 3,65 x 109 0,0379 

1 1.5 x 106 0.222 30 7,57 x 109 0,0542 

11 /4 3.6 x 106 0.348 40 2,39 x 10 10 0,0968 

11/2 7.5 x 106 0.500 

D 

D 

Deflection for Twin Shaft 

Web System 

Since the Twin Shaft Web rail has 

different stiffness depending on its 

orientation, an appropriate El value 

must be used based upon the direction 

of loading. Select the orientation of 

your load from the figure below and 

then use the appropriate El value in 

the deflection equation. 

Values of El 

Shaft El Horizontal El Vertical 

Dia. (in) (lbf in2) (lbf in2) 

1 

/2 1.9 x 105 3.7 x 106 3 

/4 9.4 x 105 1.5 x 107 1 3.0 x 106 4.7 x 107 x x 

Horizontal 

y y 

Vertical 

B-99


60 Case LinearRace Specifications 

Thomson 60 Case* LinearRace* provides the inner race for 

Thomson Ball bushing bearings. All 60 Case LinearRace is 

manufactured to extremely close tolerances for surface finish, 

roundness, hardness and straightness to provide long service life 

with reduced maintenance. 

Specifications: 

Hardness: HRC 60-65 

Surface Finish: 12Ra microinch (Ra 0,30 mm) 

Roundness: 80 millionths of an inch (2mm) 

Straightness: Standard–.001 inch per foot 

(0,050mm per 0,3m) 

(.002 in or 0,050mm TIR) 

Special–.0005 inch per foot 

(0,025mm per 0,3m) 

cumulative (.001 in or 0,025mm TIR) 

Length Tolerance Standard +/-.030 (+/-0,75mm) for 

diameters up to 1 1/2 inch or 40mm. 

Special length tolerances available. 

Chamfer: Standard chamfer on diameters up 

to 1 inch or 25mm is .030 x 45˚ or 

0.8mm x 45˚ and .060 x 45˚ or 

1,6mm x 45˚ for diameters larger than 

1 inch or 25mm. 

Tensile Strength: Case: 335,000 psi, Core: 100,000 psi 

2,31 GPa 0,69 GPa 

Yield Strength: Case: 250,000 psi, Core: 75,000 psi 

1,72 GPa 0,52 GPa 

Short Stroke Applications 

In applications when the stroke length is short, the life of the 

shaft is shorter than that of the Ball Bushing bearing. In short 

stroke applications, the required dynamic load capacity must be 

multiplied by the factor KC found on Figure ESA 9.1. 

B-100 

Figure ESA 9.1 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Application Tips 

Two Ball Bushing Bearings per 60 Case LinearRace 

When using the Super Smart, Super or Precision Steel Ball 

Bushing bearing it is recommended that two Ball Bushings 

bearings be used on each 60 Case Linear Race. This will assure 

system stability as well optimum performance. If envelope 

constraints prohibit the use of two Ball Bushing bearings per 

60 Case LinearRace contact application engineering. 

Ball Bushing Bearing Spacing v. 60 Case LinearRace 

Spacing 

In parallel 60 Case LinearRace applications, the ratio of 60 Case 

LinearRace spacing to Ball Bushing bearing spacing should 

always be less than three to one. This will assure a constant 

breakaway and operating friction. 

60 Case LinearRace Parallelism 

In most applications the maximum acceptable out of parallelism 

condition is .001 inch (0,025 mm) over the entire full system 

length. In applications where preload is present a closer 60 Case 

LinearRace parallelism is recommended. 

Measuring 60 Case LinearRace Alignment 

Methods for establishing or checking 60 Case LinearRace 

straightness and parallelism depends on the accuracy required. 

Lasers, collimator or alignment telescopes can be used for very 

precise applications, while accurate levels, straight edges, 

micrometers and indicators will suffice for the majority of 

applications which have less stringent accuracy requirements. 

Access for Lubrication 

Thomson Super Smart and Super Ball Bushing Pillow blocks in 

inch sizes are equipped with either an oil lubrication fitting or a 

1/4-28 access hole for lubrication. To use the oil fitting simply 

insert a lubrication device into the oil nipple by depressing the 

spring loaded ball. The 1/4-28 tapped hole is a standard size for 

most grease and lubrication fittings. Simply install the lubrication 

fitting of your choice and it is ready for immediate use. super 

Ball Bushing Pillow blocks in sizes .250 through .500 inch 

diameter are equipped with oil lubrication fittings. Super Ball 

Bushing pillow blocks in sizes .625 inch and above and all Super 

smart Ball Bushing Pillow Blocks are equipped with a 1/4-28 

access for lubrication. 

Super smart Ball Bushing Bearing pillow blocks in metric sizes 

are provided with an M6 x 0,1 access for lubrication. Simply 

install the appropriate lubrication fitting and it is ready for 

immediate use. 

*

* 






C-1

Overview 


C-2 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Danaher Motion has an expanded line of rodless actuators with higher load ranges, longer strokes, higher speeds and systems with motors and 

controls included. 

The Rapidtrak line of rodless actuators includes four different profile sizes, belt and ball screw drive, prism or linear ball guide support. 

The TurboModule is designed for high load or high offset load applications. This belt drive actuator is designed with ball guide supports to provide up 

to 12,500 lb load capacity and moment loads up to 5600 flb-ft. 

The Movopart CB is designed as a lower cost alternative for high moment load applications. Belt driven with high speed capability and strokes up to 

24 feet. 

The Movo Z, Z2 is a ball screw driven telescoping design for Z-axis applications. The Z2 has high side load capability, built in end of stroke limit 

switches, short retracted length and it can be installed in any direction. 

For higher speed Z-axis applications, the Movo Z, ZB is a belt driven actuator that is corrosion free, resistant to shock loads and vibrations, lubricated 

for life, and has the motor mounted to the stationary saddle with the profile moving up and down. This reduces the moving mass and allows the use 

of a smaller motor. 

The Loadmaster 80 is a pre engineered system with motor and optional control with hand held pendant for noise sensitive applications. 

The Loadmaster 80 is available in versions for horizontal or vertical mounting. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The diagram shows the maximum forces 

allowable on the rodless actuator family. 

The Mta is the maximum torque that the 

drive shaft can accept. The Frd is the 

maximum radial load on the drive shaft. 

Fz is the maximum load directly on the 

saddle. Mx and My are the maximum 

moment loads that the actuator can 

resolve. Exceeding any of these load 

ratings may damage the unit and will 

severely reduce the operating life. 

Loadmaster 80 

Vertical Models 

Horizontal Models 

* 

M ta 

H a 

Frd 

Ball Screw Drive Belt Drive 





F y 

F x 

F rd 

M x 

H x 

M ta 

F y 

M y 

Overview 

Rodless Drive Type Guide Type Max Load Fz(lbs) Max Thrust Max Torque My(lbf-in) Max Torque Mta (lbf-in) Frd (lbf) Max Speed Lead distance Max Length Repeatability Resolution 

Actuator Fx(lbs) Mx(lbf-in) (in/sec) (in) (in) (in) (in) 

C-Saddle 

A- Saddle C- Saddle A- Saddle (Lc in inches) 

M50 Belt Prism 77 - 88 168 - 44 200 5.11811 236 0.012 0.060 

M55 Screw Prism 88 132 440(T7) 220(T9) 203 Lc† x 67 79 106 45 60 ‡ 118 0.004 0.008 

Ball 198 297 440(T7) 220(T9) 424 Lc† x 151 44 106 45 60 ‡ 48 0.002 0.008 

Belt Prism 88 132 88 203 Lc† x 125 79 62 45 200 4.133858 275 0.008 0.060 

Ball 165 242 88 185 Lc† x 67 56 62 45 200 4.133858 48 0.004 0.008 

M75 Screw Prism 319 484 550 708 Lc† x 247 398 265 134 40 ‡ 196 0.004 0.008 

Ball 440 660 550 1150 Lc† x 337 159 265 134 40 ‡ 196* 0.002 0.008 

Belt Prism 319 484 198 708 Lc† x 247 398 265 134 200 5.11811 275 0.008 0.060 

Ball 374 572 198 708 Lc† x 280 132 265 134 200 5.11811 275 0.004 0.008 

M100 Screw Prism 660 990 1100 2433 Lc† x 505 1062 398 224 50 ‡ 236 0.004 0.008 

Ball 1100 1650 1100 3540 Lc† x 843 477 398 224 50 ‡ 236 0.004 0.008 

Belt Prism 660 990 275 2389 Lc† x 505 885 398 224 200 6.929134 275 0.012 0.060 

Ball 880 1320 275 2478 Lc† x 674 442 398 224 200 6.929134 275 0.008 0.008 

Turbomodule Belt Ball 12,500 - 70,000 - 11,200 200 17.32278 155 0.006 

Movopart CB Belt Wheel 264 528 245 2030 Lc† x 268 972 300 134 200 7.873992 275 0.004 0.008 

Movo Z, Z2 Screw Slide 1650 - - 6195 - 6195 ‡ ‡ 39 ‡ 59 0.004 0.004 

Movo Z, ZB Belt Slide 112 - - 6195 - 6195 300 134 118 7.873992 98 0.004 0.008 

Loadmaster 80 Screw Wheel 450 - 450 6635 - - - - 4.3 - 59 - - 

† Lc min M55=8: M75=10:M100=13.75 (see pages C-18 and C-20 for Lc) 

‡ Depends on the screw selected 

* Standard screw only - optional screw will be shorter - contact the factory 

Movo Z, Z2 

Movo Z, ZB 

Rapidtrak M50 

M55 

M75 

M 100 

Movopart CB 

Turbo Module 

y 

C-3



Rodless Actuator 

C-4 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Rapidtrak M50 Rapidtrak M55 Rapidtrak M75 

Drive Type Belt Screw Belt Screw Belt 

Guide Type Prism Prism Ball Prism Ball Prism Ball Prism Ball 

Max Load Fy (lbs) A-Saddle 77 88 198 88 165 319 440 319 374 

C-Saddle — 132 297 132 242 484 660 484 572 

Max Thrust Fa (lbs) 88 440 (T7) 440 (T7) 88 88 550 550 198 198 

220 (T9) 220 (T9) 

Max Torque Ma (lbf-in) A-Saddle 

C-Saddle 

168 203 424 203 185 708 1150 708 708 

(Lc in inches) — Lc † x 67 Lc † x 151 Lc † x 125 Lc † x 67 Lc † x 247 Lc † x 337 Lc † x 247 Lc † x 280 

Max Torque Mx (lbf-in) 44 79 44 79 56 398 159 398 132 

Max Speed (in/sec) 200 60 60 200 200 40 40 200 200 

Max Length (in) 236 118 48 275 48 196 196* 275 275 

Repeatability (in) 0.012 0.004 0.002 0.008 0.004 0.004 0.002 0.008 0.004 

Resolution (in) 0.060 0.008 0.008 0.060 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.060 0.008 

Catalog Page C-20 C-21 C-21 C-21 C-21 C-21 C-21 C-21 C-21 

† Lc min M55=8: M75=10: M100=13.75 (see pages C-18 and C-20 for Lc) 

ˇ Depends on the screw selected 

* Standard screw only - optional screw will be shorter - contact the factory 

NOTE: For a more detailed Rapidtrak selection criteria, see page C-14 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Rapidtrak M100 Turbo Module Movopart CB 

* 


Screw Belt Belt Belt Screw Belt Screw 

Prism Ball Prism Ball Ball Wheel Slide Slide Wheel 

660 1100 660 880 12,500 264 1650 112 450 

990 1650 990 1320 - 528 - - - 

1100 1100 275 275 245 - - 450 

2433 3540 2389 2478 70,000 2030 6195 6195 6635 

Lc † x 505 Lc † x 843 Lc † x 505 Lc † x 674 - Lc † x 268 - - - 

1062 477 885 442 11,200 972 6195 6195 - 

50 50 200 200 200 200 39 118 4.3 

236 236 275 275 155 275 59 98 59 

0.004 0.004 0.012 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.004 0.004 - 

0.008 0.008 0.060 0.008 0.008 0.004 0.008 - 

C-21 C-21 C-21 C-21 C-35 C-41 C-41 C-41 C-54 

M ta 

H a 

F a 

Frd Ball Screw Drive 

F x 

F rd 

M x M a 

H x 

Belt Drive 

M ta 

Mx=Hx x Fx 

Ma=Ha x Fa 





F y 

Movo Z, Z2 Movo Z, ZB Loadmaster 80 

Loadmaster 80 

Vertical Models Horizontal Models 

Movo Z, Z2 

Movo Z, ZB 

y 

C-5


Horizontal Applications 

For selection assistance, fax to your local Danaher Motion distributor or Danaher Motion at 1-800-445-0329. 

Date 

Company 

Address 

City 

Name 

State Zip Code 

Title Phone ( ) 

Fax ( ) 

Rapidtrak * supporting the load 

Use for applications in which the profile is used horizontally 

and the load is supported by the profile. Photocopy as needed. 

Application Requirements 

Determine: Eccentric (moment) loads 

Total operating load 

Speed of operation 

Input torque to size the prime mover 

Measurements 

1. Load Fz = ____________(lbs.) 

2. Speed = _____________(inches per second) 

3. Stroke length = ________(ft.)(2,3,4,6,9,12,15,18,21,22') 

4. Eccentric load measurements Hy = ___________(ft.) 

5. Acceleration = _______(ft./sec 2 ) 

*acceleration = (max speed ÷ time to speed) 

6. Motor RPM = ___________ 

7. Max distance between mounting feet (Lf) = _________________(ft.) 

C-6 





Fx 

H a 

My = Fx x Ha Fz 

Lf 

L 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Figure A 

Rapidtrak * not supporting the load 

For applications in which the profile is used horizontally and the load is not supported by the profile, refer to Figure B. Photocopy as needed. 






Measurements 

1. Axial force Fx = ____________(lbs.) 


3. Stroke length = ________(ft.) 

4. Eccentric load measurements Ha = ___________(in.) 

5. Acceleration = _______(in/sec 2 )* 


6. Motor RPM = ___________ 

7. Max distance between mounting feet (Lf) = ___________(ft.) 

8. Coefficient of friction of external bearings (if used) = _________________ 

Please include drawings, comments or additional information on separate pages. 

M y 

Figure B 

load 

Hy 

Fz 

Mx 

Mx = Fz x Hy 

F x 

H a 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Vertical Applications 

* 


For selection assistance, fax to your local Danaher Motion distributor or Danaher Motion at 1-800-445-0329 

Date 

Company 

Address 

City 

Name 

State Zip Code 

Title Phone ( ) 

Fax ( ) 

Use for applications in which the profile is used vertically (Fig. C) 

Photocopy as needed. 






Measurements 

1. Axial force Fz = ____________(lbs.) 


3. Stroke length = ________(ft.) 

4. Eccentric load measurements or Ha = ___________(in.) 

5. Acceleration = _______(in/sec 2 )* 


6. Motor RPM = ___________ 

7. Max distance between mounting feet (Lf) = ___________(ft.) 

8. Coefficient of friction of external bearings (if used) = _________________ 

Additional Comments about application or sketch: 

Please include drawings, comments or additional information on separate pages. 





Ha 

Fa 

load 

(_____ft.) 

(_____lbs.) 

Lc 

Ha 

Fa 

load 

(_____ft.) 

(_____lbs.) 

Ma = Ha x Fa 

Single saddle Twin saddles 

Figure C 

C-7

Rapidtrak * Rodless Acuators 

Thomson Rapidtrak * Rodless Actuators 

The Rapidtrak ® linear actuator is the newest addition to the Danaher 

Motion Linear Products line. This new actuator complements the Electrak ® 

line of actuators by providing stroke lengths of 2 feet to 22 feet, speeds 

to more than 16 feet per second and carry loads up to 1650 lbs. 

These actuators are modular and can accept any NEMA 56-C face motor 

or gearbox. Provisions are also available for adding feedback encoders 

and custom mounting servo or step motors. Actuators may also easily be 

mechanically synchronized for load sharing or simultaneous motion. 

The Rapidtrak linear actuator provides guided linear motion using either 

a ball screw or belt drive and a saddle that rides along the top of the 

actuator to carry the load. The housing protects the ball screw or belt 

from contamination and reduces maintenance requirements. These 

actuators are ideal for industrial or material handling applications 

because of the high speed and long stroke length capabilities. There 

are numerous advantages to the Rapidtrak design: 

Ball screw actuator with prism support 

TG xx K 

C-8 

Belt drive actuator with prism support 

TG xx B 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


• Speed – speeds of over 16 feet per second are achievable depending 

on the load, prime mover, and gearbox. These higher speeds greatly 

increase the application versatility of the actuator. 

• Stroke length – stroke lengths are available up to 22 feet. 

Optional limit switch packages allow the length to be set within the 

physical limits of the actuator. 

• Load support – loads up to 1650 lbs. can ride directly on the carriage. 

This eliminates the need for ways or bearings in many cases and provides 

a complete, compact package. 

• Modular – the actuator uses a mounting flange for the motor which 

permits the interchange of NEMA C-faced motors, gearboxes, clutches, 

and brakes. This allows the unit to be customized to specific 

application requirements. 

• Shorter overall length – the extended and retracted lengths are 

the same. This permits a smaller envelope for the actuator and allows 

it to be applied in more size restricted applications. 

Applications include material handling and press line automation. 

Ball screw drive actuator with ball guide support 

TF xx K 

Belt drive actuator with ball guide support 

TF xx B 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The ball bearing screw drive provides precise 

positioning and high load carrying capability. 

It can provide saddle speeds up to 49 inches 

per second and drive axial loads up to 1100 

lbs. High stiffness and repeatability characterize 

the ball screw versions. Stroke lengths to 

22 feet are standard. 

Magnetic cover strip protects the 

belt and ball guides from 

contaminants and effectively 

seals the profile from the 

environment. 

High efficiency ball bearing screw 

minimizes the torque needed to 

drive the load. 

Trouble free, reliable motion control 

The new M-family of Rapidtrak rodless 

actuators provides several solutions for long 

trouble-free operation. 

• Belt Drive units for operation up to 200 

inches per second. 

• Ball Screw Drive units for pushing up to 

1100 lb and precision positioning. 

• Ball Guide units for applications needing 

low stick-slip or saddle loads to 1650 lb. 

• Prism Guide units for high shock, vibration 

or applications needing adjustable 

preload. 

* 

Ball bearing screw drive units provide high 

load capability and high precision. 

• Speeds up to 49 inches per second. 

• Thrust loads up to 1100 lbs. 

• Suitable for mounting in any position – 

horizontal, vertical, upside down or 

on an incline. 

Low profile saddle is predrilled to 

accept the mounting feet of another 

unit mounted at right angles and 

provide easy X-Y motion. 

Ball guides for higher 

loads, lower stick-slip. 

Rapidtrak * Rodless Actuators 

Tensioning station on cover strip helps 

eliminate stretching of the strip to 

extend life. 

Slots for mounting feet 

or limit switches. 

Common features of all actuator models 

• Ball Guides provide high load capability 

and low friction for precise positioning. 

• Saddles have a new low profile design with 

the bolt pattern set up for mounting 

another Rapidtrak in the perpendicular axis. 

• New modified slots for easier mounting. 

Allows material to be blown or washed out. 

• Mounting Feet are modular for ease of 

installation. 

• Limit Switch Brackets mount to the new 

modified slots for easy installation and 

adjustment. 

• Cover Band protects the ball screw and 

ball guide from contaminants and keeps 

lubrication inside. 

• Cover Band Stretcher extends the 

life of the cover band and eliminates the 

need to tension it as it wears. 





• Low torque required to drive the load due to 

high efficiency ball bearing drive. 

• Linear bearings provide low stick slip for 

precise positioning and ease of moving load. 

Ball screw support allows 

higher speeds with longer 

stroke actuators. 

• Magnetic Strips hold the cover band in 

place during operation to protect 

the ball screw and ball guide. 

• Drive Flanges are available for servo, step, 

AC and DC motors. 

• Stroke Lengths are available up to 22 feet. 

• Rodless design allows the load to be 

mounted directly to the saddle, eliminates 

the need for support bearings and reduces 

the overall length of the unit. 

• Custom Systems are available with the 

motor and control mounted and tested at 

the factory. Contact your local Thomson 

Linear Products salesperson or distributor. 

C-9

Rapidtrak * Design Features 

The belt drive provides high speed operation 

over long stroke lengths with moderate load 

carrying capability. Saddle speeds up to 200 

inches per second are possible and thrust 

loads up to 275 lbs. Stroke lengths of the belt 

drive units range from 2 to 22 feet. While ball 

screw drive units may be mounted in any 

direction, belt drive actuators are not 

recommended for vertical applications. 

Magnetic cover strip protects 

the belt and ball guides from 

contaminants and effectively 

seals the profile from the 

environment. 

Drive shaft on belt drive unit is double 

ended. This allows driving the unit from 

either side, easily connecting two drive 

shafts together or connecting an 

encoder to the other shaft. 

Four sizes of self-supporting 

aluminum profiles 

C-10 

50 

55 

75 

100 

Belt drive units provide high speeds at long 

stroke lengths. 

• Speeds up to 200 inches per second. 

• Speed not affected by stroke length. 

• Linear bearings provide low stick-slip for 

more precise positioning and ease of 

moving heavy loads. 

Low profile saddle is predrilled to 

accept the mounting feet of another 

Rapidtrak mounted at right angles. 

Provides easy X-Y motion. 

100 mm 

75 

50 55 

Rapidtrak is now available in different 

profile sizes for different load and envelope 

requirements. There are also four different 

combinations of ball screw or belt drive, 

prism guide or ball guide support. 

Ball guides for higher loads, 

lower stick-slip. 

Belt is steel reinforced polyurethane for light weight, 

low stretch and high strength characteristics. It is a 

timing belt design to eliminate slip and provide accurate 

positioning. 

Heavy duty load support 

Belt Drive 

Ball Screw Drive 

Slots for mounting feet 

or limit switches. 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


• Belt drive units are less affected 

by contamination. 

• Double shaft design makes it easy 

to synchronize two units or to attach 

an encoder. 

Tensioning station on cover strip helps 

eliminate stretching of the 

strip to extend life. 

Tensioning unit on the 

non-driven end of the belt 

drive actuator allows 

tensioning of the belt. 

Prism support Ball guide support 

TG xx B TF xx B 

Prism support Ball guide support 

TG xx K TF xx K 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The new M-family of Rapidtrak rodless 

actuators can be used in horizontal, vertical, 

inclined or upside down positions. The 

versatility is enhanced with the different 

profile sizes, the ability to use AC, DC, stepper 

or servo motors with ball screw drives or belt 

drive models and a choice of either ball 

guides for low friction and high loads or 

prism guides for high shock or vibration 

applications. 

Rapidtrak components 

may be combined to 

create x-y tables 

or lifts for 

handling large 

or bulky items. 

Rapidtrak units may be mounted 

by the profile and have the saddle 

provide the motion or may be 

mounted by the saddle and have 

the profile provide the motion. 

* 

Rapidtrak * Applications 





This application shows that 

Rapidtrak actuators may be 

combined for a variety of 

uses. Two parallel units 

support a vertical unit in a 

palletizing application. 

C-11

Rapidtrak * Applications 

Rapidtrak units can also be used as parts feeders. This 

illustration shows a unit feeding round bars into a welding 

process. The advantage of the Rapidtrak is the easily 

controllable rate of feed that may be 

achieved with feedback and a variable 

speed control on the motor. 

C-12 

For this welding fixture 

the Rapidtrak unit is 

mounted upside down and 

the fixture plate is fastened to 

the bottom of the profile. The arm 

that supports the welding head is attached to 

the sleigh and bends around the profile. The metal 

plates to be welded are placed over the positioning pins 

and the welding head is moved along the length. 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


The width of an assembly fixture is adjusted by the touch 

of a button. When combined with a programmable indexer 

several positions can be preset and recalled in any order. 

The Rapidtrak units are mechanically synchronized to 

maintain the parallel sides of the fixture. 

A Rapidtrak is used for slicing products precisely with the 

motion controlled by a servo motor and control. This easily 

allows changes in the operation for a variety of materials 

to be processed. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


How to Select 

Rapidtrak is a self-supporting, modular linear motion device that can be 

used horizontally, vertically or upside down. It is capable of strokes up to 

22 feet and speeds over 16 feet per second. The new M family of 

products is available in three different profile sizes with your choice of 

ball guide or prism guide for support and either belt drive or ball screw 

drive for positioning the load. Ball guides provide low friction and low 

stick-slip for applications requiring precise positioning and allow smaller 

motors to drive the load. Prism guides have high shock and vibration 

tolerance and are relatively unaffected by environmental contaminants. 

Ball screw drives are used for high precision, high loads, high efficiency or 

vertical applications. Belt drives are used for high speeds (over 16 feet 

per second) and are not affected by critical speed as is a ball screw. 

The following guide will help you select the correct Rapidtrak for your 

application. Worksheets are included on pages C-6 and C-7 for your use. 

The measurements required for sizing a Rapidtrak are shown on the 

worksheet. 

Step 1. Load and Mounting 

Horizontal 

The maximum customer load (Fz) is determined by the profile selected, the 

saddle configuration (A or C), support type (ball guide or prism) and the 

number and spacing of the supports or mounting feet (Lf), not by the 

overall length of the unit. The deflection of the Rapidtrak mustnot exceed 

0.08"/10'. The curves in Fig. D (page C-14) show the relationship between 

the spacing of the supports and the load capability of the profiles. 

Additional mounting feet may be required to adequately support the load. 

Vertical 

If the Rapidtrak is in a vertical application or is just pushing a load, 

then the maximum load is Fx and is shown in Table A. 

Table A 

Fx Max My Max Mx Max 

Model Description (lbf) (lbf-in) (lbf-in) 

TP05 M50 belt drive-prism guide 88 168 44 

TG55K M55 prism guide - ball screw drive 220 203 79 

TG55B M55 prism guide - belt drive 88 203 79 

TF55B M55 ball guide - ball screw drive 220 424 44 

TG75K M55 ball guide - belt drive 88 185 56 

TG75B M75 prism guide - ball screw drive 550 708 398 

TF75K M75 prism guide - belt drive 198 708 398 


TG100K M75 ball guide - belt drive 198 708 132 

TG100B M100 prism guide - ball screw drive 1100 2433 1062 

TF100K M100 prism guide - belt drive 275 2389 885 


TF100B M100 ball guide - belt drive 275 2478 442 

Acceleration Formulas and Force Definition 

Fx = the axial load or thrust of the Rapidtrak 

Fz = the load that is supported by the Rapidtrak profile. The amount of 

the load that the Rapidtrak will support is determined by the size 

of the profile and the distance between the mounting feet. 

Facc = the acceleration forces acting on the load 

Acceleration 

= (V–Vo)/t or = (V 2 –Vo 2 )/2X 

V = top speed 

Vo = initial speed (usually zero if starting from rest or the speed before 

accelerating or decelerating) 

t = time to reach top speed 

X = distance travelled to reach top speed 

Xo = initial position 

Ftot = sum of all forces acting on the actuator – load, friction, and 

acceleration. The prime mover must be sized based on the F tot 

calculation. 

* 

Rapidtrak * Selection Guide 

Figure B 





M ta 

H a 

F rd 


F a 

F x 

F rd 

Step 2. Eccentric Loads 

M x M a 

H x 

Belt Drive 

Horizontal 

The eccentric loads must be calculated to determine the maximum 

resultant forces acting on the system that will deflect or bind the 

Rapidtrak. The formulas for calculating the eccentric loads are below and 

can be used in conjunction with the Eccentric Load Chart – Table A to 

determine if the results fall within the acceptable ranges. 

If the load is carried by the saddle, Fz = direct load and is the same value 

as in Step 1. 

Hy = distance the load is from the centerline of the saddle in feet 

Eccentric load calculation Mx 

Mx = Fz x Hy _________lbf-ft 

If the value for Mx exceeds the capability of all of the profiles, an external 

support such as a liner bearing and shafting or non-driven Rapidtrak may 

be used to help support the load. The maximum distance between a 

driven and non-driven Rapidtrak should not be more than 15 inches. 

Vertical 

If the load is supported by external bearings, is just pushing the load or is 

in a vertical application, then the eccentric loads act along the axis of the 

Rapidtrak and you must calculate the value for eccentric load My. 

Fz = axial load and is the same value as in Step 1 

Ha = distance of the load from the top of the saddle 

My = Ha x Fa ________lbf-ft 

Fy 

Lf 

F y 

M ta 

C-13


Figure D – Maximum Distance between mounting feet (L f ) 

Distance between Supports (inches) 


C-14 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

0 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

M055 Ball Screw Drive 

20 40 60 80 100 

Load on the Saddle (lb.) 






Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


20 

0 

0 

0 100 200 300 400 500 

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 



Step 3. Total Force Calculation 

All of the friction and acceleration forces acting on the Rapidtrak are 

calculated and added to determine the total force needed to move the load. 

Ftot Run = Fx + Fµ+ Facc + R 

Ftot Start = Fx + Fm + Facc + (R x 2.5) 

Fa = 0 for horizontal applications, the same value as in Step 1 in vertical 

applications 

Fµ = Fz x 0.21 for horizontal applications with the load supported on the 

saddle with prism guide 

Fµ = Fz x 0.02 for horizontal applications with the load supported on the 

saddle with ball guide 

Fµ = My x 0.21 for vertical applications with prism guide 

Fµ = My x 0.02 for vertical applications with ball guide 

Acceleration force 

Facc = (load / 32.2ft/sec2 ) x acceleration 

Acceleration 

= maximum speed / time to speed or 

= (maximum speed) 2 / ( 2 x distance to speed) 




250 

200 

150 

100 

50 

0 

0 

300 

250 

200 

150 

100 

50 

300 

250 

200 

150 

100 

50 

M055 Belt Drive 

20 40 60 80 100 


M075 Belt Drive 

M100 Ball Screw & Belt Drive 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 


Table E 

Saddle friction force (R) per saddle (lb) 

M55 M75 M100 

Ball guided 1.12 4.5 4.5 

Prism guided 6.74 9 9 

C saddles = 2 ˘ R 

Screw supports = 1/2 ˘ R per support 

Ex: M75 prism, C saddle, one screw support, R = 22.5 lb. 

600 

1200 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Screw Speed (RPM) 



3500 

3000 

2500 

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

3500 

3000 

2500 

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

3500 

3000 

2500 

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 


2 4 6 

Stroke (feet) 

8 10 


5 10 

Stroke (feet) 

Screw Support None Single Double 


5 10 15 20 

Stroke (feet) 

Screw Support None Single Double 

* 


Figure F – Critical Speeds Step 4. Speed of Operation 





12 

25 

The ball screw maximum speed is dependent on the lead of the screw 

and the maximum RPM shown in the speed chart. Internal supports 

for the screws will allow higher speeds at longer lengths as shown on 

the chart. Belt drive versions are capable of speeds up to 200" per 

second but are limited to lower loads and should not be used in 

vertical applications (see Fig. F). 

Step 5. Prime Mover Selection 

The input torque calculations will be required for motor sizing. 

Motors can be AC, DC, servo, stepper or synchronous. The formulas 

for calculating the input torque for either a ball screw drive or a belt 

drive are listed below. You will use the Ftot from the Total Force 

Calculations. 

Input Torque Calculations (at motor) 

Ball screw drive (direct drive) 

Running Td = Ftot Run x L/ 60.32 = _____lbf-ft 

Starting Tstart = Ftot Start x L / 60.32 = ______lbf-ft 

Note: L = screw lead in inches 

Belt drive 

Running Td = (Ftot Run x .0919 for M100) = ________lbf-ft 

= (Ftot Run x .0679 for M75) = ________lbf-ft 

= (Ftot Run x .0548 for M55) = ________lbf-ft 

Starting Tstart = (Ftot Start x .0919 for M100) = ________lbf-ft 

= (Ftot Start x .0679 for M75) = ________lbf-ft 

= (Ftot Start x .0548 for M55) = ________lbf-ft 

Note: If a reducer is used, divide the above torque values by the 

reduction and by .7 (reducer efficiency) to obtain torque at the motor. 

This is a good time to calculate the size of the reducer or motor that is 

needed to drive the load. You will use the results of the input torque 

calculations just completed. 

Minimum Horsepower Required 

= (Td x Motor RPM ) / 5250 = _______hp 

Verify that the motor selected can handle the starting torque (Tstart) 

of the application 

Reducer Calculation (Optional) 

Reduction I = (motor rpm) / (Rapidtrak rpm) 

Note: when sizing prime mover special attention should be made 

to motor inertia and system requirements. Contact the factory for 

added input. 

C-15


Step 6. Part Number Selection 

T F 10 K 259 – C35 S 256 

Version ................T 

Ball Guided ......................................F 

Prism Guided ..................................G 

C-16 

Profile Size 100mm ................10 

75mm ..................07 

55mm ..................06 

Belt Drive ............................................B 

Ball Screw + Composite Nut 

(M55 Only) ......................................C 

Non-Driven ..........................................N 

Ball Screw + Ball Nut ..........................K 

Ball Screw + Preloaded Ball Nut 1 





“L” dimension in cm..................X X X 

No Screw Support ....X 

Single Support ....................................S 

Double Support ..................................D 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


“A” Saddle ..........Standard Single Saddle..............................................A 0 0 

“C” Saddle ..........Lc (c/c distance for 2 saddles in cm)........................C X X 3 

M100 (min. distance in cm) ....................................C 3 5 3 

M75 (min. distance in cm) ......................................C 2 5 3 

M55 (min. distance in cm) ....................................C 2 0 3, 4 

Ball Screw Drive2 Lead Tolerance Class Ball Screw Designation 

M100............10 mm ....................T9 ..........................................2510 ........................109 (opt) 5 

....................25 mm ....................T9 ..........................................2525 ........................259 (std) 

M75..............12.7 mm..................T9 ..........................................0702 ........................729 (std) 

....................20 mm ....................T7 ..........................................2020 ........................207 (opt) 5 

M55..............5.08 mm..................T9 ..........................................0605 ........................659 (std) 

....................20 mm ....................T7 ..........................................1620 ........................207 (opt) 5 

Belt Drive 

....................................Pitch 

M100............176 mm/rev ..........................................................................................176 

M75..............130 mm/rev ............................................................................................130 

M55..............105 mm/rev ..........................................................................................105 

Example: 

L 

TF07B130–A00X241 

Ball guided, 75mm profile, belt drive, 130mm belt pitch, “A” saddle, 

standard single saddle, no screw support, 241cm profile length 


Step 7. Other Design Considerations 


End of stroke limit switches are mandatory for all Rapidtrak actuators. 

The limit switches prevent the saddle from striking the end of the of the 

housing which can result in extensive damage to the unit. The stroke 

length of each actuator has two inches of overtravel included in each 

direction to allow the actuator to coast to a stop after the limit switches 

are tripped. A two foot stroke actuator actually has 2'4" of stroke to 

allow for the overtravel. Brackets are included for mounting standard 

electro-mechanical limit switches to the profile. Limit switches are 

customer provided or may be ordered along with the Rapidtrak. 

Part numbers for the limit switches are included in the options section. 

Load Holding Brake 

Due to the high efficiency of the ball screw drive a load holding brake is 

required in vertical applications to prevent the load from backdriving the 

screw. This can be added to the motor or installed between the motor and 

the Rapidtrak unit. 

Step Motor Drive 

Step motors should not be used in applications in which the load can 

backdrive the Rapidtrak. If the motor stalls, the torque falls to zero and 

the load may backdrive. 

Step 8. Options 

The following options can be ordered by part number to 

accommodate your specific application. 

• Mounting flange for the motor (p. C-25) 

• Mounting kits (p. C-33) 

• Encoder mounting flange (p. C-28) 

• Couplings (p. C-28) 

• Limit switch brackets (p. C-29) 

• Limit switches (p. C-29) 

1 Consult factory if pre-loaded ball nut is required. 

2 Consult factory if non-standard lead or tolerance class is required. 

3 Represents "Lc " dimension on Saddle/Stroke Length drawings. 

4 M55, Belt Drive, ball guide min. distance is 25 cm. 

5 Non-standard option; longer lead time required, consult factory. 

L 

Belt Drive 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


M50 

Maximum Allowable Distance Between Supports 

Load F Y (pounds) 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

25 50 75 100 125 150 

Distance Between Mounting Feet (inches) 

Special Considerations 

Prism guides are particularly suited for: 

• High vibration or shock load applications 

• High speed applications 

• Applications requiring adjustable or resettable preload 

• Applications where contaminants may enter the profile 

Ball guides are particularly suited for: 

• High load applications 

• Low friction applications 

• High precision applications 

Extremely dirty environments may need 2–3 psi of clean air introduced 

into the profile by means of a pneumatic fitting. Higher pressures may 

cause the cover band strip to lift from the profile. A hole may be 

drilled at the factory or in the field for the installation of the fitting. 

Highly corrosive environments may require the use of all stainless steel 

fittings and fasteners. Contact the factory for details. 

TP 05 B 02 

Belt Drive 50mm profile B Saddle Stroke Length 

Rapidtrak 02 = 2 ft. 

03 = 3 ft. 

04 = 4 ft. 

* 





~ 

18 = 18 ft. 


C-17

Dimensions - Ball Screw Drive 

(4) 5/16-18 on a 

Ø2.480 (63) B.C. 

Dimensions in inches (mm) 

Profile Load Dimensions 

Size Support A B C D E F G H J K 

1.14 1.18 0.35 0.91 1.10 1.93 2.72 2.46 1.14 2.28 

M55 Prism (29) (30) (9) (23) (28) (49) (69) (62.5) (29) (58) 

1.14 1.18 0.35 0.91 1.26 1.93 2.72 2.46 1.14 2.28 

M55 Ball Guide (29) (30) (9) (23) (32) (49) (69) (62.5) (29) (58) 

1.26 2.70 0.43 1.07 1.85 2.99 3.64 3.33 1.69 3.39 

M75 Prism (32) (68.5) (11) (27.3) (47) (76) (92.5) (84.5) (43) (86) 

1.26 2.70 0.43 1.07 1.85 2.99 3.64 3.33 1.69 3.39 

M75 Ball Guide (32) (68.5) (11) (27.3) (47) (76) (92.5) (84.5) (43) (86) 

1.46 2.50 0.39 1.10 2.52 3.66 4.67 4.31 2.12 4.23 

M100 Prism (37) (63.5) (10) (28) (64) (93) (118.5) (109.5) (53.8) (107.5) 

1.46 2.50 0.39 1.10 2.52 3.66 4.67 4.31 2.12 4.23 

M100 Ball Guide (37) (63.5) (10) (28) (64) (93) (118.5) (109.5) (53.8) (107.5) 

*See page C-19 for saddle dimensions. 

C-18 

J 

D 

E 

F 

B 

K 

(Max) 

A 

C 

(4) 1/4-20 on a 

Ø2.480 (63) B.C. 

2.520 

(64) 





J 

F F 

K 

(Max) 

Saddle* 

(4) 10-32 on a 

Ø1.693 (43) B.C. 

1.850 

(47) 

J 

K 

(Max) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1.260 

(32) 

.706 

(17.9) 

.478 

(12.1) 

.625 

(ø15.9) 

M100 End View M75 End View M55 End View Keyway Detail 

Size Support Weight Calculation 

A Saddle C Saddle 

M55 Prism 4.85 lb + L (cm)* 0.97 lb 7.5 lb + L (cm) *0.97 lb 

M55 Ball Guide 4.85 lb + L (cm)* 0.9 lb 14.55 lb + L (cm) *0.9 lb 






A 

H 

G 

.1885 

(4.8) 

M75 

and 

M100 

.120 

(3.0) 

M55 

.4375 

(ø11.1) 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Saddles/Stroke Lengths 

1575 

1350 

1125 

A Saddle 

C Saddle 

Maximum allowable distance between supports 

Fy (LBS) Fy (LBS) 

1800 

225 

900 

675 

450 

225 

2 

1 

3 

4 

0 

20 40 60 

180 

135 

90 

45 

Max. Lf 

0 

(in) 

32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 

80 100 120 140 160 

* 

5 

6 

Driven saddle 

Undriven saddle 

Max. Lf 

(in) 

Dimensions - Ball Screw Drive 

Critical speed 





D 

D 

Screw Minimum Saddle 

Ball Screw Drive Supports A C D E Lc G L* Length 

0 "C"+19.528 Stroke length 8.031 8.031 13.780 "A"+"Lc" "C"+16.063 12.047 

Ball Guide (TF10K) 1 "C"+21.575 Stroke length 9.055 9.055 13.780 "A"+"Lc" "C"+18.110 12.047 


M100 0 "C"+19.134 Stroke length 8.031 8.031 13.780 "A"+"Lc" "C"+16.063 12.047 

Prism Guide (TG10K) 1 "C"+20.394 Stroke length 8.662 8.662 13.780 "A"+"Lc" "C"+17.323 12.047 



Ball Guide (TF07K) 1 "C"+19.449 Stroke length 8.189 8.189 9.840 "A"+"Lc" "C"+16.378 8.583 


M75 0 "C"+15.984 Stroke length 6.457 6.457 9.840 "A"+"Lc" "C"+12.913 8.583 



M55 Ball Guide (TF06K) 0 "C"+14.390 Stroke length 5.827 5.827 7.870 "A"+"Lc" "C"+11.654 7.244 


*For C Saddle (dual) configuration, L = L (A Saddle) + L c 

Figure 1: General installation instructions 

The curves show max. allowed distance (Lf) between every mounting point for 

different loads (Fy) for different units. 

1 TF10K 3 TF07K 5 TF06K 

2 TG10K 4 TG07K 6 TG06K 

L c 

A 

L 

C 

G 

L 

C * 

L c 

40 80 120 160 200 240 

L = in 

E 

E 

C-19

M50 

Dimensions - Belt Drive Actuators 

C-20 

4.625 (117.25) Min. 

Limit Switch Actuation Point 

2.00 (50) Min. 

Coast Allowance 

1.968±0.020 

0.414 (10.5) Max. (50±0.5) 

1.18±0.02 

(30±0.5) 

0.492±0.009 

(12.5±0.2) 

Type (2) 

0.125 

(3.2 .05) 

Type (2) 

+.000 

.002 

0.87 

(22) 

Ref. 

4.724±0.020 (120±0.5) 

1.968±0.020 

(50±0.5) 

ł1.26 +0.004 (ł32.00 +0.1 ) Typ. (2) 

-0.000 -0 

10 - 32 UNF (4) on Equally Spaced 

ł1.575 ±0.020 (ł40 ±0.5) B.C. Typ. (2) 

1.06 

(27) 

Ref. 

0.10 (2.5) Ref. 

0.14 (3.5) Ref. 

Saddle/Stroke Lengths 

ł0.472–0.020 

(12–0.5) Typ. (2) 

ł0.437+0.0005 

-0.0 

(ł11.1k6) Typ. (2) 

’L’ = Stroke + 14.56 (369.82) 

Stroke 

0.134 (3.4) Min. 

Type (2) 

Adjustment screws 

2.461 (62.5) Max. 





L 

2.424 (61) Max. 

Type (2) 

Stroke 

2.362±0.020 

(60±0.5) 

1/4 - 20 Helicoils (3) 

0.420 (10.7) DP. 

0.984–0.020 

(25–0.5) 

1.989 (50.5) Max. 

1.125–0.020 

(28–0.5) Typ (2) 

TOT 0.938–.020 

(24–.5) 

Incl. Rad. 

Friction 

Component Coefficient 

Rolling Element .005 

Teflon on Steel .04 

Steel on Steel .58 

Steel on Steel (lubr.) .15 

Aluminum on Steel .45 

Copper on Steel .22 

Brass on Steel .19 

2.323±0.020 

(59±0.5) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


5.215 (132.5) Min. 

Limit Switch Actuation Point 

2.00 (50) Max. 

Coast Allowance 

1.772 (45) Max. 

0.98 (25) Ref. 

0.433 (11.5) Max. 

1.988 (50.5) Max. 

1.989 

(50.5) 

Min. 

0.984±0.020 

(25±0.5) 


A Saddle 

M50 Prism 1.56 lb + L (cm)* 0.55 lb 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


M55, M75, M100 

2.50 

(63.5) 

Ref 

D 

∅ .98 

(25) 

.20 (5) 

C 

(Max) 

B 

4.724 

(120) 

A E 

* 

1.575 

(40) 

H 

(Overall) 

2.50 

(63.5) 

Ref 





.20 (5) 

B B 

4.567 

(116) 

Saddle* 

∅ .59 (15) 

M100 End View M75 End View M55 End View 

1.142 

(29) 

1.18 

(30) 

.08 (2) 

M75 

.706 

and 

(17.9) 

M100 

.625 

(ø15.9) 

Keyway Detail 


Profile Load Dimensions 

Size Support A B C D E F G H 

0.94 1.93 2.28 5.75 1.97 2.76 2.46 2.72 

M55 Prism (24) (49) (58) (146) (50) (70) (62.5) (69) 

0.94 1.93 2.28 5.75 1.97 2.76 2.46 2.72 

M55 Ball Guide (24) (49) (58) (146) (50) (70) (62.5) (69) 

0.96 2.99 3.39 9.96 2.44 3.39 3.33 3.64 

M75 Prism (24.5) (76) (86) (253) (62) (86) (84.5) (92.5) 

0.96 2.99 3.39 9.96 2.44 3.39 3.33 3.64 

M75 Ball Guide (24.5) (76) (86) (253) (62) (86) (84.5) (92.5) 

1.02 3.66 4.23 10.12 2.76 3.39 4.31 4.67 

M100 Prism (26) (93) (107.5) (257) (70) (86) (109.5) (118.5) 

1.02 3.66 4.23 10.12 2.76 3.39 4.31 4.67 

M100 Ball Guide (26) (93) (107.5) (257) (70) (86) (109.5) (118.5) 




A Saddle C Saddle 








3.386 

(86) 

.1885 

(4.8) 

.478 

(12.1) 

F 

.120 

(3.0) 

M55 

.433 

(ø11.1) 

∅ .59 (11) 

.984 

(25) 

G 

A 

C-21


Saddles/Stroke Lengths 

C-22 

A Saddle 

C Saddle 

H 

H 

Driven saddle 

Undriven saddle 

1575 

1350 

1125 

D 

A 

L 

C 

E 

D 

Maximum Allowable Distance Between Supports 





Lc 

Fy (LBS) Fy (LBS) 

1800 

225 

900 

675 

450 

225 

2 

1 

3 

0 

20 40 60 

180 

135 

90 

45 

4 

5 

G 

L* 

C 

0 

32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 

Lc 

Max. Lf 

(in) 

Max. Lf 

(in) 

80 100 120 140 160 

Figure 1: General installation instructions 

The curves show max. allowed distance (Lf ) between every mounting point 

for different loads (Fy ) for different units. 

1 TF10B, TG10B 3 TG07B 5 TG06B 

2 TF07B 4 TF06B 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Minimum Saddle 

Belt Drive A C D E Lc G H J L* Length 

M100 Ball Guide (TF10B) "C"+21.929 Stroke length 9.646 10.237 13.780 "A"+"Lc" 2.756 3.386 "C"+13.740 12.047 

(557) (245) (260) (350) (70) (86) (349) (306) 

M100 Prism Guide (TG10B) "C"+20.748 Stroke length 9.055 9.646 13.780 "A"+"Lc" 2.756 3.386 "C"+12.559 12.047 

(527) (230) (245) (350) (70) (86) (319) (306) 


(464) (195) (220) (250) (62) (86) (267) (218) 

M75 Prism Guide (TG07B) "C"+18.268 Stroke length 7.677 8.661 9.843 "A"+"Lc" 2.441 3.386 "C"+10.513 8.583 

(464) (195) (220) (250) (62) (86) (267) (218) 


(468) (205) (215) (250) (50) (70) (300) (234) 

M55 Prism Guide (TG06B) "C"+16.063 Stroke length 6.693 7.480 7.870 "A"+"L c" 1.968 2.756 "C"+9.449 7.244 

(408) (170) (190) (200) (50) (70) (240) (184) 

E 

J 

J 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


A Saddles 

C Saddle uses (2) A Saddles 


A (6) Heli-Coil 

D D 

H H 

E 

* 

Dimensions - Saddles 

Rapidtrak Saddle type A B C D E G H 

M100 A 3/8 – 16 3.85 2.362 2.795 12.047 .63 3.90 

(97.7) (60) (71) (306) (16) (99) 

M75 A 5/16 – 18 3.15 2.362 2.087 8.583 .59 2.835 

(80) (60) (53) (218) (15) (72) 

M55 A 10 – 32 2.087 1.614 1.496 7.244 .47 2.32 

(53) (41) (38) (184) (12) (59) 

M55 A 10 – 32 2.087 1.614 1.496 9.212 .47 3.305 

Ball Guided, Belt only (TF06B) (53) (41) (38) (234) (12) (84) 





C 

B 

(Max) 

G (Saddle Thickness) 

C-23

M50 

Rapidtrak Accessories 

9600-171-003 (two included) 

C-24 

1.00±0.010 

(25.4±0.3) 

M55, M75, M100 

3.875±0.020 

(98.4±0.5) 

1.63 

(41) Ref. 

1.86 

(47) Ref. 

0.88 

(22) Ref. 

0.875 

(22.2) Ref. 

Bolt 1/4–20 

Clamp, Mounting 

Base, Mounting 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Includes: 

(1) Base, mounting (165-9041) 

(2) Clamp, mounting (263-9120) 

(4) Bolt -20 

(4) Washer 1 1 

/4 

/4" 

Clamp type Part number A B C D E F G H I J 

M100 9600-174-005 .866 (22) .787 (20) 3/8 – 16 3.937 (100) 5.591 (142) 7.480 (190) M10 2.362 (60) 3.937 (100) 2.362 (60) 

M75 9600-174-011 .591 (15) .591 (15) 5/16 – 18 2.953 (75) 4.193 (106.5) 5.276 (134) M8 2.362 (60) 3.150 (80) 2.362 (60) 

M55 9600-174-012 .433 (11) .591 (15) 1/4 – 20 1.73 (44) 2.992 (76) 3.94 (100) M5 1.614 (41) 2.756 (70) 1.732 (44) 

Kits for Mounting One Rapidtrak 

to the Saddle of Another 

M55, M75, M100 

A 

B 

D 

Includes: (2) Bolts 

(2) Clamps 

C 

A 

B 

M100/M75/M55 Top View 

D 

C 

E 

F 

Mounting Configurations 

Clamp type Part number A B C D E 

M100 9600-264-002 Ø.413 (10.5) M10 .906 (23) 1.811 (46) 1.043 (26.5) — 

M75 9600-264-003 Ø.335 (8.5) M8 .591 (15) 1.181 (30) .689 (17.5) — 

M55 9600-264-004 Ø.217 (5.5) M5 .492 (12.5) .984 (25) .602 (15.3) — 

G 

J 

H I 

.393" 

Max. 10mm 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Mounting Flanges 

Standard (included with M100 and M75 units) 

(9600-456-004) 

.67 

(17) 

.197 (5) 

2.50 (63.5) 

.177 (4.5) 

.625 

(15.88) 

Dia. 

nom. 

5/16-18 UNC 

bolt holes (4) 

2.54 

(65ø) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

For direct drive with NEMA 56C-face motor 

(9600-456-003) 

4.50 

(114.3) 

Dia. 

.67 

(17) 

M90 or M140 Actuator 

w/Mtg. Flange 

(9600-456-004) 

4.25 (108) 

Access hole 

.50 (12.7) Dia. 

Drive Coupling 

(Order separatelysee 

page 23) 

For direct drive with NEMA 34 step motor 

(9600-456-006) 

6.50 

(165.1) 

Dia. 

5.875 

(149.23) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

4.50 

(114.3) 

Dia. 

3.687 (93.7) 

* 

4.50 

(114.3) 

Dia. 

nom. 5.875 

(149.2) 

Dia. 

B.C. 






6.50 

(165) 

Dia. 

.188 (4.78) x 1.68 (19.9) keyway 

1.0 

(25.4) 

.67 

(17) 

2.878 

(73.1) 

Dia. 

.15 (3.8) 

.10 (2.54) 

.50 (12.7) .48 (12.2) 

3/8-16 UNC bolts (8) 

3,75 

(95.25) 

Dia. 

Ref. 

3.875 

(98.43) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

M140 (-14) Actuator 

M90 (-09) Actuator 

4.50 

(114.3) 

Dia. 

5.875 

(149.2) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

“C” face 

Motor 

4.625 

(117.5) 

Dia. 

6.50 

(165) 

Dia. 

3/8-16UNC tap (4) 

@ 90° each 

.517 (13.13) 

.406 (10.3) Dia. hole thru 

(4) @ 90˚ each (Actuator flange) 

(4) @ 45˚ each (Motor flange) 


(4) @ 90˚ each 

#10-32UNF 2B ST1 thread 

.50 (12.7) mun deep (4) @ 90 ˚ each 

45° 

9600-456-004 

Includes: 

(1) Flange (456-9037) 

(4) 5/16-18 bolts 

High humidity kit 

9600-456-027 

45˚ 

45˚ 

9600-456-003 

Includes: 

(1) Flange (456-9038) 

(8) 3/8-16 bolts 

x 1.00” long 

9600-456-006 

Includes: 

(1) Flange (456-9045) 

(4) 3/8-16 bolts x 1.00” long 

(4) 10-32 UNF 2A screws 

x .500” long 

C-25



For PL34 planetary gear box 

(9600-456-008) 

6.50 

(165.1) 

Dia. 

C-26 

5.875 

(149.23) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

4.50 

(114.3) 

Dia. 

3.882 (986) 

3.732 (94.8) 

1.0 

(25.4) 

3.15 

(80) 

Dia. 

.15 (3.8) 

.145 (3.7) 

.50 (12.7) .48 (12.2) 

For 121mm servo motor frame 

(9600-456-009) 

6.50 

(165.1) 

Dia. 

5.875 

(149.23) 

Dia. 

B.C. 4.50 

(114.3) 

Dia. 

For PL42 planetary gear box 

(9600-456-010) 

6.50 

(165.1) 

Dia. 

5.875 

(149.23) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

4.50 

(114.3) 

Dia. 

.15 (3.8) 

.50 (12.7) 

4.98 

(126.5) 

Dia. 

4.40 (111.8) 

4.25 (108) 

1.4 

(35.6) 

1/4-20UNC 2B ST1 thread 

Heli coil insert (4) @ 90˚ each 





3.937 

(100) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

4.331 

(110) 

Dia. 

.15 (3.8) 

.18 (4.6) 

.50 (12.7) .63 (16) 

4.307 (109.4) 

4.157 (105.6) 

1.4 

(35.6) 

5.0 (127) 

Dia. max. 

4.331 

(110) 

Dia. 

.165 (4.2) 

.63 (16) 

5.118 

(130) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

4.70 

(119.4) 

Dia. 

5.00 

(127) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

5.71 

(145) 

Dia. 

5.71 

(145) 

Dia. 

B.C. 


(4) @ 90˚ each 


(4) @ 90˚ each 




(4) @ 90˚ each 



45˚ 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


9600-456-008 

Includes: 

(1) Flange (456-9049) 

(4) 3/8-16 bolts x 1.00” long 

(4) 1/4-20 UNC 2A screws x 1.00” long 

45˚ 

45˚ 

9600-456-009 

Includes: 

(1) Flange (456-9050) 

(8) 3/8-16 bolts x 1.00” long 

9600-456-010 

Includes: 

(1) Flange (456-9051) 

(4) 3/8-16 bolts x 1.00” long 

(4) 5/16-18 bolts x 1.00” long 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



For direct drive with NEMA 42 step motors 

(9600-456-005) 

9600-456-005 

Includes: 

(1) Flange (456-9046) 

(4) 3/8-16 bolts x 1.00” long 

(4) 1/4-20 UNC 2A screws x 1.00” long 

For direct drive with NEMA 66 motor 

(9600-456-007) 

6.50 

(165.1) 

Dia. 

5.875 

(149.23) 

4.50 

(114.3) 

6.50 

Dia. 

(165.1) 

Dia. 5.875 

(149.23) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

.50 (12.7) 

Dia. 

B.C. 4.50 

(114.3) 

Dia. 

.15 (3.8) 

9600-456-007 

Includes: 

(1) Flange (456-9048) 

(8) 3/8-16 bolts x 1.00” long 

* 

.15 (3.8) 

.50 (12.7) 

3.682 (93.52) 

4.062 (103.17) 

1.0 

(25.4) 

3.687 (93.7) 

.48 (12.2) 






2.752 

(69.9) 

Dia. 

1.0 

(25.4) 

.175 (4.44) 

For M50 and M55 Actuator - For KMT093 Superior Step Motor 

(9600-456-013) 

Includes: 

(1) Flange 

(456-9057) 

(1) Mounting Base 

(165-9042) 

(1) Gasket 

(495-9078) 

(4) Bolts 

#10-32 x 3 /4" Long 

(4) Nuts #10-32 

(4) Screws M4 x 10 

(4) Washers #10 

Drive Coupling ( order separately) 

ø2.875±0.002 

(73)±0.05 

0.21 (5.3) Max. 

0.09 (2) Min. 

1.900±0.030 

(48.3)±0.8 

#10-32 x 0.75 Lg. Bolts 

& 10-32 Nuts (4) 

5.00 

(127) 

Dia. 

3.170±0.010 

(80.5)±0.25 

2.189 

(55.6) 

Dia. 

.10 (2.54) 

.50 (12.7) 

7.512 

(190.8) 

Dia. 

B.C. 

4.95 

(125.7) 

Dia. 

B.C. 6.00 

(152.4) 

Dia. 

8.75 

(222.3) 

Dia. 

ø1.99 (50.5) Min. 

Access Hole 


(4) @ 90˚ each 


thru (4) @ 90˚ each 


Heli coil insert (4) @ 90 ˚ each 

M4 x 10 Screws (4) 

ø2.52 (64) Max. 

M50 Actuator w/ Mounting Flange 

0.12 (3.0) 

1.00 (25.4) 


(4) @ 90˚ each 

45˚ 

3.50 (88.9) 

2.740±0.010 

(69.6±0.03) 

45˚ 

3.50 (88.9) 

2.740±0.010 

(69.6±0.03) 

ø0.200±0.004 (5.1±0.1) Hole Thru (4) 

C-27


Encoder Flanges 

For ball screw drive actuators 

(9600-456-011) 

.59 (15) 

3 Holes 

.177 (4.5) Dia. Eq. Spaced 

on 1.89 (48) B.C. 

Bore Diameters Keyway on 

+0.001/–0.000 (in) input bore Part No. 

5/8 x 3/8 1/8" x 1/16” 9600-284-007 

5/8 x 1/2 1/8" x 1/16” 9600-284-001 

5/8 x 5/8 3/16" x 3/32” 9600-284-002 

5/8 x 3/4 3/16” x 3/32” 9600-284-003 

5/8 x 7/8 3/16” x 3/32” 9600-284-017 

1/2 x 1/2 1/8” x 1/16” 9600-284-033 

7/16 x 3/8 1/8" x .052” 9600-284-031 

7/16 x 1/2 1/8" x .060” 9600-284-029 

7/16 x 5/8 3/16" x .084” 9600-284-022 

7/16 x 14mm 5mm x 2.3mm 9600-284-021 

7/16 x 20mm 6mm x 2.8mm 9600-284-025 

7/16 x 24mm 8mm x 3.3mm 9600-284-030 

* Machined to AGMA 9002-A86 (class 1) 

C-28 

2.74 (69.5) Dia. 

.513 (13) Dia. holes (4) 

on 2.32 (59) Dia. B.C. 

3.35 (85) 

C’Bore 1.417 (36) Dia. 2.56 (65) Dia. 

x .413 (10.5) Dp. 

1.16 

(29.5) 


.96 

(24.5) 

(order separately) A 

Section A-A 

Encoder 

Drive Couplings 

For M50 

C 

Ø1.570 Ref. 

(39.88) 

Encoder Couplings 

.875 

(22.2) 

Dia. 

Ø1.260 Ref. 

(32.00) 

.25 (6.35) Dia. 

(both ends) 

B Ø A 

A 

.47 (12) 

9600-456-011 

Includes: 

(1) Flange blank 

(4) 5/16-18 bolts 

(1) Adaptor pin 

(1) Shaft 

0.20 Ref. 

(5.08) 

0.57 Ref. 

(14.48) 

1.06 (27) 

Ø0.72 

Ref. 

(18.29) 

2.60 Ref. 

(66.04) 

.46 (11.6) 

1.85 

(47) 

Dia. 

.315 

(8) 

Dia. 

#8-32 S.H.C.S. 

Set Screw 2 

For belt drive actuators 

(9600-456-001) 

3 Holes 

.177 (4.5) Dia. Eq. Spaced 

on 2.165 (55) B.C. 

C’Bore 1.417 (36) Dia. 

x .413 (10.5) Dp. 

Section A-A 

Bore Diameters Keyway on 

+0.025/–0.000 (mm) input bore (mm)* Part No. 

12mm x 5/8 4 x 4 9600-284-008 

14mm x 5/8 5 x 5 9600-284-012 

15mm x 5/8 5 x 5 9600-284-009 

16mm x 5/8 5 x 5 9600-284-013 

19mm x 5/8 6 x 6 9600-284-010 

20mm x 5/8 6 x 6 9600-284-014 

24mm x 5/8 8 x 8 9600-284-011 

32mm x 5/8 10 x 10 9600-284-015 

20mm x 1/2 

* Machined to DIN 6885 

6 x 6 9600-284-018 

Encoder 





0.20 Ref. 

(5.08) 

.120 

(typ) 

For M55, M75, M100 

.625 (15.875) Dia. 

2.05 (52.1) Dia. 

.59 

(15) 

2.56 (65) Dia. 


(order separately) 

2.95 (75) Dia. 

2.48 (63) Dia. B.C. 

.35 (9) Slot (4) 

1.76 

(44.7) 

Dia. 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


3.74 (95) 

.39 (10) 

.94 

(24) 

.12(3) 

Bore Diameters 

+0.025/–0.000 (mm) Part No. 

20mm x 1/2 9600-284-018 

32mm x 5/8 9600-284-015 

A 

A 

.625 

(16) 

Dia. 

9600-456-001 

Includes: 

(1) Flange blank 

(456-9040) 

(4) 5/16-18 bolts 

1.97 

(50) 

Dia. 

Part Number Input Bore Output Bore 

9600-284-004 1/4" (no keyseat) 1/4" (no keyseat) 

9600-284-005 5/8' (no keyseat) 1/4" (no keyseat) 

1.50 (38.1) 

1.02 

(25.9) 

2.20 (56) 

.16 (4) 

.120˚ 

(typ) 

1.40 

(35.6) 

Dia. 

3/16 x 3/32 

keyway 

1/4 - 20 Thd. 

.25 (6.35) Dia. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Electromechanical Limit Switches 

M50 

Limit switch bracket 

9600-831-005 

(two included) 

Includes: 

(1) Bracket (174-9614) 

(2) Clamps (263-9121) 

(2) Nuts 1/4-20 

(2) Washers 1/4" 

(2) Screws #8-32 x 1.25 

(2) Nuts #8-32 

(2) Washers #8 

M55, M75, M100 

Horizontal Brackets 

Figure Description Part No. 

*A M100 limit switch bracket 9600-831-011 

*B M100 limit switch bracket 9600-831-013 

C M100 sensor bracket for M18 sensors 9600-841-001 

D M100 sensor bracket for M18 sensors 9600-841-003 

*A M75 limit switch bracket 9600-831-017 

*B M75 limit switch bracket 9600-831-015 

C M75 sensor bracket for M18 sensors 9600-841-007 

D M75 sensor bracket for M18 sensors 9600-841-005 

*E M55 limit switch bracket 9600-831-018 

*F M55 limit switch bracket 9600-831-016 

G M55 sensor bracket for M12 sensors 9600-841-008 

H M55 sensor bracket for M12 sensors 9600-841-006 

I Suitable limit switch for M100/M75 (not provided) 608-5185-012 

J Suitable inductive M18 sensor for M100/M75 (not provided) 693-2906-004 

K Connector to M12 or M18 inductive sensor (not provided) 413-9100-280 

L Suitable limit switch for M55 (not provided) 608-6185-034 

M Suitable inductive M12 sensor for M55 (not provided) 693-2944-001 

N Suitable limit switch for M50 (not provided) 608-8185-022 

*P M50 limit switch bracket 9600-831-005 

* (2) Provided w/unit 

* 

M50 

(2) Provided w/unit 

M100-9600-831-011 

M75-9600-831-017 

Limit Switch 

(order separately) 

Ref 

1.92 

(49) 

174–9614 

#8–32 x 1.25 Screw, 

Washer & Nut 

1/4–20 Clamp, Washer & Nut 


ø0.270±0.010 

(6.9±0.4) 





B* 

A * * 

E 

(2) Provided w/unit 

M55-9600-831-018 

F * 

I L 

N 

ø0.866±0.002 

(22±0.4) 

90 0 

ø0.250±0.005 

Holes Thru (2) 

0.125 (Typ.) 

1.100±0.010 

(27.9±0.4) 

2.750±0.015 

(6.9±0.4) 

1.13 (29) Ref. 

0.87 (22) Ref. 

C-29


Inductive Proximity Switches 

M55, M75, M100 

2x 

Protective Covers 

Includes: 

(1) Cover 

(2) Bolts 

(2) Washers 

C-30 

D 

A 

Assemble 

bracket to clip 

1 2 

B 

M100-9600-841-001 

M75-9600-841-007 

M100-9600-841-003 

M75-9600-841-005 

Protective Cover 

Bolt & Washer 





C 

C 

D 

Horizontal Brackets 

Snap into 

profile 

K 

Vertical Brackets 

J 

J 

K 

Dimensions 

3 

M55-9600-841-008 

M 

G 

H 

M55-9600-841-006 

M 

K 

K 

2x 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


5 

4 

CLICK! 

Tighten set 

screw 

Model No. Part No. A ±0.030 B ±0.060 C ±0.030 D ref 

M50 9600-288-002 1.970 (50) 1.350 (34.3) 0.810 (20.6) 0.060 (1.5) 

M55 9600-288-002 1.970 (50) 1.350 (34.3) 0.810 (20.6) 0.060 (1.5) 

M75 9600-288-001 3.150 (80) 3.050 (77.5) 1.380 (35.1) 0.060 (1.5) 

M100 9600-288-001 3.150 (80) 3.050 (77.5) 1.380 (35.1) 0.060 (1.5) 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Speed Reducer Belt Gear Type BGT 

The belt gear is installed directly onto the shafts of the motor and 

the linear drive unit. No couplings are required. The belt gears are 

maintenance free. 

How To Order 

Example: BGT08- 2 -KK 063 P 07 

Gear ratio 

1, 04 

1, 85 

2, 73 

1 

2 

3 

Motor size 

IEC 63 B14 

IEC 71 B14 

Servo 80 

NEMA 34 Stepmotor* 


Linear drive unit 

M50, M55 

M75 

For inline or gear driven speed reducers or other size motors, contact the factory. 

* 

063 

071 

S80 

034 

042 

Maximum motor torque, 

speed and diameter, 

Maximum Torque (lbf in) 

Maximum Speed (RPM) 

Maximum Diameter (in) 






























06 

07 

Motor Constraints (Rapidtrak-Reducer Combinations) 

The following chart represents the maximum values for motor torque, speed and 

diameter based on the Rapidtrak and reducer combinations. These are never exceed 

values. Only the compatible combinations are shown. 

Rapidtrak 

Screw Belt 

Reducer 

M100 M75 M55 M50 

M55 

Lead 

(mm) 

M75 

Lead (mm) 

M100 

Lead (mm) 

20 and 

5.08 

10 25 12.7 20 

Example: BGT40- 2 -KK 080 P -C 

Gear ratio 

1, 00 

2, 14 

3, 00 

1 

2 

3 

Motor size 

IEC 71 B14 

IEC 80 B14 

Servo 80 

Servo 95 

56-C 



121 mm servo frame* 

Linear drive unit 

M75 

M100 

CB 

1:1 2:1 3:1 

BG08 BG40 BG08 BG40 BG08 BG40 

56 

2,438 

7,402 

56 

3,019 

7,402 

56 

2,438 

7,402 

56 

4,000 

7,090 

56 

3,170 

5,990 

56 

4,000 

5,990 

265 

2,345 

9,550 

278 

1,732 

8,684 

265 

3,048 

8,454 

265 

4,000 

8,454 

278 

3,048 

7,594 

278 

4,000 

7,594 

48 

2,438 

7,402 

34 

4,000 

7,402 

56 

4,000 

7,086 

56 

4,000 

7,090 

56 

4,000 

5,990 

56 

4,000 

5,990 

124 

4,000 

9,550 

163 

3,708 

8,684 

124 

4,000 

8,454 

124 

4,000 

8,454 

163 

4,000 

7,594 

163 

4,000 

7,594 

32 

2,438 

7,402 

23 

4,000 

7,402 

46 

4,000 

7,086 

39 

4,000 

7,090 

46 

4,000 

5,990 

46 

4,000 

5,990 

88 

4,000 

9,550 

122 

4,000 

8,684 

88 

4,000 

8,454 

88 

4,000 

8,454 

122 

4,000 

7,594 

163 

4,000 

7,594 

071 

080 

S80 

S95 

056 

034 

042 

121 

07 

10 

-C 

* For NEMA 34 and 42 step motors and 121mm servo motors, you must provide motor 

shaft diameter and length, key size, motor pilot diameter and male/female, mounting 

screw size, depth, blind or nut, bolt circle and orientation. 

C-31

Rapidtrak * Ordering 

Version ................T 

Ball Guided ......................................F 

Prism Guided ..................................G 

C-32 

Profile Size 100mm ................10 

75mm ..................07 

55mm ..................06 

Belt Drive ............................................B 

Ball Screw + Composite Nut 

(M55 Only) ......................................C 

Non-Driven ..........................................N 

Ball Screw + Ball Nut ..........................K 

Ball Screw + Preloaded Ball Nut 1 

T F 10 K 259 – C35 S 256 





“L” dimension in cm..................X X X 

No Screw Support ....X 

Single Support ....................................S 

Double Support ..................................D 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


“A” Saddle ..........Standard Single Saddle..............................................A 0 0 

“C” Saddle ..........Lc (c/c distance for 2 saddles in cm)........................C X X 3 

M100 (min. distance in cm) ....................................C 3 5 3 

M75 (min. distance in cm) ......................................C 2 5 3 

M55 (min. distance in cm)....................................C 2 0 3 4 

Ball Screw Drive2 Lead Tolerance Class Ball Screw Designation 

M100............10 mm ....................T9 ..........................................2510 ........................109 (opt) 5 

....................25 mm ....................T9 ..........................................2525 ........................259 (std) 

M75..............12.7 mm..................T9 ..........................................0702 ........................729 (std) 

....................20 mm ....................T7 ..........................................2020 ........................207 (opt) 5 

M55..............5.08 mm..................T9 ..........................................0605 ........................659 (std) 

....................20 mm ....................T7 ..........................................1620 ........................207 (opt) 5 

Belt Drive 

....................Pitch 

M100............176 mm/rev ..........................................................................................176 

M75..............130 mm/rev ............................................................................................130 

M55..............105 mm/rev ..........................................................................................105 

Example: 

TF07B130–A00X241 

Ball guided, 75mm profile, belt drive, 130mm belt pitch, “A” saddle, 

standard single saddle, no screw support, 241cm profile length 

1 Consult factory if pre-loaded ball nut is required. 

2 Consult factory if non-standard lead or tolerance class is required. 

3 Represents "Lc " dimension on Saddle/Stroke Length drawings (p. C-19). 

4 M55, Belt Drive, ball guide min. distance is 25 cm. 

5 Non-standard option; longer lead time required, consult factory. 

L 


L 

Belt Drive 

Options 

The following options can be ordered by part number to 

accommodate your specific application. 

• Mounting flange for the motor (p. C-25) 

• Mounting kits (p. C-24) 

• Encoder mounting flange (p. C-28) 

• Couplings (p. C-28) 

• Limit switch brackets (p. C-29) 

• Limit switches (p. C-29) 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1. Question Are there any mounting restrictions on the 

Rapidtrak * actuators? 

Answer Ball screw driven units can be mounted in 

any plane—vertically horizontally, sideways or upside 

down. The ball screw has a load lock built in as a safety 

device to prevent it from falling down the screw in the 

event that the ball bearings are lost from the nut. The 

belt drive units are not recommended in vertical applications 

as there is no protection from the load falling if the 

belt breaks. Vertical and other applications that can be 

backdriven by the load should use a spring set brake to 

prevent movement of the load with the power off. 

2. Question Can two or more Rapidtrak units be 

synchronized? 

Answer The units can easily be mechanically 

synchronized but the performance depends upon the 

stiffness of the system. Variations in the lead of the 

screws or the tension of the belt and the diameter of the 

pulleys can cause the system to bind if the system is too 

stiff. If there is some compliance in the system to allow 

for the variations in the components then synchronizing 

the units is easy. Belt drive units can be mechanically 

linked from the non-driven side of the input shaft to 

another belt drive unit. Ball screw units require one 

gearbox with a double input shaft to allow mechanically 

linking them. 

3. Question How do I mechanically synchronize the 

units? 

Answer This can be accomplished with belts or 

shafts. When using belts be sure not to exceed 225 Ibs. of 

tension on the shaft of the Rapidtrak. When using shafts 

be sure to calculate the critical speed of the connecting 

shaft and not exceed it. 

4. Question What kind of drives can I use for Rapidtrak 

units? 

Answer You can use AC, DC, servo, step, pneumatic 

or hydraulic motors to drive the actuators. Danaher 

Motion can also provide AC, DC, servo or stepper drive 

systems as components or as a fully engineered and 

tested system. Contact you local Danaher Motion sales 

representative for more details. 

5. Question When do I need a non-driven unit? 

Answer There are several applications that may 

require a non-driven unit with a driven one. 1) When the 

load is higher than the profile can support but does not 

exceed the thrust load of the ball screw drive. 

The maximum load of the M75 profile is 440 Ibs. 

The maximum thrust of the ball screws for the unit is 550 

Ibs. Adding a second non-driven unit will allow a higher 

load to be supported without exceeding the drive 

capability of the screw. 

* 

Driven Unit Non-driven Unit 

2) When the eccentric loads exceed the capacity of a 

single profile. The twisting force Mx created by the load 

being located off the center line of the Rapidtrak may be 

too high for the profile to accept. Adding a parallel nondriven 

unit will significantly reduce the eccentric forces. 

If you have an application like this contact an application 

engineer at 800-566-5274 for further assistance. 

Note: If the distance between the driven and non-driven 

units exceeds 1.25 feet, both units must be driven. 

6. Question How can a long Rapidtrak unit have the 

same load rating as a short unit? Won’t the longer one 

have more of a tendency to bend? 

Answer The load capacity is a function of the distance 

between supports, not the length of the profile. A 

long profile and a short profile have the same load rating 

as long as they have the same distance between their 

supports. 

7. Question Where do I place the mounting feet? 

Answer The mounting feet are normally placed under 

the ends of the stroke length. If more supports are 

required due to the load, they should be equally spaced 

between the outside mounting feet. Use the Fig. D on 

page C-14 to determine the maximum spacing allowable 

between the mounting feet based on the load. 

8. Question Is it possible for a load to backdrive a 

Rapidtrak actuator? 

Answer Yes it is possible. That is why we recommend 

using either a motor-brake or a spring set brake to hold 

the load in power off conditions. 

9. Question Why do I need limit switches for end of 

stroke protection? 

Answer Limit switches are mandatory for operating 

this actuator. There is no slip clutch or overload device 

included in the actuator. Driving the carriage and sleigh 

into the end of the actuator can cause the belt to break 

on belt drive units or break the end casting on ball screw 

units. The limit switches must be mounted at least 2 inches 

from the end of stroke position to allow the load to 

stop before striking the end casting. This 2 inches on 

each end will not affect the stroke length as it has been 

Technical Considerations 

Long Profile 

Short Profile 





included in the total travel length. Vertical applications 

should use 1 inch at the top and 3 inches or more at the 

bottom. In some applications with high inertia and high 

speeds more than 2 inches may be required to stop the 

load and this will affect the stroke length. Contact an 

application engineer at 1-800-554-8466 if this affects 

your application. 

10. Question If I mount the Rapidtrak along a beam that 

provides continuous support along the length of the 

profile can I exceed the load ratings in the charts? 

Answer Unless the beam is machined to a flat 

surface it is better to raise the profile off of the beam 

using mounting brackets, and shims. This will reduce 

the chance of deflecting the profile by mounting it to an 

uneven surface. In any event the load ratings in the 

charts should not be exceeded. 

11. Question Do I need to lubricate these units? 

Answer The sliding bearings (TG) are made of 

Robalon and are essentially maintenance free. Long term 

lubrication is provided by fitting a felt pad saturated with 

synthetic oil between the bearing surfaces to reduce 

friction, increase efficiency and lengthen the life of the 

unit. These felt pads can be re-saturated by removing the 

saddle. On ball guided units (TF), the linear bearing 

requires periodic lubrication. Our service manual specifies 

Mobil 28 for the lubricant. There are holes in the sides of 

the extrusion that allow access to the grease fittings on 

the linear bearing. These holes have plugs to keep 

contaminants from entering the extrusion. Lubrication 

frequency depends on the amount of travel for your 

application. The drive screw should be periodically 

lubricated with either a lithium based or molybdenum 

disulphide grease. Intervals between lubrication depends 

on the application and operating conditions. High speed 

operation should require frequent attention as the 

lubricant may be thrown from the screw. 

12. Question What does a screw support do? 

Answer The screw support reduces the unsupported 

length of the screw in applications using long strokes. 

This allows higher rotational speeds than would 

normally be possible and therefore faster linear 

speeds of the sleigh. 

C-33

Glossary 

General definitions 

Axial Lash/Backlash 

The axial free motion between the ball nut and screw 

without rotation between the two components; a measure 

of system stiffness. (Fig. A) 

Backdriving 

The load causing the ball screw or belt drive to reverse 

direction with no power applied. 

Ball bearing screw 

A screw that runs on ball bearings, has about 90% 

efficiency and low starting torque and can be backdriven. 

Carriage 

The internal connection between the ball nut or belt and 

the outside load. The carriage either contains the 

Robalon bearings which ride on the four bearing surfaces 

of the profile or is connected to a linear ball guide. The 

saddle is the external connection to the carriage. (Fig. B) 

Cover strip 

A flexible special stainless steel strip magnetically held in 

place to cover the carriage track. The strip rides through 

the saddle to continuously protect the ball screw or belt 

drive from contaminants. (Fig. E) 

Critical speed 

Rotational speed of ball nut or ball screw shaft that 

produces resonant vibrations of the ball screw. 

Deflection 

Deformation of the cross section of the profile. This can 

be caused by high eccentric loads, supports not spaced 

close enough together for the load, or rigidly mounting 

the profile to an uneven surface. This can result in binding 

of the carriage, uneven performance and reduced life of 

all components. 

Drive torque 

The amount of effort, measured in pound-feet, required 

to turn the ball screw or belt drive and move the load. 

Duty cycle 

The amount of “on time” vs. “cooling time.” This is 

generally a function of how much heat the motor can 

tolerate during starting, stopping, and reversing. 

C-34 

(Fig. A) 

Ball Nut 

Ball Screw 

Axial Lash (Backlash) 

(Fig. B) 

Forces 

Fa = the axial load or thrust of the Rapidtrak 

Fy = the load that is supported by the Rapidtrak * 

profile. The amount of load that the Rapidtrak 

will support is determined by the size of the 

profile and the distance between the mounting 

feet. 

Facc = the force on the Rapidtrak caused by accelerating 

or decelerating the load. The acceleration 

forces acting on the load must be produced by 

the prime mover. 

Facc = V – Vo 

t 

or 

= V2 – Vo2 2X 

V = top speed 

Vo = initial speed (usually zero) 

t = time to reach top speed 

X = distance travelled to reach top speed 

Xo = initial position 

Ftot = sum of all forces acting on the actuator—load, 

friction, and acceleration. The prime mover 

must be sized based on the Ftot calculation. 

Lead 

The axial distance the screw travels during one 

revolution. (Fig. C) 

Saddle 

Carriage 

Robalon 

bearings 

Saddle 

Carriage 

Linear Ball 

guide 

Lead error 

The total inaccuracy through 360° of screw rotation 

measured anywhere on the screw. This is normally 

±0.005 inch. These variations tend to cancel out over a 

longer length of screw stock with the total variation 

being ±0.006 inch per foot cumulative for the Rapidtrak 

units. A 6 foot length of screw stock would have a total 

lead variation of ±0.036 inch over the entire length. 





(Fig. C) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Lead 

Limit switch 

A switch used to limit motion or travel in a particular 

direction. Limit switches are mandatory for end of stroke 

protection for this actuator. They must be placed at least 

2" from the end of stroke to allow the actuator to stop 

before striking the end cover of the profile. (Fig. E) 

Pitch 

The measurable distance between screw grooves or 

threads. (Fig. D) 

(Fig. D) 

Pitch 

Profile 

The extruded aluminum housing of the Rapidtrak unit. 

(Fig. B) 

Saddle 

The external point of connection between the ball nut 

or belt and the load. The saddle is connected to the 

carriage which is the internal connection to the ball nut 

or belt. (Fig. B) 

Stroke length 

The usable travel distance of the saddle. 

T-slots 

The “T” shaped slots in three sides of the profile. They 

can be used for mounting the profile or for mounting 

accessories to the profile. (Fig. B) 

Thrust load 

Loading parallel to the center line of the screw shaft 

which acts continuously in one direction. 

Turns 

The number of revolutions that the nut ball track makes 

about the screw axis for one circuit. 

! 

(Fig. E) 

Lf Lf 

L 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Belt Driven Rodless Actuators 

Many variables influence the selection of a Linear Motion System. The best solution 

demands a thorough evaluation of the application, only then can design criteria be 

established. Issues such as envelope limitations, system load capacity, actuator load 

capacity, speed and acceleration, drive requirements, accuracy and repeatability, and operating 

environment are looked at from a broad perspective to determine the type of system, 

type of actuator, and whether the system need be built of special materials. 

Typically, a belt driven linear motion system is ideal for moderate precision, high load, and 

high-speed applications. When compared to a Ball Screw Actuated Linear Motion System, 

the Belt Actuated System can attain higher linear speeds in longer stroke applications. A 

degree of positioning accuracy, however, is sacrificed, as the belt is not capable of meeting 

the accuracy of that of the ball screw. The Turbo Module is designed to act as its own support 

structure by virtue of its robust base support member and is thereby suited for applications 

that require gantry or overhung loads. Since the Turbo Module belt drive is actuated 

through a True Planetary* gearhead, the torque, speed, and system inertia can be matched 

by varying the gear ratio. In environments that are corrosive or high temperature special 

materials may be required and are available. Contact Application Engineering for details on 

special materials. 

In order to determine the Turbo Module Belt Actuated SuperSlide* System that meets the 

needs of your application, it is first necessary to evaluate the following detail design criteria: 

• System support requirements 

• System stroke length 

• Maximum allowable shaft deflection 

• Required travel life 

• Force on the most heavily loaded bearing 

• Load correction factor 

• Load/Life requirements-linear bearings 

• Motion (move) profile (velocity, acceleration) 

• Maximum belt tooth shear strength 

• Gear motor rotational speed (gear reduction) 

• Torque considerations 

• Size motor using torque/speed curves 

* 

Turbo Module 





Turbo Module* Belt Actuated Systems offer: 

• A structurally rigid design with mounting flexibility, 

the Turbo Module System can be used when 

spanning or bridging a gap or mounted 

continuously when maximum rigidity is required. 

• Available with a uniquely designed carriage and 

mounting base with integrated T-slots for quick and 

easy multi-axis assembly and control. 

• High speed and acceleration with positioning 

accuracy better than +/- 0,15 mm. 

• Integrated AccuGlide* ProfileRail* Systems 

providing high rigidity combined with dynamic load 

capacities up to 56 kN and moment capacities up to 

7900 Nm. 

• A single point integrated lubrication system that 

maximizes reliability and reduces down time. 

• Standard integrated True Planetary* gearhead for 

speed reduction and torque multiplication. Gearhead 

motor mounting flanges are stocked, awaiting your 

motor specifications. 

• A single part number system. All that is required to 

order is to specify the system size and length. 

• Easy adaptation to industry standard servo motor 

systems. Refer to the Motion Control Section on 

page A-153. 

C-35

Turbo Module 


AccuGlide* ProfileRail* System 

End Block Housing 

with Heavy Duty 

Pulley and Bearing 

Assembly 

Drive End Block Housing 

Steel Reinforced Belt 

True Planetary* 

Precision Gearhead 

Turbo Module 2GE Belt Actuated System Features: 

• Compact and Rigid Aluminum Mounting Base 

• Integral Steel Reinforced Belt 

• T-Slots in Carriage 

• T-Slots in Base Mounting System 

• Standard Built-in Gearhead 

• Repeatability better than +/- 0,15 mm 

• AccuGlide* ProfileRail* System 

• Load Capacities up to 56 kN 

• Easy to install 

• Integral Lubrication System 

• Speeds up to 5 m/s 

• Standard Motor Mounting 

• Single Part Number System 

• Simple or Continuous Support Capabilities 

C-36 

T-Slots in Carriage 

Heavy Duty Pulley 

and Bearing Assembly 

T-Slots in Module Base for Mounting 

True Planetary 

Precision Gearhead 

T-Slots in Module Base 

for Mounting 

System Material Specifications: 

• Belt Material: 

White Polyurethane Steel Cable 

Reinforced 

• Mounting Base Material 

High Strength Aluminum Alloy 

• ProfileRail Systems 

Hardened Bearing Quality Steel Rail 

Hardened Bearing Quality Steel 

Carriage 

Assembly 

Hardened and Precision Ground 

Bearing 

Ball Elements 





T-Slots in Carriage 

System 2GE 

Cross Section 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Anodized Aluminum Frame 

Steel Reinforced Belt 

AccuGlide ProfileRail System 

T-Slots in Module Base 

for Mounting 

• AccuTRUE* True Planetary* Precision 

Gearheads 

AGMA Stainless Steel Gears 

Tapered Roller Bearings 

Stainless Steel Output Shaft 

Stainless Steel Output Housing 

Light Weight Aluminum Housing 

• End Support Systems 

High Quality Steel Toothed Pulley 

Heavy Duty Bearings 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



True Planetary* Gearheads 

AccuTRUE 

True Planetary Gear Reduction Features: 

• 6 Arc-minutes Maximum Backlash 

• Long Service Life 

• True Planetary Gearing 

• Compact Design 

• Ratios Between 1:1 and 50:1 

• Up to 90% Efficient 

• High Torque Capacity 

• Low Inertia 

• High Speed Capacity 

• Lifetime Lubrication 

• Standard Motor Mounting 

* 

AccuTRUE 

True Planetary Precision Gearhead Materials: 

• AGMA Stainless Steel Gears 

• Tapered Roller Bearings 

• Stainless Steel Output Shaft and Housing 

• Light Aluminum Input Housing 

Turbo Module 





AccuTRUE* True Planetary Gearheads 

Speed reduction choices. 

True Planetary gearheads are available in standard ratios between 1:1 and 10:1 

providing maximum application flexibility. Motor torque capacity is multiplied while 

output speed is reduced. True Planetary gearheads reduce the inertia reflected from 

the system load and allow for higher accelerations. To specify the proper precision 

gearhead all that is required is the torque and speed requirements for the belt 

actuated system and your selection of a servo motor. 

Lightweight 

Anodized Aluminum 

Housing 

Motor Input Flange 

AGMA 12 Hardened Stainless 

Steel Gears 

Heat Resistant Input Seal 

Stainless Steel 

Output Shaft 

Tapered Roller Bearings 

Needle Roller Bearings 

Balanced Collar Clamp and Pinion 

C-37

Turbo Module 2GE 


C-38 

Turbo Module* Multi-Axis Options 

High Speed Multi Axis Positioning 

The Turbo Module 2GE system provides the basis for multi-axis motion control. 

The built-in flexibility of the T-slots in the base and the carriage allow for quick 

and easy x-y, x-z and x-y-z assembly and positioning capability. The illustrations 

below provide a sampling of the types of configurations that can be achieved. 

In many cases a SuperSlide ball screw actuated system can be used to provide 

an additional axis of motion. Adapter plates can be provided for the mounting 

of each system. For your next multi-axis application contact Danaher Motion 

application engineering. 

2GE-2X-Y 2GE-X-Z 

2GE-2X-Z 




* 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


2GE-2X-Y-Z 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



with T-Slot Integrated Carriage 

NEW... AccuGlide* ProfileRail* System... 

Now Available in Select Sizes 

H3 

B B1 

System 410 530 610 650 770 890 930 1010 1090 1130 1250 X Max. 

2GE-M35 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 160 3970 

* 

L3 L 


2GE-M35-OQN 35 160 162 190 206 250 400 L+(456) L-(400) 

Turbo Module 2GE Belt Actuated System with T-Slot Integrated Carriage Technical Data (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Dyn Dynamic Moment Carriage Max Moment of Inertia Weight 

Number Load Myaw Mroll Mpitch Mass Length Ix Iy Formula 

Cap. (N) (Nm) (Nm) (Nm) (kg) (mm) (cm4) (cm4) (N) 

2GE-M35-OQN 56000 7950 1270 7950 12.5 3960 2840 3730 503,0+0,353xL 





L2 

T1 



the carriage length (T1) 

from the system length (L). 

(Belt Not Shown for Clarity) 

Turbo Module* 2GE Belt Actuated System with T-Slot Integrated Carriage (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Nominal B B1 H3 L3 L4 T1 L2 Max. 

Number Size Total System Stroke 

Length Length 

For Motion Control Options refer to the Motion Control Section on page A-153. 

System 2GE Standard Lengths (L) (Lengths in mm) Custom Lengths and Delivery Information 

L4 

Systems ordered in standard lengths and longer lengths in 

increments of (X) are typically shipped in two to three weeks. 

Custom length systems are available and require three to four 

weeks for delivery. For special requirements, please contact the 

Danaher Motion Systems application engineering department. 

C-39


Turbo Module* 2GE Benefits: 

• Used in high speed and high 

load applications. 

• Compact and rigid design 

minimizes machine size. 

• T-Slot in carriage provides 

quick and easy mounting and removal 

of the workpiece. 

2GE-M35-OQN-N 1:1 AT-14-1 1,99 x 10 -1 

2GE-M35-OQN-P 6:1 AT-14-6 3,43 x 10 -3 

2GE-M35-OQN-Q 10:1 AT-14-10 2,55 x 10 -3 

C-40 

(T9) T-slots 

D4 

D2 

D1 

D3 

Turbo Module 2GE Components: 

• 1 Structural Frame Assembly with 

standard T-Slots for mounting ease. 

• 1 AccuGlide* ProfileRail* System 

Carriage assembly. 

• 1 steel cable reinforced belt system including 

heavy duty pulleys and bearings. 

• 1 Integral AccuTRUE* True Planetary* Precision 

gearhead. 





T9 

B7 

B5 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



1. Determine the proper system for your load and life 

requirements. 2. Select the part number. 3. Add the letter “L” 

followed by the overall length in millimeters,as a suffix to 

the part number (choosing a standard length will reduce 

costs and speed delivery). 4.Place your order with your local 

authorized Thomson distributor. 


2GE-M35-OQN-N L610 


Designation Type of Gearbox 

Nominal Size Type of Carriage 


Turbo Module 2GE Belt Actuated System with T-Slot Integrated Carriage (Dimensions in mm) 

Part Nominal B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 D1 D2 D3 D4 H H6 H7 H8 H9 T 

Number Size 

T 

B4 

B6 

B8 

Carriage X-Section 

2GE-M35-OQN 35 90 37 110 27,5 165 20,1 10 7 6 195 110 27,5 48 90 163 

Turbo Module 2GE Gearbox Data 

System Gear Gearbox Gearbox 

Part Number Ratio Part Number inertia (Kg•m2) 




100 000 

10 000 

1 000 

100 

10 

100 1 000 10 000 


100 000 

2GE-35 

H9 

H6 

H8 

H7 

H 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 

Belt drive, wheel guide 

• High speed 

• High moment capability 

• No stick-slip 

• Low friction 

• Low maintanance level 

Movopart CB 





Belt drive, prism guide 

• Compact design 


• Resistant to shock loads and vibrations 

• Long life 

• Silent 

• Corrosion free 

• Lubricated for life 

• T-slot for magnetic sensors 

Screw drive, sliding guide 

• Telescopic movement 

• Can be installed in any direction 

• Built-in end of stroke limit switches 

• Short retracted length 

• High load 

• High side load capacity 

• Space-saving 

• High torsion strength 

Movo Z, ZB 

Movo Z, Z2 

C-41

Applications 

C-42 




* 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 

Technical Data 





CB 

Designation MR-CB 

Max. stroke [m] 12 

Max. speed [m/s] 5 

Max. input speed [rpm] 1500 

Temperature range [˚C] -20 - +70 

Weight [kg] 

with A-saddle (L in m) 7,8 + L x 8,2 

with C-saddle (L in m) 13,3 + L x 8,2 

Saddle weight [kg] 5,5 

Max load Fx [N] 1000 

Max. load Fy [N] 

with A-saddle 1000 

with C-saddle 2000 

Max. load Fz [N] 


with C-saddle 2000 

Max. load torque Mx [N] 110 

Max. load torque My [N] 

with A-saddle (Lc in m) 230 

with C-saddle (Lc in m) Lc x 1200 

Max. load torque Mz [N] 


with C-saddle Lc x 2100 

Max. torque Mta [N] 34 

Max. force Frd [N] 600 

Move [mm/rev.] 200 

Belt weight [kg/m belt] 0,56 

Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 

Resolution [mm] 0,2 

Forces 

Dimensions 

Torsion 

Parameter Definition 

Mx [Nm] Torque parallel to profile 

α [ ] ˚ Torsion of the profile 

Lf [m] Distance between supports 

α = Mx x (0,00042 x Lf + 0,001) 

C-43


Dimensions 

A-saddle 

C-saddle 

C-44 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


A1 220 C1 111 E2 6 E7 49,5 

B1 88 C2 88 E3 Ø20J6 E8 40 

B2 110 D1 44 E4 22,5 E9 54 

B3 306 D2 3 E5 MB (4X) E10 52 

B4 93 E1 25 E6 Ø45H8 E11 36 

Ordering length in millimeters 

Model Designation Min. saddle c/c distance* Total length Length to order 

Lc min L tot L 

CB MR-CB•••A(C) 356 L tot = L + 30 L = S max + Lc + 499 

*Lc = 0mm for A-saddles 

Drive end 

Left shaft 

Non drive end 

Right shaft 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 






ZB 

Designation MF-ZB 

Max. stroke [m] 2,5 

Max. speed [m/s] 3 

Max. input speed [rpm] 900 

Temperature range [˚C] -20 - +70 

Weight (L in m) [kg] 11,3 + 8,6 x L 

Weight lift profile [kg] 8,6 x L 

Max. load Fz [N] 500 

Max. load torque Mx [N] 700 

Max. load torque My [N] 700 

Max. load torque Mz [N] 80 

Max. torque Mta [N] 34 

Max. force Frd [N] 600 

Move [mm/rev.] 200 

Belt weight [kg/m belt] 0,56 

Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 

Resolution [mm] 0,2 

Forces 

Dimensions 


Model Designation Total length Length to order 

L tot L 

ZB MF-ZB L tot = L + 30 L = S max + 487 

C-45


Designation MGZ2K2510 MGZ2K2525 MGZ2K3220 

Max. stroke Smax [m] 1,5 1,5 1,5 

Max. length Lmax [mm] 4000 4000 4000 

Max. speed [m/s] 0,5 1 1 

Max. input speed [rpm] 3000 2400 3000 

Temperature range [˚C] -20 - +70 -20 - +70 -20 - +70 

Weight [kg] 9,5 + 9,5 + 13 + 

(Lmin in cm) 0,25 x Lmin 0,25 x Lmin 0,28 x Lmin 

Max. load Fz [N] 5000 5000 7500 

Max. load torque Mx [N] 700 700 700 

Max. load torque My [N] 700 700 700 

Max. load torque Mz [N] 330 330 330 

Max. torque Mta [N] 45 45 93 

Max. force Frd [N] 1000 1000 1200 

Screw diameter [mm] 25 25 32 

Screw lead [mm/rev.] 10 25 20 

Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 0,1 0,1 

Resolution [mm] 0,1 0,1 0,1 

Forces 

Ordering length in centimeters 

C-46 





Z2 

Min. retracted length Max. extended length 

Z2 MGZ2K L min = S max + 38 + Lx* L max = L min + S max 

* Lx = optional extra length which makes the unit longer but does not add to stroke. 

**Smax = maximum stroke between the mechanical stops of the unit (theoretical stroke). 

Safe stroke is normally 100mm shorter (practical stroke). 

Dimensions 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Standard version Elongated version 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


CB Mounting bracket 

Z2 mounting frame 

* 





Mounting Kits - unit to surface 

CB 

D320-003 

Z2 

D800-250 

C-47

Mounting Kits - unit to unit 

X/Y bracket kits 

Y/Z saddle plate 

C-48 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


X CB M75 M100 

Y CB CB CB 

X D320-004 – – 

X – D313-064 D313-294 

a – 100 120 

h1 222 218 249 

h2 111 110,5 110,5 

h3 – 15 20 

Y CB 

Z M55 

D313-472 

X/Z saddle plates 

X 2 x M75 2 x M100 

Z ZB ZB 

D320-001 D320-002 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


X/Y clamp kits 

X/Y bracket kits 

h1 180 204 230 

h2 69 92,5 1185 

* 






X CB CB CB 

Y M55 M75 M100 

X D313-490 D312-759 D313-290 

X D313-491 D312-762 D313-299 

a 96 129 182 

b 25 30 40 

c 60 75 75 

X M75 M100 

Y CB CB 

D313-066 D313-066 

C-49


X/Z mounting frame 

C-50 

X M100 

Z Z2 

D800-251 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Creating a multi axis system is easy due to the comprehensive range of 

accessories. A few of all possible configurations are shown here to give 

an idea of what can be done. 

For more information, please contact your nearest sales office. 

A 

B 

C 

* 

X Y 

1 CB M55 

X Z 

1 M100 Z2 

3 M100 ZB 

4 M75 ZB 

X Y 

1 CB M55 

2 CB M75 





D 

E 

F 

G 

Multi-Axis Systems 

X Z 

1 M100 M100 

2 M100 M75 

3 M100 CB 

4 M75 M100 

X Z 

5 M75 M75 

6 M75 M55 

7 M75 CB 

8 M55 M55 

X Y 

1 M100 CB 

2 M75 CB 

X Y Z 

1 M100 CB M55 

2 M75 CB M55 

X Y Z 

1 M100 M100 Z2 

4 M100 M75 ZB 

5 M75 M100 ZB 

C-51

Movopart CB, MovoZ ZB - Belt Driven units 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Designation Example: M F C B 200 A 00 X 450 

Unit type 

Linear Unit M 

Guide type 

Ball guide (not possible for CB) 

Wheel guide (only possible for CB) 

Size 

CB 

ZB 

Ordering 

Drive type 

Belt drive 

Saddle movement per drive shaft revolution 

CB=200 mm 

ZB=200 mm 

Saddle type 

Single saddle (A-saddle) 

Double saddle (C-saddle), not possible for ZB 

Distance in cm between saddles (Lc) 

Single saddle (A-saddle) 

Double saddles (C-saddles), not possible for ZB 

Drive shaft configuration 

Shaft on both sides 

Shaft on left side 

Shaft on right side 

F 

R 

-C 

-Z 

Ordering length in cm (L) ••• 

C-52 

B 

200 

200 




A 

C 

00 

•• 

X 

Q 

R 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


MovoZ Z2 

Designation Example: M G Z2 K 25109 250 450 

Unit type 

Linear Unit M 

Guide type 

Sliding guide 

Size 

Z2 Z2 

Drive type 

Ball screw and ball nut K 

Screw diameter / screw lead / tolerance class 

25 mm / 10 mm / T9 

25 mm / 25 mm / T9 

32 mm / 20 mm / T7 

* 





G 

25109 

25259 

32207 

Minimum retracted length in cm (L min.) ••• 

Maximum extended length in cm (L max.) ••• 

Ordering 

C-53

LoadMaster 80 

C-54 

Benefits 

• Quiet operation suitable for indoor domestic or medical environments 

• Easy installation by means of the T-slot running along the entire profile 

• Durable, corrosion free, lightweight anodised aluminium extrusion housing 

• A variety of drive screws to perfect the perform-ance of the actuator to the application 

• Two versions, for vertical or horizontal operation 

• Vertical units can withstand high lifting moment load 

• Vertical units with built in self-locking mechanism 

• Options such as, motor enclosure, vertical version with spline safety function to 

disengage drive in case of obstacles, manual override (handwind) in case of power 

failure, 6 motor mounting positions 

• Accessories such as mounting kit and control box with ELS and hand pendant. 

Features 

• Quiet operation 

• Available with 12 or 24 Vdc motor 

• Trapezoidal or ball screw drive 

• Safety nut standard on all ball screw units 

• CE approval 

• Self-locking (vertical versions) 

• Stroke up to 1,5 m (longer possible upon request) 

• Load up to 2000 N 

• Speed up to 110 mm/s. 

• Modern self supporting aluminium extrusion design. 

LoadMaster 80 is a innovative product designed for a multitude of applications. 

LoadMaster fits perfectly into all kinds of medical, handicap or rehabilitation equipment 

or anywhere where a load needs to be moved vertically or horizontally. 

The modern aluminium profile design allows 

LoadMaster to be a visible component within 

customers’ equipment eliminating the need of cover 

plates or enclosures. 

The stable self-supporting profile can also work as a 

framework for other fixtures to achieve a cost-effective 

design. 

LoadMaster 80 consists of an extruded anodised 

aluminium profile, which in-corporates a motor and 

gearbox assembly providing movement to the carriage 

via either a ball or lead screw drive. 

The carriage guiding technology offers smooth, quiet, 

rigid and maintenance free operation. 

LoadMaster 80 comes in two versions for either 

vertical or horizontal installations. 

The load capacity is defined by the lead and the 

diameter of the selected screw. 




* 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


* 





LoadMaster 80 Specifications 

Model DT••–T68M•••••V(F)• DT••–B61M•••••V(F)• DT••–B62M•••••V(F)• DT••–B65M•••••V(F)• 

Mounting position only vertical with motor down 

Max. load Fa 650 N 1000 N 450 N 2000 N 

Max. load torque Ma 250 Nm 400 Nm 180 Nm 750 Nm 

Max. speed 44 mm/s 55 mm/s 110 mm/s 28 mm/s 

Min. speed @ 12/24 Vdc 29 mm/s 35 mm/s 37 mm/s 43 mm/s 67 mm/s 83 mm/s 19 mm/s 22 mm/s 

Max. current @ 12/24 Vdc 17 A 7 A 17 A 7 A 17 A 7 A 17 A 7 A 

Min. current @ 12/24 Vdc 6 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 

Model DT••–T68M•••••H• DT••–B61M•••••H• DT••–B62M•••••H• DT••–B65M•••••H• 

Mounting position only horizontal with motor down 

Max. load Fb 2000 N 2000 N 2000 N 2000 N 

Max. load torque Mb 250 Nm 400 Nm 180 Nm 750 Nm 

Max. speed 44 mm/s 55 mm/s 110 mm/s 28 mm/s 

Min. speed @ 12/24 Vdc 37 mm/s 37 mm/s 50 mm/s 50 mm/s 73 mm/s 87 mm/s 28 mm/s 28 mm/s 

Max. current @ 12/24 Vdc 12 A 5 A 9 A 4 A 15 A 7 A 6 A 3 A 

Min. current @ 12/24 Vdc 6 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 

Model All Models 

Supply voltages 12, 24 Vdc 

Standard Strokes 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 cm 

Weight [kg] L x 5,7 + 2,8 

Lubrication for life 

Duty cycle 15% @ 20˚ C 

Max. on time 120 s 

Temperature 

Safety Nut 

0 – +40˚ C 

ball screw models yes 

trapezoidal models 

Safety Locking 

no 

vertical models yes 

horizontal models 

Protection class 

no 

with motor enclosure IP44 

without motor enclosure IP30 

End of stroke protection 

Connector and cable 

spring loaded soft stop for use with ELS (Electronic Limit Switches) 

with motor enclosure yes (connector with 2 m PVC cable 2 x 1,5 mm2 ) 

without motor enclosure 

Options 

no (cable clips on the motor) 

handwind enables manual movement of carriage at power failure 

Forces 

Vertical Models 

Horizontal Models 

C-55

LoadMaster 80 Performance 

Vertical Units Horizontal Units 

DT••–T68M•••••V(F)• 

DT••–B61M•••••V(F)• 

DT••–B62M•••••V(F)• 

DT••–B65M•••••V(F)• 

Note! The diagrams show the nominal values at 20˚ C 

C-56 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


DT••–T68M•••••H• 

DT••–B61M•••••H• 

DT••–B62M•••••H• 

DT••–B65M•••••H• 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Dimensions 

14 

10 

80 

D 

34 

25 

C 

80 

51 

Motor Positions 

21 

149 

R70 

R51 

8,5 +0,5 

0 

A--A 

E F 

Deflection of Profile 

End of Stroke 

+ 

– 

+ 

– 

– 

+ 

Lf 

F 

The end of stroke is indicated by the arrows on the 

profile. The motor power must be turned off before the 

carriage reach the end of stroke and collides with the 

end plates. If a control with ELS (Electronic Limit 

Switches) is used, which can detect the end of stroke 

by the increased motor current and immediately turn 

the power off, the carriage may run into the ends. 

Electrical Connections 

brown 

blue 

82 

B 

A 

* 

Model "A" "B" 

DT••–B65M•••••V• 52,5 97,0 

DT••–B62M•••••V• 52,5 120,0 

DT••–B61M•••••V• 52,5 120,0 

DT••–T68M•••••V• 50,0 88,0 

DT••–B65M•••••F• 52,5 126 

DT••–B62M•••••F• 52,5 144,0 

With motor enclosure Without motor enclosure 





+ 

– 

red 

green 

2000 

1500 

1000 

LoadMaster 80 Dimensions 

Load [N] 

500 

0 

900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 

Max. Lf [mm] 

M 

Model "A" "B" 

DT••–B61M•••••F• 52,5 144,0 

DT••–T68M•••••F• 50,0 92,0 

DT••–B65M•••••H• 79,0 77,0 

DT••–B62M•••••H• 102,0 77,0 

DT••–B61M•••••H• 102,0 77,0 

DT••–T68M•••••H• 55,0 76,0 

Max. stroke 

C-57

LoadMaster 80 Ordering 

Ordering Key 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Example: D T 12 – B61 M 080 A C V X 

Motor type 

dc motor D 

Actuator type and size 

LoadMaster 80 T 

Supply voltage 

12 Vdc 

24 Vdc 

12 

24 

Hyphen – 

Screw type / diameter / lead 

trapezoidal / 16 mm / 8 mm 

ball screw / 16 mm / 10 mm 

ball screw / 16 mm / 20 mm 

ball screw / 15,88 mm / 5,08 mm 

T68 

B61 

B62 

B65 

Metric Stroke M 

Stroke 

50 cm 

60 cm 

70 cm 

80 cm 

90 cm 

100 cm 

110 cm 

120 cm 

130 cm 

140 cm 

150 cm 

Stroke 

0˚ 

60˚ 

120˚ 

180˚ 

240˚ 

300˚ 

Motor Enclosure 

with enclosure 

without enclosure 

Mounting position 

vertical with motor down 

vertical with motor down + spline safety function 

horizontal 

Options 

no option 

handwind 

Accessories 

Slot mounting kit p/n D680 507 

C-58 

M8 

050 

060 

070 

080 

090 

100 

110 

120 

130 

140 

150 

AC150 control box with ELS and hand pendant 

AC150 can be used to all LoadMaster 80 models. The built in ELS (Electronic Limit Switches) stops the 

motor if the current is too high. The motor rotation direction is controlled by the hand held pendant. 

Choose control with one or two motor outputs. Versions with 115 VAC supply available upon request. 

• AC150, supply 230 VAC, one 24 VDC motor output, p/n DF24-1F 

• AC150, supply 230 VAC, two 24 VDC motor outputs, p/n DF24-F 




A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

C 

U 

V 

F 

H 

X 

H 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Typical motor/control packages for the different rodless actuators are listed below. 

Contact Application Engineering with your load and speed data for assistance in selecting a motor/drive package. 

Telephone (704) 588-5693, fax (704) 588-5695, e-mail sales2@danahermotion.com 

* 

Motor Reference/Control Options 

Rodless Motor/ 

Actuator Model Drive Type Motor Brand Motor Type Control Brand Control Type Package 

TP05 Stepper Superior KML/KMT Superior SS2000D6i EMP-D6i 


TG06B, TG06K, TF06B, TF06K Stepper Superior KML/KMT Superior SS2000D6i EMP-D6i 


TG07B, TG07K, TF07B, TF07K DC SECO MO series SECO Q7042-7 Q7042-7 

AC SECO MVM series SECO SL3000 SL3000 

Stepper Superior KML/KMT Superior SS2000D6i EMP-D6i 

Value Servo Superior NEMA 34, 42 Superior B8961 EMP-B8961 

Intelligent Servo SECO MVM series Superior FX4000 FX4000 

TG10B, TG10K DC SECO MO series SECO Q7042-7 Q7042-7 





TF10B, TF10K DC SECO MO series SECO Q7042-7 Q7042-7 





LoadMaster 81 Provided with standard motor/drive package per catalog description 

Turbo Module Stepper Superior KML/KMT Superior SS2000D6i EMP-D6i 



Note: Intelligent Servo solution for smaller Rapidtraks are available - consult factory. Products above must be ordered with a related actuator. For spare parts availability, consult factory. 

Control options for Rodless Actuators 

Stepper Motor driven 

The SS2000D6i “WarpDrive” is a complete, packaged, micro-stepping drive/control that provides a user-friendly system. 


Motor output – 1-6 amps max, adjustable 

Inputs – 8 programmable, isolated, 8 programmable, non-isolated (or BCD), Analog 0-10V 

Encoder input 

Outputs – 4 programmable, isolated, 4 programmable, non-isolated 


Options – XWC external wiring card, programming cables. 

Servo Motor driven 

The B8961 is a value oriented integrated servo amplifier, controller, and power supply with optional keypad front panel that allows programming without the use of a 

laptop computer, and functions as an operator interface/readout. Provides maximum performance for velocity, position, or force control applications. 


Motor output – 5 amps continuous, 10 amps peak 

System resolution – 8000 counts/motor revolution 

Inputs – 8 programmable, limits, home (optional analog input) 

Outputs – 8 programmable (optional analog output) 

Additional I/O – accepts up to 8 OPTO22 modules on-board 


Options – OPTO22 modules, fan kit, expansion memory – 30k, regen module, wiring card, programming cables. 

The FX4000 Fusion is an intelligent servo package which uses an easily available vector duty AC induction motor with encoder. NEMA 4/12. 

Power requirement – 460 VAC, 50/60 Hz. 

Motor output – 0-460 VAC 

Performance – Position control, 50Hz bandwidth, Velocity control 100Hz bandwidth, Torque control, 300Hz bandwidth (DCR control) 

Inputs – 3 analog, 12 bit, 12 digital 

Outputs – 2 analog, 12 bit, 3 relay, 6 digital 

Local Operators – Programmable keypad 

Variable speed range – 1000:1 

DC Motor driven 

The Q7042 is designed for positioning applications requiring simple linear extend and retract motion with variable speed. Linear move profiles are based on input activation. 

NEMA 4/12. 

Power requirement – 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. 

Motor output – 0-90 VDC/0-180 VDC @ 10 amps max, permanent magnet only 

Inputs – Start/Stop, EXT, RET, 4 limit switches, Run/Jog, Local/Remote, Motor thermostat 

Outputs – 90 VDC brake output, 0-3.9 VDC meter output 





C-59

Worksheet 

NOTES: 

C-60 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

* 

Industrial Linear Actuators 





D-1

Overview 

D-2 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Thomson Electrak and Performance Pak Industrial 

Linear Actuators 

Danaher Motion pioneered the development of Thomson ball screw actuators for NC machine 

tools and jet aircraft landing gears, wing flap control, wing sweeps, thrust reversers….all the 

way to the docking platform and manipulator arm on the space shuttle. 

The first generation of general purpose actuators were developed for remote push button 

control of accessory drives on garden tractors and automated farm equipment. 

The Industrial Actuators presented in this catalog represent proven design concepts that you’ll 

find in the entire Electrak and PPA series. From light load E-050s to the high performance 

Electrak 205, capable of handling loads in excess of 1000 lbs, and 10 times the life of other 

available actuators. 

We have brought together the combined offering of the clevis to clevis mount Electrak series, 

and the trunnion mount PPA units, to represent the most versatile selection of industrial 

actuators available. 

Thomson Industrial Actuators….rugged, reliable remote linear motion control with the 

push of a button. 

Features and Benefits: 

Easy Wiring 

Control leads are safely and easily wired. See specific model descriptions for details. 

Compact Design 

An Electrak actuator with a four inch stroke length can produce 1500* pounds of force from 

a 12" package. Electrak 1 series actuators fit small areas with package lengths as short as 

six inches. 

Maintenance-free 

Since all adjustments and lubrication are made during assembly, no maintenance is required 

or recommended. Consistent, repeatable performance is provided for the entire lifetime of 

the actuator. 

Bidirectional 

Electrak and PPA actuators can push and pull loads ranging from one pound to 3/4* of a ton, 

and can extend up to 36 inches. With MCS-2000 series controls, you can create the actuator 

control system to meet your particular motion control requirements.. 

Rugged and reliable 

Electrak actuators incorporate strong, high quality components to assure trouble-free service. 

Rugged spur gearing, aircraft quality lubricants and high performance motors provide the 

maximum life and value for the user. Gasketed and sealed throughout for maximum 

protection. Stainless steel or aluminum extension tubes prevent corrosion. Cover tube 

stiffeners increase load support. Thermal overload switch protects motors. 

Versatile 

Motors used on Electrak and PPA actuators utilize thermal switches in their windings to shut 

the actuator off in case of overheating. Reset is automatic after the motor has cooled. 

A standard overload clutch automatically ratchets if the load is too great or at the end of a 

stroke. Again, reset is automatic upon load reduction or direction reversal. With their compact 

size, Electrak actuators can be located in confined areas, yet will move loads from 25 to 1500* 

pounds. Linear actuators will hold their loads with no power draw. Stroke lengths of 1 to 36 

inches are available and speeds are as high as two inches per second. Weatherproofing makes 

these actuators ideal for use on outdoor equipment. Actuators are easy to apply and easy to 

install and offer advantages over mechanical and hydraulic systems in many linear motion 

applications. They are self-contained, rugged, and durable, making them ideal for almost any 

lift, push, or pull application. 

Easy Installation 

Actuators are quickly and easily mounted by several methods and require only 2 wires 

for operation. 

* Consult applications for loads above 1000 lb. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Industrial Linear Actuator Applications 

Industrial Linear Actuators provide a wide range of applications... 

Transmission shift 

Actuators provide “shift by wire” instead of 

cumbersome mechanical linkages, binding cables 

or messy hydraulics. Feedback, built into the 

actuator, can be used to make multiple step points 

or shift positions. 

Automatic operation of dispensing values are easily accomplished 

with reliable, repeatable, electro-mechanical linear actuators. 

Sprayer booms and heads 

The load limiting clutch prevents damage to the actuator or equipment when extending or 

retracting the spray booms. Sprayer nozzles can be precisely positioned. 

* 

Floor Sweeper/Scrubber 

Electrak actuators apply the downforce on the 

squeegee to pick up the water during cleaning. 





Barrier and Swing gates 

Electrak self-contained, weatherproof 

actuators improve the 

reliability of various gate styles 

by replacing complex operating 

mechanisms. No separate motor, 

gearbox, belt, limit switches, 

belts or chains to slip or break. 

Overview 

Adjusting 

A single PPA actuator coupled with linkages will 

accommodate all the requires positions of a 

motorized hospital bed. 

Positioning 

The PPA actuator combines all-weather 

design and dependability for trouble-free 

actuation of residential and commercial 

satellite dishes. 

D-3



D-4 

Electrak 

E050/Q050 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Electrak E150 Electrak 1 

Electrak 2 

Electrak 5 

Input 12, 24, 36 VDC, 12VDC 12VDC 12VDC 12 VDC 115VAC 

Voltage 12, 24 VDC 115 VAC 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC 230VAC 

Load 25, 110, 25 25 25 500 

Capacity (lbs.) 50, 112 225, 450 75 75 75 250 1000, 1500* 

Stroke Length 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 4, 8, 12 4, 8, 12, 

(inches) 2, 4, 6, 8 10, 12, 14, 16 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 18*, 24* 18, 24 

Type of Acme Acme Acme Acme Acme Acme Ball 

Lead Screw screw screw screw screw screw screw screw 

Duty Cycle at Full Load 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 

Load Limiting Clutch Yes No No No No Yes Yes 

Limit Fixed end of Optional adjustable Only with 

Switches Stroke Standard end of stroke Fixed MCS-2007 control Fixed No No 

Feedback Optional Potentiometer Optional Potentiometer No Potentiometer No No No 

Motor Overload Protection Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 

Restraining None - None - 

Torque (max) internally restrained internally restrained 20 lb. in. 20 lb.in. 20 lb.in 100 lb. in. 100 lb. in. 

Environment IP56 IP56 Washdown Washdown Washdown Washdown Oily, damp, dirty 

96 hour 96 hour 96 hour 96 hour Outdoors with drip 

salt spray salt spray salt spray salt spray shield over motor & 

proper grounding 

& ground fault 

protection 

Standard Control DE14-1E DF14-1F MCS-2005 (115VAC) MCS-2007 (115VAC) MCS-2005 (115VAC) 6932-101-054 MCS-2041 (115VAC) 

- controls 1 actuator - controls 1 actuator MCS-2006 (230VAC) MCS-2008 (230VAC) MCS-2006 (230VAC) MCS-2042 (230VAC) 

Optional Control(s) DE14-2E DF14-2F MCS-2015 Relay Supplied 

- controls 2 actuators - controls 2 actuators MCS-2025 by Customer 

Catalog Page D-8 D-12 D-14 D-14 D-14 D-18 D-20 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Electrak 10 

Electrak 100 

* 


12VDC 115VAC 12,24,36,90 VDC 110,220 VAC Dependant on motor/ Dependant on motor/ 12, 24VDC 

24VDC 24VDC 230VAC control selected control selected 115, 230VAC 

500 500 500 750 500 

1000, 1500* 1000, 1500* 1000, 1500* 1500 1500 2250 9000 1000 

4, 8, 12, 4, 8, 12, 4, 8, 12 4, 8, 12 4, 8, 12 

18*, 24* 18, 24 18, 24 18, 24, 36 18, 24, 36 59 78 4,8,12,18,24 

Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Ball Acme or Ball 

screw screw screw screw screw screw screw screw 

25% 25% 25% 30% 30% 100% 100% 25% 

Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes 

No Adjustable Adjustable Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional 

No Potentiometer Potentiometer Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional 

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes 

100 lb. in. 100 lb. in. 100 lb. in. 100 lb. in. 100 lb. in. N/A N/A N/A 

Washdown Washdown Oily, damp, dirty. 

96 hour 96 hour Outdoors with drip 

salt spray _ _ salt spray shield over motor 

& proper grounding _ _ Indoor 

& ground fault 

protection 

MCS-2025 MCS-2035 MCS-2051 (115VAC) P/N 7820406 

MCS-2052 (230VAC) 110VAC in 90 VDC out 

Variable Speed DF14-1F 

for 90 VDC Units _ _ _ MCS-2015 

Only MCS-2041 

MCS-2015 MCS-2015MCS-20 

Electrak 205 

Performance Pak 

Actuators (DC) 

Performance Pak 

Actuators (AC) 

D-22 D-24 D-26 D-30 D-35 D-41 D-42 D-43 





Special Purpose Actuators 

T-90 T-130 MovoAct 

D-5


Industrial Linear Actuators Application Analysis Worksheet 

For selection assistance, fax to your local Danaher Motion distributor or Danaher Motion at 1-800-445-0329. 

D-6 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Date ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Company ________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Address _________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

City ______________________________________________ State_________________________ ZipCode _________________ 

Name __________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Title _________________________ Phone (___) __________________ 

Fax (___) ______________________ 

Basic Application 

Load _________ lbs. 

Side Load _________ lbs. 

Speed _________ inches per second 

Duty Cycle _________ % of time running versus time still 

Stroke length _________ inches 

Life _________ inches or cycles 

Environmental � Clean � Damp � Oil splash � Outdoors 

Power available _________ VAC 

_________ VDC 

Quantity _________ 

Please use the worksheet to the right for drawings and additional information.. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


NOTES: 

* 





Worksheet 

D-7

Electrak E050 

Compact, low cost plastic housing 

The Electrak E050 actuator is the new compact, quiet, low priced actuator 

suitable for a variety of markets and applications. This feature packed 

actuator has a very short retracted length for applications where space is 

a premium: 

• It is designed to be quiet for medical or office applications. 

• It has built in limit switches for end of stroke protection and a clutch for 

mid stroke protection. 

• The colors are molded into the plastic to both eliminate the need for paint 

and touchup of scratches. 

• The actuator has a breather tube in the wiring harness to allow the 

actuator to operate without drawing water through the seals on the 

cover tube. 

• It is available with a control and pendant for one or two actuators. 

The entire actuator has been designed for ease of installation, light weight, 

quiet operation, no maintenance and low cost. 

Dimensions 

D-8 

Stroke AA 

Length AA with potentiometer 

2" (50) 5.5 (140) 6.75 (172) 

4" (100) 7.5 (191) 8.75 (222) 

6" (150) 9.5 (242) 10.75 (273) 

8" (200) 11.5 (292) 

Dimensions are for standard units 

Crossholes shown standard 

M3 mount = 90˚ rotated 

Controls 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


12 and 24 VDC 

30, 60, 112 lb. load capacities 

Features 


• Low cost 


• IP-56 rated for outdoor use 

• Durable, lightweight, corrosion resistant 

plastic housing 

• Available DC voltages: 12 or 24 

• Estimated life at rated load is 40,000 

cycles minimum 

Typical applications 

• Raising and lowering leg supports on 

powered wheelchairs 

• Boat seat back adjustment 

• Squeegee lift on floor cleaner 

• Throttle control on salt spreader 

• Positioning/hiding stereo speakers in autos 

• Air valves/damper controls 

• Special effects on commercial video games 

• Jet ski trim actuator 

DE14 series actuator controls operate Thomson E050 actuators. 

Available with one or two 24 VDC outputs, the DE14 has 

a handset to manually control bi-directional motion on each of its 

control outputs independently. For details see page D-47. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



* 

Electrak E050 

DE12-17W41-XX DE12-17W42-XX DE12-17W44-XX 

Dynamic load 112 lbs. max. 60 lbs. max. 30 lbs. max. 

Static Load 224 lbs. max. 120 lbs. max. 60 lbs. max. 

Speed .48"/sec @ no load .95"/sec @ no load 1.9"/sec @ no load 

.37"/sec @ 112 lbs. .72"/sec @ 60 lbs. 1.45"/sec @ 30 lbs. 

End play 0.060" max less clevis 0.060" max less clevis 0.060" max less clevis 

Restraining torque Restrained internally 

Input voltage 12 or 24 VDC 

Amperage (12 VDC) 3.8 amp max. at rated dynamic load 

End of stroke Fixed limit switches 

Mid stroke protection Load limiting clutch 

Thermal protection Internal motor breaker 

Lead wires 18 AWG PVC 800 

Connectors Packard Electric Pack-Con 

Power switch Optional DPDT 

Temperature -30˚ to +180˚ F (-34˚ to 82˚ C) 

Environment 12 or 24 VDC 

Duty cycle 25% @ rated load and @ 70˚ F 

Anti-rotation Tube can rotate max. of 7˚ 

Performance Curves 

DE 12 Motor Curve 

Input voltage: 10-16 volts 

Nominal performance at 12 

VDC and 70°F (21°C) 

Amperage: 3.8 amps max. at 

rated dynamic load and 70°F 

(21°C) ambient 

DE 24 Motor Curve 

Input voltage: 20–28 volts 

Nominal performance at 24 

VDC and 70°F (21°C) 




How To Order 

Motor Type: D = DC 

Actuator Type: E = E050 

Motor Voltage: 12 or 24 

– =OEM Version; D=Distributor Version 

Gear Ratio: 17:1 

Screw Type: W = Worm 

Screw Diameter: (tenths of an inch) 

Screw Lead: (tenths of an inch) 1,2,4 

Stroke Length: Inches 

DEXX-17W41 DEXX-17W42 DEXX-17W44 

DEXX-17W4X-XXXXXXX 





Other Options: N = None, W = White Housing 

Front Mounting: H = Crosshole 

Rear Mounting: H = Crossholes are shown above, 

M = M3, rotated 90° 

Feedback: N = None, P = Potentiometer 

Limit Switches: F = Fixed Limits 

Example: DE12-17W41-04FNHHN 

D-9

Electrak Q050 

Trouble-free, 

reliable motion control 

The Electrak Q050 actuator is the new compact, ultra-quiet low priced 

actuator specifically designed for office, healthcare or consumer applications. 

This feature-packed actuator can be ordered with a hand held pendant 

control to make installation and operation plug and play. 

• Designed to be quiet for medical or office applications. 

• Built in limit switches for end of stroke protection. 

• Built in overload clutch for mid-stroke stall protection. 

• Short retracted length for applications where space is a premium. 

• Color molded into the plastic housing to eliminate the need for paint and 

for touch up of scratches. 

• Available with control and hand held pendant for one or two actuators. 

The entire actuator and control has been designed for ease of installation, 

quiet operation, no maintenance and low cost. 

Dimensions 

Stroke Length “AA” “AA” With Potentiometer 

2" 5.5 6.75 

4" 7.5 8.75 

6" 9.5 10.75 

8" 11.5 – 

Dimensions are for standard units. 

Crossholes shown std. 

M3 mount=90˚ rotated 

D-10 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


12 and 24 VDC 


Features 


• Low cost 


• IP-51 rating standard 

• Durable, lightweight, corrosion resistant plastic housing 

• Available for 12 or 24 VDC input 

• Estimated life at rated load is 40,000 cycles minimum 

• Optional IP-56 sealing 

Controls 

DE14 series actuator controls operate Thomson Q050 actuators. 

Available with one or two 24 VDC outputs, the DE14 has a handset 

to manually control bi-directional motion on each of its control 

outputs independently. See page D-47. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



* 

Electrak Q050 

DE12Q17W41-XX DE12Q17W42-XX DE12Q17W44-XX 



Speed .36"/sec @ no load .70"/sec @ no load 1.5"/sec @ no load 




Input voltage 12 or 24 VDC 

Amperage (12 VDC) 2.5 amp max. at rated dynamic load 

End of stroke Fixed limit switches 

Mid stroke protection Load limiting clutch 






Environment IP-51 standard 

Duty cycle 25% @ rated load and @ 70˚ F 



DE12Q Motor Curve 


Nominal performance at 

12 VDC and 70°F (21°C) 


rated dynamic load and 70°F (21°C) 

ambient 

DE24Q Motor Curve 



24 VDC and 70°F (21°C) 


rated dynamic load and 70°F (21°C) 

ambient 

How To Order 


Actuator Type: E = 050 

Motor Voltage: 12 or 24 

Version: Q = Q050 



Screw Diameter (tenths of an inch) 

Screw Lead (tenths of an inch) 1,2,4 

DEXXQ17W41 DEXXQ17W42 DEXXQ17W44 

DEXXQ17W4X-XXXXXXW 





Customer Special** 

and Drawing Ref. No. 

**If actuator is a customer special then 

the 15th and 16th characters are 

always numeric (drawing ref.) instead 

of alpha. The last 2 characters are 

alpha for customer identification. 

Example: DE12Q17W41-04FNHHW 

Other Options: N = None, W = White Housing 

Front Mtg.: H = Crosshole 

Rear Mtg.: H = Crossholes are shown above, 

M3 = Rotated 90° 


Limit Switches: F = Fixed Limits 


D-11

Electrak E150 

Compact, low cost plastic housing 

The Electrak 150 is the first of a new series of low priced, quiet actuators 

with different load and speed ranges. 

There are a number of design features that make this actuator different. The 

optional limit switches are designed to operate with fewer parts. The plastic 

cover is designed to be recyclable. The actuator has a breather tube in the 

wiring harness to allow the actuator to operate without drawing water 

through the seals on the cover tube. The colors are molded into the plastic to 

both eliminate the need for paint and touchup of scratches. The anodized 

aluminum cover tube is corrosion resistant and also hides scratches. The 

extension tube is stainless steel and the front and rear adapters are zinc die 

castings for corrosion resistance. All of the thrust is resolved through the 

screw with the plastic housing providing environmental protection but 

carrying no load. The entire actuator has been created for ease of installation, 

quiet operation, no maintenance, light weight, and low cost. 

Dimensions 

Dimensions are for standard units. 

D-12 

Controls 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


12 and 24 VDC 


Features 

• Low cost 


• Optional adjustable limit switches 

• IP-56 rated for outdoor use 

• Durable, lightweight, plastic housing 

• Available DC voltages: 12 or 24 

• Estimated life at rated load is 40,000 cycles minimum 


• Automatic security gate positioning 

• Raise/lower the deck on riding mowers 

• Position ladders, vents, discharge chutes on combines 

• Tilt/recline on powered wheelchairs 

• Position ergonomic tables, chairs 

• Position diverters on conveyors 

• Position jigs in flexible assembly operations 

DF14 controls operate one or two Electrak 150 actuators. Available 

with one or two 24 VDC outputs with a handset to manually control 

bi-directional motion on each of the control outputs. Each actuator 

can be operated independently and sequentially but not simultaneously. 

It has quick disconnect sockets for the handset, cable adapters 

for 5, 10 and 15 foot lengths to connect to each actuator. 

See page D-47. 

AA 

Stroke Mechanical retracted length Electrical Pot and Wt. 

Length No Feedback (NN) Pot only Limit Limit lbs. 

10W51 10W52 (NP) Switches Switches 

10W54 (LN) (LP) 

1" 7.51 (191) 7.56 (192) 8.51 (216) 9.01 (229) 9.01 (229) 4.79 

2" 8.51 (216) 8.56 (217) 9.51 (244) 10.01 (254) 10.01 (254) 4.89 

4" 10.51 (267) 10.56 (268) 11.51 (292) 12.01 (305) 12.01 (305) 5.18 

6" 12.51 (318) 12.56 (319) 13.51 (343) 14.01 (356) 14.01 (356) 5.46 

8" 14.51 (369) 14.56 (370) 15.51 (394) 16.01 (407) 16.01 (407) 5.75 

10" 16.51 (419) 16.56 (421) 17.51 (445) 18.01 (458) 18.01 (458) 6.03 

12" 18.51 (470) 18.56 (471) 19.51 (496) 20.01 (508) 20.01 (508) 6.32 

14" 20.51 (521) 20.56 (522) 21.51 (546) 22.01 (559) 22.01 (559) 6.60 

16" 22.51 (572) 22.56 (573) N/A 24.01 (610) N/A 6.88 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



* 

Electrak E150 

DF12-10W51-XXX DF12-10W52-XXX DF12-10W54-XX 



Speed .75"/sec @ no load 1.40"/sec @ no load 2.8"/sec @ no load 




Input voltage 12, 24 VDC (36 VDC*, 115 VAC*) 

Amperage (12 VDC) 2.5-13 (50 amp @ stall) 

End of stroke Stall, optional limit switches 






Environment IP-56 outdoor use 

Duty cycle 25% @ 70˚ F 


* consult customer service 


DF 12 Motor Curve 



12 VDC and 70°F (21°C) 

Amperage: 13 amps max. at 



Max. amp draw at stall: 

50 amps 

DF 24 Motor Curve 



24 VDC and 70°F (21°C) 




Max. amp draw at stall: 

25 amps 

How To Order 


Actuator Type: F = E150 

Motor Voltage: 12, 24, 36 



Screw Diameter: (tenths of an inch) 

Screw Lead: (tenths of an inch) 1,2,4 


DFXX-10W51 DFXX-10W52 DFXX-10W54 

DFXX-10W5X-XXXXXXX 





Other Options: N = None 

Front Mounting: H = Crosshole 

Rear Mounting: H = Crossholes are shown above, 

M = Both front and rear rotated 90° 


Limit Switches: L = Limits, N = None 

Example: DF12-10W51-04LNHHN 

D-13

Electrak 1 

Compact, light duty DC actuators 

Completely self-contained and sealed for indoor and outdoor use, Electrak 1 

actuators fit into small areas without sacrificing power or reliability. The 

load/ length configurations available cover a diverse range of intermittent 

duty applications. 

Functionally, Electrak 1 actuators are easily interchanged with comparable 

size hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders used on intermittent duty applications. 

The actuator provides consistent, repeatable performance, even for 

applications with rigorous operating conditions including extreme 

temperatures, high humidity, and power input variations. Added advantages 

include no need for adjustment or maintenance due to wear. Electrak 1 

actuators are designed for intermittent duty applications requiring lifting, 

positioning, sorting, opening, clamping and adjusting. 

Electrak 1 actuators are available in 2 load ranges, each range offering 

stroke lengths of 2, 4, or 6 inches. All models feature 12 or 24 VDC input 

with a plug-in connector and clevis style mounting for easy installation. 

Dimensions 

D-14 

Electrak 1 model 

with limit switches 

Electrak 1 model with 

feedback potentiometer 


• Light load and duty applications 

• Short distance operations 

• Low cost installations 

• Space limitations 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


12 and 24 VDC 

25 and 75 lb. load capacities 

Features 

• Acme screw drive delivers as much as 75 pounds of force at a 

minimum extension speed of .6 in./sec. 

• Aluminum/zinc alloy housing resists corrosion and provides 

protection from dirt, dust and humidity. Operates in temperatures 

from -15° to 150°F 

• Clevis style mounting 

• 2, 4, or 6 inch stroke lengths standard 

• Completely self-contained in a compact housing – 6 inches of 

travel from a 10 inch package 

• Internal limit switches automatically shut-off unit at the end of 

stroke or feedback potentiometer provides position signal 

• Thermal overload protection in motor 

Controls 

The MCS-2005 is specifically designed for use with the Electrak 1 

(24 VDC) actuator and the MCS-2007 for the Electrak 1 actuator 

with feedback. This actuator can also be operated with the 

MCS-2015 or MCS-2025 control. See page D-47. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Input 12 VDC and 24 VDC 

Load capacities 25 or 75 lbs. max. 

Stroke lengths 2, 4 or 6 inches 

Current draw 3.0 amps maximum at 24 VDC at rated load 

5.0 amps maximum at 12 VDC at rated load 

Duty cycle Intermittent, 25% “on time” at rated load per cycle (77° F) 

Motor protection Automatic reset thermal overload 

Limit switches Internal limit switches shutoff on either end of stroke 

Thermal Protection Automatic resetting thermal breaker enclosed in motor housing 

Temperature range -15° F to 150° F 

Drive Acme screw 

Connector Supplied 

Mounting Clevis mounting only 

Restraining Torque Actuator is internally restrained. Extension tube is keyed to cover tube 

Static Load 300 lbs. for all strokes 

Model Numbers – use when ordering 


How To Order 

S = Electrak 1 DC actuator with limit switches 

SP = Electrak 1 DC actuator with potentiometer 

12 = 12 VDC 

24 = 24 VDC 

09A84 = 25 lb. rating 


Stroke length in inches 

* 

S 12–17A8–02 





Electrak 1 

With fixed limit switches With potentiometer 

Stroke Load Capacity A B Load Capacity A B Weight 

Length Voltage 25 lbs. 75 lbs. ±.020 (.51) ±.065 (1.65) 25 lbs. 75 lbs. ±.065 (1.65) ±.120 (3.05) lbs. 

2 12 VDC S12-09A4-02 S12-17A8-02 1.82 6.30 SP12-09A4-02 SP12-17A8-02 2.31 7.79 1.25 

24 VDC S24-09A4-02 S24-17A8-02 (46.23) (159.89) SP24-09A4-02 SP24-17A8-02 (58.67) (197.87) 1.25 





Note: Feedback rate is based on a full range of 4800 ohms, ie: 2" stroke = 2400 ohms per inch, 4" stroke = 1200 ohms per inch, 6" stroke = 800 ohms per inch. 

D-15

Electrak 1 Long Life 

Extended life, compact DC actuators 

This is a long life version of the Electrak 1 actuator with fixed mechanical 

limit switches and an 80,000+ cycle capacity – more than double the life of 

the standard Electrak 1 actuator. The limit switches control the power to the 

motor directly to stop the actuator at the end of stroke and do not require 

power switching relays. 

The performance of the actuator is identical to the standard Electrak 1. It is 

completely self-contained and sealed for indoor and outdoor use and fits 

into small areas without sacrificing power or reliability. The load/length 

configurations available cover a diverse range of intermittent duty applications 

requiring lifting, positioning, sorting, opening, clamping and adjusting. 

Physically the only difference is the long life unit is 0.68" taller to accommodate 

the fixed limit switches. The long life actuator is available in 12 or 24 

VDC version, 25 and 75 lb. load ranges, and with 2, 4 and 6 inch stroke 

lengths. 24 volt versions are compatible with the MCS 2005 and 2006 

Electrak controls. 

Dimensions 

D-16 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


12 and 24 VDC 

25 and 75 lb. load capacities 

Features 

• Fixed mechanical limit switches 

• 2, 4 and 6 inch stroke lengths 

• Completely self-contained in a compact housing – 6 inches of 

travel from a 10 inch package 

• Acme screw drive delivers as much as 75 pounds of force at a 

minimum extension speed of .6 in./sec. 

• Aluminum/zinc alloy housing resists corrosion and provides 

protection from dirt, dust and humidity. Operates in temperatures 

from -15° to 150°F. 

• Clevis style mounting 


Typical Applications 

Applications that require frequent cycling 

• Sweepers, scrubbers 

• Mobile off highway equipment 

• Agricultural and industrial machinery 

Control 




24 VDC actuators are compatible with MCS-2005 and MCS-2006 

control. See page D-47. 

*



How To Order 

* 





Electrak 1 Long Life 

Input 12 VDC and 24 VDC 

Load capacities 25 or 75 lbs. max. 

Stroke lengths 2, 4 or 6 inches 

Current draw 3.0 amps maximum at 24 VDC at rated load 

5.0 amps maximum at 12 VDC at rated load 

Duty cycle Intermittent, 25% “on time” at rated load per cycle (77° F) 

Motor protection Automatic reset thermal overload 

Limit switches Internal limit switches shutoff on either end of stroke 

Thermal Protection Automatic resetting thermal breaker enclosed in motor housing 



Connector Supplied 


Restraining Torque Actuator is internally restrained. Extension tube is keyed to cover tube 



Stroke 25 lb. Capacity 75 lb. Capacity Weight 

Length 12 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC A B lbs. 

2 SL12-09A4-02 SL24-09A4-02 SL12-17A8-02 SL24-17A8-02 1.900 (48.26) 6.34 (161.04) 1.70 

4 SL12-09A4-04 SL24-09A4-04 SL12-17A8-04 SL24-17A8-04 3.900 (99.06) 8.34 (211.84) 1.90 

6 SL12-09A4-06 SL24-09A4-06 SL12-17A8-06 SL24-17A8-06 5.900 (149.86) 10.34 (262.67) 2.10 

SL = Electrak 1 DC actuator with 

long life limit switches 

12 = 12 VDC 

24 = 24 VDC 




SL 12–17A8–02 

D-17

Electrak 2 

Economic, general purpose DC actuator 

The Electrak 2 linear actuator is an economical model designed for relatively 

light load applications. It incorporates most of the features found in higher 

priced models, but utilizes a heavy duty acme screw drive system. 

The Acme screw is self-locking and therefore does not need a brake to 

prevent backdriving the load. 

A built in overload clutch slips when the factory-set load limit is exceeded. 

The 12 VDC motor is weather-protected and ideally suited for battery 

powered applications such as custom vans, garden tractors, or emergency 

power supplies. The motor also has built in thermal switches which prevent 

the motor from overheating due to too high a duty cycle. 

Dimensions 

D-18 


Features 

• 250 lb. load capacity 

• 4, 8, or 12 inch stroke models 

• 12 VDC operation 

• Steel spur gears in drive system 

• Maintenance free operation 

• Clevis mounting 

• Stainless steel extension tube 

• Self-locking acme screw drive system 


• 25% duty cycle 

• Two speed ranges available 


• Medium load and duty cycle 

• Battery powered applications 

Control 




Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


12 VDC 

250 lb. load capacities 

6932-101-054 

Remote switch in enclosure is suitable for operating 

Electrak 1, 2, 5, 10, and 100 actuators. See page D-47. 

*


Input 12 VDC 

Load capacities 250 lbs. 

Stroke lengths 4, 8 or 12 inches (also 18 and 24 inches)* 

Current draw 20 amps maximum for high speed model, 

11 amps maximum for standard model 

Duty cycle 25% “on time” at rated load and 77° F 

Motor protection Automatic reset, thermal overload 

Overload Protection Ball detent overload clutch 



Lead Wires 14 gauge 

Connector Packard series 56 (included) 


End Play .080 maximum 

Static Load 1000 lbs. for all models 

Wiring Diagram See page D-59 

*Consult customer service 

Model Numbers (use when ordering) 


How To Order 

D = DC actuator 

12 = voltage 

20 = gear ratio 

A = acme screw 

5 = screw lead 1/5” or .200 


Distributor model 

D 12–20 A 5–04 D 

* 





Electrak 2 

Stroke* 250 lb. Load Capacity Weight 

Length Voltage Standard High-speed A B lbs. 

4 12 VDC D12-20A5-04D D12-10A5-04D 4.00 (101.60) 10.32 (262.13) 10.00 

8 12 VDC D12-20A5-08D D12-10A5-08D 8.00 (203.20) 14.32 (363.73) 10.72 

12 12 VDC D12-20A5-12D D12-10A5-12D 12.00 (304.80) 18.32 (465.33) 11.44 

* For longer stroke lengths – contact the factory. 

D-19

General purpose AC actuator 

The Electrak 5 is designed for intermittent duty applications and provides 

maximum thrust of 500 pounds. or 1000 pounds. Since it is powered by 115 

VAC or 230 VAC, the Electrak 5 actuator can be easily wired and can be 

controlled by a simple pushbutton switch or relay for remote control of 

hard-to-reach operations such as opening or closing an overhead window. 

Consisting of an AC motor, gear train and ball bearing screw drive system, 

Electrak 5 actuators feature quality construction with a stainless steel 

extension tube and slip clutch to protect the unit from overloading. 

Rated for 25% duty cycle for in-plant applications, the Electrak 5 must be 

clevis mounted. Standard lengths include 4, 8, 12, 18 and 24" strokes. A 

capacitor is not included with the actuator. 

Control 

Electrak 5 

The MCS-2041 and MCS-2042 controls were designed specifically to operate 

the Electrak 5 actuators. The capacitor is prewired to the terminal strip and a 

convenient rocker switch on the cover extends or retracts the actuator. 

See page D-43. 

Dimensions 


D-20 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


115 and 230 VAC 

500, 1000 and 1500 lb. load capacities 

Features 

• 500, 1000 and 1500* lb. load capacity models 

• New stronger housing 

• UL recognized and CSA certified 

• Highly efficient ball bearing screw drive system 

• 4, 8, 12, 18, or 24 inch stroke models 

• Load limiting clutch 

• Metal spur gears 


• Anti-coast motor brake for accurate positioning 

• Heavy duty 115 VAC 60 Hz only or 230 VAC 50/60 Hz single 

phase motor 

• Thermal overload protects actuator in the event of a stall or an 

overload or high duty cycle condition. Resets automatically. 

Note: A capacitor must be ordered when not using the MCS-2041 or 

MCS-2042 controls. 

Note: Maximum life is 50,000 starts and stops assuming that external limit 

switches are used for end of stroke direction instead of ratcheting the clutch. 


• Ergonomic lift tables 

• Conveyor diverter 

• Open and close windows, bins 




*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Input 115 VAC 60 Hz or 230 VAC 50/60 Hz 

Load capacities 500, 1000 or 1500* lbs. maximum 

Stroke lengths 4, 8, 12, 18, or 24 inches 

Current draw 2.85 amps maximum at rated load 115 VAC; 

1.55 amps maximum at rated load 230 VAC 

Duty cycle 25% “on time” at rated load per cycle 77° F (max. on time 45 sec.) 

Motor protection Automatic reset thermal overload in motor windings 



Drive Ball bearing screw 

Housing Zinc 

Cable 18 ga., 5 conductor cable 

Connector Packard series 56 (included) 

Capacitor Included in MCS-2041 or MCS-2042 or must be ordered separately 

Capacitor 115V = 35 MFD 240 VAC Part No. 9200-448-002 

230V = 10 MFD 370 VAC Part No. 9200-448-003 

End Play .040 in. max. 


Restraining Torque 100 lb. in. max. 

Wiring Diagram See page D-59 




How To Order 

A = AC actuator 

12 = 120 volts 

22 = 230 volts 


B = ball screw 

5 = screw lead 1/5” or .200 



A 12–10 B 5 – 04 D 

* 





Electrak 5 

Stroke 500 lb. Capacity 1000 lb. Capacity Weight 

Length 115VAC 230VAC 115VAC 230VAC A B lbs. 

4 A12-05B5-04D A22-05B5-04D A12-10B5-04D A22-10B5-04D 4.00 (101.60) 14.95 (379.73) 14.40 

8 A12-05B5-08D A22-05B5-08D A12-10B5-08D A22-10B5-08D 8.00 (203.20) 18.95 (481.33) 15.24 

12 A12-05B5-12D A22-05B5-12D A12-10B5-12D A22-10B5-12D 12.00 (304.80) 22.95 (582.93) 16.08 

18 A12-05B5-18D A22-05B5-18D A12-10B5-18D A22-10B5-18D 18.00 (457.20) 28.95 (735.33) 17.34 

24 A12-05B5-24D A22-05B5-24D A12-10B5-24D A22-10B5-24D 24.00 (609.60) 34.95 (887.73) 18.60 

Controls MCS-2041 MCS-2042 MCS-2041 MCS-2042 — — — 

*Capacitor 9200-448-002 9200-448-003 9200-448-002 9200-448-003 — — — 

* Capacitor must be ordered when not using the MCS-2041 or MCS-2042 controls. Additional models including end of stroke limit switches are available – contact the factory. 

D-21

Electrak 10 

General purpose DC actuator 

Electrak 10 models incorporate a ball bearing screw drive system for 

applications requiring maximum load capacity. A specially designed 

anti-back driving brake holds tension or compression loads in position when 

the actuator is not in use. This holding brake activates automatically when 

the actuator is turned off and will continue to hold the load in position 

without power consumption, until the actuator is started. 

Design features such as strong alloy housing, reinforced end plugs and 

rugged spur gearing are standard with the Electrak 10 series. 

The Electrak 10 series provides as much as 1500* pounds of force from a 

12" long package. Twelve inches of linear travel is available from an overall 

package length of just 20 inches. 

Dimensions 

D-22 


Features 

• Clevis mounting 

• Protective seal 

• Sturdy steel cover tube 

• Ball bearing screw drive systems 

• Overload clutch 

• 4, 8 or 12" stroke lengths 


• Rugged spur gearing 

• 12 or 24 VDC 

• Lifetime lubrication of gears 

• Thermal overload protection 


• Heavy duty platform lifts 

• Bench clamps 

• Door control 

• Battery powered applications 

Control 




Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


12 and 24 VDC 


The MCS-2025 control provides 24 VDC output power for use with 

the Electrak 10 actuator. Membrane switches, dynamic braking and 

other features make the control and actuator an efficient, reliable 

system. The MCS-2015 control can also be used to operate this 

actuator. See page D-47. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Input 12 or 24 VDC 

Load capacities 500, 1000 or 1500* lbs. maximum, depending on model 

Stroke lengths 4, 8, 12 inches (also 18 and 24 inches)* 

Current draw 7 amps at 24 VDC – 1000 lb. capacity at full load 

14 amps at 12 VDC – 1000 lb. capacity at full load 



Duty cycle 25% “on time” at rated load per cycle (77° F) 

Motor protection Automatic reset thermal overload in motor winding 



Environment protection 96 hour salt spray tested 


Housing Zinc 

Lead wires 14 gauge 

Mounting Clevis Mounting only 

Capacitor Included in MCS-2041 or MCS-2042 or must be ordered separately 

Restraining torque 100 in. lb. 


Static Load 3000 lbs. 

Wiring diagram See page D-59 




How To Order 


12 = 12 volts 

24 = 24 volts 



5 = screw lead 1/5” or .200 


D 12–10 B 5–04 

* 





Electrak 10 

Stroke Load Capacity Weight 

Length* Voltage 500 lbs. 1000 lbs. A B lbs. 

4 12 VDC D12-05B5-04 D12-20B5-04 4.00 11.89 11.30 

24 VDC D24-05B5-04 D24-20B5-04 (101.60) (302.21) 11.30 

8 12 VDC D12-05B5-08 D12-20B5-08 8.00 15.89 12.02 

24 VDC D24-05B5-08 D24-20B5-08 (203.20) (403.81) 12.02 

12 12 VDC D12-05B5-12 D12-20B5-12 12.00 19.89 12.74 

24 VDC D24-05B5-12 D24-20B5-12 (304.80) (505.41) 12.74 

*For longer stroke versions or models including other options – contact the factory. 

D-23

Electrak 100 

DC actuator with feedback 

The Electrak 100 features a potentiometer for precise positioning feedback 

to a MCS-2035 control unit. Multiple step positioning is available when the 

Electrak 100 is integrated with a programmable controller system. Integral 

adjustable limit switches automatically shut off the actuator within the 

operating ranges you set. 

Fully gasketed housing and motor safely seals all internal components from 

harsh environments. Additional O-ring and wiper seals on the extension tube 

make the Electrak 100 equally effective for use indoors or outside. 

Electrak 100 actuators are available in 3 load ranges; 500, 1000 or 1500* 

pounds. Each range offers stroke lengths of 4, 8, 12, 18 or 24 inches. All 

models accept 24 VDC input and include a swivel rod end and adjustable 

tube mount for flexible mounting. 

Dimensions 

D-24 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


24 VDC 


Features 

• Wiper and O-ring seals give double protection against dirt, dust 

and water contamination 

• Cover tube stiffeners provide smooth extension and increase 

load support 

• Completely gasketed housing and motor safely seals all wires and 

internal components for equally effective use indoors or outside 

• Permanently lubricated with aircraft quality lubricants – you’ll 

never need to add or change lubricant 

• Stainless steel extension tube protects against corrosion 

• Warner Linear ball bearing screws are used for high efficiency and 

positioning accuracy 

• Integral holding brake holds position when power is off 

• Ball detent overload clutch 

• 10,000Ω potentiometer provides accurate, consistent positioning 

feedback 

• Metal spur gears for strength and durability 

• Control leads are safely and easily wired to the terminal strip 

through the 1/2" conduit entrance 

• Integral limit switches shut off the actuator automatically within 

adjustable preset operating ranges 

Control 

The MCS-2035 was designed exclusively for the Electrak 100 

(24 VDC) actuator. The analog meter displays the position of the 

extension tube as a percent of full stroke. Other control options are 

the MCS-2015 or MCS-2025. See page D-47. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



Input 24 VDC 

Load Capacities 500, 1000 or 1500* lbs. maximum, depending on model 

Stroke Lengths 4, 8, 12, 18, or 24 inches 

Current Draw 9.1 amps at 24 VDC – 500 lb. capacity at full load 

4.8 amps at 24 VDC – 1000 lb. capacity at full load 

Duty Cycle 25% “on time” at rated load per cycle (77° F) 

Motor Protection Automatic reset thermal overload in motor winding 

Limit Switches Adjustable limit switch protection for automatic shutoff on either end of stroke 

Temperature Range -15° F to 150° F 



Housing Zinc 

Environment Protection 96 hour salt spray tested 

Terminal Strip Accept up to #14 AWG 

Conduit/Cable Entrance 1/2" NPT 


Feedback 10KΩ potentiometer, 250Ω/in. change 

Mounting Tube mounting – universal mounting clamp included 

Restraining Torque 100 in. lbs. 

Static Load 2500 lbs. 



How To Order 

P = Electrak 100 actuator with 

potentiometer and limit switches 

24 = 24 volts 



5 = screw lead 1/5” or .200 



P 24–10 B 5–04 RD 

* 





Electrak 100 


Stroke Load Capacity Weight 

Length 500 lbs. 1000 lbs. A B lbs. 

4 P24-05B5-04RD P24-20B5-04RD 4.00 (101.60) 16.37 (415.80) 15.60 

8 P24-05B5-08RD P24-20B5-08RD 8.00 (203.20) 20.37 (517.40) 16.44 

12 P24-05B5-12RD P24-20B5-12RD 12.00 (304.80) 24.37 (619.00) 17.28 

18 P24-05B5-18RD P24-20B5-18RD 18.00 (457.20) 30.37 (771.40) 18.54 

24 P24-05B5-24RD P24-20B5-24RD 24.00 (609.60) 36.37 (923.80) 19.80 

D-25

Electrak 205 

Extended life AC actuator with feedback 

The Electrak 205 features a 10-turn potentiometer for precise positioning 

feedback to an MCS-2051 or MCS-2052 control unit. Multiple step 

positioning is available when the Electrak 205 is integrated with a 

programmable controller system. Independently adjustable integral limit 

switches automatically shut off the actuator within the operating ranges 

you set. 

Fully gasketed housing and motor safely seals all internal components from 

harsh industrial environments. Additional O-ring and wiper seals on the 

extension tube make the Electrak 205 effective for use indoors in damp, dirty 

or oily environments. 

Electrak 205 actuators are available in 3 load ranges: 500, 1000 or 1500* 

pounds. Each range offers stroke lengths of 4, 8, 12, 18 or 24 inches. Models 

are available for 115 or 230 VAC input and include a swivel rod end and rear 

clevis for mounting. A capacitor is not included with the actuator. 

Order by model number with the appropriate stroke length and load 

capacity. See chart on next page. 

Note: Capacitor must be ordered when not using the 

MCS-2051 or MCS-2052 controls. 

Note: ER Brake must be replaced every 500,000 cycles. Potentiometers must 

be replaced every 250,000 to 800,000 cycles depending on stroke length. 

Motor must be replaced every 375,000 to 1,000,000 cycles depending on 

stroke length. 

Control 

The MCS-2051 and MCS-2052 controls were designed specifically for the 

Electrak 205. Digital position display, membrane switches and prewired 

capacitor make the control easy to use and install. See page 47. 

Dimensions 

D-26 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


115 and 230 VAC 

500, 1000 and 1500* lb. load capacities 

Features 

• Wiper and O-ring seals give double protection against dirt, dust 

and water contamination 

• Cover tube stiffeners provide smooth extension and increase load 

support 

• Completely gasketed housing and motor safely seals all wires and 

internal components 

• Lubricated with aircraft quality lubricants 

– grease fitting for easy lubrication of thrust bearings 

• Rear clevis for pin to pin mounting 

• Tube mounting optional 

• Integral limit switches shut off the actuator automatically within 

adjustable preset operating ranges 

• 10 turn position potentiometer provides accurate, consistent 

positioning feedback 

• Control leads are safely and easily wired to the terminal strip 

through the cable entrances 

• Metal spur gears for strength and durability 

• Thermal overloads in motor windings to protect the motor 

• ER brake limits coast and holds position when power is off 

• Warner Linear ball bearing screws are used for high efficiency and 

positioning accuracy 

• Stainless steel extension tube protects against corrosion 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



* 





Electrak 205 

Input 115 or 230 VAC 

Load Capacities 500, 1000 or 1500* lbs. maximum, depending on model 

Stroke Lengths 4, 8, 12, 18, or 24 inches 

Current Draw 2.85A amps at 115VAC – 500 lb. capacity at full load 

1.55A amps at 230 VAC – 1000 lb. capacity at full load 

Duty Cycle 25% “on time” at rated load per cycle (77° F) 

Motor Protection Automatic reset thermal overload in motor winding 

Limit Switches Adjustable limit switch protection for automatic shutoff on either end of stroke 

Temperature Range -15° F to 150° F 



Housing Zinc 

Environment Protection 96 hour salt spray tested 

Terminal Strip Accept up to #14 AWG 

Conduit/Cable Entrance 1/2" NPT 


Feedback 10KΩ potentiometer, 250Ω/in. change 

Mounting Tube mounting – universal mounting clamp included 

Restraining Torque 100 in. lbs. 

Static Load Tension loads 4,000 lb, compression load 2500 lbs. for 24" strokes, 4000 lb for all other strokes 



Stroke 500 lb. Capacity† 1000 lb. Capacity† Weight 

Length 115VAC 230VAC 115VAC 230VAC A B lbs. 

4 ALP12-05B5-04D ALP22-05B5-04D ALP12-10B5-04D ALP22-10B5-04D 4.00 (101.60) 22.20 (563.88) 25.50 





Controls MCS-2051 MCS-2052 MCS-2051 MCS-2052 — — — 

*Capacitor 9200-448-002 9200-448-003 9200-448-002 9200-448-003 — — — 

* Capacitor must be ordered when not using the MCS-2051 or MCS-2052 controls. † For higher load applications – contact the factory. 


How To Order 


L = limit switches, P = potentiometer 

12 = 120 volts 

22 = 230 volts 



5 = screw lead 1/5” or .200 



A LP 12 –10 B 5–04 D 

D-27

Worksheet 

NOTES: 

D-28 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


12, 24 and 36 VDC PPA Actuator for a Wide 

Variety of Mobile Applications 

Features 

• Trunnion to Clevis mounting 

• Permanent magnet motor 

• Integral brake 

• Dynamic motor braking 

• 30% rated duty cycle 

Applications 

These actuators are designed for mobile and control applications where a 

12, 24 or 36 VDC power source is available. They are ideal for: 

• Antenna dish actuation 

• Home and garden tractor accessories 

• Remote control security gates 

• ATVs; RVs; automotive 

• Farm equipment 

90 VDC PPA Actuator for Fixed and 

Variable Travel Rate Applications 

Features 

• Operable on 110 VAC power source with 

optional rectifier/speed controller 

• Constant speed with varying loads 

• Variable speed capability 

• Heavy-duty motor option available 

Applications 

Where variable speed is desired and 110 VAC power is available, the solid 

state rectifier/speed controller with closed loop feedback (Part Number 

7820406) provides speed regulation down to 1/10 of the maximum travel 

rate. The feedback system maintains the selected travel rate even though the 

load may change. 

220 VAC PPA Actuator for Industrial Applications 

Features 


• Single phase 50/60 Hz motor design 

• Ready to install 

Applications 

All industrial applications requiring 220 VAC 50/60 Hz operation 

* 





Performance Pak Actuators (PPA) 

110 VAC PPA Actuator for Commercial, Institutional 

and Industrial Uses 

Features 

• Appliance-type applications 

• Integral brake 

• Permanent split capacitor motor 

• Thermal overload protection 

Applications 

• Home appliances 

• Institutional and plant equipment which requires 

intermittent-duty cycles 

Also available with an optional electric brake, these 110 VAC 

actuators are ideal for positioning applications. The electric brake 

virtually eliminates coasting. Thus, point-to-point travel along the 

stroke can be obtained. 

PPA Actuators with Position Sensors or Limit Switches 

Features 

• Both Hall Effect and potentiometer-type 

sensing available 

• High accuracy – permits program control 

• Limit switches adjust stroke for varying application needs 

Applications 

Any application where it is necessary or desirable to control actuator 

positioning and/or stroke length. 

High-Speed PPA Actuators 

Features 

• Up to 5 times faster than conventional PPA actuators 

• Available in all models 

Applications 

Positioning applications requiring quicker response with lighter loads. 

Manual Operation Feature and Patented Anti-Rotate Design 

An optional hand crank attachment is available to permit manual 

retraction or extension in case of a power failure. 

An optional anti-rotate design in the tube assembly is available for 

non-rigid clevis attachment applications such as chain or cable. 

D-29

Performance Pak Actuator 


Speed (in/sec) 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

0 

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 

Load (lb) 

D-30 

1110 2222 3330 4444 5560 6670 

51 

12, 24, 36 VDC-750 lb 

Load (N) 

90 VDC-750 lb 110 VAC-500 lb 

220 VAC-500 lb 12, 24, 36 VDC-1500 lb 

90 VDC, 110, 220 VAC-1500 lb 





38 

25 

13 

Speed (mm/sec) 

Current Draw (amps) 

25 

20 

15 

10 

5 

12 VDC-750 lb 

36 VDC-750 lb 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


24 VDC-750 lb 

12 VDC-1500 lb 

2.00 

1.75 

1.50 

1.25 

1.00 

0.75 

0.50 

0.25 

0 

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 

Load (lb) 

110 VAC-750 lb 

90 VDC-750 lb 

220 VAC-750 lb 

36 VDC-1500 lb 

110 VAC-1500 lb 

90 VDC-1500 lb 

220 VAC-1500 lb 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


.562 

(14) 

.375 

(10) 

12 VDC Performance Pak Actuators 

Standard Potentiometer Hall Effect Limit 

Unit Position Position Switch 

Part Sensor Sensor Part 

* 





PPA 12 VDC 

Number Part Number Part Number Number (in) (mm) A (in) A (mm) B (in) B (mm) A (in) A (mm) lb N in/sec mm/sec 

5703605 7821401 7821335 7822837 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7821187 7821402 7821336 7822838 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

5703552 7821403 7821337 7822839 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 750 3330 22 1.1 28 

7821058 7821404 7821338 7822840 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7821188 7821405 7821339 7822841 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7821189 7821406 7821340 7822842 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 

5704114 7821407 7821345 7822843 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7821190 7821408 7821346 7822844 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 1500 6670 15 0.4 10 

5704273 7821409 7821347 7822845 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 

7821059 7821410 7821348 7822846 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7821191 7821411 7821349 7822847 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7821192 7821412 7821350 7822848 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 

‡ At rated load 

1.128 

(29) 

2.255 REF 

(57) 

3.125 

(79.5) 

Dimensions are in inches. 

Dimensions in brackets ( ) are in mm. 

2.875 

(73) 

1.562 

(40) 

.375 (10) 

Ø 1.000 

(25) 

.500 

(12) 

Ø .5156 

(13.10) 

.750 

(19) 

Ø 2.000 

(51) 

Ø 1.000 

(25) 

.505 (12.83) 

Ø .495 (12.57) 

(Retracted Length) B 

(Retracted Length) A 

Limit Switch/ 

Sensor Housing 

12 VDC Performance Pak* Linear Actuator 

6.000 MAX 

(152) 

Ø 2.500 

(64) 

5.875 

(150) 

Dim. A 

Stroke Dimensions (With Sensor or Rated Amp Travel 

Limit Switch) Load Draw‡ Rate‡ 

2.0 

(51) 

NOTE: PPA* actuator units with a sensor 

or limit switch require an additional 2.0 

inches (51 mm) of overall length. 

D-31

.562 

(14) 

.375 

(10) 

PPA 24 VDC 





D-32 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Number Part Number Part Number Number (in) (mm) A (in) A (mm) B (in) B (mm) A(in) A(mm) lb N in/.sec mm/sec 

7828532 7828544 7828556 7828568 4 102 13.7 401 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7828533 7828545 7828557 7828569 8 203 17.7 502 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7828534 7828546 7828558 7828570 12 305 21.7 604 16.8 427 23.7 604 750 3330 11 1.1 28 

7828535 7828547 7828559 7828571 18 457 29.7 807 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7828536 7828548 7828560 7828572 24 610 35.7 959 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7828537 7828549 7828561 7828573 36 914 47.7 1264 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 

7828538 7828550 7828562 7828574 4 102 13.7 401 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7828539 7828551 7828563 7828575 8 203 17.7 502 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7828540 7828552 7828564 7828576 12 305 21.7 604 16.8 427 23.7 604 1500 6670 11 0.4 10 

7828541 7828553 7828565 7828577 18 457 29.7 807 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7828542 7828554 7828566 7828578 24 610 35.7 959 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7828543 7828555 7828567 7828579 36 914 47.7 1264 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 


1.128 

(29) 

2.255 REF 

(57) 

3.125 

(79.5) 



2.875 

(73) 

1.562 

(40) 

.375 (10) 

Ø 1.000 

(25) 

.500 

(12) 

Ø .5156 

(13.10) 

.750 

(19) 

Ø 2.000 

(51) 

Ø 1.000 

(25) 

.505 (12.83) 

Ø .495 (12.57) 



Limit Switch/ 


24 VDC Performance Pak Linear Actuator 

6.000 MAX 

(152) 

Ø 2.500 

(64) 

5.875 

(150) 

Dim. A 



2.0 

(51) 




*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


.562 

(14) 

.375 

(10) 





* 

PPA 36 VDC 

Number Part Number Part Number Number (in) (mm) A (in) A (mm) B (in) B (mm) A (in) A (mm) lb N in/sec mm/sec 

7821213 7821413 7821355 7822849 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7821214 7821414 7821356 7822850 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7821215 7821415 7821357 7822851 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 750 3330 8 1.1 28 

7821216 7821416 7821358 7822852 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7821217 7821417 7821359 7822853 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7821218 7821418 7821360 7822854 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 

7821219 7821419 7821361 7822855 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7821220 7821420 7821362 7822856 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7821221 7821421 7821363 7822857 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 1500 6670 6 0.4 10 

7821222 7821422 7821302 7822858 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7821223 7821423 7821328 7822859 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7821224 7821424 7821364 7822860 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 


1.128 

(29) 

2.255 REF 

(57) 

3.125 

(79.5) 



2.875 

(73) 

1.562 

(40) 

.375 (10) 

Ø 1.000 

(25) 

.500 

(12) 

Ø .5156 

(13.10) 





.750 

(19) 

Ø 2.000 

(51) 

Ø 1.000 

(25) 

.505 (12.83) 

Ø .495 (12.57) 



Limit Switch/ 


36 VDC Performance Pak Linear Actuator 

6.000 MAX 

(152) 

Ø 2.500 

(64) 

5.875 

(150) 

Dim. A 



2.0 

(51) 




D-33

.562 

(14) 

.375 

(10) 

PPA 90 VDC 





D-34 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



7820254 7821425 7821365 7822861 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7821241 7821426 7821366 7822862 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7820256 7821427 7821367 7822863 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 750 3330 1.4 0.6 15 0.6- 15- 

7821064 7821428 7821368 7822864 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 .06 1.5 

7821242 7821429 7821369 7822865 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7821243 7821430 7821370 7822866 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 

7820258 7821431 7821371 7822867 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7821244 7821432 7821372 7822868 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7820260 7821433 7821373 7822869 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 1500 6670 1 0.2 5 0.2- 5- 

7821065 7821143 7821374 7822870 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 .02 .5 

7821245 7821434 7821375 7822871 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7821246 7821435 7821376 7822872 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 


1.128 

(29) 

2.255 REF 

(57) 

3.125 

(79.5) 



2.875 

(73) 

1.562 

(40) 

.375 (10) 

Ø 1.000 

(25) 

.500 

(12) 

Ø .5156 

(13.10) 

.750 

(19) 

Ø 2.000 

(51) 

90 VDC Performance Pak Linear Actuators 

for Fixed and Variable Travel Rate Applications 

Ø 1.000 

(25) 

.505 (12.83) 

Ø .495 (12.57) 



Limit Switch/ 


6.000 MAX 

(152) 

Ø 2.500 

(64) 

5.875 

(150) 

Dim. A 



2.0 

(51) 




*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1.128 

(29) 

.375 (10) 

1.562 

(40) 

6.109 

(155) 

2.875 

(73) 

110 VAC Performance Pak Actuators with integral brake 




* 

PPA 110 VAC - Integral Brake 


7825368 7825433 7825409 7825445 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7825391 7825434 7825410 7825446 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7825367 7825435 7825411 7825447 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 

7825382 7825436 7825412 7825448 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 500 2220 1.5 0.6 15 

7825392 7825437 7825413 7825449 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7825393 7825438 7825414 7825450 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 

7825375 7825439 7825415 7825451 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7825394 7825440 7825416 7825452 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7825376 7825441 7825417 7825453 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 1500 6670 1.5 0.2 5 

7825384 7825442 7825418 7825454 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7825395 7825443 7825419 7825455 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7825396 7825444 7825420 7825456 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 


3.125 

(79) 

2.255 REF 

(57) 



.562 

(14) 

.375 

(10) 

.500 

(13) 

1.000 

(25) 

.5156 DIA. 

(13.10) 







.750 

(19) 

2.000 

(51) 

.505 (13) 

.495 (13) 

110 VAC Performance Pak Linear Actuators 

with Integral Brake, Sensing Option 

and Limit Switch 

1.000 (25) 

3.344 

(85) 

Limit Switch/ 


8.41 

(214) 

5.875 

(149) 

Dim. A 



2.0 

(51) 




D-35

PPA 110 - Electric Brake 

Standard 110 VAC Performance Pak Actuators with electric brake 




D-36 

.375 (10) 

1.562 

(40) 

6.109 

(155) 

2.875 

(73) 



P 

3.125 

(79) 

2.255 REF 

(57) 

1.128 

(29) 

.562 

(14) 

.375 

(10) 





.500 

(13) 

1.000 

(25) 

.5156 

(13.10) 

.750 

(19) 


2.000 

(51) 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



with Electric Brake 

.505 (13) 

.495 (13) 

1.000 

(25) 5.875 

(149) 

Dim. A 




7825684 7829174 7829162 7829150 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7825685 7829175 7829163 7829151 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7825686 7829176 7829164 7829152 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 500 2220 1.5 0.6 15 

7825687 7829177 7829165 7829153 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7825688 7829178 7829166 7829154 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7825689 7829179 7829167 7829155 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 

7825690 7829180 7829168 7829156 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7825691 7829181 7829169 7829157 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7825692 7829182 7829170 7829158 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 1500 6670 1.5 0.2 5 

7825693 7829183 7829171 7829159 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7825694 7829184 7829172 7829160 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7825695 7829185 7829173 7829161 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 

1.25 

(32) 

Limit Switch/ 


3.344 

(85) 

9.67 

(246) 

2.0 

(51) 




*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


1.128 

(29) 

.375 (10) 

1.562 

(40) 

6.109 

(155) 

2.875 

(73) 

Standard 220 VAC Performance Pak Actuators 




* 

PPA 220 VAC - Integral Brake 


7825605 7829210 7829198 7829186 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7825606 7829211 7829199 7829187 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7825607 7829212 7829200 7829188 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 500 2220 0.65 0.5 12.7 

7825608 7829213 7829201 7829189 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7825609 7829214 7829202 7829190 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7825610 7829215 7829203 7829191 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 

7825617 7829216 7829204 7829192 4 102 13.7 350 8.8 224 15.7 401 

7825618 7829217 7829205 7829193 8 203 17.7 456 12.8 326 19.7 502 

7825619 7829218 7829206 7829194 12 305 21.7 553 16.8 427 23.7 604 1500 6670 0.65 0.2 5 

7825620 7829219 7829207 7829195 18 457 29.7 756 24.8 631 31.7 807 

7825621 7829220 7829208 7829196 24 610 35.7 909 30.8 783 37.7 959 

7825277 7829221 7829209 7829197 36 914 47.7 1214 42.8 1088 49.7 1264 


3.125 

(79) 

2.255 REF 

(57) 



.562 

(14) 

.375 

(10) 

.500 

(13) 

1.000 

(25) 

.5156 DIA. 

(13.10) 







.750 

(19) 

2.000 

(51) 

.505 (13) 

.495 (13) 


with Integral Brake, Sensing Option 

and Limit Switch 

1.000 (25) 

3.344 

(85) 

Limit Switch/ 


8.41 

(214) 

5.875 

(149) 

Dim. A 



2.0 

(51) 




D-37

PPA - Manual 

Manual Performance Pak Actuators 

.438 

(11) 

Standard Manual Performance Pak Actuators 

Stroke Dimensions Rated Travel 

Part 

Number (in) (mm) A (in) A (mm) B (in) B (mm) lb N in mm in/lb kg/m 

† Torque‡ 

Load per Turn Input 

7820619 4 102 14.8 378 8.8 224 

7821568 8 203 18.8 480 12.8 326 

7820620 12 305 22.8 581 16.8 427 1500 6670 .200 5 80 143 

7821067 18 457 30.8 785 24.8 631 

7821569 24 610 36.8 937 30.8 783 

7821570 36 914 48.8 1242 42.8 1088 

† To be operated @ 100 rpm max. 


D-38 

1.000 

(25) 

.375 (10) 



1.000 (25) TYP. 

2.500 

(64) 

SQ. 

4.828 

(123) 

.5156 

(13.10) DIA. 

.562 

(14) 

.500 

(13) 


.505 (12.83) 

.495 (12.57) DIA. 

.375 (10) REF. 






.750 

(19) 

2.000 

(51) 

2.255 

(57) 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


3.000 

(76) 

7820621 

Adapter 

4.750 

(1212) REF. 

.500 

DIA. 

(13) 

.250 

(6) DIA. 

1.250 

(32) 2.828 

(72) 

2.578 

(65) 

5704305 (1:1) Gear Box 

.812 

(21) 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Synchronizing Ball Screw Actuators 

NOTE: 1500 lb motor-gear box recommended for synchronizing manual gear boxes. 

* 

PPA - Synchronizing Ball Screw 

7825740 Drive Tube Kit 

1-26" Tube (plated) 

2-Couplings 

1-Screw, Self-Thd. 

1-Lock Washer 

Standard Manual 

Performance Pak* 

Linear Actuator 

Shaft Supplied 

by Customer 

5704305 Manual Gear Box 





Motor and Gear Box Assembly 

(See Replacement Parts) 

DC Motor 

AC Motor 

7820621 Adapter 

D-39

Replacement/Service Parts (PPA) 

Part Description Part Number 

Actuator Kit – 4 in (101.6 mm) stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7820146 



Actuator Kit – 12 in (304.8 mm) stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7820147 




Gear Set – 17:1 Gear Ratio/ Steel (pre-1982) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Output Gear has 70 teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7820695 

Gear Set – 55:1 Gear Ratio/ Steel (pre-1982) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 


Gear Set – 18:1 Gear Ratio/ Delrin Material/Cross Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 


Gear Set – 58:1 Gear Ratio/ Delrin Material/Cross Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 


Motor–Gear Box 12 VDC, 18:1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7820240 

Motor-Gear Box 12 VDC, 58:1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7820241 

Universal Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7824295 

Universal Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7827320 

Side Mounted Brackets 

• Heavy Duty – 1,500 lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7821783 

• Light Duty – 2 piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7822520 







Gear Set – 18:1 Gear Ratio/ Delrin Material/Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 


Gear Set – 58:1 Gear Ratio/ Delrin Material/Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 


D-40 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Part Description Part Number 

Motor-Gear Box 90 VDC, HP 18:1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7825259 

Motor-Gear Box 90 VDC, HP 58:1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7825260 

Motor-Gear Box 110 VAC, 18:1 w/Sol. Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7825377 


Motor-Gear Box 110 VAC, 18:1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7825379 


Motor-Gear Box 110 VAC, 18:1 w/Elec. Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7830123 

Motor-Gear Box 110 VAC, 58:1 w/Elec. Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7829838 


Motor-Gear Box 220 VAC, 58:1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7825812 



Capacitor Kit – 110 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5704687 

Capacitor Kit – 110 VAC, Heavy Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7825590 

Capacitor Kit – 220 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7825579 

Solenoid Brake – 110 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5704199 

Solenoid Brake – 220 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7825568 

Brush and Spring Kit – 90 VDC HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7820408 

Limit Switch Kit – 12 VDC, w/HSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7823091 

Limit Switch Kit – 24 VDC, 36 VDC, 90 VDC, 

110 VAC, 220 VAC, w/HSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7822519 

Hall Effect Sensor Kit (with housing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7822048 

Hall Effect Sensor Kit (without housing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7821764 

10K Potentiometer Kit (Ball Screw) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7821157 

Boot Kit 4", 8", 12" & 18" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7821908 

Boot Kit 24" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7821909 

Boot Kit 36" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7821910 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



• Hard-chromed extension tube 

• High load 



• Push or pull operation 

• High sealing degree 

• Extension tube anti rotation mechanism 


• Silent 


• T-slot for magnetic sensor 

How To Order 

T-series 

actuator 

Size 130 = 13 

T 09 = 

B 2525 M 075 

Ball Screw 

Drive 

Screw diameter / lead 

25mm/10mm = 2510 

25mm/25mm = 2525 

* 

Ordering length 

in cm (L) 

Metric 

dimensioned unit 

T90 Special Purpose Actuator 





T90 

Designation T09-B2510 T09-B2525 

Max stroke [m] 1,5 1,5 

Max. speed [m/s] 0,5 0,5 

Max. input speed [rpm] 3000 3000 

Temperature range [˚C] -20 – +70 -20 – +70 

Weight (L in m) [kg] 4 + 16,2 x L 4 + 16,2 x L 

Weight extension tube [kg] 5,5 x L 5,5 x L 

Max. load Fx [N] 10000 10000 

Max. load Fr [N] 60 60 

Max. torque Mta [Nm] 35 35 

Max. force Frd [N] 800 800 

Screw diameter [mm] 25 25 

Screw lead [mm/revolution] 10 25 

Repeatability [±mm] 0,05 0,05 

Resolution [mm] 0,1 0,1 


Model Designation Total length Length to order 

L tot L 

T90 T09-B L tot = L + 52 L = S max + 195 

Dimensions (metric) 

Tube end Lubrication hole Drive end 

D-41

T130 Special Purpose Actuator 


• Hard-chromed extension tube 

• High load 



• Push or pull operation 

• High sealing degree 

• Extension tube anti rotation 

mechanism 


• Silent 


• T-slot for magnetic sensor 


Designation Designation Total length 

T13-B••••MS (U)••• L tot = L + 123 L = S max +293 

T13-B••••MT (V)••• L tot = L + 89 L = S max +293 

Forces 

D-42 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


T130 T130 T130 

Designation T13-B4010M T13-B4020M T13-B4040M 

Max stroke [m] 2 2 2 

Max. speed [m/s] 0,4 1 2 

Max. input speed [rpm] 2500 3000 3000 

Temperature range [˚C] -20 – +70 -20 – +70 -20 – +70 

Weight (L in m) [kg] 18,5+ 18,5+ 18,5+ 

(30 x (L - 0,293)) (30 x (L - 0,293)) (30 x (L - 0,293)) 

Max dynamic load Fx [N] 40000 35000 15000 

Max static load Fx [N] 45000 45000 45000 

Max. load Fr [N] 800 800 800 

Max. torque Ma [Nm] 300 300 300 

Max. torque Mta [Nm] 140 140 140 

Max. force Frd [N] 2000 2000 2000 

Screw diameter [mm] 40 40 40 

Screw lead [mm/revolution] 10 20 40 

Repeatability [±mm] 0,05 0,05 0,05 

Resolution [mm] 0,1 0,1 0,1 


How To Order 

T-series 

actuator 

Size 130 = 13 

T 13 = B 4020 M S 075 

Ball Screw 

Drive 

Screw diameter / lead 

40mm/10mm = 4010 

40mm/20mm = 4020 

40mm/40mm = 4040 

Metric 

dimensioned 

unit 

Ordering length 

in cm (L) 

Rod end adapter type 

M27 x 2 outside thread = S 

M27 x 2 inside thread = T 

M33 x 2 outside thread = U 

M33 x 2 inside thread = V 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 



20 

20 

ø11 

A-A 

240 

216 

45 

188 

126 

150 

5 

* 

16,5 

10,5 

A-A 

Lmin / Lmax 

8,5 





M10 

35 

Acme Screw 

Ball Screw 

T-Bolt 

P/N 800041 

(bolt + washer) 

Movoact 

The MOVOACT is a self-supporting, height adjustable column 

based on anodized extruded aluminum profiles which slide 

into each other. The motion is assured by a built-in linear 

Thomson actuator. 

The result is a compact, all-in-one package ready for use. 

The model and rating of the linear actuator used can be 

specified by the customer. 

MOVOACT provides a strong, rugged, industrial column 

with excellent torque capability for height adjustment of 

work-tables, conveyors, loaders/unloaders and many other 

applications. This height adjustment especially serves to adjust 

the work environment to the specific ergonomic requirements 

of different operators. 

Stroke Length 0 - 12 in. Stroke Length 13-24 in. 

Lmin Lmax Lmin Lmax 

Stroke + 9 in. Stroke + Lmin Stroke + 11 in. Stroke + Lmin 

Stroke + 10.6 in Stroke + Lmin Stroke + 12.5 in. Stroke + Lmin 

D-43

Movoact 


Off Center Loads 

Load (lb) 

900 

675 

450 

225 

AC Ball Screw Actuators 

Speed vs. Load (60Hz) 

0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 

How To Order 

Movoact 



D-44 

Axx-05B5 

Ball screw 

Acme screw 

Lever arm (in.) 

Load 

Lever arm 

DM D 12 — 05 B 6 5 — 12 

Voltage 

12 = 12vdc or 120vac 

22 = 230vac 

24 = 24vdc 

Axx-10B5 

Gear ratio 

05 = 5:1 

10 = 10:1 

20 = 20:1 

DC Ball Screw Actuators 

Speed vs. Load 

Dxx-20B5 

Screw Dia. 

6 = .625" 


A = acme screw 

Screw lead 

5 = 1/5" 

or .200" 

Stroke length 

in inches 

04 = 4" 

08 = 8" 

12 = 12" 

18 = 18" 

24 = 24" 





Dxx-05B5 

DC Acme Screw Actuators 

Speed vs. Load 

Dxx-20A5 

Dxx-10A5 

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Intermittent Duty 

Rotary Actuator 

New rotary actuators are available for DC applications 

with a variety of mounting configuration and 

options. These actuators operate both CW and 

CCW and have a load limiting clutch to protect the 

actuator from overloads. 

Typical Applications: 

• Snowblower spout rotation control 

• Valve control 

• Agricultural MOH applications 

• HVAC 

• Turf and garden equipment 

Snow Blower Spout Rotation 

* 

Rotary Actuators 





12, 24 and 36 VDC Motors 

Intermittent Duty Rotary Actuator 

Features: 

• Multiple design variations 

• Mix and match motor voltage with gear 

reductions to yield the combination best 

suited for your application. 

• 12, 24 and 36 Volt DC Motors 

• 5/1, 10/1, 20/1, 30/1 Gear reductions 

available 

• Overload clutch protection 

• Thermal protected DC motor 

• Variety of standard output shaft 

configurations 

• Weatherpak connectors available 

• Easy mounting 

• IP-56 Sealed 


Input Voltage 12, 24, 36 VDC 

Overload Protection Ball detent clutch set to slip at 85-90 in.lbs. 

of torque. Other clutch settings are available. 

Thermal Protection Automatic resetting thermal breaker enclosed in motor 

housing. External fuse is recommended for additional 

protection. 

Lead Wires 14 AWG stranded copper with 80°C GPT insulation 

per SAE J1128. 

Connector Packard Electric 56 Series female body no. 

2984883 with (2) male blade terminals no. 

2962987. Mating male connector no. 2973781 

with (2) female terminals no. 2962573 (provided). 

Power Switch Double pole-double throw type with center off 

and momentary contacts (not provided). For CW 

output, connect red lead to positive and yellow 

lead to negative. For CCW output, connect 

yellow lead to positive and red lead to negative. 

Temperature Operating ambient -15°F to 150°F (-26°C to 66°C) 

Environment Actuator is weather protected for outdoor use. 

Duty Cycle Duty cycle is time and temperature related and needs to be 

evaluated under actual operating conditions. 

D-45

Rotary Actuators 

Power From Dual Output Shafts 



12 VDC and 70°F (21°C) 

Manual Override 



12 VDC and 70°F (21°C) 

Clevis Mount 



12 VDC and 70°F (21°C) 

How To Order 

Consult the factory 

D-46 

D12-21GB-XXDS 

D12-21GB-XXMO 

D12-21GB-XXCL 

D12-30GB-XXCL 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Dimensions ( ) denotes millimeters 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Whether you plan to operate from a simple pushbutton or a programmable controller, the MCS-2000 series 

controls can make your system easy to design and install and simple to operate. Designed to drive Electrak 

actuators, MCS-2000 series controls are equipped with easy-to-use terminal strip input and output wiring, 

built-in power supply for DC actuators or capacitor for AC models, and three controls have touch sensitive 

membrane key pads. 


* 





Actuator Controls 

Control Description Input Voltage Actuator Model 

Remote Switch The enclosed remote switch is used to directly 12, 24 VDC All actuators 

operate any Electrak actuator. AC actuators 115, 230 VAC 

must also have the capacitor wired into the circuit. 

DE-14 Series Specific control for Electrak 050 actuator. m 115 VAC Electrak 050 

115 VAC input. Hand held pendant operator. 

DF-14 Series Specific control for Electrak 150 actuator. 115 VAC Electrak 150 

115 VAC input. Hand held pendant operator. 

MCS-2005/2006 Compact control for one actuator and an 115 VAC Electrak 1 

auxiliary device such as a photoscanner. 230 VAC 

Extend/Retract switch, 120 VAC input. 

MCS-2007/2008 Similar to MCS-2005, but with LCD digital 115 VAC Electrak 1 with 

display for position feedback and limit switch 230 VAC feedback 

adjustments in the control. 

MCS-2015 Basic power supply for on-off and emergency 115 VAC Electrak 1 

stop. 115 VAC or 230 VAC input. 230 VAC Electrak 10 

Electrak 100 

MCS-2025 Intermediate control with power supply for 115 VAC Electrak 1 

on-off, emergency stop, jog, run and remote 230 VAC Electrak 10 

control functions. Electrak 100 

MCS-2035 An advanced control with all the features of 115 VAC Electrak 100 

the MCS-2025 plus a readout display for 230 VAC 

positional feedback. 

MCS-2041/2042 Specific control for Electrak 5. MCS-2041 for 115 VAC Electrak 5 

115 VAC input and MCS-2042 for 230 VAC 230 VAC 

input. Extend/Retract switch. 

MCS-2051/2052 Specific control for the new Electrak 205. 115 VAC Electrak 205 

MCS-2051 for 115 VAC input and MCS-2052 230 VAC 

for 230 VAC input. All the advanced features of 

the MCS-2035 except dynamic braking. 

D-47


Remote Switch 

Use with Electrak 1, 2, 5, 10, 050, 

100 and 150 

Features 

• Double pole, double throw 

• 15A rating at 270 VAC 

• Center “off” 

• Two momentary contacts 

• Pigtails with wire nuts supplied 

• Wiring diagram on label 

• “L” bracket for easy mounting 

• 2 versions available 

(with or without enclosure) 

Remote Switch (830-8004-016) 

without enclosure 

Actuators require double-pole double-throw 

switches. McGill switch no. 0121-004, 

Cutler-Hammer switch no. 8835-K4, or 

equivalent are recommended and are usually 

available locally. The required switch can be 

purchased from Danaher Motion under part 

number 830-8004-016. 

Remote Switch Wiring Connection 


with enclosure 

The enclosed remote switch is used to directly 

operate any Electrak actuator. AC actuators 

must also have the capacitor wired into the 

circuit. The switch has a mounting bracket and 

the wiring diagram is included on the label. 

The switch is wired between the power supply 

and the actuator and two momentary contacts 

are used to extend or retract the actuator. 

D-48 

Wiring Connections 

Electrak 1 

Electrak 2, 10, 100 

* Note: Red for Electrak 1 

White for 12 VDC Electrak 1 with feedback 

Black for 24 VDC Electrak 1 with feedback 

** Note: Electrak 2 is 12 VDC 

Electrak 5 (A12-A22 Series) 




* 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


DE14 series 

Use with Electrak E050 

DF14 series 

Use with Electrak E150 


E050 Wiring 

Electrak actuators should be connected 

in accordance with the wiring diagram 

shown below. 

Make sure the power is off before attempting 

to wire the actuator. To extend the actuator, 

connect yellow to positive and red to negative. 

To retract the actuator, connect red to positive 

and yellow to negative. 

Metric Version 

To extend the actuator, connect black to 

positive and red to negative. To retract the 

actuator, connect red to positive and black 

to negative. 

* 

DE14 and DF14 series actuator controls operate 

Electrak E050 and E150 actuators respectively. 

Available with one or two 24 VDC outputs, each 

has a handset to manually control bi-directional 

motion on each of its control outputs, 

independently. It has quick disconnect sockets 

and cable adapters in 5, 10, and 15 ft. lengths 

to connect to the actuator. Each output has a 

circuit breaker that automatically resets 

approximately 20 seconds after a short circuit 

is removed. DF14 control also has a built in ELS 

circuit to protect the Electrak 150 actuator at 

end of stroke. 

E150 Wiring 

Without Limit Switches 

To extend actuator, connect red to 

positive and yellow to negative. 

To retract actuator, connect red to 

negative and yellow to positive. 

With Limit Switches 

To extend actuator, connect red to positive 

and yellow to negative. To retract actuator, 

connect yellow to negative and blue to 

positive. 

Potentiometer 

Resistance measured across the white and blue leads will 

increase as the actuator extends and decrease as the 

actuator retracts. Resistance measured across the white and 

red leads will decrease as the actuator extends and increase 

as the actuator retracts. 







Input DE14-1E 120 VAC,50/60 Hz 

DE14-2E 120 VAC,50/60 Hz 

Output 

DF14-1F 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz 

DF14-2F 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz 

DE14-1E 24 VDC,one output, 

2.5 amps max. 

DE14-2E 24 VDC, two output, 

2.5 amps per channel max., 

5.0 amps total 

DF14-1F 24 VDC, one output 

6.5 amps max. 

DF14-2F 24 VDC, two output 

6.5 amps per channel max. 

6.5 amps total 

Ambient Temperature 

15˚ to 104ºF (-26º to 40ºC) 

Duty Cycle 25% max. 

Metric 


positive and black to negative. To retract 

actuator, connect red to negative and black 

to positive. 

Metric 


positive and black to negative. To retract 

actuator, connect black to positive and blue 

to negative 

D-49


MCS-2005/MCS-2006 

For Electrak 1 actuators 

The MCS-2005 linear actuator control converts 

120 VAC input current to 24 VDC output to 

operate an Electrak 1 actuator. This compact 

control is designed to operate one actuator and 

an auxiliary device such as a photoscanner 

simultaneously. The control has two outputs, a 

24 VDC source controlled by the rocker switch 

on the cover and a second 24 VDC source which 

is unswitched. The source operated by the 

rocker switch is used when operation through 

the control is desired. The constant output 

source is used when a remote switch is to 

control the actuator. An auxiliary device, such 

as a photoelectric control which draws up to 

200 mA may also be connected to the auxiliary 

output. 

When the extend side of the rocker switch is 

pressed the actuator will begin to extend and 

will continue until either the switch is released 

or the actuator reaches the end of its stroke and 

the limit switch stops it. The actuator may be 

stopped by the control anywhere along the 

MCS-2007/MCS-2008 

For Electrak 1 actuators with 

feedback 

Compact control displays the feedback position 

on a digital LCD meter on the front cover. The 

control provides a 4-20 mA signal for a remote 

meter. 

Extend and retract limit switches are set by 

adjusting two trim pots in the control. 

D-50 

total stroke length but it must not be stalled in 

mid-stroke. A fused output protects the motor 

against overloads and stalling mid-stroke. 

Depressing the retract side of the rocker switch 

will cause the actuator to retract as long as the 

switch is held or until the actuator reaches the 

end of its stroke and the limit switch again 

stops it. 

Features 

• Standard 120 VAC input (MCS-2005) 


• One 24 VDC actuator output for operation by 

front panel rocker switch 

• One 24 VDC output for auxiliary device such 

as a photoelectric sensor 

• Fused ratings – 1 Amp, 250 VAC (within 

control) – protects actuator in case of stalling 

caused by overload 

• Compact size 

• “Power On” light illuminates whenever 

power applied to the control 

• Terminal strip for easy electrical connection 

• Output filtered, but unregulated. Varies 

from 20-30 VDC, depending on input voltage. 

(2.8 amps rated continuous) 

Features 



• One 24 VDC actuator output 

(2.8 amps rated continuous) 

• Extend/retract switch 

• Fuse protection 


• 4-20 mA current loop for remote meter 

• Dynamic braking 

• LCD digital readout on front cover displays 

position feedback 

• Extend/retract limit switches set by adjusting 

trim pots in control. Actuator need not be 

accessible to set limit switches. 

• Accepts switch/inputs 




* 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 




*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


MCS-2015 

For Electrak 1, 10, and 100 

On-off power supply 

The MCS-2015 is a basic power supply 

providing on-off and emergency stop functions. 

MCS-2025 

For Electrak 1, 10, and 100 

Combined control and power supply 

The MCS-2025 intermediate control and power 

supply is equipped with cover mounted 

membrane switches and LED indicator lights for 

extend, retract, jog, run and remote control. 

Additional features of the MCS-2025 

• 8 amps output continuous 

• Cover mounted membrane switches with 

LED indicator lights for extend, retract, jog, 

run and remote control 

• Internal jumper for automatic return from 

end of stroke in run mode 

* 

Common Features 

• 115 VAC or 230 VAC input 

• 24 VDC output to Electrak 1, 10 and 100 

actuators 



• Compatible with programmable controllers 

and Danaher Motion Photoscanners 


Terminal Block Codes 

Wiring to Electrak 1 Series 

Wire Terminal Block 4 as shown. Connect the 

yellow lead from the actuator to terminal 4 of 

TB-1 and the red lead to terminal 3 of TB-1. 

TB-2 can be used for external switch 

connections. If limit switches are not used, 

terminals 1, 2 and 3 on TB-2 must be jumpered. 

Wiring to Electrak 10 Series 

Wire Terminal Blocks 1 and 4 as shown, TB-2 can 

be used for external limit switch connections. If 

limit switches are not used, terminals 1, 2 and 3 

on TB-2 must be jumpered. 






• Power on indicator 

• Emergency stop/off pushbutton remains in 

position when activated 

• NEMA 1 enclosure 


• Provisions for 2 external limit switches or 

integral actuator limit switches 

“Run” mode 

Inserting jumper “J1” causes the actuator to 

reverse automatically upon reachingthe extend 

limit switch. The actuator automatically retracts 

until reaching the other switch. 

Remote control 

When used with these controls a programmable 

controller, photoscanner or other such remote 

control device must have a minimum output 

rating of 24 VDC at 15 mA (MCS-2015 requires 

48 VDC at 15 mA). The maximum saturation 

voltage of the remote control solid state output 

is 2 VDC. The maximum allowable leakage 

current of the remote control output is 2 mA. 

D-51


MCS-2035 


with feedback 

Positioning control and power supply 

The MCS-2035 is an advanced control unit 

with cover mounted membrane switches for 

extend, retract, jog, run and remote control 

functions plus a percent of full stroke meter. 

Terminal Block Codes 

AC Line Voltage Selection 

Jumper connections on TB-4 must be set for 

line voltage to be used. For 115 VAC, jumper 

terminals 1 to 2 and 3 to 4 on TB-4. For 230 

VAC jumper terminals 2 to 3 only on TB-4. There 

are no external wiring connections to TB-4. 

“Run” mode 

Inserting jumper “J1” causes the actuator to 

reverse automatically upon reaching the extend 

limit switch. The actuator automatically retracts 

until reaching the other switch. 


When used with the MCS-2035 control, a 

programmable controller, photoscanner or 

similar remote control device must have a 

minimum output rating of 24 VDC at 15 mA. 

The maximum saturation voltage of the remote 

control solid state output is 2 VDC. The 

maximum allowable leakage current of the 

remote control output is 2 mA. The remote 

meter output loop is a 0-20 or 4-20 mA signal. 

D-52 

Features 

• 115 VAC or 230 VAC input 

• 24 VDC output to Electrak 100 actuators 




and photoscanners 




• Cover mounted membrane switches with 

LED indicator lights for extend retract, jog, 

run and remote control 






* 


Phone: 1-800-554-8466 







• Percent of full stroke meter 

• Receives potentiometer feedback from 

Electrak 100 actuators 

• Output current loop (0-20 or 4-20 mA) for 

use with a remote meter 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


MCS-2041/2042 


The MCS-2041 and 2042 linear actuator 

controls are specifically designed to operate 

Danaher Motion Electrak 5 linear actuators. 

These compact controls switch both the 

actuator motor and its anti-coast brake to 

provide optimum performance.When the extend 

side of the rocker switch is pressed, the 

actuator will begin to extend and will continue 

until either the switch is released or the 

actuator reaches the end of its stroke and the 

ball detent clutch slips. Depressing the 

retract side of the rocker switch will cause the 

MCS-2051/2052 


with feedback 

An advanced control unit for the new Electrak 

205 actuator with a digital LCD meter to 

display the feedback position and a 4-20 mA 

output signal to operate a remote meter or 

provide an input to a programmable 

controller. Same membrane function switches 

as the MCS-2035. 

Features 



and photoscanners 




• Cover mounted membrane switches with LED 

indicator lights for extend, retract, jog, run 

and remote control 

* 

actuator to retract as long as the switch is held 

or until the actuator reaches the other end of its 

stroke. The ball detent clutch will also slip on 

overloads. 

The actuator’s brake engages when the switch is 

released or in case of power failure. 

Features 

• 115 or 230 VAC versions 


• Rocker switch to control extend and retract 

movement 

• “Power On” light illuminates whenever power 

applied to the control 

• Fuse ratings 

MCS-2041 10Amps@250V 

MCS-2042 5 Amps@250V 

• Prewired capacitor 

• Terminal strip for easy field connections 









When used with the MCS- 

2051 or MCS-2052 control, 

a programmable controller, 

photoscanner or similar 

remote control device must 

have a minimum output 

rating of 24 VDC at 15 mA. 

The maximum saturation 

voltage of the remote 

control solid state output is 

2 VDC. The maximum 

allowable leakage current 

of the remote control output 

is 2 mA. The remote meter 

output loop is a 4-20 mA 

signal. 








• LCD display for feedback position 

• Receives potentiometer feedback from 

Electrak 205 actuators 

• Output current loop (4-20mA) for use 

with remote meter 

D-53

Actuator Control 


DE14/DF14 

MCS-2005/2006, MCS-2007/2008, MCS-2041/2041 

Dimensions in ( ) denotes millimeters 

D-54 

MCS-2015, MCS-2025, MCS-2035 

MCS-2051, MCS-2052 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Available Front Adapters for Electrak 2, 5, 10 Actuators: 

• Clevis 

• Clevis with flats 

• Custom crosshole diameters 

• Tapped hole 

• Rod end 

• Threaded stud 

Available Rear Adapters: 

• Clevis 

• Custom crosshole diameters 

• Custom distance crosshole to housing 

• Threaded stud 

• Tapped hole 

• Rod end 

Manual Override: 

• On the screw 

• On the motor (flat or slotted shaft end) 

• Integrated into the pinion gear 

705 Screw option - Higher loads/Longer length 

Special Retracted Length 

Special Stroke Lengths - Longer than 24” and odd stroke lengths 

Expanded Standard Connectors (Weather pack, Amp, Metripack, etc.) 

Clutch Rating option - (250, 500, 700, 1000, 1500, 2000) lb 

Higher Load ball screw actuators - 1500 and 2000 pound loads 

Acme A5/A8 

Higher load acme actuators - 500 pound A5 and 1000 pound A8 

Bare screw - No cover tube 

Anti-rotation cover tube 

Elongated rear housing with potentiometer 

Welded trunnions (male and female) 

12VDC, 24VDC, 36VDC, 48VDC, 90VDC, 115VAC, 230VAC 

Limit switch options 

Feedback options - potentiometer, Hall effect, Encoder 

UL approval (115, 230VAC) 

CE approval (12, 24, 36 and 48VDC, 115 and 230VAC) 

UL Marine approval 

Packaging and labels per customer requirements 

Custom testing of customer application and equipment in Danaher facility 

Not all options are available for all models, contact the factory. 

* 

Additional Actuator Options 





D-55


Frequently asked questions about linear actuators . . . 

1 Question What is duty cycle and what is 

its affect on the use of an 

actuator? 

Answer 

Duty cycle = 

on time 

on time + off time 

Example: 

15 seconds on; 45 seconds off 

15 sec. 

= = 25% 

15 sec. + 45 sec. 

The duty cycle is a function of load for DC 

actuators. The duty cycle charts for each 

actuator should be reviewed when lower loads 

and higher duty cycles are needed. All actuators 

have at least a 25% duty cycle at full rated 

load. Ambient temperatures above 77°F may 

affect the final rating. 

3 Question Can two or more actuators be 

synchronized? 

Answer No. Motor speed cannot be controlled 

with enough precision to ensure that the 

actuators will remain 

synchronized and a binding effect could take 

place. 

3 Question What is the maximum 

extension speed of an Electrak actuator? 

Answer The extension speed of an 

actuator is a function of the load. To determine 

the speed of an Electrak actuator at a given 

load, consult the speed/load charts. If a higher 

linear travel rate is required, simple mechanical 

linkages can be employed. 

4 Question Can actuators operate above 

rated load? 

Answer No, operation above rated load will 

adversely affect life. 

D-56 

5 Question When should an electric 

actuator be used instead of other linear 

motion devices? 

Answer If the load, duty cycle and speed 

requirements are within the performance 

parameters of an actuator, an Electrak actuator 

is highly recommended. In contrast to other 

linear motion devices, an Electrak system has 

only two or three components, minimizing 

initial installation cost and eliminating 

maintenance. Electrak actuators will perform as 

new throughout their entire operational 

lifetime, will hold a load indefinitely without 

power, and can be directly interfaced to a 

programmable controller or other electronic 

control device. 

6 Question Are actuators suitable for 

tough environments such as washdown 

areas or unheated warehouses? 

Answer Yes. Electrak actuators can operate in 

temperatures ranging from -15° to 150°F. DC 

actuators are suitable for washdown areas and 

have passed 96 hour salt spray tests. 

(Equivalent to 2 years in a seaside 

environment.) AC actuators are TENV 

construction and are suitable for damp, dirty 

and oily environments. They can also be used 

outdoors with a drip shield over the motor and 

proper grounding and ground fault protection. 

7 Question Can actuators be side loaded? 

Answer No. Through proper design practices, 

side loading of the actuator should be 

eliminated. 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


8 Question What is the typical life of an 

Electrak actuator? 

Answer Life is a function of load and stroke 

length. The specific load/life charts for each 

actuator will provide a life estimate for your 

particular application. 

9 Question Can I extend the life of the 

actuator? 

Answer Using external limit switches to limit 

the stroke length instead of ratcheting the 

clutch will extend the life of the actuators 

without limit switches. Reducing the load on 

the actuator will also increase the life. Refer to 

the load/life charts for each actuator for more 

details. 

10 Question Is it possible for a load to 

backdrive an Electrak actuator? 

Answer No. Ball bearing screw models 

incorporate an anti-back driving holding brake 

and acme screw models are self locking due to 

friction in the screw mechanism. 

11 Question How is a load prevented from 

coasting to a stop when the actuator is 

switched off? 

Answer Electrak 5 and 205 actuators feature 

an anti-coast brake and the Electrak 1, 10 and 

100 series actuators used in conjunction with 

MCS-2000 series controls are braked 

dynamically. Electrak 2 actuators may be 

dynamically braked by shorting the motor leads 

together after power is removed. 

12 Question What does the slip clutch do? 

Answer The clutch slips when a factory-set load 

limit is exceeded. This prevents the actuator 

from jamming at the end of stroke or stalling 

and overheating due to an overload. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


13 Question How much backlash do 

actuators have? 

Answer Backlash or endplay values differ among 

the models of the Electrak series. 

Electrak 1 .036 in. 








14 Question Are our controls 

programmable? 

Answer Our controls are not programmable but 

they will provide input to and accept low 

voltage signals from a programmable controller 

to operate the actuator. Electrak 2000 controls 

are fully programmable. Ask for publication 

P-1023 for more details or contact your local 

Danaher Motion distributor or sales 

representative. 

15 Question What special mounting 

consideration do actuators require? 

Answer Only two – Electrak actuators must be 

mounted so they are not subject to side loading. 

Also the brackets and associated hardware must 

be able to withstand 20 in. lbs. of restraining 

torque for Electrak 1 series or 100 in. lbs. for 

Electrak 2, 5, 10, 100 and 205 series. 

Restraining Torque 

16 Question What’s the difference between 

a tension and compression load? 

Answer A tension load tries to stretch the actuator 

and a compression load tries to compress 

the actuator. 

* 

17 Question Are Danaher Motion Linear 

Products actuators maintenance-free? 

Answer Electrak actuators never require 

lubrication, maintenance or adjustments for 

wear. The life of the Electrak 205 will be greatly 

extended by periodic lubrication using the 

grease fitting on the actuator. Lubrication is 

recommended for every 25,000 cycles. 

18 Question Can actuators perform 

complex multi-positional linear motion 

functions? 

Answer An Electrak actuator and control system, 

used in conjunction with a programmable 

controller, can be programmed to perform 

motion profiles within the limitations of the 

actuator’s stroke length and duty cycle. Electrak 

2000 controls are fully programmable. Ask for 

publication P-1023 for more details or contact 

your local Danaher Motion distributor or sales 

representative. 

19 Question What are the most common 

reasons for premature actuator failure? 

Answer Side loading due to incorrect mounting, 

shock loading, incorrect wiring, and 

exceeding the maximum duty cycle are the 

most prominent causes for premature failure. 

20 Question Why do our DC actuators not 

have a UL label? 

Answer DC actuators do not need UL approval 

because of the low voltage involved. 

21 Question What is the Electrak 100 and 

Electrak 205 resolution using the potentiometer 

and what does backlash do to resolution? 

Answer Under an unidirectional load (vertical) 

backlash does not affect resolution. Under a 

bidirectional load the backlash must be added 

to the resolution of the potentiometer. 

Resolution Unidirectional 

Bidirectional Load 

(Resolution & Backlash) 

Electrak 100 ± .0035" ± .025" (for 24" stroke) 

Electrak 205 ± .0025" ± .010" (for 24" stroke) 






22 Question How can I slow the actuator 

down? 

Answer The DC actuators can be run at 

reduced voltage (up to half voltage) to reduce 

the speed and still achieve the performance 

specs in the catalog. 

23 Question Can the actuator’s 

positioning capability be improved? 

Answer Running the actuator at a 

slower speed will allow better control of the 

actuator and improve positioning capability. 

24 Question Can an MCS-2000 series 

control operate more than one actuator? 

Answer For the control to operate more than 

one actuator simultaneously, the combined 

current draw of the actuators must not exceed 

the maximum rated current output of the 

control. One set of limit switches will limit the 

stroke of all actuators connected to the control. 

D-57


AC Actuators 

Danaher Motion Linear Products 

recommends using 16 gauge wire for 

applications with distances up to 20 feet 

from power source to actuator for AC units. 

For distances ranging from 20 to 60 feet, 

14 gauge wire is recommended. 

Connection 

AC actuator motor leads are 

pre-stripped for installation convenience. 

Mounting 

Danaher Motion Linear Products actuators are 

quickly and easily mounted by slipping pins 

through the holes on each end of the unit and 

into brackets on the machine frame and the load. 

Electrak 100 units must be mounted by the cover 

tube and a swivel rod end. The Electrak 205 can 

be mounted by either the rear clevis or by a tube 

mount. 

Half inch diameter solid pins (1/4" solid pins for 

Electrak 1) provide maximum holding strength 

and a retaining or cotter pin on each end will 

prevent the solid pin from falling out of its 

mounting bracket. Roll or spring type mounting 

pins should be avoided. 

The mounting pins must be parallel to each 

other as shown below. Pins which are not 

parallel may cause the actuator to bind. 

The load should act along the axis of the actuator 

since off center loads may cause binding. 

The actuator mounting brackets must be able to 

withstand the torque which is developed when 

the unit extends or retracts. Restraining torque 

required varies with the model being used. 

D-58 

Torque Required 

Actuator in. lbs. 

Electrak 1 20 

All other 

Electrak 

Actuators 100 

Synchronization 

Using two or more actuators together to move 

the same load is not recommended. Normal 

tolerances in motor specifications can cause one 

actuator to run faster than the other, causing 

binding. 

Connectors 

Electrak 1 

Packard Electric Pack-Con male 8911773 with 

terminal 6294511. Mating connector Pack-Con 

8911772 with terminal 8911639. (Danaher 

Motion part no. for mating connector is 

9300-448-001.) 

Electrak 2 and 10 

Packard Electric connector 56 series no. 2984883 

and terminal no. 2962987. Male blade provided 

on DC actuators. Mating connectors are Packard 

56 series connector body no. 2973781 with 

terminal 2962573. (Danaher Motion part no. for 

mating connector is 9100-448-001.) 

Electrak 050 

Packard Electric Pack-Con male 8911773 with 

terminal 6294511. Mating connector Pack-Con 

8911772 with terminal 12040508 

Electrak 150 

With limit switches, Packard Electric Pack-Con 56 

series male 2984678 with terminal 2962987. 

Mating connector Pack-Con 56 series 2984378 

with terminal 2962573 

Without limit switches, Packard Electric Pack-Con 

56 series male 2984883 with terminal 2962987. 

Mating connector Pack-Con 56 series 2973781 

with terminal 2962573 

Duty Cycle 

All Electrak actuators are designed for intermittent 

operation. Continuous cycling is to be 

avoided. All Electrak actuators are capable of 

operating at rated load with a duty cycle of 25% 

“on” time. Exceeding these recommended duty 

cycles will cause the motor thermal 





Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


protectors to automatically stop the actuator. 

After the motor has cooled the thermal 

protector will reset automatically. Repeated 

overloads will shorten the life of the actuator. 

Electrak 1 actuators have no thermal protectors. 

Overheating the motor will shorten the useful 

life. 

Holding Brakes 

The Electrak 1, 2, 050 and 150 incorporate an 

acme screw which is inherently self-locking 

while Electrak 5, 10, 100 and 205 actuators 

have a ball bearing screw drive incorporating a 

special anti-backdriving brake. In addition, the 

Electrak 5 and 205 employ a coast limiting 

electromechanical brake which is automatically 

operated. 

Electrak 1, 2, 5, 10, 050, 100, 150 

Remote Switches 

Actuators require double-pole 

double-throw switches. McGill switch no. 

0121-004, Cutler-Hammer switch no. 8835-K4, 

or equivalent are recommended and are usually 

available locally. The required switch can be 

purchased from Danaher Motion under part 

number 830-8004-016. Here are required switch 

parameters. 

• Double-pole, double-throw 

• 15 Amp at 270 VAC 

• Lever seal to keep out dirt and moisture 

• Center “off” 

• Two momentary contacts 

• 15/32" bushing 

• Screw terminals 

Temperature Range 

All Electrak actuators are operable at 

temperatures ranging from -15° to 150° F. 

Capacitors 

Danaher Motion Electrak 5 and 205 actuators 

use permanent split capacitor motors which 

require a capacitor for successful operation. 

The capacitor is installed across the red/black 

(ext/retract) leads. 

*

Phone: 1-800-554-8466 


Wire Gauge Selection 

DC Actuators 

Long lead wires between the power source and 

the actuator will result in a voltage drop for DC 

units. This voltage drop can be avoided by sizing 

the wires in accordance with the following wire 

gauge selection chart, which is based on a 24 

VDC power source. In order to use the chart, find 

the point of intersection of the two known 

factors, such as amperage and distance, and 

read the required wire gauge from the curves on 

the chart. Example: A D24-05B5 actuator draws 

14 amps current at rated load. The intersection 

of the maximum current and the distance 

between the actuator and power source 

(44 feet, for example) indicates the wire gauge 

required (#12). 

Wiring 

Electrak actuators should be connected in 

accordance with the wiring diagram shown to 

the right. 

Electrak 1 

Electrak 2, 10, 100 

* 

Electrak 5 (A12-A22 Series) 

Electrak 205 






MOV 1 

ORN 

K2 

Brake 

ORN 

K1 

Overload Clutch 

Electrak 2, 5, 10, 050 and 100 series linear 

actuators are protected by a load limiting clutch 

which prevents the motor from stalling at either 

end of the actuator stroke. It will also slip when 

the factory-set load limit is exceeded. The clutch 

is a ball detent design, assuring a consistent slip 

point and long life. 


Electrak 1, 050, 100, 150 and 205 actuators are 

provided with electrical end of stroke shut-off. 

Electrak 1 with feedback must be used with the 

MCS-2007 control for end of stroke shut-off. 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

WHT 

WHT/ORN 

EXT 

Light 

Fuse 

DPDT 

Switch 

NO NC 

C 

Extend L.S. 

K1 

Red 

Motor 

Black White 

K1 

AC Power 

BLK 

NO NC 

C 

Retract L.S. 

K2 

K2 

RET 

Light 

Motor Capacitor 

Terminal 

Strip 

BRN 

WHT/BRN 

WHT/Red 

Potentiometer 

D-59

TN-S/P Performance Curves - barmex

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?